UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 20-F

 

o

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

Or

 

x

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2014

 

Or

 

o

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

Or

 

o

 

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

Commission File Number: 1-10167

 

WESTPAC BANKING CORPORATION
Australian Business Number 33 007 457 141
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

New South Wales, Australia
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

275 Kent Street, Sydney, NSW 2000, Australia
(Address of principal executive offices)

 

Westpac Banking Corporation, New York branch,

575 Fifth Avenue, 39th Floor, New York, New York 10017-2422,
Attention: Branch Manager, telephone number: (212) 551-1905

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Ordinary shares

 

Listed on the New York Stock Exchange, not for trading, but only in connection with the registration of related American Depositary Shares, pursuant to the requirements of the New York Stock Exchange.

American Depositary Shares, each representing the right to receive one ordinary share

 

New York Stock Exchange

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None

 

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: Floating Rate Notes due 2013, 4.20% Notes due February 27, 2015, 3.00% Notes due August 4, 2015, 1.125% Notes due September 2015, Floating Rate Notes due September 2015, 3.0% Notes due December 9, 2015, 0.95% Notes due January 12, 2016, 1.050% Notes due November 25, 2016, Floating Rate Notes due November 25, 2016, 1.20% Notes due May 19, 2017, Floating Rate Notes due May 19, 2017, 2.0% Notes due August 2017, 1.60% Notes due January 12, 2018, 4.625% Subordinated Notes due 2018, 2.25% Notes due July 30, 2018, Floating Rate Notes due July 30, 2018, 2.25% Notes due January 17, 2019, Floating Rate Notes due January 17, 2019, 4.875% Notes due November 19, 2019 and notes issued under our Retail Medium-Term Notes program (Registration Statement No. 333-172579)

 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

 

Ordinary shares

 

3,109,048,309 fully paid

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Yes x    No o

 

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Yes o     No x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes x    No o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

Yes o     No x (not currently applicable to registrant)

 

Indicate by check mark whether registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer.

Large accelerated filer x       Accelerated Filer o       Non-accelerated filer o

 

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

U.S. GAAP o   International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board x

Other o

 

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company.

Yes o     No x

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

Westpac Group

 

2014 Annual Report

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US Form 20-F

 



 



Table of contents

 

 

 

 

 

Annual Report

 

 

Form 20-F cross-reference index

2

 

Guide 3 cross-reference index

4

 

Section 1

5

 

Information on Westpac

6

 

Business strategy

6

 

Westpac’s approach to sustainability

9

 

Five year non-financial summary

12

 

Outlook

14

 

Significant developments

15

 

Corporate governance

22

 

Directors’ report

41

 

Remuneration report

53

 

Section 2

81

 

Five year summary

82

 

Reading this report

83

 

Review of Group operations

85

 

Income statement review

87

 

Balance sheet review

95

 

Capital resources

99

 

Commitments

101

 

Divisional performance

102

 

Australian Financial Services

105

 

Westpac Retail & Business Banking

105

 

St.George Banking Group

106

 

BT Financial Group (Australia)

108

 

Westpac Institutional Bank

110

 

Westpac New Zealand

111

 

Other divisions

113

 

Risk and risk management

117

 

Risk factors

117

 

Risk management

123

 

Credit risk

123

 

Liquidity risk

125

 

 

In this Annual Report a reference to ‘Westpac’, ‘Group’, ‘Westpac Group’, ‘we’, ‘us’ and ‘our’ is to Westpac Banking Corporation ABN 33 007 457 141 and its subsidiaries unless it clearly means just Westpac Banking Corporation.

 

For certain information about the basis of preparing the financial information in this Annual Report see ‘Reading this report’ in Section 2. In addition, this Annual Report contains statements that constitute ‘forward-looking statements’ within the meaning of section 21E of the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934. For an explanation of forward-looking statements and the risks, uncertainties and assumptions to which they are subject, see ‘Reading this report’ in Section 2.

 

Information contained in or accessible through the websites mentioned in this Annual Report does not form part of this report unless we specifically state that it is incorporated by reference and forms part of this report. All references in this report to websites are inactive textual references and are for information only.

 

Market risk

126

Operational and compliance risk

127

Other risks

127

Other Westpac business information

130

Section 3

133

Financial statements

134

Notes to the financial statements

139

Statutory statements

293

Section 4

299

Shareholding information

300

Additional information

311

Information for shareholders

316

Glossary of abbreviations and defined terms

318

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

1

 

 



 

Form 20-F cross-reference index

 

 

(for the purpose of filing with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission)

 

20-F item number and description

Page

Part I

 

 

Item 1.

Identity of directors, senior management and advisers

Not applicable

Item 2.

Offer statistics and expected timetable

Not applicable

Item 3.

Key information

 

 

Selected financial data

82, 87, 95–97, 314

 

Capitalisation and indebtedness

Not applicable

 

Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds

Not applicable

 

Risk factors

117–122

Item 4.

Information on Westpac

 

 

History and development of Westpac

6, 14–21

 

Business overview

6–9, 14–21

 

Organisational structure

7–8, 281–284

 

Property, plants and equipment

130

Item 4A.

Unresolved staff comments

Not applicable

Item 5.

Operating and financial review and prospects

 

 

Operating results

85–100, 102–116

 

Liquidity and capital resources

99–101, 125, 127–129

 

Research and development, patents and licences etc.

Not applicable

 

Trend information

87–99, 102–116

 

Off-balance sheet arrangements

129

 

Tabular disclosure of contractual obligations

101

 

Safe harbor

83

Item 6.

Directors, senior management and employees

 

 

Directors and senior management

41–47, 48–50

 

Compensation

53–77, 288–290

 

Board practices

24–38, 41–44

 

Employees

130

 

Share ownership

48–50, 288–290, 300

Item 7.

Major shareholders and related party transactions

 

 

Major shareholders

300–304

 

Related party transactions

130–131, 288–290

 

Interests of experts and counsel

Not applicable

Item 8.

Financial information

 

 

Consolidated statements and other financial information

133–298

 

Significant changes

15–20, 292

Item 9.

The offer and listing

 

 

Offer and listing details

305

 

Plan of distribution

Not applicable

 

Markets

316–317

 

Selling shareholders

Not applicable

 

Dilution

Not applicable

 

Expenses of the issue

Not applicable

 

 

 

 

2

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Form 20-F cross-reference index

 

 

(for the purpose of filing with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission)

 

 

 

Page

Item 10.

Additional information

 

 

Share capital

Not applicable

 

Memorandum and articles of association

311–313

 

Material contracts

273–274

 

Exchange controls

307–308

 

Taxation

308–310

 

Dividends and paying agents

Not applicable

 

Statements by experts

Not applicable

 

Documents on display

313

 

Subsidiary information

Not applicable

Item 11.

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk

126, 240–244, 262

Item 12.

Description of securities other than equity securities

 

 

Debt securities

Not applicable

 

Warrants and rights

Not applicable

 

Other securities

Not applicable

 

American depositary shares

306

 

 

 

 

 

 

Part II

 

 

Item 13.

Defaults, dividend arrearages and delinquencies

Not applicable

Item 14.

Material modifications to the rights of security holders and use of proceeds

Not applicable

Item 15.

Controls and procedures

129, 294, 297–298

Item 16A.

Audit committee financial expert

32

Item 16B.

Code of ethics

28–30

Item 16C.

Principal accountant fees and services

32, 272

Item 16D.

Exemptions from the Listing Standards for audit committees

Not applicable

Item 16E.

Purchases of equity securities by the issuer and affiliated purchasers

100–101, 191–192

Item 16F.

Changes in Registrant’s certifying accountant

Not applicable

Item 16G.

Corporate governance

22

Item 16H.

Mine safety disclosure

Not applicable

 

 

 

 

 

 

Part III

 

 

Item 17. & 18.

Financial statements

133–292

Item 19.

Exhibits

 

Consolidated income statements for the years ended 30 September 2014, 2013 and 2012

134

Consolidated balance sheets as at 30 September 2014 and 2013

136

Consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the years ended 30 September 2014, 2013 and 2012

135

Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended 30 September 2014, 2013 and 2012

138

Notes to the financial statements

139–292

Management’s report on the internal control over financial reporting

294

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

295–298

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

3

 

 



 

Guide 3 cross-reference index

 

 

 

Page

Part I Distribution of assets, liabilities and stockholders’ equity; interest rates and interest differential

 

Average balance sheets

95, 202–204

Analysis of net interest earnings

88-89, 202–204

Volume and rate movement

88, 202–204

Part II Investment portfolio

 

Book value of investments

165

Maturity profile

166, 237–240

Book value and market value > 10% of shareholders

165

Part III Loan portfolio

 

Types of loans

167, 168

Maturities and sensitivities of loans to changes in interest rates

169

Risk elements

 

Non-accrual, past due and restructured loans

98, 99, 225–229

Potential problem loans

98, 99

Foreign outstandings

124

Loan concentrations

123

Other interest bearing assets

164–166, 221

Part IV Summary of loan loss experience

 

Analysis of the allowance for loan losses

170–173

Allocation of the allowance for loan losses

170–173

Part V Deposits

181, 182

Part VI Return on equity and assets

82, 96

Part VII Short-term borrowings

184, 185

 

 

 

 

4

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Information on Westpac

 

Corporate governance

 

Directors’ report

 

Remuneration report

 



 

Information on Westpac

 

 


Westpac is one of the four major banking organisations in Australia and one of the largest banking organisations in New Zealand. We provide a broad range of banking and financial services in these markets, including consumer1, business and institutional banking and wealth management services.

 

We have branches, affiliates and controlled entities2 throughout Australia, New Zealand and the Pacific region, and maintain branches and offices in some of the key financial centres around the world3.

 

We were founded in 1817 and were the first bank established in Australia. In 1850 we were incorporated as the Bank of New South Wales by an Act of the New South Wales Parliament. In 1982 we changed our name to Westpac Banking Corporation following our merger with the Commercial Bank of Australia. On 23 August 2002, we were registered as a public company limited by shares under the Australian Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (Corporations Act).

 

As at 30 September 2014, our market capitalisation was $100 billion4 and we had total assets of $771 billion.

 

Business strategy

 

Westpac’s vision is ‘To be one of the world’s great companies, helping our customers, communities and people to prosper and grow’.

 

Our strategy seeks to deliver on this vision by providing superior returns for our shareholders, building deep and enduring customer relationships, being a leader in the community and being a place where the best people want to work.

 

In delivering on our strategy we are focused on our core markets including Australia and New Zealand, where we provide a comprehensive range of financial products and services that assist us in meeting all the financial services needs of our customers. With our strong position in these markets, and over 12 million customers, our focus is on organic growth, growing customer numbers in our chosen segments and building stronger and deeper customer relationships.

 

A key element of this approach is our portfolio of financial services brands, which enables us to appeal to a broader range of customers, and provides us with the strategic flexibility to offer solutions that better meet individual customer needs.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1            A consumer is defined as a person that uses our products and services, it does not include business entities.

 

2            Refer to Note 39 to the financial statements for a list of our controlled entities as at 30 September 2014.

 

3            Contact details for our head office, major businesses and offshore locations can be found on the inside back cover.

 

4            Based on the closing share price of our ordinary shares on the ASX as at 30 September 2014.

Asia is an important market for us and we are progressively building our presence and capability across the region to better support Australian and New Zealand customers operating, trading and transacting in the region, along with Asian customers seeking financial solutions and services in Australia and New Zealand.

 

While we continue to build the business, the financial services environment remains challenging and has required us to maintain focus on strengthening our financial position while at the same time improving efficiency. This strengthening has involved lifting the level and quality of our capital, improving our funding and liquidity position and maintaining a high level of asset quality and provisioning.

 

While we are currently one of the most efficient banks globally, as measured by a cost to income ratio, we continue to focus on ways to simplify our business to make it easier for customers to do business with us and to make work more enjoyable for our people. We believe that these improvement efforts also contribute to reducing unit costs that create capacity for further investment for growth.

 

As part of our customer-centric strategy, in 2014 we embarked on a service revolution for our customers. This program is a substantial step-up in our strategy seeking to: provide a truly personal service for customers while better anticipating their needs; putting customers in control of their finances; and innovating and simplifying to reinvent the customer experience.

 

We also recognise that digitisation is occurring at an accelerated pace and customer behaviours are changing. The service revolution responds to these trends with the support of digital technologies. This includes new services that make banking available 24/7 such as smart ATMs and our new digital platform in Westpac RBB. It extends to new banking apps that provide greater flexibility for customers to choose how to manage their finances, and it includes using digitisation to simplify our processes to provide a better customer experience.

 

Sustainability is part of our strategy where we seek to anticipate and shape the most pressing emerging social issues where we have the skills and experience to make a meaningful difference and drive business value. Our approach seeks to make sustainability part of the way we do business, embedded in our strategy, values, culture and processes.

 

Supporting our customer focused strategy is a strong set of company-wide values, which are embedded in our culture. These are:

 

§          delighting customers;

 

§         one team;

 

§          integrity;

 

§          courage; and

 

§          achievement.


 

 

 

 

6

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Information on Westpac

 

 


Strategic priorities

 

To meet the challenges of the current environment and deliver on our strategy, we have a set of strategic priorities that are reviewed and refreshed each year. We will continue to manage these priorities in a balanced way with an appropriate mix of strength, growth, return and productivity. Our strategic priorities are:

 

a) A strong company

 

§          maintain strong levels of capital, to meet the needs of all our stakeholders and regulators;

 

§          continue to enhance our funding and liquidity position, including ensuring a diversity of funding pools and optimising the composition of customer deposits. This includes preparation for new liquidity coverage ratio requirements from 1 January 2015; and

 

§          maintain a high quality portfolio of assets, coupled with strong provisioning.

 

b) Grow in a targeted way

 

§          target investment in our wealth businesses, including continuing the development of a new funds platform;

 

§          deepen the capabilities of our Asian presence; and

 

§          expand and develop our business banking capability to better meet customer needs.

 

c) Continue building deeper customer relationships

 

§          through our customer service revolution put customers at the centre of everything we do with a focus on meeting their total financial needs, throughout their lives;

 

§          further build the connectivity between wealth, insurance and banking, and ensure we leverage capabilities across all business units;

 

§          continue to strengthen our corporate and institutional lead bank position through customer focus and enhanced product capabilities; and

 

§          use digital innovation to better meet customer demands.

 

d) Materially simplify our products and processes

 

§          continue to enhance our digital offers to support more customers online and via mobile channels and assist the Group to move to smaller, more flexible and agile branch formats;

 

§          simplify our products and processes and continue to drive continuous improvement; and

 

§         focus on both revenue and cost productivity.

 

e) One team approach

 

§          continue to focus on a customer centred, high performance workforce and culture;

 

§          strengthen the skills of our people to better support customers and meet their complete financial services needs;

 

§          empower our people to drive innovation, deliver new and improved ways of working and be responsive to change;

 

§          continue to enhance the diversity of our workforce; and

 

§          maintain a strong reputation and sustainability leadership.

 

Organisational structure

 

Our operations comprise the following key customer-facing business divisions operating under multiple brands serving around 12.8 million customers1.

 

Australian Financial Services (AFS) is responsible for the Westpac Group’s Australian retail banking, business banking and wealth operations. AFS also includes the product and risk responsibilities for Australian Banking. It incorporates the operations of Westpac Retail & Business Banking (Westpac RBB), St.George Banking Group (St.George) and BT Financial Group (Australia) (BTFG), as follows:

 

§          Westpac RBB is responsible for sales and service to consumer, small-to-medium enterprise (SME), commercial and agribusiness customers (with turnover of up to $100 million) in Australia under the Westpac brand. Activities are conducted through Westpac RBB’s network of branches, third party distributors, call centres, automatic teller machines (ATMs), EFTPOS terminals, internet and mobile banking services, business banking centres and specialised consumer and business relationship managers. Support is provided by cash flow, trade finance, transactional banking, financial markets, property finance and wealth specialists;

 

§          St.George is responsible for sales and service to consumer, SME and corporate customers (businesses with facilities up to $150 million) in Australia under the St.George, BankSA, Bank of Melbourne and RAMS brands. RAMS is a financial services group specialising in mortgages and online deposits. Activities are conducted through St.George’s network of branches, third-party distributors, call centres, ATMs, EFTPOS terminals, internet and mobile banking services, business banking centres and specialised consumer and business relationship managers. Support is provided by cash flow, trade finance, transactional banking, automotive and equipment finance, financial markets, property finance and wealth specialists; and

 

§          BTFG is Westpac’s Australian wealth division. BTFG’s funds management operations include the manufacturing and distribution of investment, superannuation and retirement products, investment platforms including BT Wrap and Asgard, private banking, financial planning as well as equity capability and broking. BTFG’s insurance solutions cover the manufacturing and distribution of life, general and lenders mortgage insurance. BTFG’s brands include Advance Asset Management, Ascalon, Asgard, BT, BT Investment Management (60.76% owned by the Westpac Group and consolidated in BTFG’s Funds Management business), BT Select, Licensee Select, Securitor and the Advice, Private Banking and Insurance operations of Bank of Melbourne, BankSA, St.George and Westpac.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1            All customers with an active relationship (excludes channel only and potential relationships) as at 30 September 2014.


 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

7

 

 



 

 


Westpac Institutional Bank (WIB) delivers a broad range of financial services to commercial, corporate, institutional and government customers with connections to Australia and New Zealand, this includes a growing customer base in Asia. WIB operates through dedicated industry relationship and specialist product teams, with expert knowledge in transactional banking, financial and debt capital markets, specialised capital, and alternative investment solutions. Customers are supported through branches and subsidiaries located in Australia, New Zealand, Asia, United States and United Kingdom.

 

Westpac New Zealand is responsible for the sales and service of banking, wealth and insurance products for consumers, business and institutional customers in New Zealand. Westpac conducts its New Zealand banking business through two banks in New Zealand:

 

§          Westpac New Zealand Limited, which is incorporated in New Zealand; and

 

§          Westpac Banking Corporation (NZ Division), a branch of Westpac, which is incorporated in Australia. The division operates via an extensive network of branches and ATMs across both the North and South Islands.

 

Business and institutional customers are also served through relationship and specialist product teams. Banking products are provided under the Westpac and WIB brands while insurance and wealth products are provided under Westpac Life and BT brands respectively.

 

Other divisions in the Group include:

 

§          Westpac Pacific, which provides banking services for retail and business customers in seven Pacific Island Nations. Branches, ATMs, telephone banking and internet banking channels are used to deliver business activities in Fiji, Papua New Guinea (PNG), Vanuatu, Cook Islands, Tonga, Solomon Islands and Samoa. Westpac Pacific’s financial products include personal savings, business transactional accounts, personal and business lending products, business services and a range of international products;

 

§          Group Services, encompassing technology, banking operations, compliance, legal and property services;

 

§          Treasury, which is primarily focused on the management of the Group’s interest rate risk and funding requirements; and

 

§          Core Support, which comprises those functions performed centrally, including finance, risk and human resources.

 

These businesses are described in more detail in Section 2, including a summary of net profit and total assets by business division, and management’s discussion and analysis of business division performance.


 

GRAPHIC

 

 

 

 

8

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Information on Westpac

 

 


Westpac’s approach to sustainability

 

Across the Westpac Group, we believe in establishing a sustainable future for our operations and our stakeholders. This view is embedded in our strategy, values, culture and processes.

 

In practice, this means we seek to focus on anticipating and responding to the most pressing emerging issues that we believe will have a material impact on our customers, employees, suppliers, shareholders and the communities in which we operate, where we have the skills and experience to make a meaningful difference.

 

Guiding our approach

 

The Board has responsibility for considering the social, ethical and environmental impact of the Westpac Group’s activities, setting standards and monitoring compliance with Westpac’s sustainability policies and practices.

 

Our sustainability strategy is based upon the use of the widely accepted global standard for Corporate Responsibility and Sustainable Development, the AA1000 AccountAbility Principles Standard (2008).

 

Our sustainability principles

 

In line with AA1000, we have adopted the standard’s three key principles:

 

§          involving all stakeholders in developing our strategy – Inclusivity;

 

§          evaluating all issues identified to determine the impact they may have on our stakeholders and our operations – Sustainability materiality; and

 

§          ensuring our decisions, actions and performance, as well as our communication with stakeholders, are responsive to the issues identified – Responsiveness.

 

Inclusivity

 

Our approach to inclusivity during 2014 has included:

 

§          continuing work to understand and address customer concerns;

 

§          collaborating with key external stakeholders to inform our approach;

 

§          consulting with employees so as to better understand the drivers of strong employee engagement;

 

§          bringing together our General Managers with internal and external stakeholders to inform sustainability priorities and targets;

 

§         ongoing monitoring of our reputation across a wide range of mediums; and

 

§          working closely with numerous community organisations through employee volunteering, workplace giving and community support.

 

Sustainability materiality

 

As part of our annual materiality review we identify, prioritise and define issues according to their impact on our stakeholders and our business. These issues are reviewed externally and internally and are assessed by Ernst & Young as part of their assurance. Material issues identified in 2014 include:

 

§          the need to respond to the rapid changes in the demographics of our society;

 

§          the effect of digitisation on the way customers and businesses interact and do business;

 

§          new regulatory requirements which are shaping the financial services industry; and

 

§          the importance of understanding and managing environmental, social and corporate governance risks within our lending and investment portfolios.

 

Responsiveness

 

The issues identified during our materiality review directly inform the development of our responses, objectives and performance measures.

 

Updated five-year strategy

 

In addition to the sustainable business practices embedded in our day to day activities (such as sustainable lending practices, community investment and evolving the way we interact with and service our customers), we continue to track our progress against the sustainability strategy, which guides our efforts for 2013–2017.

 

As part of the strategy, we have set 10 measurable objectives in three priority areas, which are to:

 

§          help improve the way people work and live, as our society changes;

 

§          help find solutions to environmental challenges; and

 

§          help our customers to have a better relationship with money, for a better life.

 

During 2014 we have updated our sustainability strategy, reflecting stakeholder feedback, to include:

 

§          a target for recruitment of Indigenous Australians, in line with our Reconciliation Action Plan, which was also relaunched this year; and

 

§          new metrics for measuring access to financial services in the Pacific, in line with our Everywhere Banking Strategy.


 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

9

 

 



 

 

Performance against sustainability objectives1

 

 

Priority

 

 

Objectives

 

Full year 2014 achievements

 

 

 

 

 

Help improve the way people work and live as our society changes

  

Ensure our workforce is representative of the community.

  

§         Increased women in leadership2 to 44%, in line with target and up from 42% in 2013.

§         Increased participation of mature aged workers (50+ years) to 20.9%, up from 20.5% in 2013 and in line with target, supported by an employee program called Prime of Life.

§         Launched the Group’s third Reconciliation Action Plan (2015-17), with almost 50 commitments to support Indigenous Australian customers, communities and employees.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Extend length and quality of working lives.

 

§         Mean employee retirement age increased to 61.6 years, up from 60.6 years in 2013, in line with target.

§         Introduced a new employee action group, FLEX, and rolled out a flexibility toolkit, capability training and facilitator guide, with the aim of embedding flexible working arrangements. 2,000 employees participated in training on flexibility and unconscious bias.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Anticipate the future product and service needs of ageing and culturally diverse customers.

 

§         Refreshed the Group’s multilingual, country-specific websites, created new digital banking forms for people relocating to Australia to open accounts prior to arrival and established an online relocation advice hub.

§         Established a dedicated team to support Indigenous customers.

§         Established a dedicated team to support prime of life customers with Self Managed Super Funds (SMSFs).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Help find solutions to environmental challenges

 

Provide products and services to help customers adapt to environmental challenges.

 

§         Partnered with the World Bank to bring the first green bond to the Australian market.

§         Introduced energy efficient equipment finance to AFS customers.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase lending and investment in CleanTech and environmental services.

 

§         $8.0 billion lent to the CleanTech and environmental services sector significantly exceeding our commitment to make available up to $6 billion by 2017.

§         59% of total energy financing is directed to renewable energy generation (including hydro, wind and solar).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reduce our environmental footprint.

 

§         Maintained carbon neutrality.

§         Achieved our power use effectiveness and energy efficiency targets of 1.7PUE and 198kWh/m2 respectively.

§         Recycling rates in Sydney head offices improved, but fell 5% short of target.

§         Reached office paper reduction target three years ahead of schedule.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Help customers to have a better relationship with money, for a better life

 

Ensure all our customers have access to the right advice to achieve a secure retirement.

 

§         Completed development of our proprietary and market leading online wealth acumen curriculum.

§         Steps being taken to increase proportion of AFS employees completing wealth acumen curriculum.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Help our customers meet their financial goals in retirement.

 

§         Increased the proportion of Westpac Group customers with Westpac Group Superannuation to 8.1%3, up from 7.4% in 2013.

§         Launched Self Managed Super Connect, a specialist sales and service centre to assist customers with their SMSFs.

 

 

1               All results as at 30 September except environmental footprint which is at 30 June.

2               Women in leadership refers to the proportion of women (permanent and maximum term) in people leadership roles or senior roles of influence as a proportion of all leaders across the Group. It includes the CEO, Executive Team, General Managers, Senior Managers as direct reports to General Managers and the next two levels of management. Excludes Westpac Pacific.

3               Data based on Roy Morgan Research, respondents aged 14+ and 12 months to September 2014. Super penetration is defined as the proportion of Australians who have a Deposit or Transaction Account, Mortgage, Personal Lending or Major Card with the Westpac Group and also have Superannuation (incl. Pensions and Annuities) with the Westpac Group. Westpac Group includes Bank of Melbourne, BT, Challenge Bank, RAMS, Rothschild, Westpac, Advance Bank, Asgard, BankSA, Dragondirect, Sealcorp and St.George.

 

 

 

 

10

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Information on Westpac

 

 

 

Priority

 

 

Objectives

 

Full year 2014 achievements

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

Increase access to financial services in the Pacific.

  

§         Opened 77,868 basic accounts across the Pacific, a 53% increase over the year.

§         Increased in-store banking facilities by 47% to 264, and more than doubled the volume of customer transactions to around 380,000.

§         Launched a new mobile banking platform in the Solomon Islands and Papua New Guinea.

§         23,756 people participated in our free financial education workshops, up from 20,575 last year.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Help people gain access to social and affordable housing and services.

 

§         $0.82 billion lent to the social and affordable housing sector at 30 September 2014, up from $0.65 billion at 30 September 2013.

§         Announced the Group’s largest single community housing finance transaction for construction of 275 new affordable houses.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

11

 

 



 

 

Five year non-financial summary

 

Non-financial information as at 30 September unless indicated otherwise1

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

Customer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total customers (millions)2

 

12.8

 

12.2

 

11.8

 

11.5

 

11.3

Total online customers – active registrations (millions)3

 

4.7

 

4.2

 

4.0

 

3.7

 

3.4

Number of points of bank representation

 

1,534

 

1,544

 

1,538

 

1,532

 

1,517

Number of ATMs

 

3,890

 

3,814

 

3,639

 

3,544

 

3,625

Percentage of Talking ATMs (%)4

 

95

 

93

 

91

 

88

 

 

Net Promoter Score5 – Westpac Australia – affluent6

 

(10)

 

(9)

 

(18)

 

(17)

 

(24)

Net Promoter Score7 – Westpac Australia – commercial8

 

7

 

(1)

 

(4)

 

3

 

(7)

Net Promoter Score7 – Westpac Australia – SME9

 

(2)

 

(5)

 

(17)

 

(10)

 

(21)

Net Promoter Score5 – St.George consumer10

 

8

 

4

 

-

 

(2)

 

(4)

Net Promoter Score7 – St.George business11

 

4

 

(6)

 

1

 

(5)

 

3

Social Sector Banking Footings ($m)12

 

13,726

 

12,819

 

11,490

 

8,210

 

7,101

Responsible Investment Funds Under Management ($m)13

 

1,693

 

1,376

 

981

 

644

 

891

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total core full time equivalent staff (number at financial year end)14

 

33,586

 

33,045

 

33,418

 

33,898

 

35,055

Employee Engagement (%)15

 

n/a

 

87

 

84

 

81

 

80

Employee Voluntary Attrition (%)16

 

9.8

 

9.8

 

9.9

 

11.5

 

11.8

New Starter Retention (%)17

 

88.0

 

86.7

 

84.8

 

83.8

 

 

High Performer Retention (%)18

 

95.8

 

95.7

 

95.9

 

95.3

 

94.3

Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR)19

 

1.1

 

1.5

 

1.9

 

2.5

 

2.6

Women as a percentage of the total workforce (%)

 

59

 

60

 

61

 

61

 

61

Women in Leadership (%)20

 

44

 

42

 

40

 

38

 

35

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Environment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Scope 1 and 2 emissions – Aust and NZ (tonnes CO2-e)21

 

175,855

 

180,862

 

183,937

 

184,124

 

189,425

Total Scope 3 emissions – Aust and NZ (tonnes CO2-e)22

 

73,871

 

85,013

 

91,855

 

57,163

 

70,457

Office paper – Aust and NZ (tonnes)23

 

1,415

 

1,523

 

1,579

 

 

 

 

Proportion of infrastructure and utilities financing in renewables and hydro – Aust and NZ (%)24

 

59

 

55

 

52

 

45

 

52

Finance assessed under the Equator Principles – Group ($m)25

 

851

 

268

 

1,140

 

383

 

364

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Social

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Community investment – Group ($m)26

 

217

 

131

 

133

 

155

 

116

Community investment as a percentage of pre-tax profits – Group (%)

 

2.02

 

1.33

 

1.50

 

1.82

 

1.44

Community investment as a percentage of pre-tax operating profit (cash earnings basis) – Group (%)

 

1.99

 

1.28

 

1.41

 

1.72

 

1.37

Financial education – Group (participants)27

 

49,812

 

32,577

 

36,182

 

42,109

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supply chain

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total supply chain spend – Aust ($bn)28

 

5.37

 

4.88

 

4.22

 

4.61

 

4.39

Percentage of top 80 suppliers screened for sustainabililty – Aust (%)29

 

100

 

98

 

94

 

92

 

86

All self assessed suppliers as percentage of total supply chain spend30

 

73

 

73

 

76

 

75

 

69

 

 

1          Dark grey shading indicates information was not collected in the relevant year.

 

2          All customers with an active relationship (excludes channel only and potential relationships).

 

3          Refers to the number of customers registered for online banking and that have signed in online within the last 90 days as at 30 September.

 

4          ATMs with an additional functionality to allow users to plug in an earpiece for oral instruction to provide additional assistance for visually impaired users.

 

5          Net Promoter Score measures the net likelihood of recommendation to others of the customer’s main financial institution for retail banking. Net Promoter ScoreSM is a trademark of Bain & Co Inc., Satmetrix Systems, Inc., and Mr Frederick Reichheld. For retail banking, using a scale of 1 to 10 (1 means ‘very unlikely’ and 10 means ‘very likely’), the 1-6 raters (detractors) are deducted from the 9-10 raters (promoters).

 

 

 

 

12

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Information on Westpac

 

 

6            Source: Roy Morgan Research, September 2010-2014, six month moving average (6MMA). Main Financial Institution (as defined by the customer). Affluent segment includes Banking and Finance (excl. Work Based Superannuation) customers aged 25 or over with a Household Income above $100,000 or customers aged 60 or over with Household Income above $50,000 and/or customers with financial footings above $400,000 (anywhere or at institution).

 

7      Net Promoter Score measures the net likelihood of recommendation to others of the customer’s main financial institution for business banking. Net Promoter ScoreSM is a trademark of Bain & Co Inc., Satmetrix Systems, Inc., and Mr Frederick Reichheld.

For business banking, using a scale of 0 to 10 (0 means ‘extremely unlikely’ and 10 means ‘extremely likely’), the 0-6 raters (detractors) are deducted from the 9-10 raters (promoters).

 

8      Source: DBM Consultants Business Financial Services Monitor, September 2010-2014, 6MMA. MFI customers, Commercial businesses. Commercial businesses are those organisations with annual turnover over $5 million and under $100 million (excluding Agricultural business).

 

9      Source: DBM Consultants Business Financial Services Monitor, September 2010-2014, 6MMA. MFI customers, SME businesses. SME businesses are those organisations with annual turnover under $5 million (excluding Agricultural business).

 

10     Source: Roy Morgan Research, September 2010-2014, 6MMA. Main Financial Institution (MFI) as defined by the customer. Consumers aged 14 or over.

 

11     Source: DBM Consultants Business Financial Services Monitor, September 2010-2014, 6MMA. MFI customers, all businesses.

 

12     Data refers to the total of assets (loans), liabilities (deposits) and funds under management (FUM) of the Westpac RBB business unit dedicated to social sector customers. Social sector customers are categorised according to specific criteria, including organisation structure, account types held, key words and special condition groups.

 

13     Refers to FUM which are managed using sustainable and/or ethical investment processes.

 

14     Total core (permanent) full time equivalent staff (number at financial year end), excludes Implied FTE (overtime, temporary and contract).

 

15     Employee engagement survey was not conducted in for the year ended 30 September 2014.

 

16     Employee Voluntary Attrition refers to the total voluntary separation of permanent employees over the 12 month average total permanent headcount for the period (includes full time, part time and maximum term employees). Excludes Westpac Pacific.

 

17     Voluntary New Starter retention over the 12 month rolling New Starter headcount for the period (includes full time and part time permanent employees). Excludes Westpac Pacific.

 

18    Voluntary High Performer Retention over the 12 month rolling High Performer headcount for the period (includes full time, part time permanent and maximum term employees). Excludes Westpac Pacific.

 

19     Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR) measures the number of Lost Time Injuries, defined as injuries or illnesses (based on workers compensation claims accepted) resulting in an employee being unable to work for a full scheduled day (or shift) other than the day (or shift) on which the injury occurred where work was a significant contributing factor, per one million hours worked in the rolling 12 months reported. Excludes Westpac Pacific.

 

20     Women in Leadership refers to the proportion of women (permanent and maximum term employees) in people leadership roles or senior roles of influence as a proportion of all leaders across the Group. Includes CEO, Executive Team, General Managers, Senior Managers as direct reports to General Managers and the next two levels of management. Excludes Westpac Pacific.

 

21     Scope 1 greenhouse emissions are the release of greenhouse gases into the atmosphere as a direct result of Westpac’s Australian and New Zealand banking operations. Scope 2 emissions are indirect greenhouse gas emissions from consumption of purchased electricity from Westpac’s Australian and New Zealand banking operations. Australian data is prepared in accordance with the National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting Act 2007. New Zealand data is prepared in accordance with the Guidance for Voluntary Corporate Greenhouse Gas Reporting published by the New Zealand Ministry for the Environment. These definitions also align with the GHG protocol and ISO 14064-1 standard and are reported for the period 1 July to 30 June.

 

22     Scope 3 emissions are greenhouse gases emitted as a consequence of Westpac’s Australian and New Zealand banking operations but by another facility. Australian data is prepared in accordance with the National Carbon Offset Standard. New Zealand data is prepared in accordance the New Zealand Ministry for the Environment for GHG reporting. These definitions also align with the GHG protocol and ISO 14064-1 standard and are reported for the period 1 July to 30 June.

 

23     Total copy paper purchased (in tonnes) by the Westpac Group as reported by its suppliers.

 

24     Refers to total committed exposures, as per Westpac exposure measurement and as included in APRA reported exposure.

 

25     The Equator Principles are a voluntary set of standards for determining, assessing and managing social and environmental risk in project financing.

 

26     This amount includes monetary contributions, time contributions, management costs and in-kind contributions comprising of gifts and foregone fee revenue. Also includes Westpac’s $100 million contribution to the Westpac Bicentennial Foundation.

 

27     Refers to the number of attendees (staff, customers and general public) at financial education and who access online courses offered by the Westpac Group. Excludes keynote presentations offered by the Davidson Institute.

 

28     Refers to the total Australian dollars ($bn) with external suppliers.

 

29     Refers to the total number of top suppliers that have provided a self-assessment against the Sustainable Supply Chain Management (SSCM) Code of Conduct and/or SSCM Questionnaire in the reporting period. Also includes suppliers who will be or are engaged in completing the SSCM Assessment (based on our new online tool that we are phasing in with new suppliers). Top suppliers defined as top 150 in 2010–2012, top 80 in 2013–2014.

 

30     Refers to suppliers in our top 700 by spend.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

13

 

 



 


Competition

The Westpac Group operates in a highly competitive environment across the regions in which we do business.

 

We serve the banking, wealth and risk management needs of customer segments from consumers to small businesses through to large corporate and institutional clients. The Westpac Group competes with other financial services industry players for customers covering their needs of transacting, saving, investing, protecting and borrowing with a wide set of products and services. Our competitors range from large global organisations with broad offerings to entities more focused on specific regions or products. Our competitors include financial services and advisory companies such as banks, investment banks, credit unions, building societies, mortgage originators, credit card issuers, brokerage firms, fund and asset management companies, insurance companies and internet-based financial services providers. There are also new competitors emerging from other sectors including retail, technology and telecommunications.

 

Our competitive position across customer segments, products and geographies is determined by a variety of factors. These factors include:

 

§   the type of customer served;

 

§   customer service quality and convenience;

 

§   the effectiveness of, and access to, distribution channels;

 

§   brand reputation and preference;

 

§   the quality, range, innovation and pricing of products and services offered;

 

§   technology solutions; and

 

§   the talent and experience of our employees.

 

In Australia, we have seen competition for deposits continue to be driven in part by clearer global regulatory requirements for liquidity management and balance sheet composition. Banks and other financial institutions also seek to achieve a higher proportion of deposit funding as credit rating agencies and debt investors look for strong balance sheet positions in their assessment of quality institutions.

 

Competition for lending is also expected to remain high, with slower credit growth compared to the significant credit expansion Australia experienced over the majority of the last two decades. Businesses and consumers are cautious about the global outlook and continue to reduce debt. In mortgages, the desire of market participants to maintain or expand their market share using price has seen strong competition over the last year. This is expected to continue. Serving business customers’ transaction and trade financing needs has been at the centre of competitive activity as customer expectations increase.

 

In our wealth business, we expect competition to increase as financial institutions and industry funds move to capture a greater share of this fast growing market, particularly in superannuation (or pensions) and financial advice as the market responds to regulatory changes.

The New Zealand market is experiencing strong competition as banks vie for new customers. Competition for deposits remains intense and the home lending market is particularly competitive on price and switching incentives.

 

Outlook1

 

Australian economic conditions gradually improved over 2014 with steady growth in private consumption, a pick-up in housing activity and a rise in resource exports offsetting the mining-led reduction in business investment. GDP growth lifted from 2.6% in December quarter 2013 to 3.1% in June quarter 2014 and is expected to remain at this pace through to the end of 2014. In 2015, we expect a further lifting in GDP growth to 3.2%.

 

The international environment remains challenging with an 8% decline in Australia’s terms of trade over the past year, associated with a slowdown in China, which in turn affected national income. Looking ahead, we expect world growth to strengthen in 2015 to 3.7% from 2.9% this year as the major developed economies see some modest firming in growth and activity, and as China stabilises.

 

Domestically, we anticipate that the mining investment reduction will likely continue in 2015 but expect an offset from a lift in consumer spending and non-mining business investment, along with a continued rise in resource exports.

 

While consumers generally remain cautious, their balance sheets are strengthening with good growth in deposits and investments along with improving house prices. This is expected to translate to higher growth in the year ahead. Housing has already shown a clear response to record low interest rates with new dwelling investment showing its strongest growth since 2002. We expect building activity will remain at high levels in coming quarters, before moderating a little over 2015.

 

There are also improving prospects for a modest rise in non-mining business investment, particularly in the services sector in response to stronger household demand. Together, these trends suggest a modest but sustained increase in business activity in the year ahead.

 

Offsetting these improvements, we anticipate that the economy will continue to encounter some headwinds to growth. In addition to the ongoing mining investment downturn, lower public spending is also expected to be a restraint with governments at all levels focused on budget repair.

 

Near term, we expect the mix of controlled inflation, modest employment growth and below trend GDP growth to see the Reserve Bank maintain its current accommodative stance of monetary policy, holding the cash rate at 2.5%. However, as international conditions improve and domestic demand shows signs of firming, we expect the RBA to begin a gradual tightening of monetary policy in the second half of 2015.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1   All data and opinions under ‘Outlook’ are generated by our internal economists and management.


 

 

 

 

14

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Information on Westpac

 

 


Price pressures are likely to remain benign with core CPI inflation easing back towards 2.5% in 2015 and wages growth subdued. Labour markets remain soft and we only expect to see a gradual improvement with the unemployment rate rising marginally to 6.2% in early 2015 and only declining slightly by the end of the year.

 

For the financial services sector, we expect demand for credit to rise modestly with credit growth lifting to around 7% in 2015, up from closer to 6% in 2014. Housing credit is likely to remain solid, while business credit growth is likely to continue rising off its relatively modest base. Growth in funds management is expected to be a little stronger as the population continues to direct more savings to superannuation and prepare for retirement.

 

The use of digital channels by customers to conduct their banking continued to rise over the year with the use of mobile channels accelerating quickly. These trends are expected to have a significant impact on financial services companies and we will need to continue adjusting our business model to meet these changing customer needs.

 

For Westpac, we have responded to changes in the operating environment and this has been reflected in our performance and in the execution of our customer centric strategy which has seen an improvement in customer satisfaction. In the year ahead we will continue to focus on our strategic priorities including:

 

§         remaining strong in our capital, funding and liquidity positions. This includes meeting the new Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) requirements from 1 January 2015 and being well prepared to respond to further regulatory change;

 

§         further improving productivity through our simplification program that aims to materially reduce the complexity of our products and processes for customers;

 

§         continuing to enhance our customer focus, seeking to step-up how we support and serve customers. This includes further expanding our digital services and continuing to transform our branch network from transaction centres to service and support hubs;

 

§         increasing growth through further investment in wealth platforms, Bank of Melbourne and our expansion in Asia. We will also increase our focus on those sectors and segments of the economy likely to experience higher growth;

 

§         further building our one team culture focusing on delivering the best outcome for customers; and

 

§         ensuring we actively manage our business, and support customers for societal change and for changes in the environment. This includes improving the way we manage demographic change, the aging population, assisting customers manage to a more carbon constrained economy and lending to and investing in CleanTech and environmental services.

A key issue for the Australian banking sector over the coming year will be continued regulatory change both domestically and globally, including from the Financial System Inquiry. Given the strength of our business and balance sheet, in both absolute terms and relative to peers, we believe we are well placed to respond to any additional regulatory change.

 

Looking ahead, with our strong positioning, improved growth profile and solid operating performance across all divisions, combined with strong progress on our strategic priorities, Westpac believes it is well positioned to continue delivering sustainable outcomes to shareholders.

 

Significant developments

 

Corporate significant developments

 

Inquiry into Australia’s Financial System

 

On 20 November 2013, the Federal Government formally announced the appointment of Mr David Murray AO to head an inquiry into Australia’s financial system (Inquiry).

 

The Inquiry’s terms of reference, announced on 20 December 2013, charge the Inquiry with examining how the financial system could be positioned to best meet Australia’s evolving needs and support Australia’s economic growth. Recommendations will be aimed at fostering an efficient, competitive and flexible financial system, consistent with financial stability, prudence, public confidence and capacity to meet the needs of users.

 

Following lodgement of initial submissions in March 2014, the Inquiry released its Interim Report on 15 July 2014. This Interim Report invited further comments and consisted of observations, potential policy options and requests for further information.

 

Westpac lodged its initial submission on 31 March 2014 and its response to the Inquiry’s Interim Report on 26 August 2014.

 

The Inquiry is expected to release its final report to the Treasurer in November 2014, following which the Government may further consult with industry in considering the Inquiry’s recommendations. Until the Government officially responds to the Inquiry’s recommendations, the final impact of this Inquiry is difficult to predict.

 

Acquisition of select Australian businesses of Lloyds Banking Group

 

On 11 October 2013 Westpac announced it had entered into an agreement to acquire selected assets of Lloyds Banking Group’s Australian asset finance business, Capital Finance Australia Limited (CFAL), and its corporate loan portfolio, BOS International (Australia) Ltd (BOSI).

 

The transaction was completed on 31 December 2013, adding $7.9 billion in motor vehicle finance, equipment finance and corporate loans to Westpac’s lending and $8.5 billion in risk weighted assets. The acquisition cost was $1.45 billion and was funded from internal resources.


 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

15

 



 

 


Buy-back and cancellation of Westpac Stapled Preferred Securities II (Westpac SPS II)

 

On 18 June 2014, approximately $529 million of Westpac SPS II were bought back on-market by Westpac and subsequently cancelled. All remaining Westpac SPS II were transferred to a nominated party on 30 September 2014 and subsequently bought back off-market by Westpac and cancelled.

 

Issue of Westpac Capital Notes 2

 

On 23 June 2014, Westpac issued approximately $1.31 billion of securities known as Westpac Capital Notes 2, which qualify as Additional Tier 1 capital of Westpac under APRA’s Basel III capital adequacy framework.

 

Litigation

 

§         Exception fees – Westpac has been served with three class action proceedings brought on behalf of customers seeking to recover exception fees paid by those customers. The first set of proceedings was commenced in December 2011 by certain named customers of the Westpac brand; the second was commenced in February 2012 by certain named customers of the St.George Bank and BankSA brands; the third was commenced in August 2014 on behalf of all other customers of Westpac Banking Group. Similar class actions have been commenced against several other Australian banks. Westpac has agreed with the plaintiffs to put the proceedings against Westpac on hold until at least December 2014, pending further developments in the litigation against one of those other banks.

 

§         Bell litigation – Westpac was one of 20 defendant banks named in proceedings concerning the Bell Group of companies. The proceedings were brought by the liquidators of several Bell Group companies who challenged the defendant banks’ entitlement to receive the proceeds of realisation of Bell Group assets in the early 1990s.

 

On 17 September 2013 the parties announced that the matter was settled. Prior to the settlement, Westpac was entitled to file a claim as an unsecured creditor in the liquidation of the Bell companies and stood to recover part of the funds available for distribution to creditors. As part of the settlement, Westpac has agreed to release its claim for the distribution. The terms of the settlement remain confidential. The settlement was subject to various approvals being obtained in local and overseas jurisdictions. Such approvals have been obtained. Settlement has completed and Westpac’s liabilities to the Bell companies have been satisfied in full.

 

Westpac Bicentennial Foundation

 

On 2 April 2014, Westpac announced the launch of the Westpac Bicentennial Foundation. The charitable Foundation will have an exclusive focus on the education and advancement of Australians. A one-off contribution of $100 million is designed to fund 100 scholarships every year in perpetuity to Australians who have the potential to shape Australia’s future. The program commenced in 2014 so that the earnings from the fund will see the initial scholarships fully operational by the Group’s 200th anniversary in 2017.

 

Changes to accounting standards

 

In a continuing response to the global financial crisis, governments, regulators and accounting standard setters are working to revise certain accounting standards. The specific areas that have been targeted include accounting for financial instruments, provisioning for loan impairment charges, off-balance sheet exposures, the impairment and valuation of financial assets, consolidation and lease accounting. New accounting standards dealing with consolidation and the measurement of fair value applied to the Group from 1 October 2013. These new standards did not have a material impact on the Group’s financial position or performance. The Group expects that there will be a number of new standards issued in coming years that will require further changes to the Group’s current accounting approaches.

 

Regulatory significant developments

 

Basel Committee on Banking Supervision

 

Regulatory reforms and significant developments arising in relation to changes initiated by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) include:

 

Liquidity

 

The Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA) released a final liquidity standard (APS 210) in December 2013. Under APS 210 Westpac will need to meet the requirement of a minimum Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) of 100% when it comes into effect from 1 January 2015.

 

The LCR requires banks to hold sufficient high-quality liquid assets, as defined, to withstand 30 days under a regulator-defined acute stress scenario. Given the limited amount of government debt in Australia, the Reserve Bank of Australia (RBA) jointly with APRA, will make available to Australian institutions a Committed Liquidity Facility (CLF) that, subject to satisfaction of qualifying conditions, can be accessed to help meet the LCR requirement. In order to have access to the CLF, Australian banks are required to pay a fee of 15 basis points (0.15%) per annum to the RBA on the approved CLF from 1 January 2015. On 30 September 2014, APRA approved Westpac’s access to the CLF for the 2015 calendar year for $66 billion.

 

The BCBS endorsed the final details of the Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) at its meeting in September 2014, and a final standard was released on 31 October 2014. APRA are yet to release its prudential standard on NSFR applicable to Australian banks. The NSFR requirement, designed to encourage longer-term funding resilience, has been excluded from APS 210 however APRA has previously indicated an intention to implement this measure from 1 January 2018.


 

 

 

 

16

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Information on Westpac

 

 


Global Systemically Important Financial Institutions (G-SIFIs)

 

In July 2013, the BCBS published an updated methodology for determining Global Systemically Important Banks (G-SIBs). Each year in November the Financial Stability Board (FSB) publishes the list of identified G-SIBs and specifies the higher capital requirements proposed for each. These increased capital requirements will be phased in from January 2016. Westpac has not been named as a G-SIB. However the BCBS has issued a framework for extending the SIFIs requirements to domestic systemically important banks (D-SIBs).

 

Capital

 

In 2010, the BCBS outlined the revised capital framework for banks globally as follows:

 

§         an increase in the minimum common equity requirement from 2.0% to 4.5%;

 

§         an increase in the minimum Tier 1 capital requirement from 4.0% to 6.0%;

 

§         a capital conservation buffer at 2.5%, to be met with common equity; and

 

§         a countercyclical buffer of between 0% to 2.5% to be met with common equity or other fully loss absorbing capital.

 

APRA’s adoption of the framework has required Australian Authorised Deposit-taking Institutions (ADIs) such as Westpac to meet the new minimum capital requirements from 1 January 2013 and the capital conservation buffer in full from its introduction date of 1 January 2016. In December 2013 APRA released its approach for implementing a D-SIB framework in Australia. Westpac is one of four Australian banks which APRA has identified as a D-SIB. APRA has proposed that each D-SIB, including Westpac, will have to meet a higher loss absorbency requirement of 1% to be met by common equity. The 1% requirement will be added to the capital conservation buffer effectively increasing the buffer from 2.5% to 3.5%. The countercyclical buffer is not currently required.

 

Westpac’s current capital levels are already above the regulatory requirement that will apply from 1 January 2016 (including the expanded capital conservation buffer).

 

Increased loss absorbency

 

In September 2014, the FSB stated that it would table proposals at the G20 Leaders’ Summit in Brisbane in November 2014 for enhancing the Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC) for G-SIBs to operate alongside the Basel III capital requirements. These proposals form part of the G20’s initiatives aimed at ‘Ending too-big-to-fail’ and ensuring that the resolution of a failing G-SIFI can be carried out without causing systemic disruption or resorting to taxpayer support. Should the TLAC proposals be endorsed by the G20 they will be subject to industry consultation throughout 2015. The FSB has stated that the TLAC requirement would not be introduced before 2019 and it is not known at this stage whether there is any intention to extend the requirement beyond G-SIBs.

 

Other Basel Accord Reforms

 

The Basel III capital framework also introduced a leverage ratio requirement. The BCBS proposes that introducing a simple, non-risk based leverage ratio requirement would act as a credible supplementary measure to the risk-based capital requirements. In January 2014, the BCBS published an amended leverage ratio framework. The proposed timetable for the leverage ratio provides for testing and recalibration of the framework to occur until 2017, with public disclosure to commence from January 2015 and migration of the final standard to a Pillar 1 requirement from January 2018.

 

The BCBS is also currently conducting analysis on risk-weighted assets, which forms the denominator of the capital ratios. The BCBS has indicated that this work is intended to examine the consistency in the determination of risk-weighted assets within and across jurisdictions and which will ultimately allow the BCBS to develop potential policy options.

 

Each of these measures is in different stages of development and, following release of the respective regulations by the BCBS, APRA will consult on and develop the regulations to apply in Australia.

 

Recovery and resolution planning

 

A further component of the G20’s ‘Ending too-big-to-fail’ reforms is a requirement for a Recovery and Resolution Plan for any firm deemed by its home authority to have systemic importance to the domestic economy. APRA has undertaken a pilot Recovery Planning project applying to Australia’s largest banks, including Westpac, with final plans delivered to APRA in mid-2012. APRA has advised Westpac of its expectation that the Recovery Plan be maintained and Westpac reviews and updates its Recovery Plan where required.

 

In the US, Westpac is also required to satisfy the resolution plan requirements of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act). In December 2013, Westpac submitted a resolution plan in relation to our US operations to US bank regulatory authorities. This plan is maintained and updated as required, including in response to feedback from bank regulatory authorities.

 

OECD Common Reporting Standard

 

The Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) has developed Common Reporting Standard (CRS) rules for the automatic exchange of financial account information amongst OECD member states.

 

CRS will require the Westpac Group to identify the tax residency of all customers and to report the tax residency and account details of non-resident customers to the relevant authorities in jurisdictions in which the CRS rules operate.

 

It is currently intended that Australian financial institutions can voluntarily implement the rules from 1 January 2017, but will have to be compliant from 1 January 2018. The rules could impose additional costs and operational burdens on Westpac.


 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

17

 



 

 


OTC derivatives reform

 

The international regulatory reforms relating to over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives continue to be implemented by financial regulators across the globe.

 

In Australia, Westpac commenced reporting OTC derivatives transactions to a Prescribed Repository in accordance with the Derivative Transaction Rules (Reporting) 2013 on 1 October 2013. Westpac continues to work with ASIC and industry associations in relation to the implementation of these rules and the phase-in of requirements to other industry participants.

 

The Australian Treasury has issued two Proposal Papers on the Implementation of Australia’s G20 OTC derivatives commitments, in which they proposed a central clearing mandate for US dollar, Euro, British Pound, Yen (February 2014 Proposal Paper) and Australian dollar (July 2014 Proposal Paper) denominated interest rate derivatives traded between dealers with significant cross-border activities. It is expected that any such mandate would cover Westpac. The commencement of the central clearing mandates is expected to occur by early to mid-2015.

 

As a provisionally-registered Swap Dealer with the US Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC), Westpac is subject to a range of entity-level and transaction-level requirements pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act.

 

Pursuant to the European Market Infrastructure Regulations (EMIR) established by the European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA), from October 2014, Westpac became subject to certain risk mitigation obligations in relation to OTC Derivatives traded with European counterparties or through its London Branch. Further, as of mid-2015, Westpac will be subject to a central clearing mandate for certain interest rate derivatives with European counterparties.

 

Westpac continues to monitor developments in response to requirements imposed by international regulators. These include regulations published by the CFTC and the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Dodd-Frank Act; by the ESMA and local European financial regulators under the EMIR and Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (MiFID II); and by various financial regulators in Asia and Canada. Westpac also continues to monitor the international response to the final policy framework for establishing margin requirements for uncleared OTC derivatives as published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) and the International Organisation of Securities Commission (IOSCO) on 2 September 2013.

 

Australia

 

The Federal Government has embarked on a program of regulatory reform which will affect Westpac. In addition to the above, this includes:

 

Superannuation changes

 

In December 2013, BT launched a number of MySuper products to allow employers to make their super guarantee contributions to their BT default super fund. A MySuper product is a default investment option where investment choice is not elected by the member and is generally a low cost, simple superannuation product. Other legislative changes include enhanced trustee and director obligations as well as ‘SuperStream’, a measure to improve the efficiency of processing superannuation transactions through the use of technology. Westpac continues to assess and implement changes to our existing superannuation products and governance to ensure compliance with the new requirements.

 

Financial advice changes

 

The majority of the Future of Financial Advice (FOFA) reforms commenced for the Westpac Group on 1 July 2013. The Government announced proposed reforms to the FOFA laws on 20 December 2013 and a bill to amend FOFA (the Corporations Amendment (Streamlining of Future of Financial Advice) Bill 2014) was introduced into parliament on 19 March 2014. The Bill includes changes to remove the requirement to opt-in to ongoing adviser services every two years and also provides a general advice exemption from the ban on conflicted remuneration. Regulations which were effective on 1 July 2014 (the ‘Streamlining Regulations’) incorporated these changes as well as other changes including other exemptions from the ban on conflicted remuneration and an extension to grandfathering of conflicted benefits in certain circumstances. Uncertainty still exists as to whether the Bill will pass in its current form and some changes to sections including the best interests duty and the general advice exemption have been proposed in the Senate. Other new regulations, which become effective on 1 January 2015, provide for certain changes in relation to the receipt of client instructions and also in relation to the provision of financial product advice in Statements of Advice.

 

Privacy law reform

 

Significant amendments to the Privacy Act 1988 (Cth) commenced on 12 March 2014. As a result the Westpac Group has amended a wide range of documents, systems and procedures in relation to the management of personal and credit information.


 

 

 

 

18

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Information on Westpac

 

 


United States

 

There are a number of significant regulatory reforms currently occurring in the United States (US). These include:

 

Dodd-Frank Act

 

Legislation designed to reform the system for supervision and regulation of financial firms in the US was signed into law on 21 July 2010. The Dodd-Frank Act contains a wide range of provisions that will affect financial institutions operating in the US, including foreign banks like Westpac. Included among its provisions are reforms designed to:

 

§         reduce systemic risk presented by very large financial institutions;

 

§         promote enhanced supervision, regulation, and prudential standards for financial institutions;

 

§         establish comprehensive supervision of financial markets;

 

§         impose new limits on permissible financial institution activities and investments;

 

§         expand regulation of the derivatives markets, protect consumers and investors from financial abuse; and

 

§         provide the US Government with the tools needed to manage a financial crisis.

 

Many of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act require extensive rulemaking by US regulatory agencies before the provisions become effective. The issuance of final rules under the Dodd-Frank Act remains far from complete, with the process continuing. US regulatory agencies have released final rules to implement Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act (the Volcker rule) and to strengthen the regulation of the US operations of non-US banks. At this time, apart from investments in compliance activities, we do not expect these rules to have a significant impact on our business activities.

 

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA)

 

Provisions commonly referred to as FATCA and related US Treasury regulations generally require Foreign Financial Institutions (FFIs), such as Westpac, to enter into an FFI agreement (if they are not subject to the provisions of a Model 1 Intergovernmental Agreement (IGA)) under which they agree to identify and provide the US Internal Revenue Service (IRS) with information on certain US connected accounts, or otherwise face 30% withholding tax on certain payments made to the FFI. In addition, FFIs that have entered into an FFI agreement will be required to withhold on certain payments made to FFIs that are neither party to an FFI agreement nor subject to an IGA and certain account holders that fail to provide prescribed information. The Australian Government signed an IGA with the United States on 28 April 2014, which came into force on 30 June 2014. The Australian IGA, and any IGAs that may be concluded between the US and other countries in which Westpac conducts business, will relieve Westpac of the requirement to withhold on payments to, or close, certain accounts, and will provide certain other benefits.

 

Westpac is implementing changes to its business operations to comply with the requirements of FATCA across all jurisdictions in which it operates. Westpac has entered into an FFI agreement with respect to its branches and affiliated FFIs not located in countries that have entered into an IGA. It is anticipated that compliance with FATCA will give rise to significant costs and operational burdens, but that IGAs will reduce those costs and burdens, where applicable.

 

New Zealand

 

Regulatory reforms and significant developments in New Zealand include:

 

Basel III

 

The RBNZ has adopted the core Basel III capital measures relating to new capital ratios and most of the recommendations relating to the definition of capital. From 1 January 2013, the requirements for WNZL’s Total Tier 1 capital increased to 6.0% and had to include common equity of 4.5%. The conservation buffer was implemented in full from 1 January 2014 at which time Total Tier 1 capital increased to 8.5% and had to include 7% common equity. The RBNZ has the discretion to also apply a countercyclical buffer of common equity and has not specified any formal upper limit on this buffer. The RBNZ has not adopted the leverage ratio.

 

Financial Markets Conduct Act (FMCA)

 

The FMCA overhauls the existing securities law regime in New Zealand and will impact various aspects of the wider Westpac New Zealand business. It introduces changes to product disclosure and governance together with new licensing and registration requirements as well as new fair dealing provisions. The existing prospectus/investment statement dual disclosure model will no longer apply. A single product disclosure statement is being implemented, supported by an online register of other material documentation. The FMCA was enacted in September 2013, however, most of its provisions are expected to come into force on 1 December 2014, albeit subject to transitional provisions. The majority of the new fair dealing requirements came into force in April 2014.

 

Credit law reform / responsible lending

 

The Credit Contracts and Consumer Finance Amendment Act 2014 received Royal Assent in June 2014 and will come into full effect in June 2015. The Act reforms the entire suite of legislation that governs consumer credit contracts. It creates new responsible lending principles and provides for a regulatory responsible lending code. Existing consumer protections are also being strengthened by changing the current provisions on disclosure, fees, hardship and ‘oppressive’ contracts. Consultation on the responsible lending code and new regulations commenced in June 2014. The code is expected to be finalised in March 2015.


 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

19

 

 



 

 


Covered bond legislation

 

The Reserve Bank of New Zealand (Covered Bonds) Amendment Bill was passed in December 2013. It provides a legislative framework for the issuance of covered bonds by New Zealand registered banks. New Zealand registered banks were already permitted by the RBNZ to issue covered bonds and have a condition of registration that covered bond issuance cannot exceed 10% of total assets. However, the legislation provides certainty for investors that the cover pool assets will be disgorged from statutory management and liquidation regimes. Covered bond programmes must be registered with the RBNZ under the legislation. The Westpac NZ Global Covered Bond Programme was registered on 4 April 2014.

 

Consumer law reform

 

The Consumer Law Reform Bill was passed in December 2013. The Bill amended six separate Acts, including the Fair Trading Act. Among the amendments being introduced into the Fair Trading Act are prohibitions on unfair contract terms and on making unsubstantiated representations about a product or service and new provisions regulating uninvited direct sales. The unfair contract terms provisions come into force in March 2015 while the unsubstantiated representations prohibitions and uninvited direct sales provisions came into effect in June 2014.

 

Supervision and regulation

 

Australia

 

Within Australia we are subject to supervision and regulation by six principal agencies: APRA; the Reserve Bank of Australia (RBA); the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC); the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX); the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission (ACCC); and the Australian Transaction Reports and Analysis Centre (AUSTRAC).

 

APRA is the prudential regulator of the Australian financial services industry. It oversees banks, credit unions, building societies, general insurance and re-insurance companies, friendly societies and most of the superannuation (pension) industry. APRA’s role includes establishing and enforcing prudential standards and practices designed to ensure that, under all reasonable circumstances, financial promises made by the institutions it supervises are met within a stable, efficient and competitive financial system.

 

As an ADI, we report prudential information to APRA including information in relation to capital adequacy, large exposures, credit quality and liquidity. Our controlled entities in Australia that are authorised insurers and trustees of superannuation funds are also subject to the APRA regulatory regime. Reporting is supplemented by consultations, on-site inspections and targeted reviews. Our external auditors also have an obligation to report on compliance with certain statutory and regulatory banking requirements and on any matters that in their opinion may have the potential to materially prejudice the interests of depositors and other stakeholders.

 

Australia’s risk-based capital adequacy guidelines are based on the approach agreed upon by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision. National discretion is then applied to that approach which results in Australia’s capital requirements being more stringent. Refer to ‘Capital resources – Basel Capital Accord’ in Section 2.

 

The RBA is responsible for monetary policy, maintaining financial system stability and promoting the safety and efficiency of the payments system. The RBA is an active participant in the financial markets, manages Australia’s foreign reserves, issues Australian currency notes and serves as banker to the Australian Government.

 

ASIC is the national regulator of Australian companies. Its primary responsibility is to regulate and enforce company, consumer credit, financial markets and financial services laws that protect consumers, investors and creditors. With respect to financial services, it promotes honesty and fairness by providing consumer protection, using regulatory powers to enforce laws relating to deposit-taking activities, general insurance, life insurance, superannuation, retirement savings accounts, securities (such as shares, debentures and managed investments) and futures contracts and financial advice. ASIC has responsibility for supervising trading on Australia’s domestic licensed markets and of trading participants.

 

The ASX operates Australia’s primary national market for trading of securities issued by listed companies. Some of our securities (including our ordinary shares) are listed on the ASX and we therefore have obligations to comply with the ASX Listing Rules, which have statutory backing under the Corporations Act 2001. The ASX has responsibility for the oversight of listed entities under the ASX Listing Rules and for monitoring and enforcing compliance with the ASX Operating Rules by its market, clearing and settlement participants.

 

The ACCC is an independent statutory authority responsible for the regulation and prohibition of anti-competitive and unfair market practices and mergers and acquisitions in Australia. Its broad objective is to administer the Competition and Consumer Act 2010 and related legislation to bring greater competitiveness, fair trading, consumer protection and product safety to the Australian economy. The ACCC’s role in consumer protection complements that of Australian state and territory consumer affairs agencies that administer the unfair trading legislation of their jurisdictions.

 

The Australian Government’s present policy, known as the ‘four pillars policy’, is that there should be no fewer than four major banks to maintain appropriate levels of competition in the banking sector. Under the Financial Sector (Shareholding) Act 1998, the Australian Government’s Treasurer must approve an entity acquiring a stake of more than 15% in a financial sector company.

 

Proposals for foreign acquisitions of a stake in Australian banks are subject to the Australian Government’s foreign investment policy and, where required, approval by the Australian Government under the Australian Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975. For further details refer to ‘Limitations affecting security holders’ in Section 4.

 

AUSTRAC oversees the compliance of Australian reporting entities including Westpac, within the requirements under the Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 and the Financial Transaction Reports Act 1988.


 

 

 

 

20

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Information on Westpac

 

 


These requirements include:

 

§         implementing programs for identifying and monitoring customers, and for managing the risks of money laundering and terrorism financing;

 

§         reporting suspicious matters, threshold transactions and international funds transfer instructions; and

 

§         submitting an annual compliance report.

 

AUSTRAC provides financial information to state, territory and Australian federal law enforcement, security, social justice and revenue agencies, and certain international counterparts.

 

New Zealand

 

The RBNZ is responsible for supervising New Zealand registered banks. The New Zealand prudential supervision regime requires that registered banks publish quarterly disclosure statements, which contain information on financial performance and risk positions as well as attestations by the directors about the bank’s compliance with its conditions of registration and certain other matters.

 

United States

 

Our New York branch is a US federally licensed branch and therefore is subject to supervision, examination and regulation by the US Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the US Federal Reserve) under the US International Banking Act of 1978 (IBA) and related regulations.

 

A US federal branch must maintain, with a US Federal Reserve member bank, a capital equivalency deposit as prescribed by the US Comptroller of the Currency, which is at least equal to 5% of its total liabilities (including acceptances, but excluding accrued expenses, and amounts due and other liabilities to other branches, agencies, and subsidiaries of the foreign bank).

 

In addition, a US federal branch is subject to periodic onsite examination by the US Comptroller of the Currency. Such examination may address risk management, operations, asset quality, compliance with the record-keeping and reporting, and any additional requirements prescribed by the US Comptroller of the Currency from time to time.

 

A US federal branch of a foreign bank is, by virtue of the IBA, subject to the receivership powers exercisable by the US Comptroller of the Currency.

 

We are not a Financial Holding Company as defined in the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999.

 

Westpac and some of its affiliates are engaged in various activities that are subject to regulation by other US federal regulatory agencies including the US Securities & Exchange Commission and the CFTC.

 

Anti-money laundering regulation and related requirements

 

Australia

 

Westpac has a Group-wide program to manage its obligations under the Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006. We continue to actively engage with the regulator, AUSTRAC, on our activities.

 

United States

 

The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 requires US financial institutions, including the US branches of foreign banks, to take certain steps to prevent, detect and report individuals and entities involved in international money laundering and the financing of terrorism. The required actions include verifying the identity of financial institutions and other customers and counterparties, terminating correspondent accounts for foreign ‘shell banks’ and obtaining information about the owners of foreign bank clients and the identity of the foreign bank’s agent for service of process in the US. The anti-money laundering compliance requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act include requirements to adopt and implement an effective anti-money laundering program, report suspicious transactions or activities, and implement due diligence procedures for correspondent and other customer accounts. Westpac’s New York branch and its other US operations maintain an anti-money laundering compliance program designed to address US legal requirements.

 

US economic and trade sanctions, as administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC), prohibit or significantly restrict US financial institutions, including the US branches and operations of foreign banks, and other US persons from doing business with certain persons, entities and jurisdictions. Westpac’s New York branch and its other US operations maintain compliance programs designed to comply with OFAC sanctions programs, and Westpac has a Group-wide program to ensure adequate compliance.

 

Significant contracts

 

Westpac’s significant long-term contracts are summarised in Note 35 to the financial statements.

 

Legal proceedings

 

Our entities are defendants from time-to-time in legal proceedings arising from the conduct of our business and material legal proceedings, if any, are described in Note 37 to the financial statements and under ‘Significant Developments’ above. As appropriate, a provision has been raised in respect of these proceedings and disclosed in the financial statements.

 

Principal office

 

Our principal office is located at 275 Kent Street, Sydney, New South Wales, 2000, Australia. Our telephone number for calls within Australia is 132 032 and our international telephone number is (+61) 2 9293 9270.


 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

21

 

 



 

Corporate governance

 


Introduction

 

This corporate governance statement, which has been approved by the Board, describes our corporate governance framework, policies and practices as at 3 November 2014.

 

Framework and approach

 

Our approach to corporate governance is based on a set of values and behaviours that underpin day-to-day activities, provide transparency and fair dealing, and seek to protect stakeholder interests.

 

This approach includes a commitment to excellence in governance standards, which Westpac sees as fundamental to the sustainability of our business and our performance. It includes monitoring local and global developments in corporate governance and assessing their implications.

 

We have equity securities listed on securities exchanges in Australia, New Zealand and the United States.

 

Australia

 

We comply with the ASX Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations with 2010 amendments (ASXCGC Recommendations) published by the ASX Limited’s Corporate Governance Council (ASXCGC). We must also comply with the Corporations Act and as an ADI must comply with governance requirements prescribed by APRA under Prudential Standard CPS 510 (Governance).

 

This statement addresses each of the eight ASXCGC Recommendations with an explanation of our corporate governance practices, demonstrating our compliance with each Recommendation. A checklist summarising our compliance is included at the end of this statement.

 

Further details about the ASXCGC Recommendations can be found on the ASX Limited (ASX) website www.asx.com.au.

 

New Zealand

 

Westpac also has ordinary shares quoted on the NZSX, which is the main board equity security market operated by NZX Limited (NZX). As an overseas listed issuer in New Zealand, we are deemed to satisfy and comply with the NZSX Listing Rules, provided that we remain listed on the ASX and comply with the ASX Listing Rules.

 

The ASX, through the ASXCGC Recommendations, and NZX, through the NZX Corporate Governance Best Practice Code, have adopted similar ‘comply or explain’ approaches to corporate governance. However, the ASXCGC Recommendations may materially differ from the corporate governance rules and the principles of NZX’s Corporate Governance Best Practice Code.

 

United States

 

Westpac has American Depositary Shares (ADS) representing its ordinary shares quoted on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE). Under the NYSE Listing Rules, foreign private issuers are permitted to follow home country practice in respect of corporate governance in lieu of the NYSE Listing Rules. However, we are still required to comply with certain audit committee and additional notification requirements.

 

We comply in all material respects with all NYSE Listing Rules applicable to us.

 

Under the NYSE Listing Rules, foreign private issuers are required to disclose any significant ways in which their corporate governance practices differ from those followed by domestic US companies. We have compared our corporate governance practices to the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE Listing Rules and note the significant differences below.

 

The NYSE Listing Rules require that, subject to limited exceptions, shareholders be given the opportunity to vote on equity compensation plans and material revisions to those plans.

 

In Australia there are no laws or securities exchange listing rules that require shareholder approval of equity based incentive plans or individual grants under those plans (other than for Directors, including the Chief Executive Officer (CEO)).

 

Westpac’s employee equity plans have been disclosed in the Remuneration report in Section 9 of the Directors’ report, which is subject to a non-binding shareholder vote at the Annual General Meeting (AGM) and grants to our CEO are approved by shareholders. The details of all grants under our equity-based incentive plans have been disclosed in Note 25 of our financial statements for the year ended 30 September 2014.

 

The NYSE Listing Rules provide that the Board Nominations Committee’s responsibilities should include selecting, or recommending that the Board select, the Director nominees for the next annual meeting for shareholders, and overseeing the evaluation of the Board. The Board, rather than the Board Nominations Committee, reviews and recommends the Director nominees for election at the AGM and undertakes an annual review of its performance.

 

Websites

 

This statement and a range of documents referred to in it are available on our corporate governance website at www.westpac.com.au/corpgov. This website contains copies and summaries of charters, principles and policies referred to in this statement.


 

 

 

 

22

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Corporate governance

 

Governance framework

 

GRAPHIC

 

The diagram above shows the current Committees of the Board. From time to time the Board may form other Committees or request Directors to undertake specific extra duties.

 

In addition, from time to time the Board participates (either directly or through representatives) in due diligence committees in relation to strategic decisions, capital and funding activities.

 

The Executive Team, Disclosure Committee and Executive Risk Committees are not Board Committees (that is, they have no delegation of authority from the Board) but sit beneath the CEO and the Board Committees to implement Board-approved strategies, policies and management of risk across the Group.

 

The key functions of the Board and each of the Board Committees are outlined in this corporate governance statement. All Board Committee Charters are available on our corporate governance website at www.westpac.com.au/corpgov.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

23

 

 



 

 

 


Board, Committees and oversight of management

 

Board of Directors

 

Roles and responsibilities

 

The Board Charter outlines the roles and responsibilities of the Board. Key responsibilities in summary are:

 

§         approving the strategic direction of Westpac Group;

 

§         evaluating Board performance and determining Board size and composition;

 

§         considering and approving the Westpac Board Renewal Policy;

 

§         appointing and determining the duration, remuneration and other terms of appointment of the CEO, Deputy CEO, Chief Financial Officer (CFO) and other Group Executives;

 

§         determining the remuneration of persons whose activities in the Board’s opinion affects the financial soundness of Westpac, any person specified by APRA, and any other person the Board determines;

 

§         evaluating the performance of the CEO;

 

§         succession planning for the Board, CEO and Group Executives;

 

§         approving the appointment of Group Executives, General Manager Group Assurance and Chief Compliance Officer & Group General Counsel and monitoring the performance of senior management;

 

§         approving the annual targets and financial statements and monitoring performance against forecast and prior periods;

 

§         determining our dividend policy;

 

§         determining our capital structure;

 

§         approving our risk management strategy and frameworks, and monitoring their effectiveness;

 

§         considering the social, ethical and environmental impact of our activities and monitoring compliance with our sustainability policies and practices;

 

§         monitoring Workplace Health and Safety (WHS) issues in Westpac Group and considering appropriate WHS reports and information;

 

§        maintaining an ongoing dialogue with Westpac’s auditors and, where appropriate, principal regulators; and

 

§         internal governance including delegated authorities, policies for appointments to our controlled entity Boards and monitoring resources available to senior executives.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Delegated authority

 

The Constitution and the Board Charter enable the Board to delegate to Committees and management.

 

The roles and responsibilities delegated to the Board Committees are captured in the Charters of each of the five established Committees, namely:

 

§         Audit;

 

§         Risk & Compliance;

 

§         Nominations;

 

§         Remuneration; and

 

§         Technology.

 

The Board Charter, Board Committee Charters and the Constitution are available on our corporate governance website www.westpac.com.au/corpgov.

 

The Delegated Authority Policy Framework outlines principles to govern decision-making within the Westpac Group, including appropriate escalation and reporting to the Board. The Board has also delegated to the CEO, and through the CEO to other executives, responsibility for the day-to-day management of our business. The scope of, and limitations to, management delegated authority is clearly documented and covers areas such as operating and capital expenditure, funding and securitisation, and lending. These delegations balance effective oversight with appropriate empowerment and accountability of management.

 

Independence

 

Together, the Board members have a broad range of relevant financial and other skills and knowledge, combined with the extensive experience necessary to guide our business. Details are set out in Section 1 of the Directors’ report.

 

All of our Non-executive Directors satisfy our criteria for independence, which align with the guidance provided in the ASXCGC Recommendations and the criteria applied by the NYSE and the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).

 

The Board assesses the independence of our Directors on appointment and annually. Each Director provides an annual attestation of his or her interests and independence.

 

Directors are considered independent if they are independent of management and free from any business or other relationship that could materially interfere with, or reasonably be perceived to materially interfere with, the exercise of their unfettered and independent judgment. Materiality is assessed on a case by case basis by reference to each Director’s individual circumstances rather than by applying general materiality thresholds.

 

Each Director is expected to disclose any business or other relationship that he or she has directly, or as a partner, shareholder or officer of a company or other entity that has an interest in Westpac or a related entity. The Board considers information about any such interests or relationships, including any related financial or other details, when it assesses the Director’s independence.


 

 

 

 

 

24

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 

 



 

Corporate governance

 

Size and membership of Board Committees as at 30 September 2014

 

 

 

Status

 

Board Audit
Committee

 

Board Risk &
Compliance
Committee

 

Board Nominations
Committee

 

Board Remuneration
Committee

 

Board
Technology
Committee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lindsay
Maxsted

 

Chairman,
Non-executive,
Independent

 

ü

 

ü

 

Chair
ü

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gail Kelly

 

CEO, Executive

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ü

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Elizabeth
Bryan

 

Non-executive,
Independent

 

 

 

Chair
ü

 

ü

 

ü

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ewen Crouch

 

Non-executive,
Independent

 

 

 

ü

 

ü

 

Chair
ü

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alison Deans

 

Non-executive,
Independent

 

 

 

ü

 

 

 

 

 

ü

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Robert
Elstone

 

Non-executive,
Independent

 

Chair

ü

 

ü

 

ü

 

ü

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter
Hawkins

 

Non-executive,
Independent

 

ü

 

ü

 

ü

 

 

 

 

Chair
ü

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter Marriott

 

Non-executive,
Independent

 

ü

 

ü

 

 

 

 

 

 

ü

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ann Pickard

 

Non-executive,
Independent

 

 

 

ü

 

 

 

ü

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The charts below demonstrate that our Board comprises a majority of independent Directors and show the tenure of our current Non-executive Directors.

 

Length of tenure of Non-executive Directors

Balance of Non-executive and Executive Directors

 

GRAPHIC

GRAPHIC

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

25

 

 



 

 


Chairman

 

The Board elects one of the independent Non-executive Directors as Chairman. Our current Chairman is Lindsay Maxsted, who became Chairman on 14 December 2011. The Chairman’s role includes:

 

§         providing effective leadership to the Board in relation to all Board matters;

 

§         guiding the agenda and conducting all Board meetings;

 

§         in conjunction with the Company Secretaries, arranging regular Board meetings throughout the year, confirming that minutes of meetings accurately record decisions taken and, where appropriate, the views of individual Directors;

 

§         overseeing the process for appraising Directors and the Board as a whole;

 

§         overseeing Board succession;

 

§         acting as a conduit between management and Board, and being the primary point of communication between the Board and CEO;

 

§         representing the views of the Board to the public; and

 

§         taking a leading role in creating and maintaining an effective corporate governance system.

 

CEO

 

Our CEO is Gail Kelly. The CEO’s role includes:

 

§         leadership of the management team;

 

§         developing strategic objectives for the business; and

 

§         the day-to-day management of the Westpac Group’s operations.

 

Board meetings

 

The Board had eight scheduled meetings for the financial year ended 30 September 2014, with additional meetings held as required. In July each year the Board discusses our strategic plan and approves our overall strategic direction. The Board also conducts a half year review of our strategy. The Board conducts workshops on specific subjects relevant to our business throughout the year. Board meetings are characterised by robust exchanges of views, with Directors bringing their experience and independent judgment to bear on the issues and decisions at hand.

 

Non-executive Directors regularly meet without management present, so that they can discuss issues appropriate to such a forum. In all other respects, senior executives are invited, where considered appropriate, to participate in Board meetings. They also are available to be contacted by Directors between meetings.

 

Meetings attended by Directors for the financial year ended 30 September 2014 are reported in Section 8 of the Directors’ report.

 

Nomination and appointment

 

The Board Nominations Committee is responsible for:

 

§         developing and reviewing policies on Board composition, strategic function and size;

 

§         reviewing and making recommendations to the Board annually on diversity generally within the Westpac Group, measurable objectives for achieving diversity and progress in achieving those objectives;

 

§         planning succession of the Non-executive Directors;

 

§         reviewing the process for the orientation and education of new Directors and any continuing education for existing Directors;

 

§         reviewing eligibility criteria for the appointment of Directors;

 

§         recommending appointment of Directors to the Board; and

 

§         considering and recommending candidates for appointment to the Boards of relevant subsidiaries.

 

Westpac seeks to maintain a Board of Directors with a broad range of financial and other skills, experience and knowledge necessary to guide the business of the Westpac Group. Westpac seeks to maintain a diverse Board which at a minimum collectively has:

 

§         strategic capabilities and commercial acumen;

 

§         an understanding of the financial services industry (including wealth management) and global business perspectives;

 

§         accounting or related financial management qualifications and experience;

 

§         an understanding of risk management;

 

§         an understanding the application of technology in large complex businesses;

 

§         a background in, or understanding of, customer insights and customer strategy;

 

§         knowledge of governance and compliance matters in highly regulated listed entities;

 

§         experience in people matters including workplace cultures, morale, management development, succession and remuneration;

 

§         experience on the boards of other significant listed companies; and

 

§         an ability to contribute to gender diversity.

 

The Board Nominations Committee considers and makes recommendations to the Board on candidates for appointment as Directors. Such recommendations pay particular attention to the mix of skills, experience, expertise, diversity and other qualities of existing Directors, and how the candidate’s attributes will balance and complement those qualities. External consultants are used to access a wide base of potential Directors.

 

Prior to a Director’s appointment or consideration for election or re-election by shareholders, Westpac conducts appropriate due diligence and provides shareholders with all material information relevant to a decision on whether or not to elect or re-elect a Director.

 

New Directors receive an induction pack which includes a letter of appointment setting out the expectations of the role, conditions of appointment including the expected term of appointment, and remuneration. This letter conforms to the ASXCGC Recommendations.


 

 

 

 

26

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Corporate governance


Term of office

 

The Board may appoint a new Director, either to fill a casual vacancy or as an addition to the existing Directors, provided the total number of Directors does not exceed fifteen Non-executive Directors and three Executive Directors. Except for the Managing Director, a Director appointed by the Board holds office only until the close of the next AGM but is eligible for election by shareholders at that meeting.

 

Our Constitution states that at each AGM, one-third of eligible Directors, and any other Director who has held office for three or more years since their last election, must retire. In determining the number of Directors to retire by rotation, no account is to be taken of Directors holding casual vacancy positions or of the CEO. The Directors to retire by rotation are those who have been the longest in office. A retiring Director holds office until the conclusion of the meeting at which he or she retires but is eligible for re-election by shareholders at that meeting.

 

The Board makes recommendations concerning the election or re-election of any Director by shareholders. In considering whether to support a candidate, the Board takes into account the results of the Board performance evaluation conducted during the year.

 

The Westpac Board Renewal Policy limits the maximum tenure of office that any Non-executive Director other than the Chairman may serve to nine years, from the date of first election by shareholders. The maximum tenure for the Chairman is twelve years (inclusive of any term as a Director prior to being elected as Chairman), from the date of first election by shareholders. The Board, on its initiative and on an exceptional basis, may exercise discretion to extend the maximum terms specified above where it considers that such an extension would benefit the Group. Such discretion will be exercised on an annual basis and the Director concerned will be required to stand for re-election annually.

 

Education

 

On appointment, all Directors are offered an induction program appropriate to their experience to familiarise them with our business, strategy and any current issues before the Board. The induction program includes meetings with the Chairman, the CEO, the Board Committee Chairs and each Group Executive.

 

The Board encourages Directors to continue their education by participating in workshops held throughout the year, attending relevant site visits and undertaking relevant external education.

 

Access to information and advice

 

All Directors have unrestricted access to company records and information, and receive regular detailed financial and operational reports from senior management. Each Director also enters into an access and indemnity agreement which, among other things, provides for access to documents for up to seven years after his or her retirement as a Director.

 

The Chairman and other Non-executive Directors regularly consult with the CEO, CFO and other senior executives, and may consult with, and request additional information from, any of our employees.

 

All Directors have access to advice from senior internal legal advisors including the Chief Compliance Officer & Group General Counsel.

 

In addition, the Board collectively, and all Directors individually, have the right to seek independent professional advice, at our expense, to help them carry out their responsibilities. While the Chairman’s prior approval is needed, it may not be unreasonably withheld.

 

Company Secretaries

 

We have two Company Secretaries appointed by the Board. The Senior Company Secretary, who is also Legal Counsel to the Board, attends Board and Board Committee meetings and is responsible for providing Directors with advice on legal and corporate governance issues together with the Chief Compliance Officer & Group General Counsel. The Group Company Secretary attends Board and Board Committee meetings and is responsible for the operation of the secretariat function, including implementing our governance framework and, in conjunction with management, giving practical effect to the Board’s decisions. The Group Company Secretary is accountable to the Board through the Chairman, on all matters to do with the proper functioning of the Board.

 

Profiles of our Company Secretaries are set out in Section 1 of the Directors’ report.

 

Board Committees

 

Composition and independence

 

Board Committee members are chosen for the skills and experience they can contribute to the respective Board Committees and their qualifications are set out in Section 1 of the Directors’ report. The membership of each Board Committee is set out in the table entitled ‘Size and membership of Board Committees as at 30 September 2014’ in this Corporate Governance Statement. All of the Board Committees are comprised of independent Non-executive Directors. The CEO is also a member of the Board Technology Committee.

 

Operation and reporting

 

Scheduled meetings of the Board Committees occur quarterly, with the exception of the Board Technology Committee which has scheduled meetings three times a year. Each member’s attendance at Board Committee meetings held during the financial year ended 30 September 2014 is reported in Section 8 of the Directors’ report. All Board Committees are able to meet more frequently as necessary. Each Board Committee is entitled to the resources and information it requires and has direct access to our employees and advisers. The CEO attends all Board Committee meetings, except where she has a material personal interest in a matter being considered. Senior executives and other selected employees are invited to attend Board Committee meetings as required. All Directors can receive all Board Committee papers and can attend any Board Committee meeting, provided there is no conflict of interest.


 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

27

 

 



 


Performance

 

Board, Board Committees and Directors

 

The Board undertakes ongoing self-assessment as well as commissioning an annual performance review by an independent consultant.

 

The review process conducted in 2014 included an assessment of the performance of the Board, the Board Committees, and each Director with outputs collected, analysed and presented to the Board. The Board discussed the results and agreed follow up action on matters relating to Board composition, process and priorities.

 

The Chairman also discusses the results with individual Directors and Board Committee Chairs. The full Board (excluding the Chairman) reviews the results of the performance review of the Chairman and results are then privately discussed by the Chairman of the Board Risk & Compliance Committee with the Chairman.

 

Management

 

The Board, in conjunction with its Board Remuneration Committee, is responsible for approving the performance objectives and measures for the CEO and other senior executives, and providing input into the evaluation of performance against these objectives. The Board Risk & Compliance Committee also refers to the Board Remuneration Committee any matters that come to its attention that are relevant with respect to remuneration policy or practices.

 

Management performance evaluations for the financial year ended 30 September 2014 were conducted following the end of the financial year.

 

There is a further discussion on performance objectives and performance achieved in the Remuneration report contained in the Directors’ report.

 

All new senior executives are provided with extensive briefing on our strategies and operations, and the respective roles and responsibilities of the Board and senior management.

 

Advisory Boards

 

Westpac has established Advisory Boards for its operations in Asia and for each of BankSA and Bank of Melbourne, to advise management on the strategies and initiatives of those businesses within the overall Group strategy.

 

Responsibilities of the Advisory Boards include:

 

§         providing advice to management on management’s strategies and initiatives to continue to strengthen the position and identity of the business;

 

§         providing advice to management of the relevant business so as to promote and preserve its distinct position and identity and align business values with those of the relevant communities served;

 

§         considering and assessing reports provided by management on the health of the relevant business;

 

§         acting as ambassadors for the business, including through supporting community and major corporate promotional events to assist in building relationships with the bank’s customers, local communities and the business and government sector, and advising senior management on community matters relevant to the provision of financial services in the community it serves; and

 

§         alerting management to local market opportunities and issues of which Advisory Board members are aware that would enhance the provision of services to customers and potential customers and the position of the bank in its local communities.

 

Ethical and responsible decision-making

 

Code of Conduct and Principles for Doing Business

 

Our ‘Code of Conduct’ (Code) describes the standards of conduct expected of our people, both employees and contractors. The seven principles making up the Code are:

 

§         we act with honesty and integrity;

 

§         we comply with laws and with our policies;

 

§         we do the right thing by our customers;

 

§         we respect confidentiality and do not misuse information;

 

§         we value and maintain our professionalism;

 

§         we work as a team; and

 

§         we manage conflicts of interest responsibly.

 

The focus of each of the principles is to provide a set of guiding principles to help us make the right decisions ensuring we uphold the reputation of the Group. The Code has the full support of the Board and the Executive Team and we take compliance with the Code very seriously.

 

Our ‘Principles for Doing Business’ (Principles) underpin the Group’s commitment to sustainable business practice and community involvement. In summary:

 

§        we believe our success depends on the trust and confidence placed in us by our customers, people, shareholders, suppliers, advisers and the community;

 

§         we believe in maintaining the highest level of governance and ethical practice while protecting the interests of our stakeholders;

 

§         we believe in putting our customers at the centre of everything we do;

 

§         we believe our people are a crucial element of a successful service business;

 

§         we are committed to managing our direct and indirect impacts on the environment;

 

§         we believe being actively involved in our community is fundamental to the sustainability of our business; and

 

§         we believe our suppliers should be viewed as partners in our sustainability journey.

 

The Principles align with key global initiatives that promote responsible business practices. The Principles apply to all Directors, employees and contractors.


 

 

 

28

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Corporate governance


We also have a range of internal guidelines, communications and training processes and tools, including an online learning module entitled ‘Doing the Right Thing’, which apply to and support both our Code and the Principles.

 

Key policies

 

We have a number of key policies to manage our regulatory compliance and human resource requirements. We also voluntarily subscribe to a range of external industry codes, such as the Code of Banking Practice and the ePayments Code.

 

Code of Ethics for Senior Finance Officers

 

The Code of Accounting Practice and Financial Reporting complements our own Code. The Code of Accounting Practice and Financial Reporting is designed to assist our CEO, CFO and other principal financial officers in applying the highest ethical standards to the performance of their duties and responsibilities with respect to accounting practice and financial reporting by requiring those officers to:

 

§         act honestly and ethically, particularly with respect to conflicts of interest;

 

§         provide full, fair, accurate and timely disclosure in reporting and other communications;

 

§         comply with applicable laws, rules and regulations;

 

§         promptly report violations of the Code; and

 

§         be accountable for adherence to the Code.

 

Conflicts of interest

 

The Group has a detailed conflicts of interest framework, which includes a Group policy supported by specific divisional policies and guidelines aimed at identifying and managing actual, potential or apparent conflicts of interest.

 

The conflicts of interest framework includes a separate Westpac Group Gifts and Hospitality Policy. This Policy provides our employees with guidance to manage their obligations relating to the giving or receiving of gifts or hospitality.

 

The Board

 

All Directors are required to disclose any actual, potential or apparent conflicts of interest upon appointment and are required to keep these disclosures to the Board up to date.

 

Any Director with a material personal interest in a matter being considered by the Board must declare their interest and, unless the Board resolves otherwise, may not be present during the boardroom discussions or vote on the relevant matter.

 

Our employees and contractors

 

We expect our employees and contractors to:

 

§         have in place adequate arrangements for the management of actual, potential or apparent conflicts of interest;

 

§         obtain consent from senior management before accepting a directorship on the board of a non-Westpac Group company;

 

§         disclose any material interests they have with our customers or suppliers to their manager and not be involved with customer relationships where they have such an interest;

 

§         not participate in business activities outside their employment with us (whether as a principal, partner, director, agent, guarantor, investor or employee) without approval or when it could adversely affect their ability to carry out their duties and responsibilities; and

 

§         not solicit, provide facilitation payments, accept or offer money, gifts, favours or entertainment which might influence, or might appear to influence, their business judgment.

 

Fit and Proper Person assessments

 

We have a Board approved Westpac Group Statutory Officers Fit and Proper Policy that meets the requirements of the related APRA Prudential Standards. In accordance with that Policy, we assess the fitness and propriety of our Directors and also of employees who perform specified statutory roles required by APRA Prudential Standards or ASIC licensing requirements. The Chairman of the Board (and in the case of the Chairman, the Board) is responsible for assessing the Board Directors, Non-executive Directors on subsidiary Boards, Group Executives, external auditors and actuaries. An executive Fit and Proper Committee is responsible under delegated authority of the Westpac Board for undertaking assessments of all other employees who hold statutory roles. In all cases the individual is asked to provide a detailed declaration, and background checks are completed.

 

Concern reporting and whistleblower protection

 

Under the Westpac Group Whistleblower Protection Policy, our employees and contractors are encouraged to raise any concerns about activities or behaviour that may be unlawful or unethical. The Policy outlines all reporting channels, including our concern reporting system ‘Concern Online’, which enables reporting on an anonymous basis. Concerns may include suspected breaches of our Code, Westpac Policies or regulatory requirements.

 

Employees who raise concerns may choose to involve the Whistleblower Protection Officer, who is responsible for protecting the employee against victimisation as a result of making a report.

 

We investigate reported concerns in a manner that is fair and objective to all people involved. If the investigation shows that wrongdoing has occurred, we are committed to changing our processes and taking action in relation to employees or contractors who have behaved incorrectly. Outcomes may also involve reporting the matter to relevant authorities and regulators.

 

Statistics about concerns raised are reported quarterly to both the Board Risk & Compliance Committee and the Westpac Group Executive Risk Committee.


 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

29

 

 



 


Securities trading

 

Under the Westpac Group Securities Trading Policy, Directors, employees and contractors are restricted from dealing in any securities and other financial products if they possess inside information. They are also prohibited from passing on inside information to others who may use that information to trade in securities. In addition, Directors and any employees or contractors who, because of their seniority or the nature of their position, may have access to material non-public information about Westpac (known as Prescribed Employees) are subject to further restrictions, including prohibitions on trading prior to and immediately following annual and half year results announcements.

 

We manage and monitor these obligations through:

 

§         the insider trading provisions of our Policy, which prohibit any dealing in any securities where a Director or employee has access to inside information that may affect the price of those securities;

 

§         placing limitations upon Directors, employees and contractors participating in a new product issue where their position puts them in an actual, potential or apparent position of conflict of interest;

 

§         restrictions limiting the periods in which the Directors and Prescribed Employees can trade in our shares or other company securities (Blackout Periods);

 

§         requiring Directors and Prescribed Employees to notify their intention to trade outside Blackout Periods and confirm that they have no inside information;

 

§         monitoring the trading of Westpac securities by Directors and Prescribed Employees;

 

§         maintaining a register of Prescribed Employees, which is regularly updated;

 

§         notifying ASX of trades by Directors of Westpac securities as required under the ASX Listing Rules; and

 

§         forbidding employees from entering into hedging arrangements in relation to their unvested employee shares or securities, whether directly or indirectly.

 

Diversity

 

Westpac Group has a Group Diversity Policy that sets out the diversity initiatives for the Westpac Group. In this context, diversity covers gender, age, ethnicity, accessibility, flexibility, cultural background, sexual orientation and religious beliefs.

 

The objectives of the policy are to ensure that the Westpac Group:

 

§         has a workforce profile that delivers competitive advantage through the ability to garner a deep understanding of customer needs;

 

§         has a truly inclusive workplace where every individual can shine regardless of gender, cultural identity, age, work style or approach;

 

§         leverages the value of diversity for all our stakeholders to deliver the best customer experience, improved financial performance and a stronger corporate reputation; and

 

§         continues to take a leadership position on diversity practices and setting the agenda in the external community.

 

To achieve these objectives the Westpac Group:

 

§         has set Board determined, measurable objectives for achieving gender diversity. The Board assesses annually both the objectives and progress in achieving them;

 

§         assesses pay equity on an annual basis;

 

§         encourages and supports the application of flexibility policies into practice across the business;

 

§         is committed to proactively assisting Indigenous Australians to access employment across our brands;

 

§         implements our Accessibility Action Plan for employees and customers with a disability, including ensuring employment opportunities are accessible for people with disabilities; and

 

§         actively promotes an environment of inclusion for lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender and intersex (LGBTI) employees.

 

The implementation of these objectives is overseen by the Westpac Group Diversity Council chaired by the CEO.

 

The Board, or an appropriate Board Committee, will receive regular updates from the Westpac Group Diversity Council on these diversity initiatives.

 

We will also continue to listen to the needs of our employees through the engagement of our employee action groups, our employee surveys and bi-annual diversity focused surveys.

 

In October 2010, the Board set a measurable objective to increase the proportion of women in leadership roles (over 5,000 leaders from our Executive Team through to our bank managers) from 33% to 40% by 2014, which was achieved in September 2012, two years ahead of schedule.

 

At 30 September 2014, the proportion of women employed by Westpac Group was as follows:

 

§         Board of Directors: 44%;

 

§         leadership1 roles: 44%; and

 

§         total Westpac workforce: 59%.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1         Women in leadership refers to the proportion of women (permanent and maximum term) in people leadership roles or senior roles of influence as a proportion of all leaders across the Group. It includes the CEO, Executive Team, General Managers, Senior Managers as direct reports to General Managers and the next two levels of management. Excludes Westpac Pacific.


 

 

 

30

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 

 



 

Corporate governance


Sustainability

 

We view sustainable and responsible business practices as important for our business and shareholder value. This means conducting our business in a responsible, trustworthy and ethical manner, while accepting accountability for our impacts on society and the environment. We are committed to transparency and fair dealing, treating employees and customers responsibly, and having solid links with the community.

 

Our management and reporting of sustainability aim to address the issues that we believe are the most material for our business and stakeholders, now and in the future. We understand that this is an evolving agenda and seek to progressively embed the management of sustainability issues into business as usual practice, while also anticipating and shaping emerging social issues where we have the skills and experience to make a meaningful difference and drive business value.

 

Reporting

 

We report on our performance against the objectives and targets in our public sustainability strategy in the Annual Review and Sustainability Report, the Annual Report and the full year and half year ASX results. We also provide additional detailed information on our website.

 

Our sustainability reporting is subject to independent limited assurance, performed in accordance with the Australian Standard on Assurance Engagements 3000 (revised) Assurance Engagements Other Than Audits or Reviews of Historical Financial Information (‘ASAE 3000’). The AA1000 Principles Standard and the Global Reporting Initiative G4 Guidelines are also used by the assurance provider as criteria against which to assess disclosures associated with alignment to the AA1000 Principles and GRI G4.

 

The assurance process not only tests the integrity of the data, but also tests the effectiveness of our underlying systems and processes, and the extent to which corporate responsibility and sustainability policies and processes are embedded across our organisation. In addition, we actively participate in independent external assessments by sustainability and governance rating organisations which benchmark us against global standards of governance.

 

Financial reporting

 

Approach to financial reporting

 

Our approach to financial reporting reflects three core principles:

 

§         that our financial reports present a true and fair view;

 

§         that our accounting methods comply with applicable accounting standards and policies; and

 

§         that our external auditor is independent and serves security holders’ interests.

 

The Board, through the Board Audit Committee, monitors Australian and international developments relevant to these principles, and reviews our practices accordingly.

 

The Board delegates oversight responsibility for risk management between the Board Audit Committee and the Board Risk & Compliance Committee. Similarly, the Board delegates oversight responsibility for the preparation of remuneration reports and disclosures to the Board Remuneration Committee.

 

Board Audit Committee

 

As detailed in its charter, the Board Audit Committee has oversight of:

 

§         the integrity of the financial statements and financial reporting systems;

 

§         the external audit engagement, including the external auditor’s qualifications, performance, independence and fees;

 

§         performance of the internal audit function;

 

§         financial reporting and compliance with prudential regulatory reporting. With reference to the Board Risk & Compliance Committee, this includes an oversight of regulatory and statutory reporting requirements; and

 

§         procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of financial complaints, including accounting, internal controls or auditing matters, and the confidential reporting by employees of concerns regarding accounting or auditing matters.

 

The Board Audit Committee reviews, discusses with management and the external auditor, and assesses:

 

§         any significant financial reporting issues and judgments made in connection with the preparation of the financial reports;

 

§         the processes used to monitor and comply with laws, regulations and other requirements relating to external reporting of financial and non-financial information;

 

§         the major financial risk exposures; and

 

§         the process surrounding the disclosures made by the CEO and CFO in connection with their personal certifications of the annual financial statements.

 

As part of its oversight responsibilities, the Board Audit Committee also conducts discussions with a wide range of internal and external stakeholders including:

 

§         the Board Risk & Compliance Committee, CFO, Chief Risk Officer (CRO), General Manager Group Assurance, management and the external auditor, about our major financial risk exposures and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures;

 

§        the General Manager Group Assurance and external auditor concerning their audit and any significant findings, and the adequacy of management’s responses;

 

§         management and the external auditor concerning the half year and annual financial statements;

 

§         management and the external auditor regarding any correspondence with regulators or government agencies, and reports that raise issues of a material nature; and

 

§         the Chief Operating Officer and the Chief Compliance Officer & Group General Counsel regarding any legal matters that may have a material impact on, or require disclosure in, the financial statements.


 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

31

 

 



 


Periodically, the Board Audit Committee consults with the external auditor without the presence of management about internal controls over financial information, reporting and disclosure and the fullness and accuracy of Westpac’s financial statements. The Board Audit Committee also meets with the General Manager Group Assurance without management being present.

 

Financial knowledge

 

The Board Audit Committee comprises four independent, Non-executive Directors and is chaired by Robert Elstone.

 

All Board Audit Committee members have appropriate financial experience, an understanding of the financial services industry and satisfy the independence requirements under the ASXCGC Recommendations, the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (as amended) and its related rules, and the NYSE Listing Rules.

 

The Board has determined that Lindsay Maxsted, member of the Board Audit Committee, is an ‘audit committee financial expert’ and independent in accordance with US securities law.

 

The designation of Lindsay Maxsted as an audit committee financial expert does not impose duties, obligations or liability on him that are greater than those imposed on him as a Board Audit Committee member, and does not affect the duties, obligations or liability of any other Board Audit Committee member or Board member. Audit committee financial experts are not deemed as an ‘expert’ for any other purpose.

 

External auditor

 

The role of the external auditor is to provide an independent opinion that our financial reports are true and fair, and comply with applicable regulations.

 

Our external auditor is PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC), appointed by shareholders at the 2002 AGM. Our present PwC lead audit partner is Michael Codling and the review audit partner is Matthew Lunn. Michael Codling and Matthew Lunn assumed responsibility for these roles in December 2011 and December 2012 respectively.

 

The external auditor receives all Board Audit Committee and Board Risk & Compliance Committee papers, attends all meetings of both committees and is available to Committee members at any time. The external auditor also attends the Annual General Meeting (AGM) to answer questions from shareholders regarding the conduct of its audit, the audit report and financial statements and its independence.

 

As our external auditor, PwC is required to confirm its independence and compliance with specified independence standards on a quarterly basis.

 

The roles of lead audit partner and review audit partner must be rotated every five years and cannot be resumed by the same person for a minimum of five years.

 

We strictly govern our relationship with the external auditor, including restrictions on employment, business relationships, financial interests and use of our financial products by the external auditor.

 

Engagement of the external auditor

 

To avoid possible independence or conflict issues, the external auditor is not permitted to carry out certain types of non-audit services for Westpac and may be limited as to the extent to which it can perform other non-audit services as specified in our ‘Pre-approval of engagement of PwC for audit and non-audit services’ (Guidelines). Use of the external audit firm for any non-audit services must be assessed and approved in accordance with the pre-approval process determined by the Board Audit Committee and set out in the Guidelines.

 

The breakdown of the aggregate fees billed by the external auditor in respect of each of the two most recent financial years for audit, audit-related, tax and other services is provided in Note 34 to our financial statements for the year ended 30 September 2014. A declaration regarding the Board’s satisfaction that the provision of non-audit services by PwC is compatible with the general standards of auditor independence is provided in Section 10 of the Directors’ report.

 

Group Assurance (internal audit)

 

Group Assurance is Westpac’s internal audit function providing the Board and Executive Management with an independent and objective evaluation of the adequacy and effectiveness of management’s control over risk. Group Assurance covers the governance, risk management and internal control frameworks of Westpac and our wholly owned subsidiaries. It has access to all of our entities, and conducts audits and reviews following a risk-based planning approach, the outline for which has been approved by the Board Audit Committee.

 

Group Assurance provides regular reports to the Board Audit Committee and, as deemed appropriate, the Board Risk & Compliance Committee, and raises any significant issues with those Committees. The General Manager Group Assurance operates under a Group Assurance charter approved by the Board Audit Committee and has a direct reporting line to the Chairman of that Committee.

 

Market disclosure

 

We maintain a level of disclosure that seeks to provide all investors with equal, timely, balanced and meaningful information. Consistent with these standards the Westpac Group maintains a Board approved Market Disclosure Policy, which governs how we communicate with our shareholders and the investment community.

 

The policy reflects the requirements of the ASX, NZX and other offshore stock exchanges where we have disclosure obligations, as well as relevant securities and corporations legislation. Under our policy, information that a reasonable person would expect to have a material effect on the price or value of our securities must first be disclosed via the ASX unless an exception applies under regulatory requirements.


 

 

 

32

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Corporate governance

 

 

 


Our Disclosure Committee is responsible for determining what information should be disclosed publicly under the policy, and for assisting employees in understanding what information may require disclosure to the market on the basis that it is price sensitive. The Disclosure Committee is comprised of the CEO, the Executive Team, the Chief Compliance Officer & Group General Counsel and the General Manager, Corporate Affairs and Sustainability.

 

The Chief Operating Officer is the Disclosure Officer. The Disclosure Officer is ultimately responsible for all communication with relevant stock exchanges and notifying regulators in any jurisdiction as a result of market disclosure.

 

Once relevant information is disclosed to the market and available to investors, it is also published on our website. This includes investor discussion packs, presentations on and explanations about our financial results. Our website information also includes Annual Review and Sustainability Reports, Annual Reports, results announcements, CEO and executive briefings (including webcasts, recordings or transcripts of all major events), notices of meetings and key media releases.

 

Shareholder communication and participation

 

We seek to keep our shareholders fully informed through a variety of communication mediums. These are regularly reviewed to improve our communications and utilise new technologies. These approaches include:

 

§         direct communications with shareholders via mail and email;

 

§         the publication of all relevant company information in the Investor Centre section of our website; and

 

§         access to all major market briefings and shareholder meetings via webcasts.

 

Shareholders are provided with advance notice of all major market briefings and shareholder meetings, through ASX announcements and/or the publication of an investor calendar of events on our website.

 

Shareholders are given the option to receive information in print or electronic format.

 

We regard the AGM as an important opportunity for engaging and communicating with shareholders. Shareholders are encouraged to attend and actively participate in our AGM, which is webcast and can also be viewed at a later time from our website. Shareholders who are unable to attend the AGM are able to lodge their proxies through a number of channels, including via the internet. At the time of receiving the Notice of Meeting, shareholders are also invited to put forward questions they would like addressed at the AGM.

 

CEO and CFO assurance

 

The Board receives regular reports from management about our financial condition and operational results, as well as that of our controlled entities. The CEO and the CFO annually provide formal statements to the Board, and have done so for the financial year ended 30 September 2014, that state that in all material respects:

 

§         Westpac’s financial records for the financial year have been properly maintained in that they:

 

        correctly record and explain its transactions, and financial position and performance;

 

        enable true and fair financial statements to be prepared and audited; and

 

        are retained for seven years after the transactions covered by the records are completed;

 

§         the financial statements and notes required by the accounting standards for the financial year comply with the accounting standards;

 

§         the financial statements and notes for the financial year give a true and fair view of Westpac’s and its consolidated entities’ financial position and of their performance;

 

§         any other matters that are prescribed by the Corporations Act and regulations as they relate to the financial statements and notes for the financial year are satisfied; and

 

§         the declarations provided in accordance with section 295A of the Corporations Act are founded on a sound system of risk management and internal control, and that the system is operating effectively in all material respects in relation to financial reporting risks.

 

Risk management

 

Roles and responsibilities

 

The Board is responsible for reviewing and approving our overall risk management strategy, including determining our appetite for risk. The Board has delegated to the Board Risk & Compliance Committee responsibility for providing recommendations to the Board on Westpac Group’s risk-reward strategy, setting risk appetite, approving frameworks, policies and processes for managing risk, and determining whether to accept risks beyond management’s approval discretion.

 

The Board Risk & Compliance Committee conducts an annual review of the risk management strategy and this review was completed during the year ended 30 September 2014.

 

The Board Risk & Compliance Committee monitors the alignment of our risk profile with our risk appetite, which is defined in the Board Statement of Risk Appetite, and with our current and future capital requirements. The Board Risk & Compliance Committee receives regular reports from management on the effectiveness of our management of Westpac’s material business risks. More detail about the role of the Board Risk & Compliance Committee is set out later in this section under ‘Board Risk & Compliance Committee’.


 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

33

 

 



 

 

 

 


 

The CEO and Executive Team are responsible for implementing our risk management strategy and frameworks, and for developing policies, controls, processes and procedures for identifying and managing risk in all of Westpac’s activities.

 

Westpac manages the risks that affect our business as they influence our performance, reputation and future success. Effective risk management involves taking an integrated approach to risk and reward, and enables us to both increase financial growth opportunities and mitigate potential loss or damage. We adopt a Three Lines of Defence approach to risk management which reflects our culture of ‘risk is everyone’s business’ and that all employees are responsible for identifying and managing risk and operating within the Group’s desired risk profile. Westpac’s Risk Management Strategy identifies risk culture as an essential element of risk management. We embed risk culture and maintain an awareness of risk management responsibilities through regular communication, training and other targeted approaches that support our risk management framework.

 

The 1st Line of Defence – Risk identification, risk management and self-assurance

 

Divisional business units are responsible for identifying, evaluating and managing the risks that they originate within approved risk appetite and policies. They are required to establish and maintain appropriate risk management controls, resources and self-assurance processes.

 

The 2nd Line of Defence – Establishment of risk management frameworks and policies and risk management oversight

 

Our 2nd Line of Defence is a separate risk advisory, control and monitoring function which establishes frameworks, policies, limits and processes for the management, monitoring and reporting of risk. It also evaluates and opines on the adequacy and effectiveness of 1st Line controls and application of frameworks and policies and, where necessary, requires improvement and monitors the 1st Line’s progress toward remediation of identified deficiencies.

 

Our 2nd Line of Defence has three layers:

 

§         our executive risk committees lead the optimisation of risk-reward by overseeing the development of risk appetite statements, risk management frameworks, policies and risk concentration controls, and monitoring Westpac’s risk profile for alignment with approved appetites and strategies;

 

§         our Group Risk function is independent from the business divisions, reports to the CRO, and establishes and maintains the Group-wide risk management frameworks, policies and concentration limits that are approved by the Board Risk & Compliance Committee. It also reports on Westpac’s risk profile to executive risk committees and the Board Risk & Compliance Committee; and

 

§         divisional risk areas are responsible for developing division-specific risk appetite statements, policies, controls, procedures, monitoring and reporting capability, which align to the Board’s Statement of Risk Appetite and the risk management frameworks approved by the Board Risk & Compliance Committee. These risk areas are independent of the Divisions’ 1st Line business areas, with each divisional CRO having a direct reporting line to the CRO, as well as to their Division’s Group Executive.

 

The 3rd Line of Defence – Independent assurance

 

Our Group Assurance function independently evaluates the adequacy and effectiveness of the Group’s overall risk management framework and controls.

 

Our overall risk management approach is summarised in the following diagram:

 

GRAPHIC

 

Our overall risk management governance structure is set out in more detail in the table ‘Risk Management Governance Structure’ included in this statement.

 

We distinguish five main types of risk:

 

§         credit risk – the risk of financial loss where a customer or counterparty fails to meet their financial obligations to Westpac;

 

§         liquidity risk – the risk that the Group will be unable to fund assets and meet obligations as they become due;

 

§         market risk – the risk of an adverse impact on earnings resulting from changes in market factors, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates, commodity prices and equity prices. This includes interest rate risk in the banking book – the risk to interest income from a mismatch between the duration of assets and liabilities that arises in the normal course of business activities;

 

§         operational risk – the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. The definition is aligned to the regulatory (Basel II) definition, including legal and regulatory risk but excluding strategic and reputation risk; and

 

§         compliance risk – the risk of legal or regulatory sanction, financial or reputation loss, arising from our failure to abide by the compliance obligations required of us.


 

 

 

 

34

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Corporate governance

 

 

 

 


 

In addition to, and linked to, these five main types of risk, we also manage the following risks:

 

§         business risk – the risk associated with the vulnerability of a line of business to changes in the business environment;

 

§         environmental, social and governance risks – the risk that the Group damages its reputation or financial performance due to failure to recognise or address material existing or emerging sustainability related environmental, social or governance issues;

 

§         equity risk – the potential for financial loss arising from movements in equity values. Equity risk may be direct, indirect or contingent;

 

§         insurance risk – the risk of mis-estimation of the expected cost of insured events, volatility in the number or severity of insured events, and mis-estimation of the cost of incurred claims;

 

§         related entity (contagion) risk – the risk that problems arising in other Westpac Group members compromise the financial and operational position of the authorised deposit-taking institutions in the Westpac Group; and

 

§         reputation risk – the risk to earnings or capital arising from negative public opinion resulting from the loss of reputation or public trust and standing.

 

Westpac has received advanced accreditation from APRA and the RBNZ under the Basel II capital framework, and uses the Advanced Internal Ratings Based (AIRB) approach for credit risk and the Advanced Measurement Approach (AMA) for operational risk when calculating regulatory capital.

 

Board Risk & Compliance Committee

 

The Board Risk & Compliance Committee comprises all of Westpac’s independent, Non-executive Directors and is chaired by Elizabeth Bryan.

 

As set out in its charter, the Board Risk & Compliance Committee:

 

§         provides recommendations to the Board on Westpac Group’s risk-reward strategy;

 

§         sets risk appetite;

 

§         reviews and approves the frameworks for managing risk, including capital, credit, liquidity, market, operational, compliance and reputation risk;

 

§        reviews and approves the limits and conditions that apply to credit risk approval authority delegated to the CEO, CFO and CRO and any other officers of the Westpac Group to whom the Board has delegated credit approval authority;

 

§         monitors the risk profile, performance, capital levels, exposures against limits and the management and control of our risks;

 

§         monitors changes anticipated in the economic and business environment and other factors considered relevant to our risk profile and risk appetite;

 

§         oversees the development and ongoing review of key policies that support our frameworks for managing risk; and

 

§         may approve accepting risks beyond management’s approval discretion.

 

From the perspective of specific types of risk, the Board Risk & Compliance Committee role includes:

 

§         credit risk – approving key policies and limits supporting the Credit Risk Management Framework, and monitoring the risk profile, performance and management of our credit portfolio;

 

§         liquidity risk – approving key policies and limits supporting the Liquidity Risk Management Framework, including our annual funding strategy and liquidity requirements, and recovery and resolutions plans and monitoring the liquidity risk profile;

 

§         market risk – approving key policies and limits supporting the Market Risk Management Framework, including, but not limited to, the Value at Risk and Net Interest Income at Risk limits, and monitoring the market risk profile;

 

§         operational risk – monitoring the operational risk profile, the performance of operational risk management and controls, and the development and ongoing review of operational risk policies supporting the Operational Risk Management Framework;

 

§         reputation risk – reviewing and approving the Reputation Risk Management Framework and reviewing the monitoring of the performance of reputation risk management and controls; and

 

§         compliance risk – reviewing compliance processes and our compliance with applicable laws, regulations and regulatory requirements, discussing with management and the external auditor any material correspondence with regulators or government agencies and any published reports that raise material issues, and reviewing complaints and whistleblower concerns.

 

The Board Risk & Compliance Committee also:

 

§         approves the Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process and in doing so reviews the outcomes of enterprise wide stress testing, sets the preferred capital ranges for regulatory capital having regard to Westpac internal economic capital measures, and reviews and monitors capital levels for consistency with the Westpac Group’s risk appetite;

 

§         provides relevant periodic assurances and disclosures to the Board Audit Committee regarding the operational integrity of the risk management framework; and

 

§         refers to other Board Committees any matters that come to the attention of the Board Risk & Compliance Committee that are relevant for those respective Board Committees.


 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

35

 

 



 

 

 

 


 

Compliance Management Framework

 

The Group’s Compliance Management Framework sets out our approach to managing compliance and mitigating compliance risk, in order to achieve our compliance objectives. To proactively manage our compliance risks, we must:

 

§         comply with both the letter and ‘spirit’ of the law while being attentive to the needs of our clients;

 

§         embed the requirements of our regulators into how we do business, how we conduct ourselves and how our systems and processes are designed and operate; and

 

§         maintain a compliance culture where everyone in every part of the Westpac Group has responsibility for compliance.

 

The mechanisms we use to implement our approach include:

 

§         maintaining a strong governance environment;

 

§         identifying obligations, developing and maintaining Compliance Plans and implementing change;

 

§         developing, implementing and testing compliance controls; and

 

§         monitoring and reporting incidents, issues and risks.

 

As with other forms of risk, business line management is primarily responsible for managing compliance. This is supported by a dedicated Compliance function covering the Group and each area of the business. The Compliance function reports to the Chief Compliance Officer & Group General Counsel.

 

Regular reports are provided to the Westpac Group Executive Risk Committee and the Board Risk & Compliance Committee on the status of compliance across the Group.

 

Remuneration

 

The Board Remuneration Committee assists the Board by ensuring that Westpac has coherent remuneration policies and practices that fairly and responsibly reward individuals having regard to performance, Westpac’s risk management framework, the law and the highest standards of governance.

 

The Board Remuneration Committee has been in place for the whole of the financial year and is comprised of four independent Non-executive Directors and is chaired by Ewen Crouch. All members of the Board Remuneration Committee are also members of the Board Risk & Compliance Committee, which assists in the integration of effective risk management into the remuneration framework.

 

As set out in its charter, the Board Remuneration Committee:

 

§         reviews and makes recommendations to the Board in relation to the Westpac Group Remuneration Policy (Group Remuneration Policy) and assesses the Group Remuneration Policy’s effectiveness and its compliance with prudential standards;

 

§         reviews and makes recommendations to the Board in relation to the individual remuneration levels of the CEO, Non-executive Directors, Group Executives, other Executives who report directly to the CEO, other persons whose activities in the Board’s opinion affect the financial soundness of Westpac, any person specified by APRA, and any other person the Board determines;

 

§         reviews and makes recommendations to the Board in relation to the remuneration structures for each category of persons covered by the Group Remuneration Policy;

 

§         reviews and makes recommendations to the Board on corporate goals and objectives relevant to the remuneration of the CEO, and the performance of the CEO in light of these objectives;

 

§         reviews and makes recommendations to the Board on the short-term and long-term incentive plans for Group Executives;

 

§         reviews and makes recommendations to the Board in relation to approving equity based remuneration plans; and

 

§         oversees general remuneration practices across the Group.

 

The Board Remuneration Committee reviews and recommends to the Board the size of variable reward pools each year based on consideration of pre-determined business performance indicators and the financial soundness of Westpac. The Board Remuneration Committee also approves remuneration arrangements outside of the Group Remuneration Policy relating to individuals or groups of individuals which are significant because of their sensitivity, precedent or disclosure implications. In addition, the Board Remuneration Committee considers and evaluates the performance of senior executives when making remuneration determinations and otherwise as required.

 

The Board Remuneration Committee also reviews and makes recommendations to the Board for the reduction or lapsing of incentive based equity grants to employees, where subsequent information or circumstances indicate that the grant was not justified.

 

Independent remuneration consultants are engaged by the Board Remuneration Committee to provide information across a range of issues including remuneration benchmarking, market practices and emerging trends and regulatory reforms.

 

Further details of our remuneration framework are included in the Remuneration report which is in Section 9 of the Directors’ report. The Board Remuneration Committee reviews and recommends the report for approval.


 

 

 

 

36

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Corporate governance

 

 

Risk Management Governance Structure

 

Westpac’s risk management governance structure is set out in the table below:

 

Board

 

§          reviews and approves our overall risk management strategy.

 

Board Risk & Compliance Committee (BRCC)

 

§          provides recommendations to the Board on the Westpac Group’s risk-reward strategy;

§          sets risk appetite;

§          approves frameworks and key policies for managing risk;

§          monitors our risk profile, performance, capital levels, exposures against limits and management and control of our risks;

§          monitors changes anticipated in the economic and business environment and other factors relevant to our risk profile;

§          oversees the development and ongoing review of key policies that support our frameworks for managing risk; and

§          determines whether to accept risks beyond the approval discretion provided to management.

 

Other Board Committees with a risk focus

 

Board Audit Committee

§          oversees the integrity of financial statements and financial reporting systems, and matters relating to taxation risks.

Board Remuneration Committee

§          reviews any matters raised by the BRCC with respect to risk-adjusted remuneration.

Board Technology Committee

§          oversees the technology strategy, implementation, and risks associated with major technology programs.

 

Executive team

 

§          executes the Board-approved strategy;

§          assists with the development of the Board Statement of Risk Appetite;

§          delivers the Group’s various strategic and performance goals within the approved risk appetite; and

§          monitors key risks within each business unit, capital adequacy and the Group’s reputation.

 

Executive risk committees

 

Westpac Group Executive Risk Committee

 

§          leads the optimisation of credit, operational, compliance, and market risk-reward across the Group;

§          oversees the embedding of the Risk Management Strategy in the Group’s approach to risk governance;

§          oversees risk-related management frameworks and key supporting policies;

§          oversees the Group’s credit, operational, compliance, and market risk profiles;

§          oversees reputation risk and Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) risk management frameworks and key supporting policies; and

§          identifies emerging credit, operational, compliance and market risks and allocates responsibility for assessing impacts and implementing appropriate actions to address these.

Westpac Group Asset & Liability Committee

 

§          leads the optimisation of funding and liquidity risk-reward across the Group;

§          reviews the level and quality of capital to ensure that it is commensurate with the Group’s risk profile, business strategy and risk appetite;

§          oversees the Liquidity Risk Management Framework and key policies;

§          oversees the funding and liquidity risk profile and balance sheet risk profile; and

§          identifies emerging funding and liquidity risks and appropriate actions to address these.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

37

 

 



 

 

 

Risk Management Governance Structure (continued)

 

Executive risk committees (continued)

 

Westpac Group Remuneration Oversight Committee

 

§          provides assurance that the remuneration arrangements across the Group have been examined from a People, Risk and Finance perspective;

§          responsible for ensuring that risk is embedded in all key steps in our remuneration framework;

§          reviews and makes recommendations to the CEO for recommendation to the Board Remuneration Committee on the Group Remuneration Policy and provides assurance that remuneration arrangements across the Group encourage behaviour that supports Westpac’s long-term financial soundness and the risk management framework;

§          reviews and monitors the remuneration arrangements (other than for Group Executives) for Responsible Persons (as defined in the Group’s Statutory Officers Fit and Proper Policy), risk and financial control personnel, and all other employees for whom a significant portion of total remuneration is based on performance and whose activities, either individually or collectively, may affect the financial soundness of Westpac; and

§          reviews and recommends to the CEO for recommendation to the Board Remuneration Committee the criteria and rationale for determining the total quantum of the Group variable reward pool.

 

Group and divisional risk management

 

Group Risk

 

§          develops the Group-level risk management frameworks for approval by the BRCC;

§          directs the review and development of key policies supporting the risk management frameworks;

§          establishes risk concentration limits and monitors risk concentrations; and

§          monitors emerging risk issues.

Compliance Function

 

§          develops the Group-level compliance framework for approval by the BRCC;

§          directs the review and development of compliance policies, compliance plans, controls and procedures;

§          monitors compliance and regulatory obligations and emerging regulatory developments; and

§          reports on compliance standards.

Divisional risk management

 

§          develops division-specific policies, risk appetite statements, controls, procedures, and monitoring and reporting capability that align to the frameworks approved by the BRCC.

 

Independent internal review

 

Group Assurance

 

§          reviews the adequacy and effectiveness of management controls for risk.

 

Divisional business units

 

Business Units

 

§          responsible for identifying, evaluating and managing the risks that they originate within approved risk appetite policies; and

§          establish and maintain appropriate risk management controls, resources and self-assurance processes.

 

 

 

 

38

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Corporate governance

 

 

Checklist of Westpac’s compliance with ASXCGC Recommendations

 

 

 

ASXCGC recommendations (with 2010 amendments)

 

 

Reference

 

Compliance

Principle 1:

 

Lay solid foundations for management and oversight

 

 

 

 

1.1

 

Establish the functions reserved to the Board and those delegated to senior executives and disclose those functions.

 

Page 24

 

Comply

1.2

 

Disclose the process for evaluating the performance of senior executives.

 

Page 28

 

Comply

1.3

 

Provide the information indicated in Guide to reporting on Principle 1.

 

 

Pages 23, 24, 28

 

Comply

Principle 2:

 

Structure the Board to add value

 

 

 

 

2.1

 

A majority of the Board should be independent Directors.

 

Pages 24, 25

 

Comply

2.2

 

The chair should be an independent Director.

 

Page 26

 

Comply

2.3

 

The roles of chair and chief executive officer should not be exercised by the same individual.

 

Page 26

 

Comply

2.4

 

The Board should establish a nomination committee.

 

Page 26

 

Comply

2.5

 

Disclose the process for evaluating the performance of the Board, its committees and individual Directors.

 

Page 28

 

Comply

2.6

 

Provide the information indicated in Guide to reporting on Principle 2.

 

 

Pages 23–28

 

Comply

Principle 3:

 

Promote ethical and responsible decision-making

 

 

 

 

3.1

 

Establish a code of conduct and disclose the code or a summary of the code as to:

3.1.1              the practices necessary to maintain confidence in the company’s integrity

3.1.2              the practices necessary to take into account their legal obligations and the reasonable expectations of their stakeholders

3.1.3              the responsibility and accountability of individuals for reporting and investigating reports of unethical practices.

 

Pages 28, 29

 

Comply

3.2

 

Establish a policy concerning diversity and disclose the policy or a summary of that policy.

 

Page 30

 

Comply

3.3

 

Disclose the measurable objectives for achieving gender diversity set by the Board in accordance with the diversity policy and progress towards achieving them.

 

Page 30

 

Comply

3.4

 

Disclose the proportion of women employees in the whole organisation, women in senior executive positions and women on the Board.

 

Page 30

 

Comply

3.5

 

Provide the information indicated in Guide to reporting on Principle 3.

 

 

Pages 28–30

 

Comply

Principle 4:

 

Safeguard integrity in financial reporting

 

 

 

 

4.1

 

The Board should establish an audit committee.

 

Pages 31, 32

 

Comply

4.2

 

Structure the audit committee so that it:

§          consists only of Non-executive Directors;

§          consists of a majority of independent Directors;

§          is chaired by an independent chair, who is not chair of the Board; and

§          has at least three members.

 

Page 25

 

Comply

4.3

 

The audit committee should have a formal charter.

 

Page 31

 

Comply

4.4

 

Provide the information indicated in Guide to reporting on Principle 4.

 

Pages 23, 25–32

 

Comply

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

39

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

ASXCGC recommendations (with 2010 amendments)

 

 

Reference

 

Compliance

 

Principle 5:

 

Make timely and balanced disclosure

 

 

 

 

5.1

 

Establish written policies designed to ensure compliance with ASX Listing Rule disclosure requirements and to ensure accountability at a senior executive level for that compliance and disclose those policies or a summary of those policies.

 

Pages 32, 33

 

Comply

5.2

 

Provide the information indicated in Guide to reporting on Principle 5.

 

 

Pages 32, 33

 

Comply

Principle 6:

 

Respect the rights of shareholders

 

 

 

 

6.1

 

Design a communications policy for promoting effective communication with shareholders and encouraging their participation at general meetings and disclose the policy or a summary of that policy.

 

Page 33

 

Comply

6.2

 

Provide the information indicated in Guide to reporting on Principle 6.

 

 

Page 33

 

Comply

Principle 7:

 

Recognise and manage risk

 

 

 

 

7.1

 

Establish policies for the oversight and management of material business risks and disclose a summary of those policies.

 

Pages 33–38

 

Comply

7.2

 

The Board should require management to design and implement the risk management and internal control system to manage the company’s material business risks and report to it on whether those risks are being managed effectively. The Board should disclose that management has reported to it as to the effectiveness of the company’s management of its material business risks.

 

Pages 33–38

 

Comply

7.3

 

The Board should disclose whether it has received assurance from the chief executive officer (or equivalent) and the chief financial officer (or equivalent) that the declaration provided in accordance with section 295A of the Corporations Act is founded on a sound system of risk management and internal control and that the system is operating effectively in all material respects in relation to financial reporting risks.

 

Page 33

 

Comply

7.4

 

Provide the information indicated in Guide to reporting on Principle 7.

 

 

Pages 33–38

 

Comply

Principle 8:

 

Remunerate fairly and responsibly

 

 

 

 

8.1

 

Establish a remuneration committee.

 

Page 36

 

Comply

8.2

 

The remuneration committee should be structured so that it:

§          consists of a majority of independent Directors;

§          is chaired by an independent chair; and

§          has at least three members.

 

Page 25

 

Comply

8.3

 

Clearly distinguish the structure of Non-executive Directors’ remuneration from that of executive Directors and senior executives.

 

Page 36

 

Comply

8.4

 

Provide the information indicated in Guide to reporting on Principle 8.

 

Page 23, 25, 27, 30, 36

 

Comply

 

 

 

 

 

40

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Directors’ report

 

 

Our Directors present their report together with the financial statements of the Group for the financial year ended 30 September 2014.

 

1. Directors

 

The names of the persons who have been Directors, or appointed as Directors, during the period since 1 October 2013 and up to the date of this report are: Lindsay Philip Maxsted, Gail Patricia Kelly, John Simon Curtis (retired as Director and Deputy Chairman on 25 April 2014), Elizabeth Blomfield Bryan, Gordon McKellar Cairns (retired as Director on 13 December 2013), Ewen Graham Wolseley Crouch, Catriona Alison Deans (Alison Deans) (Director from 1 April 2014), Robert George Elstone, Peter John Oswin Hawkins, Peter Ralph Marriott, and Ann Darlene Pickard.

 

Particulars of the skills, experience, expertise and responsibilities of the Directors at the date of this report, including all directorships of other listed companies held by a Director at any time in the past three years immediately before 30 September 2014 and the period for which each directorship has been held, are set out below.

 

GRAPHIC

 

Name: Lindsay Maxsted,
DipBus (Gordon), FCA, FAICD

Age: 60

Term of office: Director since March 2008 and Chairman since December 2011.

Date of next scheduled
re-election:
December 2014.

Independent: Yes.

Current directorships of listed entities and dates of office: Director of Transurban Group (since March 2008, and Chairman since August 2010). Director of BHP Billiton Limited (since March 2011) and BHP Billiton plc (since March 2011).

 

Other principal directorships: Managing Director of Align Capital Pty Ltd and Director of Baker IDI Heart and Diabetes Institute Holdings Limited.

Other interests: Nil.

Other Westpac related entities directorships and period of office: Nil.

Skills, experience and expertise: Lindsay was formerly a partner at KPMG and was the CEO of that firm from 1 January 2001 to 31 December 2007. His principal area of practice prior to his becoming CEO was in the corporate recovery field managing a number of Australia’s largest insolvency/workout/turnaround engagements including

 

Linter Textiles (companies associated with Abraham Goldberg), Bell Publishing Group, Bond Brewing, McEwans Hardware and Brashs. He is also a former Director and Chairman of the Victorian Public Transport Corporation. Lindsay is a member of the Advisory Board of Coolmore Australia and a Fellow of the Australian Institute of Company Directors.

Westpac Board Committee membership: Chairman of the Board Nominations Committee. Member of each of the Board Audit and Board Risk & Compliance Committees.

Directorships of other listed entities over the past three years and dates of office: Nil.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GRAPHIC

 

Name: Gail Kelly,
HigherDipEd, BA, MBA with
Distinction

Age: 58

Term of office: Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer since February 2008.

Date of next scheduled
re-election:
Not applicable.

Independent: No.

Current directorships of listed entities and dates of office: Nil.

Other principal directorships: The Business Council of Australia and the Financial Markets Foundation for Children.

 

Other interests: Chairman of the Australian Bankers’ Association. Member of the Global Board of Advisers at the US Council on Foreign Relations and is a member of the Group of Thirty.

Other Westpac related entities directorships and dates of office: Nil.

Skills, experience and expertise: Gail began her banking career in 1980, and by 2001 Gail had held various senior management roles in a broad range of areas including retail and commercial banking, strategy, marketing and human resources. Gail has spent the last twelve years as CEO of two

 

Australian banks, St.George Bank from 2002 to 2007 and Westpac from 2008 to date. She serves on the Prime Minister’s Indigenous Advisory Council and is CARE Australia’s Ambassador for Women’s Empowerment. Internationally, Gail is Vice President of the International Monetary Conference, she sits on the Global Board of Advisers at the US Council on Foreign Relations and is a member of the Group of Thirty.

Westpac Board Committee membership: Member of the Board Technology Committee.

Directorships of other listed entities over the past three years and dates of office: Nil.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

41

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GRAPHIC

 

Name: Elizabeth Bryan AM,
BA (Econ.), MA (Econ.)

Age: 68

Term of office: Director since November 2006.

Date of next scheduled re-election: December 2015.

Independent: Yes.

Current directorships of listed entities and dates of office: Director of Caltex Australia Limited (since July 2002, and Chairman since October 2007).

Other principal directorships: Nil.

 

Other interests: Member of the Takeovers Panel, Powerhouse Museum Trustee Board, Australian Treasury Advisory Council and Director Advisory Panel to ASIC.

Other Westpac related entities directorships and dates of office: Nil.

Skills, experience and expertise: Elizabeth has over 33 years experience in the financial services industry, government policy and administration, and on the boards of companies and statutory organisations. Prior to becoming a professional director she served for six years as

 

Managing Director of Deutsche Asset Management and its predecessor organisation, NSW State Superannuation Investment and Management Corporation. In March 2014, Elizabeth was appointed a member of the Australian Treasury Advisory Council.

Westpac Board Committee membership: Chairman of the Board Risk & Compliance Committee. Member of each of the Board Nominations and Board Remuneration Committees.

Directorships of other listed entities over the past three years and dates of office: Nil.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GRAPHIC

 

Name: Ewen Crouch AM,
BEc (Hons.), LLB, FAICD

Age: 58

Term of office: Director since February 2013.

Date of next scheduled re-election: December 2016.

Independent: Yes.

Current directorships of listed entities and dates of office: Bluescope Steel Limited (since March 2013).

Other principal directorships: Sydney Symphony Orchestra. Chairman of Mission Australia.

Other interests: Member of the Takeovers Panel and the AICD’s Law Committee. Member of the Corporations Committee of the Law Council of Australia.

Other Westpac related entities directorships and dates of office: Nil.

 

Skills, experience and expertise: Ewen is one of Australia’s most accomplished mergers and acquisitions (M&A) lawyers, having worked on some of Australia’s most significant M&A transactions during his career as a partner at Allens from 1988 to 2013. He served as a member of that firm’s board for 11 years including 4 years as Chairman of Partners as well as holding the following roles whilst a partner: Co-Head Mergers & Acquisitions and Equity Capital Markets, Executive Partner, Asian Offices and Deputy Managing Partner. In 2010, he was appointed as a member of the Takeovers Panel. Ewen is a Fellow of the Australian Institute of Company Directors and is a member of the AICD’s Law Committee.

 

Ewen is also a member of the Corporations Committee of the Law Council of Australia. He is admitted to practise law in New South Wales, Victoria, the Australian Capital Territory and Western Australia. In 2013, he was awarded an Order of Australia in recognition of his significant service to the law as a contributor to legal professional organisations and to the community.

Westpac Board Committee membership: Chairman of the Board Remuneration Committee, Member of each of the Board Nominations and Board Risk & Compliance Committees.

Directorships of other listed entities over the past three years and dates of office: Nil.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GRAPHIC

 

Name: Alison Deans, BA, MBA, GAICD

Age: 46

Term of office: Director since April 2014.

Date of next scheduled re-election: December 2014.

Independent: Yes.

Current directorships of listed entities and dates of office: Insurance Australia Group Limited (since 1 February 2013).

Other principal directorships: kikki.K Holdings Pty Ltd.

Other interests: Nil.

Other Westpac related entities directorships and dates of office: Nil.

 

Skills, experience and expertise: Alison has more than 20 years experience in senior management and strategy consulting roles focused on e-commerce, media and financial services in Australia. During this time, Alison held a number of senior executive roles including as the CEO of eCorp Limited, Hoyts Cinemas and eBay, Australia and New Zealand. Most recently, she was the CEO of the technology-based investment company netus Pty Ltd, which was acquired by Fairfax Media Limited in 2012. Alison was appointed an Independent Non-executive Director of Insurance Australia Group

 

Limited in 2013 and was an Independent Director of Social Ventures Australia from 2007 to 2013. In December 2013, she was appointed by the Australian Government to a Panel of Experts conducting an independent cost-benefit analysis and a regulatory review of the regulatory arrangements for the National Broadband Network.

Westpac Board Committee membership: Member of each of the Board Risk & Compliance and Board Technology Committees.

Directorships of other listed entities over the past three years and dates of office: Nil.

 

 

 

 

42

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Directors’ report

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GRAPHIC

 

Name: Robert Elstone,
BA (Hons.), MA (Econ.), MCom

Age: 61

Term of office: Director since February 2012.

Date of next scheduled re-election: December 2014.

Independent: Yes.

Current directorships of listed entities and dates of office: Nil.

Other principal directorships: University of Western Australia Business School.

Other interests: Adjunct Professor in the Schools of Business at the Universities of Sydney and Western Australia.

Other Westpac related entities directorships and dates of office: Nil.

 

Skills, experience and expertise: Robert has over 30 years experience in senior management roles spanning investment banking, corporate finance, wholesale financial markets and risk management. From 2006 to 2011, Robert was Managing Director and CEO of the Australian Securities Exchange. Previously, he was Managing Director and CEO of the Sydney Futures Exchange from 2000 to 2006 and, from 1995 to 2000 he was Finance Director of Pioneer International. Robert was a Non-executive Director of the National Australia Bank from 2004 to 2006, an inaugural member of the Board of Guardians of the Future Fund in 2006, and, during the years 2007 to 2009, he was Chairman

 

of the Financial Sector Advisory Council to the Federal Treasurer. Robert is an Adjunct Professor at the Business Schools of the Universities of Sydney and Western Australia. Robert was appointed to the University of Western Australia Business School Board at the start of 2013.

Westpac Board Committee membership: Chairman of the Board Audit Committee. Member of each of the Board Nominations, Board Remuneration and Board Risk & Compliance Committees.

Directorships of other listed entities over the past three years and dates of office: ASX Limited (July 2006 to October 2011).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GRAPHIC

 

Name: Peter Hawkins,
BCA (Hons.), SF Fin, FAIM, ACA (NZ), FAICD

Age: 60

Term of office: Director since December 2008.

Date of next scheduled re-election: December 2016.

Independent: Yes.

Current directorships of listed entities and dates of office: Mirvac Group (since January 2006).

Other principal directorships: Liberty Financial Pty Ltd, Treasury Corporation of Victoria, Murray Goulburn Co-operative Co. Limited and Clayton Utz.

 

Other interests: Nil.

Other Westpac related entities directorships and dates of office: Member of the Bank of Melbourne Advisory Board since November 2010.

Skills, experience and expertise: Peter’s career in the banking and financial services industry spans over 42 years in Australia and overseas at both the highest levels of management and directorship of major organisations. Peter has held various senior management and directorship positions with Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited from

 

1971 to 2005. He was also a Director of BHP (NZ) Steel Limited from 1990 to 1991, ING Australia Limited from 2002 to 2005, Esanda Finance Corporation from 2002 to 2005 and Visa Inc. from 2008 to 2011.

Westpac Board Committee membership: Chairman of the Board Technology Committee. Member of each of the Board Audit, Board Nominations and Board Risk & Compliance Committees.

Directorships of other listed entities over the past three years and dates of office: Nil.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GRAPHIC

 

Name: Peter Marriott,
BEc (Hons.), FCA

Age: 57

Term of office: Director since June 2013.

Date of next scheduled re-election: December 2016.

Independent: Yes.

Current directorships of listed entities and dates of office: ASX Limited (since July 2009).

Other principal directorships: ASX Clearing Corporation Limited and ASX Settlement Corporation Limited. Chairman of Austraclear Limited.

Other interests: Nil.

 

Other Westpac related entities directorships and dates of office: Nil.

Skills, experience and expertise: Peter has over 30 years experience in senior management roles in the finance industry encompassing international banking, finance and auditing. Peter joined Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (ANZ) in 1993 and held the role of Chief Financial Officer from 1997 to May 2012. Prior to his career at ANZ, Peter was a banking and finance and audit and consulting partner at KPMG Peat Marwick. Peter has been a Non-executive Director of ASX Limited (and Chairman of its Board Audit &

 

Risk Committee) since 1 July 2009. This appointment has involved Peter acting as a Director on the ASX Group Clearing and Settlement Boards and as Chairman of Austraclear Limited. Peter was formerly a Director of ANZ National Bank Limited in New Zealand and various ANZ subsidiaries.

Westpac Board Committee membership: Member of each of the Board Audit, Board Risk & Compliance and Board Technology Committees.

Directorships of other listed entities over the past three years and dates of office: ANZ National Bank Limited (November 2004 to May 2012), New Zealand listed.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

43

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GRAPHIC

 

Name: Ann Pickard,
BA, MA

Age: 59

Term of office: Director since December 2011.

Date of next scheduled re-election: Not applicable. Ann Pickard will retire following the 2014 AGM.

Independent: Yes.

Current directorships of listed entities and dates of office: Nil.

Other principal directorships: Nil.

Other interests: Nil.

Other Westpac related entities directorships and dates of office: Nil.

 

Skills, experience and expertise: Ann has 25 years of international experience as a senior manager in large organisations, with responsibility for major corporate transformations, maximising return on assets in challenging environments, complex negotiations, large scale development projects and strategic planning. In June 2013, Ann was appointed Royal Dutch Shell’s Executive Vice President Arctic, Upstream Americas. Before her current role, Ann was the Executive Vice President of Shell’s upstream business in Australia from March 2010, and later her role was expanded to Country Chair of Australia in August 2010.

 

Prior to this, Ann was Shell’s Regional Executive Vice President for Sub Sahara Africa, overseeing the company’s exploration and production, gas and LNG activities in the region. She has also held the position of Director Global Businesses and Strategy and been a member of the Shell Gas & Power Executive Committee with responsibility for Global LNG, Power and Gas & Power Strategy.

Westpac Board Committee membership: Member of each of the Board Remuneration and Board Risk & Compliance Committees.

Directorships of other listed entities over the past three years and dates of office: Nil.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Company Secretary

Our Company Secretaries as at 30 September 2014 are John Arthur and Tim Hartin.

 

John Arthur (LLB (Hons.)) was appointed Group Executive, Counsel & Secretariat and Company Secretary on 1 December 2008. On 24 November 2011, John was appointed Chief Operating Officer and continues to hold the position of Senior Company Secretary. Most recently prior to that appointment John was Managing Director & Chief Executive of Investa Property Group until 2007. Previously, John has been a partner at Freehills and Group General Counsel of Lend Lease Corporation Limited. He also served as Chairman of legal firm Gilbert + Tobin and has had a distinguished career as legal partner, corporate executive and non-executive director.

 

Tim Hartin (LLB (Hons.)) was appointed Group Company Secretary on 7 November 2011. Prior to his appointment, Tim was a transactional lawyer at Henderson Boyd Jackson W.S. in Scotland and in London in Herbert Smith’s corporate and corporate finance division. Tim joined Gilbert + Tobin as a Consultant in 2004, where he provided corporate advisory services to ASX listed companies. Tim joined Westpac in 2006 as Counsel, Corporate Core and most recently was the Head of Legal - Risk Management & Workouts, Counsel & Secretariat.

 

2. Executive Team

As at 30 September 2014 our Executive Team was:

 

Name

 

Position

 

Year Joined
Group

 

Year Appointed
to Position

Gail Kelly

 

Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer

 

2008

 

2008

Philip Coffey

 

Deputy Chief Executive Officer

 

1996

 

2014

John Arthur

 

Chief Operating Officer

 

2008

 

2011

Brad Cooper

 

Chief Executive Officer, BT Financial Group

 

2007

 

2010

David Curran

 

Chief Information Officer

 

2014

 

2014

George Frazis

 

Chief Executive Officer, St.George Banking Group

 

2009

 

2012

Brian Hartzer

 

Chief Executive, Australian Financial Services

 

2012

 

2012

Alexandra Holcomb

 

Chief Risk Officer

 

1996

 

2014

Peter King

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

1994

 

2014

David McLean

 

Acting Chief Executive Officer, Westpac New Zealand Limited

 

1999

 

2014

Christine Parker

 

Group Executive, Human Resources & Corporate Affairs

 

2007

 

2011

Rob Whitfield

 

Group Executive, Westpac Institutional Bank

 

1986

 

2009

Jason Yetton

 

Group Executive, Westpac Retail & Business Banking

 

1992

 

2011

 

There are no family relationships between or among any of our Directors or Executive Team members.

 

 

 

 

44

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Directors’ report

 

 

 

 

 

GRAPHIC

 

Gail Kelly HigherDipEd, BA, MBA with Distinction. Age 58

Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer

 

Gail began her banking career in 1980, and by 2001 Gail had held various senior management roles in a broad range of areas including retail and commercial banking, strategy, marketing and human resources. Gail has spent the last twelve years as CEO of two Australian banks, St.George Bank from 2002 to 2007 and Westpac from 2008 to date.

 

Gail holds a Bachelor of Arts degree and Higher Diploma of Education from Cape Town University and an MBA with Distinction from the University of Witwatersrand.

 

Gail is Chairman of the Australian Bankers’ Association and a non-executive director of the Business Council of Australia and the Financial Markets Foundation for Children. She also serves on the Prime Minister’s Indigenous Advisory Council and is CARE Australia’s Ambassador for Women’s Empowerment. Internationally, Gail is Vice President of the International Monetary Conference, she sits on the Global Board of Advisers at the US Council on Foreign Relations and is a member of the Group of Thirty.

 

 

 

GRAPHIC

 

Philip Coffey BEc (Hons.). Age 57

Deputy Chief Executive Officer

 

Philip was appointed Deputy Chief Executive Officer in April 2014 with responsibility for overseeing Westpac’s contribution to the Federal Government’s Financial System Inquiry and supporting relationships with key stakeholders including industry groups, regulators, customers and government. He is also responsible for the Group’s strategy, mergers and acquisitions function. Prior to this appointment, Philip held the role of Chief Financial Officer from December 2005. Previous to this he was Group Executive, Westpac Institutional Bank, having been appointed to that position in 2002. Philip first joined Westpac in 1996 as Head of Foreign Exchange.

 

He has extensive experience in financial markets, funds management and finance. He began his career at the Reserve Bank of Australia before moving to Citicorp and AIDC Limited. He has also held roles in the United Kingdom and New Zealand. Philip has an honours degree in Economics from the University of Adelaide and has completed the Executive Programme at Stanford University Business School.

 

 

 

GRAPHIC

 

John Arthur LLB (Hons.). Age 59

Chief Operating Officer

 

John was appointed Chief Operating Officer on 24 November 2011 with responsibility for Group Services, which encompasses technology, banking operations, property, compliance, legal and secretariat services. He joined Westpac as Group Executive, Counsel & Secretariat on 1 December 2008. Before that appointment John was Managing Director & CEO of Investa Property Group.

 

Previously, John has been a partner at Freehills and Group General Counsel of Lend Lease Corporation Limited. He also served as Chairman of legal firm Gilbert + Tobin and has had a distinguished career as a legal partner, corporate executive and non-executive director.

 

 

 

GRAPHIC

 

Brad Cooper DipBM, MBA. Age 52

Chief Executive Officer, BT Financial Group

 

Brad was appointed Chief Executive Officer, BT Financial Group on 1 February 2010. Brad initially joined Westpac in April 2007 as Chief Executive, Westpac New Zealand Limited and after successfully leading a change program in that market, moved to the role of Group Chief Transformation Officer leading the Westpac Group’s St.George merger implementation. Prior to joining Westpac, Brad was Chairman of GE Capital Bank and CEO of GE Consumer Finance UK & Ireland. He drove GE’s UK Six Sigma program and was certified as a Quality Leader (Black Belt) in December 2002. He was promoted to CEO of GE Consumer Finance UK in January 2003 and appointed Chairman of GE Capital Bank in April 2004.

 

 

 

GRAPHIC

 

David Curran BCom. Age 49

Chief Information Officer

 

David was appointed Chief Information Officer in September 2014. David joined Westpac in February 2014 as a consultant on the Group’s banking technology modernisation program. David has almost thirty years of experience with proven expertise in IT and financial services and the implementation of large, complex projects.

 

Before joining Westpac, David spent ten years in senior roles at the Commonwealth Bank of Australia (CBA). Before joining CBA, he spent sixteen years at Accenture, where he was a partner, primarily consulting on financial services.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

45

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

GRAPHIC

 

George Frazis B Eng (Hons.), MBA (AGSM/Wharton). Age 50

Chief Executive Officer, St.George Banking Group

 

George was appointed Chief Executive Officer, St.George Banking Group in April 2012. Prior to this appointment, George joined the Westpac Group in March 2009 as Chief Executive, Westpac New Zealand Limited. George is highly experienced in the financial services industry. He was formerly Group Executive General Manager at National Australia Bank. Prior to that, George was a senior executive in Commonwealth Bank of Australia’s Institutional Banking Division and has also been a partner with the Boston Consulting Group and an officer in the Royal Australian Air Force.

 

 

 

GRAPHIC

 

Brian Hartzer BA European History, CFA. Age 47

Chief Executive, Australian Financial Services

Brian joined Westpac as Chief Executive, Australian Financial Services on 25 June 2012. Australian Financial Services comprises Westpac Retail & Business Banking, St.George Banking Group and BT Financial Group.

Prior to joining Westpac, Brian spent three years in the UK as CEO for Retail, Wealth and Ulster Bank at the Royal Bank of Scotland Group. Prior to that, he spent ten years with Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (ANZ) in Australia in a variety of roles, including his final role as CEO, Australia and Global Segment Lead for Retail and Wealth. Before joining ANZ, Brian spent ten years as a financial services consultant in New York, San Francisco and Melbourne.

Brian graduated from Princeton University with a degree in European History and is a Chartered Financial Analyst.

 

 

 

GRAPHIC

 

Alexandra Holcomb BA, MBA, MA. Age 53

Chief Risk Officer

Alexandra was appointed Chief Risk Officer in August 2014. Since joining Westpac in 1996, Alexandra has held a number of senior positions including Group General Manager Group Strategy, M&A and Major Projects, Group Executive, Group Strategy, Head of Westpac Institutional Bank Strategy, and most recently, Group General Manager of Global Transactional Services.

Prior to joining Westpac, Alexandra was a senior executive from 1992 to 1996 with Booz Allen & Hamilton International where she specialised in international credit, working in Singapore and Australia. Before that she worked with Barclays Bank and Chase Manhattan Bank in New York.

 

 

 

GRAPHIC

 

Peter King BEc, FCA. Age 44

Chief Financial Officer

Peter was appointed Chief Financial Officer in April 2014, with responsibility for Westpac’s Finance, Assurance, Tax, Treasury and Investor Relations functions. Prior to this appointment Peter was the Deputy Chief Financial Officer for three years.

Since joining Westpac in 1994, Peter has held senior finance positions across the Group, including in Group Finance, Business and Consumer Banking, Business and Technology Services, Treasury and Financial Markets.

Peter commenced his career at Deloitte Touché Tohmatsu. He has a Bachelor of Economics from Sydney University and completed the Advanced Management Programme at INSEAD. He is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants.

 

 

 

GRAPHIC

 

David McLean LLB (Hons). Age 56

Acting Chief Executive Officer, Westpac New Zealand Limited

David was appointed Acting Chief Executive Officer, Westpac New Zealand Limited in June 2014. Since joining Westpac in February 1999, David has held a number of senior roles including Head of Debt Capital Markets New Zealand, General Manager, Private, Wealth and Insurance New Zealand and Head of Westpac Institutional Bank New Zealand, and most recently, Managing Director of the Westpac New York branch since October 2012.

Before joining Westpac, David was Director, Capital Markets at Deutsche Morgan Grenfell since 1994, where he was responsible for starting and developing a new debt capital markets origination business. He also established the New Zealand branch of Deutsche Bank and was New Zealand Resident Branch Manager. In 1988, David joined Southpac/National Bank as a Capital Markets Executive. Prior to this, David worked as a lawyer in private practice and also served as in-house counsel for Natwest from 1985. David is a Barrister & Solicitor of the High Court of New Zealand.

 

 

 

 

46

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Directors’ report

 

GRAPHIC

 

 

Christine Parker BGDipBus (HRM). Age 54
Group Executive, Human Resources & Corporate Affairs

 

Christine was appointed Group Executive, Human Resources & Corporate Affairs on 1 October 2011, with responsibility for human resources strategy and management, including reward and recognition, safety, learning and development, careers and talent, employee relations and employment policy. She is also responsible for Corporate Affairs & Sustainability.

 

Prior to this appointment, she was Group General Manager, Human Resources, from March 2010, with responsibilities across the entire Westpac Group. Prior to that, Christine was General Manager, Human Resources, Westpac New Zealand Limited, when she joined Westpac in 2007.

Prior to joining Westpac, Christine was Group HR Director, Carter Holt Harvey, and from 1999 to 2004, she was Director of HR with Restaurant Brands New Zealand.

 

 

 

GRAPHIC

 

Rob Whitfield BCom, GradDipBanking, GradDipFin, AMP (Harvard). Age 50
Group Executive, Westpac Institutional Bank

Rob was appointed Group Executive, Westpac Institutional Bank in July 2009. He has responsibility for Westpac’s global relationships with corporate, institutional and government clients, and core product offerings across financial and capital markets, transactional banking and working capital and payments. In addition, Rob has responsibility for Hastings Funds Management Limited and Westpac’s structured finance, global treasury, Asia and Pacific Island businesses. Rob joined Westpac as a graduate in 1986, where he gained broad financial markets experience. He joined Treasury in 1993 and was appointed Group Treasurer in 2000. In 2004, he became Chief Risk Officer and joined the Executive Team in December 2005. From April 2007, Rob undertook advisory work as a Group Executive for Westpac’s CEO with responsibility for the oversight of the merger with St.George Bank Limited. He was appointed Group Executive, Risk Management in November 2008 prior to assuming his current role.

 

 

 

GRAPHIC

 

Jason Yetton BCom, GDAppFin, TGMP (Harvard). Age 43
Group Executive, Westpac Retail & Business Banking

Jason was appointed Group Executive, Westpac Retail & Business Banking on 24 November 2011. Prior to this appointment, he was General Manager, Retail and Regional Banking, Westpac Retail & Business Banking from 2010. Before that, Jason was General Manager, Retail Banking from 2008. During 2008, he was a member of the Group’s 2017 strategy team. Prior to that role, Jason held a number of roles in BT Financial Group, including Head of Product, General Manager, Customer Solutions and CEO Commerce BT Unit Trust (based in Malaysia from 1997 to 1999). He joined BT as a graduate trainee in 1992.

 

 

 

 

3. Report on the business

 

a)      Principal activities

 

The principal activities of the Group during the financial year ended 30 September 2014 were the provision of financial services including lending, deposit taking, payments services, investment portfolio management and advice, superannuation and funds management, insurance services, leasing finance, general finance and foreign exchange services.

 

There have been no significant changes in the nature of the principal activities of the Group during 2014.

 

b) Review of and results of operations and financial position

 

The net profit attributable to equity holders of Westpac for the financial year ended 30 September 2014 was $7,561 million an increase of $810 million or 12% compared to 2013. Key features of this result are:

 

§         a 7% increase in net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges with:

 

    net interest income of $13,542 million in 2014, an increase of $721 million or 6% compared to 2013, reflecting growth in customer deposits of 7%, loan growth of 8% and lower margins; and

 

    non-interest income of $6,395 million in 2014, an increase of $621 million or 11% compared to 2013, reflecting growth in wealth management, insurance and banking fees.

 

§         operating expenses were $8,547 million in 2014, an increase of $571 million compared to 2013, reflecting operating and integration costs associated with the Lloyds acquisition, foreign exchange translation impacts, higher software amortisation, personnel costs from investment in the business and the Westpac Bicentennial Foundation grant of $100 million; and

 

§         impairment charges were $650 million in 2014, a decrease of $197 million or 23% compared to 2013, reflecting continued improvements in asset quality including further reductions in stressed assets and new impaired assets.

 

A review of the operations of the Group and its divisions and their results for the financial year ended 30 September 2014 is set out in Section 2 of the Annual Report under the sections ‘Review of Group operations’ and ‘Divisional performance’, which form part of this report.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

47

 

 



 

 

Further information about our financial position and financial results is included in the financial statements in Section 3 of the Annual Report, which form part of this report.

 

c) Dividends

 

Since 30 September 2014, Westpac has announced a final ordinary dividend of 92 cents per Westpac ordinary share, totalling approximately $2,860 million for the year ended 30 September 2014 (2013 final ordinary dividend of 88 cents per Westpac ordinary share and a special dividend of 10 cents per Westpac ordinary share, totalling approximately $3,046 million). The dividend will be fully franked and will be paid on 19 December 2014.

 

An interim ordinary dividend for the current financial year of 90 cents per Westpac ordinary share for the half year ended 31 March 2014, totalling $2,798 million, was paid as a fully franked dividend on 2 July 2014 (2013 interim ordinary dividend of 86 cents per Westpac ordinary share and a special dividend of 10 cents per Westpac ordinary share, totalling $2,980 million).

 

d) Significant changes in state of affairs and events during and since the end of the 2014 financial year

 

Significant changes in the state of affairs of the Group during 2014 were:

 

§         the completion of the acquisition of selected assets of Lloyds Banking Group’s Australian asset finance business, Capital Finance Australia Limited and its corporate loan portfolio, BOS International (Australia) Ltd for $1.45 billion;

 

§         capital transactions including the issuance of approximately $1.31 billion of new Additional Tier 1 capital securities known as Westpac Capital Notes 2 and the buy-back and subsequent cancellation of Westpac Stapled Preferred Securities II;

 

§         the establishment of the Westpac Bicentennial Foundation, a charitable foundation to which Westpac contributed $100 million; and

 

§         ongoing regulatory changes and developments, which have included changes to liquidity, capital, financial services, taxation and other regulatory requirements.

 

For a discussion of these matters, please refer to ‘Significant developments’ in Section 1 of the Annual Report under ‘Information on Westpac’.

 

The Directors are not aware of any other matter or circumstance that has occurred since the end of the financial year that has significantly affected or may significantly affect the operations of the Group, the results of these operations or the state of affairs of the Group in subsequent financial years.

 

e) Business strategies, developments and expected results

 

Our business strategies, prospects and likely major developments in the Group’s operations in future financial years and the expected results of those operations are discussed in Section 1 of the Annual Report under ‘Information on Westpac’, including under ‘Outlook’ and ‘Significant developments’.

 

Further information on our business strategies and prospects for future financial years and likely developments in our operations and the expected results of operations have not been included in this report because the Directors believe it would be likely to result in unreasonable prejudice to us.

 

4. Directors’ interests

 

a)      Directors’ interests in securities

 

The following particulars for each Director are set out in the Remuneration report in Section 9 of the Directors’ report for the year ended 30 September 2014 and in the tables below:

 

§         their relevant interests in our shares or the shares of any of our related bodies corporate;

 

§         their relevant interests in debentures of, or interests in, any registered managed investment scheme made available by us or any of our related bodies corporate;

 

§         their rights or options over shares in, debentures of, or interests in, any registered managed investment scheme made available by us or any of our related bodies corporate; and

 

§         any contracts:

 

        to which the Director is a party or under which they are entitled to a benefit; and

 

        that confer a right to call for or deliver shares in, debentures of, or interests in, any registered managed investment scheme made available by us or any of our related bodies corporate.

 

 

 

 

48

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Directors’ report

 

 

Directors’ interests in Westpac and related bodies corporate as at 3 November 2014

 

Number of Relevant Interests
in Westpac
Ordinary Shares

 

Number of Westpac
Share Options

 

Number of Westpac
Share Rights

 

Westpac
CPS

 

Westpac Banking Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lindsay Maxsted

 

17,205

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Gail Kelly

 

1,542,4591

 

-

 

713,2642

 

-

 

Elizabeth Bryan

 

26,801

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Ewen Crouch

 

34,6093

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Alison Deans

 

9,0004

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Robert Elstone

 

10,000

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Peter Hawkins

 

15,2185

 

-

 

-

 

1,370

 

Peter Marriott

 

20,000

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Ann Pickard

 

13,8006

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Former Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

John Curtis

 

18,2877

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Gordon Cairns

 

17,0388

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

1            Gail Kelly’s interest in Westpac ordinary shares includes 28,679 restricted shares held under the CEO Restricted Share Plan.

2            Share rights issued under the CEO Performance Plan.

3            Ewen Crouch and his related bodies corporate also hold relevant interests in 250 Westpac Capital Notes 2.

4            Alison Deans and her related bodies corporate also hold relevant interests in 276,844.4926 units and 149,447.0400 units of the BT Dynamic Global Equity Fund and BT Balanced Equity Income Fund respectively.

5            Peter Hawkins and his related bodies corporate also hold relevant interests in 1,433 Westpac Subordinated Notes.

6            Ann Pickard’s relevant interests arise through holding 13,800 Westpac American Depositary Shares (ADS). One ADS represents one Westpac fully paid ordinary share.

7            John Curtis and his related bodies corporate also held relevant interests in 473,334.36 units of the BT Balanced Equity Income Fund. Figures displayed for John Curtis are as at his retirement date of 25 April 2014.

8            Figure displayed is as at Gordon Cairns’ retirement date of 13 December 2013.

 

Note: Certain subsidiaries of Westpac offer a range of registered schemes. The Directors from time to time invest in these schemes and are required to provide a statement to the ASX when any of their interests in these schemes change. ASIC has exempted each Director from the obligation to notify the ASX of a relevant interest in a security that is an interest in BT Cash Management Trust (ARSN 087 531 539), BT Premium Cash Fund (ARSN 089 299 730), Westpac Cash Management Trust (ARSN 088 187 928), BT Wholesale Managed Cash Fund (ARSN 088 832 491) or BT Wholesale Enhanced Cash Fund (ARSN 088 863 469).

 

b) Indemnities and insurance

 

Under the Westpac Constitution, unless prohibited by statute, we indemnify each of the Directors and Company Secretaries of Westpac and of each of our related bodies corporate (except related bodies corporate listed on a recognised stock exchange), each employee of Westpac or our subsidiaries (except subsidiaries listed on a recognised stock exchange), and each person acting as a responsible manager under an Australian Financial Services Licence of any of Westpac’s wholly-owned subsidiaries against every liability incurred by each such person in their capacity as director, company secretary, employee or responsible manager, as the case may be; and all legal costs incurred in defending or resisting (or otherwise in connection with) proceedings, whether civil or criminal or of an administrative or investigatory nature, in which the person becomes involved because of that capacity.

 

Each of the Directors named in this Directors’ report and each of the Company Secretaries of Westpac has the benefit of this indemnity.

 

Consistent with shareholder approval at the 2000 Annual General Meeting, Westpac has entered into a Deed of Access and Indemnity with each of the Directors, which includes indemnification in identical terms to that provided in the Westpac Constitution.

 

Westpac also executed a deed poll in September 2009 providing indemnification equivalent to that provided under the Westpac Constitution to individuals acting as:

 

§         statutory officers (other than as a director) of Westpac;

 

§         directors and other statutory officers of wholly-owned subsidiaries of Westpac; and

 

§         directors and statutory officers of other nominated companies as approved by Westpac in accordance with the terms of the deed poll and Westpac’s Contractual Indemnity Policy.

 

Some employees of Westpac’s related bodies corporate and responsible managers of Westpac and its related bodies corporate are also currently covered by a deed poll that was executed in November 2004, which is in similar terms to the September 2009 deed poll.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

49

 

 



 

 


The Westpac Constitution also permits us, to the extent permitted by law, to pay or agree to pay premiums for contracts insuring any person who is or has been a Director or Company Secretary of Westpac or any of its related bodies corporate against liability incurred by that person in that capacity, including a liability for legal costs, unless:

 

§         we are forbidden by statute to pay or agree to pay the premium; or

 

§         the contract would, if we paid the premium, be made void by statute.

 

Under the September 2009 deed poll, Westpac also agrees to provide directors’ and officers’ insurance to Directors of Westpac and Directors of Westpac’s wholly-owned subsidiaries.

 

For the year ended 30 September 2014, the Group has insurance cover in respect of the amounts which we may have to pay under the indemnities set out above. That cover is subject to the terms and conditions of the relevant insurance, including but not limited to the limit of indemnity provided by the insurance. The insurance policies prohibit disclosure of the premium payable and the nature of the liabilities covered.

 

c) Options and share rights outstanding

 

As at the date of this report there are 1,352,221 share options outstanding and 4,033,959 share rights outstanding in relation to Westpac ordinary shares. The expiry date of the share options range between 20 January 2015 and 1 October 2018 and the weighted average exercise price is $26.27. The latest dates for exercise of the share rights range between 20 January 2015 and 1 May 2024.

 

Holders of outstanding share options and share rights in relation to Westpac ordinary shares do not have any rights under the share options and share rights to participate in any share issue or interest of Westpac or any other body corporate.

 

d) Proceedings on behalf of Westpac

 

No application has been made and no proceedings have been brought or intervened in, on behalf of Westpac under section 237 of the Corporations Act.

 

5. Environmental disclosure

 

As part of our 2017 Sustainability Strategy we have set targets for our environmental performance. The Westpac Group’s environmental framework starts with ‘Our Principles for Doing Business’, which outline our broad environmental principles. This framework includes:

 

§         our Westpac Group Environment Policy, which has been in place since 1992;

 

§         our Sustainable Supply Chain Management Framework;

 

§         our Sustainability Risk Management Framework (formerly our Environmental, Social and Governance Risk Management Framework); and

 

§        public reporting of our environmental performance. We also participate in a number of voluntary initiatives including the Dow Jones Sustainability Index, CDP1, the Equator Principles, the Principles for Responsible Investment, the United Nations Global Compact and the Banking Environment Initiative’s Soft Commodities Compact.

 

 

The National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting Act 2007 (Cth) (National Greenhouse Act) came into effect in July 2008. The Group reports on greenhouse gas emissions, energy consumption and production under the National Greenhouse Act for the period 1 July through 30 June each year.

 

The Group was previously subject to the reporting requirements of the Energy Efficiency Opportunities Act 2006 (Cth) (EEO Act). The Commonwealth Government repealed the EEO Act, effective from 29 June 2014. Accordingly, all obligations and activities under the EEO Program, including reporting requirements, have ceased.2

 

 

Our operations are not subject to any other particular and significant environmental regulation under any law of the Commonwealth of Australia or of any State or Territory of Australia. We may, however, become subject to environmental regulation as a result of our lending activities in the ordinary course of business and we have policies in place to ensure that this potential risk is addressed as part of our normal processes.

 

We have not incurred any liability (including for rectification costs) under any environmental legislation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

1           Formerly known as the Carbon Disclosure Project.

 

2           Westpac implemented or is in the process of implementing energy efficiency opportunities which are expected to result in estimated energy savings of 107,314GJ, carbon savings of 26,456tCO2e and cost savings of $4,685,561 per year. Westpac also participated in the voluntary NSW Energy Saving Scheme and earned over $28,071 through the sale of 4,014 Energy Savings Certificates.


 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

50

 

 



 

Directors’ report

 

 


6. Rounding of amounts

 

Westpac is an entity to which ASIC Class Order 98/100 dated 10 July 1998, relating to the rounding of amounts in Directors’ report and financial reports, applies. Pursuant to this Class Order, amounts in this Directors’ report and the accompanying financial report have been rounded to the nearest million dollars, unless indicated to the contrary.

 

7. Political expenditure

 

In line with Westpac policy, no cash donations were made to political parties during the financial year ended 30 September 2014. The expenditure reflected in the table below relates to payment for participation in legitimate political activities where they were assessed to be of direct business relevance to Westpac. Such activities include business observer programs attached to annual party conferences, policy dialogue forums and other political functions such as speeches and events with industry participants.

 

Political expenditure, year ended 30 September 2014

 

Australia

 

 

 

Amount
$
1

 

Australian Labor Party

 

73,000

 

Liberal Party of Australia

 

81,904

 

National Party of Australia

 

-

 

Total

 

154,904

 

1            Represents aggregate amount at both Federal and State/Territory levels.

 

New Zealand

 

The total expenditure on political activities in New Zealand for the year ended 30 September 2014 was NZ$5,420. In line with Westpac policy, no cash donations were made to political parties in New Zealand during the year.

 


 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

51

 

 



 

 

8. Directors’ meetings

 

Each Director attended the following meetings of the Board and Committees of the Board during the financial year ended 30 September 2014:

 

 

Notes

Board

Audit Committee

Risk & Compliance
Committee

Nominations
Committee

Remuneration
Committee

Technology
Committee

Number of meetings
held during the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Director

 

A

B

C

A

B

A

B

A

B

A

B

A

B

Lindsay Maxsted

1

8

8

-

4

4

4

4

4

4

-

-

-

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gail Kelly

2

8

8

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

4

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

John Curtis

3

4

4

1

-

-

2

2

2

2

2

2

-

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Elizabeth Bryan

4

8

8

-

-

-

4

4

4

4

4

4

2

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gordon Cairns

5

3

3

-

-

-

1

1

-

-

1

1

-

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ewen Crouch

6

7

7

1

-

-

4

4

2

2

4

4

-

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alison Deans

7

3

3

-

-

-

2

2

-

-

-

-

2

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Robert Elstone

8

8

8

-

4

4

4

4

4

4

2

2

2

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter Hawkins

9

8

8

-

4

4

4

4

4

4

-

-

4

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter Marriott

10

8

8

-

4

4

4

4

-

-

-

-

2

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ann Pickard

11

8

8

-

-

-

4

4

-

-

4

4

-

-

 

This table shows membership of standing Committees of the Board. From time to time the Board may form other committees or request Directors to undertake specific extra duties.

 

A - Meetings eligible to attend as a member

B - Meetings attended as a member

C - Leave of absence granted

 

Unless otherwise stated, each Director has been a member, or the Chairman, of the relevant Committee for the whole of the period from 1 October 2013.

 

1           Chairman of the Board Nominations Committee. Member of the Board Audit Committee and the Board Risk & Compliance Committee.

 

2           Member of the Board Technology Committee.

 

3           John Curtis retired from the Board and its Committees on 25 April 2014.

 

4           Chairman of the Board Risk & Compliance Committee. Member of the Board Nominations Committee and the Board Remuneration Committee. Member of the Board Technology Committee until 31 March 2014.

 

5           Gordon Cairns retired from the Board and its Committees on 13 December 2013.

 

6           Chairman of the Board Remuneration Committee from 25 April 2014. Member of the Board Remuneration Committee until 24 April 2014. Member of the Board Risk & Compliance Committee, and from 25 April 2014, a member of the Board Nominations Committee. A leave of absence was granted due to illness.

 

7           Alison Deans was appointed as a Director on 1 April 2014. Member of the Board Risk & Compliance Committee and the Board Technology Committee from 1 April 2014.

 

8           Chairman of the Board Audit Committee. Member of the Board Nominations Committee, the Board Risk & Compliance Committee, and from 1 April 2014, a member of the Board Remuneration Committee. Member of the Board Technology Committee until 31 March 2014.

 

9           Chairman of the Board Technology Committee. Member of the Board Audit Committee, the Board Nominations Committee and the Board Risk & Compliance Committee.

 

10       Member of the Board Audit Committee, the Board Risk & Compliance Committee, and from 1 April 2014, a member of the Board Technology Committee.

 

11       Member of the Board Risk & Compliance Committee and the Board Remuneration Committee.

 

 

 

 

52

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Directors’ report

 

 

9. Remuneration report

 

Introduction from the Chairman of the Board Remuneration Committee

 

Dear Shareholder,

 

We are pleased to present Westpac’s 2014 Remuneration Report (Report).

 

In my first report as Chairman of the Board Remuneration Committee, I want to reaffirm the Board’s commitment to delivering remuneration strategy outcomes that both reflect our business performance and sustainability, and attracts and retains the highest quality executives.

 

2014 Remuneration outcomes

 

The fixed remuneration and incentive targets for the CEO and most Group Executives were unchanged for the third consecutive year. Our financial and operating performance is recognised in the ‘at risk’ incentive outcomes for the CEO and individual executives.

 

The executive team has delivered the financial performance within our risk and governance principles including maintaining our balance sheet strength and the engagement of our staff. Each year, the Board assesses actual performance achieved and considers the circumstances as to how the performance was achieved as well as the operating environment. In exercising this oversight, the Board determines remuneration outcomes that are appropriate.

 

The 2011 Long-Term Incentive (LTI) grant qualified for 72% vesting this year reflecting our performance against the hurdles established in late 2011. In particular:

 

§          Westpac’s LTI plan Total Shareholder Return (TSR) over the last three years was 102%, which was at the 70th percentile of the defined comparator group. Accordingly, 90% of the 2011 TSR performance tranche vested;

 

§          Westpac’s Cash Earnings per Share (EPS) growth over the last three years totalled 17.1%, which was above the threshold of 15.8% (5% compound annual growth) but below the maximum of 33.1% (10% compound annual growth). Accordingly, 54% of the 2011 EPS performance tranche vested; and

 

§          as re-testing was removed from our LTI plans in 2011, the remaining portion (28%) has lapsed.

 

New executive appointments

 

There have also been a number of Group Executive appointments during 2014, the majority drawing on our pool of internal talent. All new Group Executives have been appointed at remuneration levels set below prior incumbents. All new Group Executive appointments have had the Group’s target pay mix applied to their remuneration package.

 

Remuneration frameworks

 

Last year, we indicated we would undertake a further review of our remuneration frameworks, recognising that broader market practices and expectations continue to evolve. The focus of the review was our equity based payments and the result is that a number of refinements will be implemented in 2015. The changes include:

 

§          the extension of the performance/vesting period for LTI grants from three to four years;

 

§          the introduction of a new weighted peer performance hurdle for the TSR grant. This new hurdle increases the relative weight applied to the performance of our three major bank peers as this is a key benchmark for shareholders; and

 

§         the increase from 40% to 50% of the proportion of the Short-Term Incentive (STI) outcome deferred into equity.

 

We have also strengthened our malus provisions, such that should circumstances arise where an equity allocation is no longer justified, we can reduce or cancel unvested allocations. These changes are explained in more detail in this Report.

 

We are confident that the changes will complement our existing focus on the alignment of individual Group Executive performance and remuneration with sustained Group performance and the interests of our shareholders.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ewen Crouch

Chairman – Board Remuneration Committee

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

53

 

 



 

 

 


1.    Governance and risk management

 

This section details the Group’s approach to governance and risk management as they relate to remuneration.

 

1.1. Governance

 

The Group’s remuneration policies and practices strive to fairly and responsibly reward employees, having regard to performance, the Group’s risk management framework, the law and high standards of governance.

 

The role of the Board is to provide strategic guidance for the Group and effective oversight of management. In this way, the Board is accountable to shareholders for performance. As part of this role, the Board has overall responsibility for remuneration.

 

The Remuneration Committee supports the Board. Its primary function is to assist the Board to fulfil its responsibilities to shareholders with regard to remuneration. The Remuneration Committee monitors the Group’s remuneration policies and practices, external remuneration practices, market expectations and regulatory requirements in Australia and internationally. The Committee’s purpose, responsibilities and duties are outlined in the Charter which is available on the Group’s website.

 

All Board Committee Charters are reviewed every two years. The Board Remuneration Committee Charter was last reviewed and amended in May 2014.

 

Members of the Remuneration Committee during 2014

 

All members of the Remuneration Committee are independent Non-executive Directors. During 2014, the members were:

 

§          John Curtis (Chairman retired 25 April 2014);

 

§          Ewen Crouch (Chairman from 25 April 2014);

 

§          Elizabeth Bryan;

 

§          Gordon Cairns (retired 13 December 2013);

 

§          Robert Elstone (member from 1 April 2014); and

 

§          Ann Pickard.

 

Independent remuneration consultant

 

During 2014, the Board retained Guerdon Associates as its independent consultant to provide specialist information on executive remuneration and other Group remuneration matters. These services are provided directly to the Remuneration Committee and are independent of management. The Chairman of the Remuneration Committee oversees the engagement of, remuneration arrangements for, and payment of, the independent consultant.

 

Work undertaken by Guerdon Associates during 2014 included the provision of information relating to the benchmarking of Non-executive Director, CEO and Group Executive remuneration; market practice regarding the Group’s LTI plan and variable reward pool; and analysis regarding the Group’s Earnings per Share (EPS) LTI performance hurdle and the development of a new Total Shareholder Return (TSR) weighted peer group LTI performance hurdle. No remuneration recommendations, as prescribed under the Corporations Act, were made by Guerdon Associates in 2014.

Other internal governance structures

 

The Westpac internal governance structure includes three levels of Remuneration Oversight Committees (ROCs) which focus on the appropriateness and consistency of remuneration arrangements and outcomes within individual functions and divisions and across the Group. The ROCs support the Board Remuneration Committee by ensuring that the Group-wide remuneration frameworks and outcomes are consistent with the Group’s approved policy.

 

1.2. Risk management

 

We aim to integrate effective risk management into the remuneration framework throughout the organisation. The Chairman of the Board Risk and Compliance Committee is a member of the Remuneration Committee, and members of the Remuneration Committee are also members of the Board Risk and Compliance Committee. In carrying out its duties, the Remuneration Committee can access personnel from risk and financial control, and engage external advisors who are independent of management.

 

The Group’s remuneration strategy, executive remuneration framework, policies and practices all reflect the sound risk management that is fundamental to the way we operate. The performance of each division within the Group is reviewed and measured with reference to how risk is managed and the results influence remuneration outcomes.

 

The executive total reward framework specifically includes features to take account of risk.

 

Each year, the Board determines the size of the variable reward pool which funds variable reward outcomes across the Group. This is based on the Group’s performance for the year and an assessment of how profit should be shared among shareholders and employees and retained for growth. The primary financial indicator used is economic profit, which measures profitability adjusted for risk in the business. Cash earnings, return on equity (ROE), cash EPS and dividends are also taken into account.

 

STI outcomes are based on both financial and non-financial measures, with the latter reflecting risk management outcomes and progress on the implementation of the Group’s strategy. Group economic profit and Group return on equity accounted for 40% of the CEO’s scoreboard for 2014. Similarly, Group Executive scoreboards had 40% of their STI allocated based on Group economic profit, divisional economic profit and/or Group return on equity. A performance measure related to the Board’s Risk Appetite Statement accounted for a further 10% of the CEO’s and Group Executives’ scoreboards. In addition, the CEO and each Group Executive are assessed on specific risk measures that may influence any discretionary adjustment to the scoreboard. Ultimately, the Board has 100% discretion over the STI outcome. We believe this discretion is vital to balance a mechanistic approach in determining performance and reward outcomes and to enable previous decisions (either good or bad) to be taken into account. This discretion may be exercised both up and down.


 

 

 

 

54

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Directors’ report

 

 

Approval of remuneration decisions

 

We follow a strict process of ‘two-up’ approval for all remuneration decisions. This means that remuneration is approved by the next most senior person above the employee’s manager. This concept is also reflected in our requirement for the Board, based on recommendations from the Remuneration Committee, to approve performance outcomes and remuneration for:

 

§          the CEO and Group Executives; and

 

§          other executives who report directly to the CEO, other persons whose activities in the Board’s opinion affect the financial soundness of the Group and any other person specified by the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA).

 

Performance and remuneration outcomes for all General Managers (who report to Group Executives) are approved by the CEO on the recommendation of the Group Executive to whom they report.

 

Any significant remuneration arrangements that fall outside the Group Remuneration Policy are referred to the Remuneration Committee for review and approval.

 

Shareholding requirements and hedging policy

 

To further align their interests with those of shareholders, the CEO and Group Executives are expected to build and maintain a substantial Westpac shareholding within five years of being appointed to their role. For the CEO, the value of that shareholding is expected to be no less than five times her annual fixed package. For Group Executives, the expected minimum is a value of $1.2 million.

 

Participants in the Group’s equity plans are forbidden from entering either directly or indirectly into hedging arrangements for unvested securities in their STI and LTI equity awards. No financial products of any kind may be used to mitigate the risk associated with these equity instruments. Any attempt to hedge these securities makes them subject to forfeiture. These restrictions have been in place for some time and satisfy the requirements of the Corporations Act which prohibit hedging of unvested securities.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

55

 

 



 

 

2. Key management personnel remuneration disclosed in this Report

 

The remuneration of key management personnel (KMP) for the Group is disclosed in this Report. In 2014, KMP comprised Non-executive Directors, the CEO and Group Executives who reported to the CEO and/or led significant parts of the business.

 

CEO and Group Executives

 

Name

 

Position

 

Term as KMP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gail Kelly

 

Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer

 

Full Year

 

 

 

 

 

Group Executives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

John Arthur

 

Chief Operating Officer

 

Full Year

 

 

 

 

 

Peter Clare1

 

Chief Executive Officer, Westpac New Zealand Limited

 

Part Year

 

 

 

 

 

Philip Coffey 2

 

Deputy Chief Executive Officer

 

Full Year

 

 

 

 

 

Brad Cooper

 

Chief Executive Officer, BT Financial Group

 

Full Year

 

 

 

 

 

David Curran3

 

Chief Information Officer

 

Part Year

 

 

 

 

 

George Frazis

 

Chief Executive Officer, St.George Banking Group

 

Full Year

 

 

 

 

 

Brian Hartzer

 

Chief Executive, Australian Financial Services

 

Full Year

 

 

 

 

 

Alexandra Holcomb4

 

Chief Risk Officer

 

Part Year

 

 

 

 

 

Peter King5

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

Part Year

 

 

 

 

 

Christine Parker

 

Group Executive, Human Resources & Corporate Affairs

 

Full Year

 

 

 

 

 

Greg Targett6

 

Chief Risk Officer

 

Part Year

 

 

 

 

 

Rob Whitfield

 

Group Executive, Westpac Institutional Bank

 

Full Year

 

 

 

 

 

Jason Yetton

 

Group Executive, Westpac Retail & Business Banking

 

Full Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-executive Directors

 

Name

Position

Term as KMP

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lindsay Maxsted

Chairman

Full Year

 

 

 

John Curtis7

Deputy Chairman

Part Year

 

 

 

Elizabeth Bryan

Director

Full Year

 

 

 

Gordon Cairns8

Director

Part Year

 

 

 

Ewen Crouch

Director

Full Year

 

 

 

Alison Deans9

Director

Part Year

 

 

 

Robert Elstone

Director

Full Year

 

 

 

Peter Hawkins

Director

Full Year

 

 

 

Peter Marriott

Director

Full Year

 

 

 

Ann Pickard

Director

Full Year

 

 

 

 

1           Peter Clare resigned effective 12 August 2014.

 

2           Philip Coffey was the Chief Financial Officer prior to his appointment as Deputy Chief Executive Officer on 1 April 2014.

 

3           David Curran was appointed Chief Information Officer effective 8 September 2014.

 

4           Alexandra Holcomb was General Manager, Global Transactional Services prior to her appointment as Chief Risk Officer on 1 August 2014.

 

5           Peter King was the Deputy Chief Financial Officer prior to his appointment as Chief Financial Officer on 1 April 2014.

 

6           Greg Targett stepped down from the role of Chief Risk Officer on 31 July 2014 and will retire from the Group on 14 November 2014.

 

7           John Curtis retired on 25 April 2014.

 

8           Gordon Cairns retired on 13 December 2013.

 

9           Alison Deans was appointed on 1 April 2014.

 

 

 

 

56

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Directors’ report

 

 

3. Remuneration snapshot 2014

 

This section provides an overview of the Group’s remuneration arrangements during the 2014 financial year.

 

3.1. Remuneration strategy, principles and framework

 

Executive remuneration framework

 

The CEO and Group Executives are remunerated based on a Total Reward framework:

 

GRAPHIC

 

The target pay mix was adopted in 2012 and will be progressively implemented for existing Group Executives as their remuneration increases. In 2014, Christine Parker and Jason Yetton received increases as their remuneration was significantly below their peers and competitor organisations. The increase was applied in line with the target pay mix. In 2014, the remuneration of Brad Cooper was adjusted to better reflect the target pay mix, with a higher proportion of his total remuneration directed to the long-term incentive. He did not receive an increase.

 

The Total Reward framework has three components and, in aggregate, is benchmarked against relevant financial services competitors:

 

Fixed remuneration – takes into account the size and complexity of the role, individual responsibilities, experience, skills and disclosed market-related pay levels within the financial services industry;

 

Short-term incentive (STI) – is determined based on an STI target set using similar principles to those used for fixed remuneration, and on individual, divisional and Group performance objectives for the year. Performance is measured against risk-adjusted financial targets and non-financial targets that support the Group’s strategy; and

 

Long-term incentive (LTI) – is designed to align the total remuneration of executives to the long-term performance of the Group and the interests of shareholders. The amount of the award takes into account market benchmarks, individual performance over time, succession potential and key skills.

 

3.2. Remuneration for all other employees

 

The remuneration strategy for all other employees remains aligned with our approach for Group Executives. In particular:

 

§          fixed remuneration is aligned to the market and is reviewed annually;

 

§          we provide superannuation for employees in Australia, New Zealand and some other countries in which we operate;

 

§          employees have the opportunity to participate in an STI scheme designed to support the objectives of their division and the Group, including risk management. All employees who receive an STI award above a certain threshold have a portion of the award deferred; and

 

§          eligible employees may receive an annual award of Westpac ordinary shares up to the value of $1,000 under the Employee Share Plan provided the Group meets at least one of two hurdles: an increase in share price or the achievement of a basket of strategic measures. The CEO, Group Executives and any other employee who received an STI award deferred into equity or an LTI award during the year are not eligible to receive an Employee Share Plan award for that year.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

57

 

 



 

 

4.    Executive remuneration

 

4.1. Remuneration structure and policy

 

a)   Fixed remuneration

 

Fixed remuneration comprises cash salary, salary sacrificed items and employer superannuation contributions.

 

The Group provides superannuation contributions in line with statutory obligations. Fixed remuneration is reviewed annually and is effective from 1 January each year taking into consideration:

 

§          role and accountabilities;

 

§          relevant market benchmarks within the financial services industry; and

 

§          the attraction, motivation and retention of key executives.

 

The CEO’s fixed remuneration and incentive targets have been unchanged since January 2011.

 

b)   Short-Term Incentive (STI)

 

STI provides the opportunity for participants to earn cash and deferred equity incentives where specific outcomes have been achieved in the financial year. The CEO and each Group Executive are assessed using a balanced scoreboard, combining both annual financial and non-financial objectives which support the Group’s strategic goals.

 

STI targets

 

The CEO’s STI target opportunity for 2014 remained at $3.6 million.

 

STI targets for Group Executives are set by the Remuneration Committee and approved by the Board at the beginning of each performance year based on a range of factors including market competitiveness and the nature of each role. The STI targets for the 2014 performance year did not increase for the CEO and those Group Executives whose fixed remuneration remained unchanged in 2014. The STI awards for Group Executives are managed within the Group-wide variable reward pool.

 

STI outcomes are subject to both a quantitative and qualitative assessment, including a risk management overlay, which is embedded in our scoreboard measurement process. The maximum STI opportunity is 150% of target. The Board has the capacity to adjust STI outcomes (and reduce STI outcomes to zero if appropriate) in the assessment process.

 

STI structure 2014

 

The table below details how and when STI outcomes are delivered, and for deferred payments, the type of equity and the instrument used:

 

GRAPHIC

 

1   Shares granted under the CEO Restricted Share Plan and the Restricted Share Plan rank equally with Westpac ordinary shares for dividends and voting rights from the date they are granted. The Board has the discretion to satisfy vested share right grants and the allocation of subsequent shares to participants, or the allocation of restricted shares under the deferred STI, by either the issue of new shares or on-market purchase of shares.

 

2   Rights to ordinary shares entitle the holder to Westpac ordinary shares at the time of vesting.

 

 

 

 

58

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Directors’ report

 

 

By deferring a portion of the STI in the form of restricted equity, incentive payments are better aligned with the interests of shareholders as the ultimate value of the deferred portion is tied to movements in share price over the restriction period. The deferred STI awards are allocated as restricted shares and, as they recognise past performance and are not subject to further performance conditions, attract dividend distributions over the vesting period.

 

If an executive resigns or retires, or otherwise leaves the Group before his or her securities vest, the Board has discretion in relation to how those securities are treated. If the executive leaves the Group to join another organisation, or is terminated for cause, his or her securities are generally forfeited. In other circumstances, the Board may elect to allow the securities to remain on foot for the balance of the relevant restriction period and then vest.

 

Securities are also subject to forfeiture at the Board’s discretion in the event of a material issue or financial mis-statement.

 

Details of deferred STI allocations granted in prior years, which have been exercised during the year ended 30 September 2014, are included in Section 6.4 of this Report.

 

STI structure 2015

 

For 2015, we have reduced the proportion paid as cash to 50% and increased the deferred STI proportion to 50% of the outcome. The deferral arrangements remain unchanged.

 

GRAPHIC

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

59

 

 



 

 

c)   Long-Term Incentive (LTI)

 

The CEO and Group Executives are also eligible for an LTI award.

 

LTI structure 2014 and 2013

 

The following diagram and table sets out the key features of LTI awards made in December 2013 to the CEO under the CEO Performance Plan and to Group Executives under the Westpac Reward Plan. The LTI grants to be made for the 2014 remuneration period will follow the same format and subject to performance hurdles, will vest in 2017.

 

GRAPHIC

 

LTI structure 2015

 

Two key changes have been made to the LTI plan and the grants to be awarded to Group Executives for the 2015 remuneration period.

 

(i)               The performance vesting period will increase to four years.

 

The LTI grant will continue to be divided into two equal tranches which will vest as follows:

 

§          TSR tranche – measured four years from the commencement date; and

 

§          EPS tranche – measured three years from the commencement date (aligned with our business planning and forecasting cycle) and a one year holding lock applied to any rights which qualify for vesting. The EPS rights which satisfy the EPS hurdle, will vest at the completion of the fourth year from the commencement date.

 

 

 

 

60

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Directors’ report

 

 

The transition to a four year vesting cycle

 

We currently allocate LTI grants at the end of the remuneration year, applying a three year performance vesting timeline. For 2015 and going forward, the LTI grant will be made at the beginning of the remuneration year and a four year vesting performance period applied. The 2015 grant will be made in December 2014 and will be eligible to vest in 2018.

 

(ii)            A new weighted TSR performance hurdle will apply (50% of the allocation).

 

A peer group of 10 financial services companies will be retained to create a peer TSR index. The performance of our three major bank peers will be weighted as 50% of the index with the remaining seven companies 50%. Weighting the peer group this way provides a more balanced perspective recognising that, as one of four major Australian banks, our performance is measured primarily against that of our three peers, being the Australia and New Zealand Banking Group, Commonwealth Bank of Australia and National Australia Bank Limited.

 

At the completion of the four year performance period, each company’s TSR outcome will be multiplied by their weighting (16.67% for each major bank and 7.14% for each other financial company) and the 10 numbers added together to determine the peer weighted index.

 

In order for 50% of the TSR tranche to vest, the Group’s TSR outcome must at least equal the peer weighted index.

 

For 100% to vest, the Group’s TSR outcome must exceed the growth of the peer weighted index by a margin determined with reference to the 75th percentile performance1.

 

The following diagram sets out the key changes to the 2015 LTI awards to Group Executives under the Westpac Reward Plan, now renamed the Westpac Long Term Incentive (LTI) Plan:

 

 

 

 

1          21.55 (5% compound annual growth).

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

61

 

 



 

 

LTI award opportunities

 

The CEO was granted an LTI award of $2.7 million for 2014 under the CEO Performance Plan, unchanged from 2013.

 

The award was received in the form of share rights under arrangements approved by shareholders at the 2013 Annual General Meeting.

 

Group Executives receive annual LTI awards in the form of share rights under the Westpac LTI Plan. A share right is not a Westpac share and does not attract the payment of dividends.

 

At the beginning of each year, the Board, advised by the Remuneration Committee, sets the dollar value of the LTI award target for each Group Executive.

 

 

 

 

CEO Performance Plan and Westpac Reward Plan – Granted after 1 October 2013

 

Equity instrument

 

Share rights – the Board has the discretion to satisfy vested grants and the allocation of subsequent shares to participants by either the issue of new shares or the on-market purchase of shares.

 

Determining the number of securities

 

The number of share rights each individual receives is determined by dividing the dollar value of the LTI award by the value of the share rights at the beginning of the performance assessment period (performance period).

The value of share rights is determined by an independent valuer taking as a starting point, the market price of Westpac shares at grant, and utilising a Monte Carlo simulation pricing model, applying assumptions based on expected life, volatility, risk-free interest rate and dividend yield associated with the securities and the risk of forfeiture attributed to each performance hurdle. The value of a share right may be different for TSR hurdled share rights than for EPS hurdled share rights.

 

Performance hurdles

 

The CEO and Group Executives only receive value from their LTI awards where the performance hurdles are achieved. The two hurdles for the December 2013 grants are Westpac’s relative TSR and Cash EPS CAGR.

Relative TSR provides an external comparative measure of overall returns over a specified timeframe incorporating share price movements and assuming that dividends over the period have been reinvested. The TSR data is averaged over the three months preceding the measurement date.

The Cash EPS CAGR over a three year period was introduced as an earnings measure for grants made from October 2011 in response to feedback from investors and a subsequent independent review of our LTI performance hurdles. Cash EPS CAGR provides a measure of Westpac’s financial performance.

Together, the use of these two hurdles is intended to provide a balanced view of the Group’s overall performance and provide strong alignment with shareholder interests.

The two hurdles operate independently.

 

 

 

 

 

 

TSR
(50% of the allocation)

 

 

 

 

Cash EPS CAGR
(50% of the allocation)

 

 

 

Westpac’s TSR percentile ranking must equal or exceed the 50th percentile of a defined group of comparator companies (peer group) over the performance period. The peer group is comprised of the top 10 selected Australian companies listed on the ASX in the financial services sector.

 

This measure provides a link with the creation of value for shareholders over the long term (up to three years). The companies in the 2014 peer group for the CEO Performance Plan and the Westpac Reward Plan are:

¾  AMP Limited;

¾  ASX Limited;

¾  Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited;

¾  Bendigo and Adelaide Bank Limited;

¾  Commonwealth Bank of Australia;

¾  Insurance Australia Group Limited;

¾  Lend Lease Group;

¾  Macquarie Group Limited;

¾  National Australia Bank Limited; and

¾  Suncorp Group Limited.

 

 

 

The Cash EPS CAGR measure focuses on growth in cash earnings over a three year performance period. A description of the process used to determine cash earnings is provided at Note 33 to the financial statements.

Westpac has a policy of not providing guidance to the market. Accordingly, the Board will advise specific cash EPS targets and the Group’s performance against target following the test date.

The cash EPS targets were developed with the assistance of an independent external advisor who was provided access to Westpac’s long-term business plan and analyst forecasts in regard to the long-term performance of Westpac and its peers.

 

 

 

 

62

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 

 



 

Directors’ report

 

 

 

 

 

CEO Performance Plan and Westpac Reward Plan – Granted after 1 October 2013

 

Targets are set for stretch performance

 

The Board considers the vesting profile as being appropriate as 100% vesting will only occur where Westpac is ranked third or better out of the total of 11 companies (including Westpac).

The TSR performance will be measured once at the completion of the three year performance period. Westpac shares will be allocated in satisfaction of vested share rights at no cost to participants.

 

 

 

The expensed value of the December 2012 and 2013 grants in Table 6.2 have been discounted to 50%, reflecting the Board’s current assessment of the probability of the threshold EPS hurdles being met and share rights vesting over time.

Who measures the performance hurdle outcomes?

 

To ensure objectivity and external validation, TSR results are calculated by an independent external consultant and are provided to the Board or its delegate to review and determine vesting outcomes.

 

 

The Cash EPS CAGR will be determined by the Board based on the cash EPS disclosed in our results for the 2015 financial year in respect of the December 2012 awards, and 2016 in respect of the December 2013 awards.

 

 

Early vesting is possible in limited cases

 

For awards made since 1 October 2009, unvested securities may vest before a test date if the executive is no longer employed by the Group due to death or disability. In general, any such vesting is not subject to performance hurdles being met.

For the CEO, all unvested securities will vest if the CEO leaves the Group due to sickness or in certain circumstances, such as within 12 months of a change of control of Westpac.

 

No re-testing

 

There is no re-testing on awards made since 2011. Any securities remaining unvested after the nominated measurement period and any post measurement holding lock period lapse immediately.

 

Treatment of securities

 

The Board has discretion in relation to performance share rights where the CEO or a senior executive resigns or retires, or otherwise leaves the Group before vesting occurs. This discretion enables the Board to vest the relevant securities or leave them on foot for the remainder of the performance period. In exercising its discretion, the Board will take into account all relevant circumstances including those surrounding the departure in question. The Board may also adjust the number of performance share rights downwards, or to zero (in which case they will lapse) where the circumstances of the departure warrant, or to respond to misconduct resulting in significant financial and/or reputational impact to Westpac.

Where a holder acts fraudulently or dishonestly, or is in material breach of his or her obligations under the CEO Performance Plan, or the Westpac Reward Plan and/or to the Group, unexercised performance share rights (whether vested or unvested) will lapse unless the Board determines otherwise.

 

 

Other long-term awards

 

The Restricted Share Plan and Westpac Performance Plan are used:

 

¾        to grant deferred STI awards to certain employees; and

 

¾        for one-off awards to attract Group Executives, executives or specialist employees to the Group or for retention in specific circumstances. Where awards are made on joining, these typically compensate for real value forfeited on leaving the previous employer which might otherwise deter that executive from joining the Group.

 

Awards to key employees below senior management level may also be made under the Restricted Share Plan and Westpac Performance Plan. Under these arrangements, employees receive awards of Westpac ordinary shares or share rights which are restricted for a period as determined by the Board. This allows the flexibility to tailor the restriction period to the circumstances of the award.

 

Other plans and awards

 

We provide separate reward plans for small, specialised parts of the business. Payments under these plans are directly linked to growth of that part of the business and are capped at an appropriate proportion of the value and/or profitability of the relevant part of the business. These plans are designed to provide market competitive remuneration for the relevant employees.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

63

 

 



 

 

4.2. Linking reward and performance

 

CEO performance objectives and key highlights

 

The Remuneration Committee reviews and makes recommendations to the Board on individual performance objectives for the CEO. These objectives are intended to provide a robust link between remuneration outcomes and the key drivers of long-term shareholder value. The STI objectives are set in the form of a scoreboard with targets and measures aligned to our strategic priorities cascaded from the CEO scoreboard to the relevant Group Executive scoreboard. The key financial and non-financial objectives for the CEO in the 2014 financial year, with commentary on key highlights are provided below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Category

 

 

Weighting

 

Measure1

 

Performance Highlights

Return

 

20%

 

Economic Profit

 

¾        Delivered Economic Profit of $4.491 million, representing a 9% increase over 2013 and exceeding target underpinned by 8% growth in cash earnings and 5% growth in core earnings.

 

 

20%

 

Return on Equity

 

 

¾        16.4%, up 48bps on 2013 exceeding target.

Growth

 

20%

 

Customer Growth

 

¾        Westpac’s Institutional Bank retained its No.1 spot as Lead Domestic Bank for Transactional Banking for the eleventh year running and the No.1 spot amongst Australian banks for foreign exchange market share globally for the ninth year.

¾        St.George and Westpac Retail and Business Banking now rank ahead of the major banks in both Business and Consumer banking (being ranked No.4 in Consumer Banking in 2011).

¾    The Group is on track to achieve its MyBank goals with strong customer growth across our brands:
- 14% increase in customers new to Westpac; and
- 6% growth in customers with 4 or more products.

 

 

 

 

Wealth Strategy

 

¾   The Group’s wealth penetration is at a historical high of 20.1%, further extending our market leading position.

 

¾   Funds under administration grew by 10% exceeding target.

 

 

 

 

Asia Strategy

 

¾   Exceeded target for both underlying business performance and the acquisition of new customers.

 

 

 

 

Lloyds Integration

 

¾   Business performance targets have been exceeded, with both cost and revenue synergies delivered.

Strength

 

10%

 

Adherence to Group Risk Appetite Statement (RAS)

 

¾   The Group has a strong capital position, improved liquidity and funding profiles, and an industry leading impairment charge while operating within our Group RAS.

 

 

10%

 

Balance Sheet Strength and Sustainable Funding

 

 

¾   Ahead of target, we are well prepared for the new liquidity requirements which come into effect on 1 January 2015.

 

 

10%

 

Women in Leadership

 

¾   The number of women in leadership positions has grown to 44% up from 2013 reflecting our continuing commitment, well on track to meet our goal of 50% women in leadership positions by 2017.

 

 

 

 

Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR)

 

¾   Significant progress continues to be made in strengthening our safety culture with our LTIFR results across the Group improving 26% well ahead of target and our 2013 result.

 

 

 

 

Sustainability

 

¾   Strong progress on the Group’s sustainability agenda. Highlights include recognition as the Global 100 Most Sustainable Corporation at Davos in January 2014, being assessed as the most sustainable bank globally and in September 2014 Westpac led banks globally in the 2014 Dow Jones Sustainability Index.

Productivity

 

10%

 

Expense to Income Ratio

 

¾   The Group continues to lead the major Australian financial institutions with an Expense to Income Ratio of 41.6%.

 

 

 

 

Revenue per Full Time Equivalent Employee (FTE)

 

 

¾   Delivered increased revenue per FTE, in line with target.

 

 

 

 

Radical Simplification Program

 

¾   Material progress has been made in our digital capabilities, simplifying our technology, loan applications and processing times improving the ‘time to yes’.

 

1                     Individual measures will differ for each Group Executive.

 

 

 

 

64

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Directors’ report

 

 

Our primary financial measure is economic profit which the Board believes, in combination with return on equity, is the best measure of risk-adjusted returns and of the value created for shareholders. The remaining measures focus on ensuring that we remain strong; deliver targeted growth; and drive simplification, innovation and productivity while helping our customers, communities and people to prosper and grow. The final STI outcome for 2014 reflects the Board’s view of performance across all balanced scoreboard measures relative to planned outcomes, and the value the Group has delivered for our shareholders.

 

Aligning pay with performance and shareholder return

 

Graph 1 shows the CEO’s STI payment as a percentage of STI target and its relationship to our primary financial metric, economic profit, while Graph 2 shows the Group’s ROE performance being the other key financial metric. Graphs 3 and 4 show the Group’s TSR and EPS performance respectively, these being the LTI hurdles.

 

GRAPHIC

 

Application of discretion

 

The Board and the Remuneration Committee recognise that the scoreboard approach, while embracing a number of complementary performance objectives, will never entirely assess overall performance. The Remuneration Committee may therefore make discretionary adjustments, positive and negative, to the scoreboard outcomes for the CEO and Group Executives. The Remuneration Committee uses the following criteria to apply discretionary adjustments:

 

¾        matters not known or not relevant at the beginning of the financial year, which are relevant to the under or over performance of the CEO and Group Executives during the financial year;

 

¾        the degree of stretch implicit in the scoreboard measures and targets themselves and the context in which the targets were set;

 

¾       whether the operating environment during the financial year has been materially better or worse than forecast;

 

¾        comparison with the performance of the Group’s principal competitors;

 

¾        any major positive or negative risk management or reputational issue that impacts the Group;

 

¾        the quality of the financial result as shown by its composition and consistency;

 

¾        whether there have been major positive or negative aspects regarding the quality of leadership and/or behaviours consistent with our values; and

 

¾        any other relevant under or over performance or other matter not captured.

 

At the end of the year, the Remuneration Committee reviews performance against objectives and applies any adjustments it considers appropriate. The Remuneration Committee then recommends STI outcomes for the CEO and each Group Executive to the Board for approval, thereby ensuring the Board retains oversight of final awards.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

65

 

 



 

 

LTI performance outcomes

The following table provides the Group’s TSR, dividend, cash earnings per share and share price performance each year from 2010 to 2014:

 

 

 

Years Ended 30 September

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

TSR – three years

 

102.03%

 

66.09%

 

25.61%

 

9.6%

 

3.7%

 

TSR – five years

 

103.74%

 

90.91%

 

20.03%

 

18.5%

 

51.5%

 

Dividends per Westpac share (cents)1

 

182

 

174

 

166

 

156

 

139

 

Cash earnings per Westpac share2

 

$2.45

 

$2.29

 

$2.16

 

$2.09

 

$1.98

 

Share price – high

 

$35.99

 

$34.79

 

$24.99

 

$25.60

 

$28.43

 

Share price – low

 

$30.00

 

$24.23

 

$19.00

 

$17.84

 

$20.56

 

Share price – close

 

$32.14

 

$32.73

 

$24.85

 

$20.34

 

$23.24

 

 

1            Does not include 20 cent special dividend determined in 2013.

2            Cash earnings are not prepared in accordance with AAS and have not been subject to audit.

 

The vesting outcomes for awards made to the CEO and Group Executives under the CEO Performance Plan and Westpac Reward Plan that reached the completion of the performance period during the financial year, are set out below.

 

TSR hurdle vesting outcomes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remain

 

 

 

 

 

Commencement

 

 

 

TSR Percentile in

 

Vested

 

Lapsed

 

in Plan

 

Equity Instrument

 

Type of Equity

 

Date1

 

Test Date

 

Ranking Group

 

%

 

%

 

%

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CEO Performance Plan

 

Performance share rights

 

21 December 2009

 

21 December 2013

 2

60th percentile

 

70

 

-

 

30

 

 

 

 

 

1 October 2010

 

1 October 2014

 2

50th percentile

 

90

 

-

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

1 October 2011

 

1 October 2014

 

70th percentile

 

90

 

10

 

-

 

Westpac Reward Plan

 

Performance share rights

 

1 October 2009

 

1 October 2014

 3

50th percentile

 

90

 

10

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

1 October 2010

 

1 October 2014

 2

50th percentile

 

90

 

-

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

1 October 2011

 

1 October 2014

  

70th percentile

 

90

 

10

 

-

 

 

1            Commencement date refers to the commencement of the performance period.

2            Second test date. There is no re-testing for awards granted since 2011.

3            Third test date. Unvested share rights lapsed.

 

Cash CAGR EPS hurdle vesting outcomes

                                               

 

 

 

 

Commencement

 

 

 

Cash EPS CAGR

 

Vested

 

Lapsed

 

Equity Instrument

 

Type of Equity

 

Date1

 

Test Date

 

Performance

 

%

 

%

 

CEO Performance Plan

 

Performance share rights

 

1 October 2011

 

1 October 2014

 

5.40%

 

54

 

46

 

Westpac Reward Plan

 

Performance share rights

 

1 October 2011

 

1 October 2014

 

5.40%

 

54

 

46

 

 

1            Commencement date refers to the commencement of the performance period.

 

2011 Cash EPS CAGR hurdle

The Cash EPS CAGR hurdle for the 2011 LTI grant required the following conditions to be met over the three year vesting period:

 

¾        a minimum of 5% CAGR for 50% to vest;

 

¾        10% CAGR for 100% to vest; and

 

¾        straight-line vesting between 5% and 10% CAGR.

 

The Cash EPS CAGR range was developed prior to the allocation in December 2011, and reflected stretch targets in the context of both consensus analyst forecasts and the Westpac strategic plan and business forecasting. The performance range also reflected the forecast market and operating conditions in late 2011.

 

 

 

 

66

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Directors’ report

 

4.3. Remuneration outcomes for the CEO and Group Executives — Linking reward and performance

The following table has been prepared to provide shareholders with an outline of the remuneration which has been received for the 2014 performance year either as cash or in the case of prior equity awards, the value which has vested in 2014 (see note 4 below). Details in this table supplement the statutory requirements in Section 6.2. Unlike the statutory table, which represents remuneration outcomes prepared in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards (AAS), this table shows the actual remuneration value received by executives and is not prepared in accordance with AAS.

 

 

 

Fixed
Remuneration
1

 

2014 STI Cash
Payment
2

 

2014 Total Cash
Payments
3

 

Prior Year Equity Awards4
Vested during 2014

 

Prior Year Equity Awards4
Forfeited during 2014

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gail Kelly

 

3,028,096

 

2,743,200

 

5,771,296

 

7,059,026

 

-

 

Group Executives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

John Arthur

 

1,227,422

 

943,800

 

2,171,222

 

1,748,054

 

-

 

Philip Coffey5

 

1,414,941

 

1,120,080

 

2,535,021

 

2,110,115

 

-

 

Brad Cooper

 

1,084,752

 

1,123,200

 

2,207,952

 

2,390,267

 

-

 

David Curran5

 

66,207

 

-

 

66,207

 

-

 

-

 

George Frazis

 

950,264

 

1,161,600

 

2,111,864

 

1,790,578

 

-

 

Brian Hartzer6

 

2,258,792

 

1,162,500

 

3,421,292

 

5,995,138

 

-

 

Alexandra Holcomb5

 

137,179

 

101,864

 

239,043

 

-

 

-

 

Peter King5

 

433,428

 

337,212

 

770,640

 

-

 

-

 

Christine Parker

 

779,747

 

702,000

 

1,481,747

 

611,353

 

-

 

Rob Whitfield

 

1,811,809

 

1,152,000

 

2,963,809

 

2,113,287

 

-

 

Jason Yetton

 

959,924

 

702,000

 

1,661,924

 

792,549

 

-

 

Former Group Executives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter Clare5

 

1,061,962

 

-

 

1,061,962

 

1,616,222

 

4,178,640

 

Greg Targett5

 

1,115,262

 

690,000

 

1,805,262

 

1,755,951

 

-

 

 

1            Fixed remuneration includes cash salary, annual leave accrual and salary sacrificed items plus employer superannuation contributions.

2            The cash STI payment represents 60% of the 2014 STI outcome and will be paid in December 2014. The remaining 40% is deferred in the form of equity and will vest in equal tranches in October 2015 and 2016.

3           This is the addition of the first and second columns.

4            Prior year equity awards include both deferred STI and LTI allocations subject to performance hurdles which have vested in 2014 (refer Brian Hartzer below). The equity value has been calculated as the number of securities that vested during the year ended 30 September 2014, multiplied by the five day volume weighted average price of Westpac ordinary shares at the time they vested, less any exercise price payable.

5            Refer Section 2 of the Remuneration report for details.

6            Brian Hartzer, Chief Executive, Australian Financial Services (AFS), was recruited to the Group in late 2011 and commenced employment in June 2012. The value shown as vested equity above relates to a specific allocation made in 2012, and reflects equity foregone with his previous employer.

 

5. Non-executive Director remuneration

5.1. Structure and policy

Remuneration policy

Westpac’s Non-executive Director remuneration strategy is designed to attract and retain experienced, qualified Board members and remunerate them appropriately for their time and expertise.

 

As the Board’s focus is on strategic direction, long-term corporate performance and the creation of shareholder value, fees for Non-executive Directors are not directly related to the Group’s short-term results and Non-executive Directors do not receive performance-based remuneration.

 

Non-executive Director remuneration consists of the following components:

 

 

Remuneration Component

 

 

Paid as

 

 

Detail

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Base fee

 

 

Cash

 

 

This fee is for service on the Westpac Banking Corporation Board. The base fee for the Chairman covers all responsibilities, including all Board Committees.

 

Committee fees

 

 

Cash

 

 

Additional fees are paid to Non-executive Directors for chairing or participating in Board Committees.

 

Employer superannuation contributions

 

 

Superannuation

 

 

Reflects statutory superannuation contributions which are capped at the superannuation maximum contributions base as prescribed under the Superannuation Guarantee legislation.

 

Subsidiary Board and Advisory Board fees

 

 

Cash

 

 

Fees are for service on Subsidiary Boards and Advisory Boards. These fees are paid by the relevant subsidiary company.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

67

 

 



 

 

Non-executive Director remuneration in 2014

 

Non-executive Director fee review — effective 1 October 2013

 

The Board reviewed the Non-executive Director fee framework in late 2013. On the basis of market data provided by Guerdon Associates, the Board approved a 4.8% increase to Non-executive Director base fees effective 1 October 2013. The Chairman and Deputy Chairman fees increased by 2.63% and 4.81% respectively. Remuneration Committee fees for both the Chairman and members increased by 8.3%. No other committee fees were increased. Non-executive Director fees were last increased in 2011.

 

Changes to Board and Committee composition

 

The following changes were made to Board and Committee composition:

 

¾        Ewen Crouch was appointed Chairman of the Remuneration Committee, replacing John Curtis, effective 25 April 2014;

 

¾        Alison Deans was appointed as a Non-executive Director to the Westpac Board effective 1 April 2014;

 

¾        Robert Elstone was appointed to the Remuneration Committee effective 1 April 2014;

 

¾        John Curtis retired effective 25 April 2014; and

 

¾        Gordon Cairns retired effective 13 December 2013.

 

Fee pool

At the 2008 Annual General Meeting, the current fee pool of $4.5 million per annum was approved by shareholders. For the year ended 30 September 2014, $3.14 million (70%) of this fee pool was used. The fee pool is inclusive of employer superannuation contributions.

 

Fee framework

This section details the current Non-executive Director fee framework.

 

Base and committee fees

The following table sets out the Board and standing Committee fees

 

 

 

Annual Rate

 

Base Fee

 

$

 

Chairman

 

780,000

 

Deputy Chairman

 

283,000

 

Non-executive Directors

 

220,000

 

Committee Chairman Fees

 

 

 

Audit Committee

 

60,000

 

Risk & Compliance Committee

 

60,000

 

Remuneration Committee

 

52,000

 

Technology Committee

 

30,000

 

Committee Membership Fees

 

 

 

Audit Committee

 

30,000

 

Risk & Compliance Committee

 

30,000

 

Remuneration Committee

 

26,000

 

Technology Committee

 

15,000

 

 

Committee fees are not payable to the Chairman of the Board and members of the Nominations Committee.

 

Employer superannuation contributions

The Group pays superannuation contributions to Non-executive Directors of up to 9.50% of their fees (9.25% prior to 1 July 2014). The contributions are capped at the maximum compulsory superannuation contributions base prescribed under Superannuation Guarantee legislation. Employer contributions are paid into an eligible superannuation fund nominated by the Director.

 

Subsidiary Board and Advisory Board fees

Throughout the reporting period, additional fees of $35,000 were paid to Peter Hawkins as a member of the Bank of Melbourne Advisory Board.

 

Equity participation

Non-executive Directors have voluntarily resolved to build and maintain their individual holdings of Westpac ordinary shares to align their interests with the long-term interests of shareholders. Details of Non-executive Directors’ Westpac (and related bodies corporate) shareholdings are set out in Section 4(a) of the Directors’ report.

 

 

 

 

68

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Directors’ report

 

6. Required remuneration disclosures

6.1. Details of Non-executive Director remuneration

Details of Non-executive Director remuneration are set out in the table below:

 

 

 

Short-term Benefits

 

Post Employment Benefits

 

 

 

 

 

Westpac Banking
Corporation Board Fees
1

 

Subsidiary and Advisory
Board Fees

 

Superannuation

 

Total

 

Name

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lindsay Maxsted, Chairman

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

780,000

 

-

 

18,107

 

798,107

 

2013

 

760,000

 

-

 

16,870

 

776,870

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Elizabeth Bryan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

314,677

 

-

 

18,107

 

332,784

 

2013

 

309,000

 

-

 

16,870

 

325,870

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ewen Crouch

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

288,361

 

-

 

18,107

 

306,468

 

2013

 

174,646

 

-

 

11,372

 

186,018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alison Deans2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

133,519

 

-

 

9,297

 

142,816

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Robert Elstone2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

331,792

 

-

 

18,107

 

349,899

 

2013

 

310,096

 

-

 

16,870

 

326,966

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter Hawkins

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

310,000

 

35,000

 

18,038

 

363,038

 

2013

 

300,000

 

35,000

 

16,816

 

351,816

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter Marriott

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

288,635

 

-

 

18,107

 

306,742

 

2013

 

80,504

 

-

 

5,784

 

86,288

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ann Pickard

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

276,000

 

-

 

18,107

 

294,107

 

2013

 

264,000

 

-

 

16,870

 

280,870

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Former Non-executive Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

John Curtis2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

206,973

 

-

 

10,386

 

217,359

 

2013

 

348,000

 

-

 

16,816

 

364,816

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gordon Cairns2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

57,323

 

-

 

3,722

 

61,045

 

2013

 

264,000

 

-

 

16,870

 

280,870

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total fees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

2,987,280

 

35,000

 

150,085

 

3,172,365

 

2013 3

 

2,872,554

 

63,941

 

138,559

 

3,075,054

 

 

1            Includes fees paid to the Chairman and members of Board Committees.

2            Refer Section 2 of the Remuneration report for details.

3           The total fees for 2013 reflect the prior year remuneration for the 2013 reported Non-executive Directors.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

69

 

 



 

 

6.2. Remuneration details – CEO and other Group Executives

This section sets out details of remuneration for the CEO and Group Executives for the 2014 financial year, calculated in accordance with AAS.

 

 

 

Short-term Benefits

 

Post Employment Benefits

 

Share-based Payments

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed Remu-
neration
1

 

STI (cash)2

 

Non-
monetary
Benefits
3

 

Superann-
uation
Benefits
4

 

Long
Service
Leave

 

Restricted
Shares
5

 

Options6

 

Share Rights6

 

Total7

 

Name

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gail Kelly

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

3,001,511

 

2,743,200

 

9,853

 

26,585

 

51,170

 

1,957,830

 

-

 

3,192,579

 

10,982,728

 

2013

 

2,964,957

 

2,656,800

 

11,026

 

25,032

 

51,108

 

1,621,079

 

-

 

1,848,328

 

9,178,330

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Group Executives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

John Arthur, Chief Operating Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

1,204,085

 

943,800

 

14,664

 

23,337

 

18,260

 

667,095

 

-

 

746,669

 

3,617,910

 

2013

 

1,175,117

 

951,600

 

14,293

 

23,727

 

18,260

 

484,297

 

-

 

441,316

 

3,108,610

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Philip Coffey, Deputy Chief Executive Officer8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

1,387,582

 

1,120,080

 

3,169

 

27,359

 

21,079

 

931,706

 

-

 

876,119

 

4,367,094

 

2013

 

1,253,051

 

1,263,600

 

3,028

 

25,002

 

(254,682

)

769,480

 

-

 

434,553

 

3,494,032

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brad Cooper, Chief Executive Officer, BT Financial Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

1,053,638

 

1,123,200

 

2,052

 

31,114

 

24,585

 

958,854

 

-

 

874,737

 

4,068,180

 

2013

 

1,009,555

 

1,320,000

 

3,028

 

24,896

 

15,217

 

763,815

 

-

 

449,082

 

3,585,593

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David Curran, Chief Information Officer8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

60,827

 

-

 

-

 

5,380

 

907

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

67,114

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

George Frazis, Chief Executive Officer, St.George Banking Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

923,004

 

1,161,600

 

13,488

 

27,260

 

15,221

 

845,403

 

-

 

641,432

 

3,627,408

 

2013

 

925,231

 

1,171,200

 

22,505

 

24,931

 

15,221

 

660,204

 

-

 

316,218

 

3,135,510

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brian Hartzer, Chief Executive, Australian Financial Services9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

2,234,087

 

1,162,500

 

3,169

 

24,705

 

33,487

 

590,484

 

-

 

500,913

 

4,549,345

 

2013

 

2,145,092

 

1,088,100

 

3,028

 

18,927

 

33,487

 

72,161

 

-

 

114,447

 

3,475,242

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brian Hartzer, Remuneration impact relating to recruitment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

-

 

-

 

1,024,117

 

-

 

-

 

978,087

 

-

 

-

 

2,002,204

 

2013

 

-

 

-

 

644,488

 

-

 

-

 

3,373,875

 

-

 

-

 

4,018,363

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alexandra Holcomb, Chief Risk Officer8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

132,303

 

101,864

 

214

 

4,876

 

463

 

86,361

 

-

 

38,656

 

364,737

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter King, Chief Financial Officer8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

418,016

 

337,212

 

1,203

 

15,412

 

56,731

 

212,434

 

-

 

87,707

 

1,128,715

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Christine Parker, Group Executive, Human Resources & Corporate Affairs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

758,661

 

702,000

 

2,052

 

21,086

 

12,177

 

483,827

 

-

 

267,532

 

2,247,335

 

2013

 

782,964

 

691,200

 

223,677

 

19,891

 

12,177

 

374,529

 

-

 

137,885

 

2,242,323

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rob Whitfield, Group Executive, Westpac Institutional Bank

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

1,783,045

 

1,152,000

 

95,335

 

28,764

 

27,398

 

900,285

 

-

 

699,784

 

4,686,611

 

2013

 

1,744,159

 

1,171,200

 

299,326

 

24,678

 

27,373

 

827,911

 

-

 

359,415

 

4,454,062

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jason Yetton, Group Executive, Westpac Retail & Business Banking

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

938,553

 

702,000

 

3,169

 

21,371

 

45,038

 

485,976

 

-

 

470,082

 

2,666,189

 

2013

 

790,984

 

649,800

 

3,028

 

19,374

 

12,170

 

434,004

 

-

 

243,598

 

2,152,958

 

 

 

 

 

70

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Directors’ report

 

 

 

Short-term Benefits

 

Post Employment Benefits

 

Share-based Payments

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed Remu-
neration
1

 

STI (cash)2

 

Non-
monetary
Benefits
3

 

Superann-
uation
Benefits
4

 

Long
Service
Leave

 

Restricted
Shares
5

 

Options6

 

Share Rights6

 

Total7

 

Name

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Former Group Executives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter Clare, Chief Executive Officer, Westpac New Zealand Limited8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

1,058,461

 

-

 

121,213

 

3,501

 

-

 

73,169

 

-

 

305,078

 

1,561,422

 

2013

 

1,008,654

 

900,000

 

18,293

 

3,466

 

-

 

183,193

 

-

 

682,595

 

2,796,201

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Greg Targett, Chief Risk Officer8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

1,092,641

 

690,000

 

3,569

 

22,621

 

17,115

 

508,607

 

-

 

629,472

 

2,964,025

 

2013

 

1,296,512

 

841,800

 

3,028

 

24,810

 

20,549

 

485,315

 

-

 

388,659

 

3,060,673

 

 

1            Fixed remuneration is the total cost of salary, salary sacrificed benefits (including motor vehicles, parking, etc., and any associated fringe benefits tax (FBT)) and an accrual for annual leave entitlements.

2            2014 STI figures reflect annual cash performance awards accrued but not yet paid in respect of the year ended 30 September 2014.

3            Non-monetary benefits are determined on the basis of the cost to the Group (including associated FBT, where applicable) and include annual health checks, provision of taxation advice, relocation costs, living away from home expenses and allowances.

4            The CEO and Group Executives are provided with insurance cover under the Westpac Group Plan at no cost. Superannuation benefits have been calculated consistent with AASB 119 Employee Benefits.

5            The value of restricted shares is amortised over the applicable vesting period, and the amount shown is the amortisation relating to the 2014 reporting year (and 2013 year as comparison).
The equity granted to Brian Hartzer on his recruitment in 2012 relates to equity foregone with his previous employer and will be forfeited if Mr Hartzer resigns or is terminated for cause before the vesting dates.

6            Equity-settled remuneration is based on the amortisation over the vesting period (normally two or three years) of the ‘fair value’ at grant date of hurdled and unhurdled options and share rights that were granted during the four years ended 30 September 2014. Details of prior years’ grants have been disclosed in previous Annual Reports.

7            The percentage of the total remuneration which is performance related (i.e. STI cash plus share based payments) was: Gail Kelly 72%, John Arthur 65%, Peter Clare 24%, Philip Coffey 67%, Brad Cooper 73%, David Curran 0%, George Frazis 73%, Brian Hartzer 49%, Alexandra Holcomb 62%, Peter King 56%, Christine Parker 65%, Greg Targett 62%, Rob Whitfield 59% and Jason Yetton 62%. The percentage of total remuneration delivered in the form of options (including share rights) was: Gail Kelly 29%, John Arthur 21%, Peter Clare 20%, Philip Coffey 20%, Brad Cooper 22%, David Curran 0%, George Frazis 18%, Brian Hartzer 8%, Alexandra Holcomb 11%, Peter King 8%, Christine Parker 12%, Greg Targett 21%, Rob Whitfield 15% and Jason Yetton 18%.

8            Refer Section 2 of the Remuneration report for details. Remuneration details for newly appointed KMP are from the date of appointment.

9            Brian Hartzer’s remuneration for 2014 has been separated into two elements consistent with the approach adopted in 2013. The first line represents his remuneration as the Chief Executive AFS for 2014 and the second line represents the elements which have been incurred as a result of the buy-out of equity forfeited on his resignation from his previous employer. The second line includes $542,834 in relocation benefits and $481,283 FBT expenses on his relocation from London.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

71

 

 



 

 

6.3. STI allocations for the CEO and Group Executives

This section sets out details of STI awards for the CEO and Group Executives for the 2014 financial year.

 

 

 

STI Target

 

Maximum STI1

 

STI Portion Paid in Cash2

 

STI Portion Deferred3

 

 

$

 

%

 

%

 

 

$

 

%

 

 

$

Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gail Kelly

 

3,600,000

 

150

 

60

 

2,743,200

 

 

40

 

1,828,800

 

Group Executives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

John Arthur

 

1,300,000

 

150

 

60

 

943,800

 

 

40

 

629,200

 

Philip Coffey4

 

1,580,000

 

150

 

60

 

1,120,080

 

 

40

 

746,720

 

Brad Cooper

 

1,600,000

 

150

 

60

 

1,123,200

 

 

40

 

748,800

 

David Curran4

 

-

 

150

 

60

 

-

 

 

40

 

-

 

George Frazis

 

1,600,000

 

150

 

60

 

1,161,600

 

 

40

 

774,400

 

Brian Hartzer

 

1,550,000

 

150

 

60

 

1,162,500

 

 

40

 

775,000

 

Alexandra Holcomb4

 

158,667

 

150

 

60

 

101,864

 

 

40

 

67,909

 

Peter King4

 

493,000

 

150

 

60

 

337,212

 

 

40

 

224,808

 

Christine Parker

 

900,000

 

150

 

60

 

702,000

 

 

40

 

468,000

 

Rob Whitfield

 

1,600,000

 

150

 

60

 

1,152,000

 

 

40

 

768,000

 

Jason Yetton

 

975,000

 

150

 

60

 

702,000

 

 

40

 

468,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Former Group Executives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter Clare4

 

-

 

150

 

60

 

-

 

 

40

 

-

 

Greg Targett4

 

958,333

 

150

 

60

 

690,000

 

 

40

 

460,000

 

 

1            The maximum STI potential is 150% of the individual STI Target.

2            60% of the STI outcome for the year is paid as cash in December 2014.

3            40% of the actual STI outcome is deferred in the form of restricted shares or share rights, half vesting on 1 October 2015 and the remainder vesting on 1 October 2016.

4            Refer Section 2 of the Remuneration report for details.

 

 

 

 

72

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Directors’ report

 

6.4. Movement in equity-settled instruments during the year

This table shows the details of movements during 2014 in the number and value of equity instruments for the CEO and Group Executives under the relevant plans:

 

Name

 

Type of Equity-based Instrument

 

Number
Granted
1

 

Number
Vested
2

 

Number
Exercised
3

 

Value
Granted
4
$

 

Value
Exercised
5
$

 

Value Forfeited
or Lapsed
5,6
$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gail Kelly

 

CEO Performance share rights

 

159,821

 

158,513

 

158,513

 

3,303,309

 

5,456,732

 

-

 

 

 

Shares under the CEO Restricted Share Plan

 

57,358

 

55,133

 

-

 

1,767,339

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Group Executives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

John Arthur

 

Performance share rights

 

53,273

 

35,224

 

35,224

 

1,055,723

 

1,163,828

 

-

 

 

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

 

20,544

 

17,682

 

-

 

633,010

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Philip Coffey7

 

Performance options

 

-

 

-

 

329,358

 

-

 

4,414,523

 

-

 

 

 

Performance share rights

 

50,313

 

35,224

 

35,224

 

997,073

 

1,163,828

 

-

 

 

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

 

27,279

 

28,640

 

-

 

840,532

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brad Cooper

 

Performance share rights

 

44,394

 

44,031

 

44,031

 

879,772

 

1,454,818

 

-

 

 

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

 

28,497

 

28,312

 

-

 

878,062

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David Curran7

 

Performance share rights

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

George Frazis

 

Performance share rights

 

32,555

 

29,354

 

29,354

 

645,156

 

969,878

 

-

 

 

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

 

25,284

 

24,839

 

-

 

779,061

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brian Hartzer

 

Performance share rights

 

85,828

 

-

 

-

 

1,700,880

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

 

23,490

 

176,681

 

-

 

723,784

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alexandra Holcomb7

 

Performance options

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

Performance share rights

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter King7

 

Performance share rights

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Christine Parker

 

Performance options

 

-

 

-

 

12,832

 

-

 

58,437

 

-

 

 

 

Performance share rights

 

20,717

 

6,751

 

6,751

 

410,554

 

223,058

 

-

 

 

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

 

14,922

 

11,752

 

-

 

459,783

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rob Whitfield

 

Performance options

 

-

 

-

 

156,232

 

-

 

2,110,786

 

-

 

 

 

Performance share rights

 

35,515

 

35,224

 

35,224

 

703,806

 

1,163,828

 

-

 

 

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

 

25,284

 

28,736

 

-

 

779,061

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jason Yetton

 

Performance options

 

-

 

-

 

196,989

 

-

 

2,162,819

 

-

 

 

 

Performance share rights

 

38,475

 

9,393

 

9,393

 

762,471

 

310,352

 

-

 

 

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

 

14,028

 

14,594

 

-

 

432,237

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Former Group Executives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter Clare7

 

Performance options

 

-

 

-

 

81,799

 

-

 

908,004

 

-

 

 

 

Performance share rights

 

29,595

 

27,005

 

27,005

 

586,492

 

895,827

 

4,178,640

 

 

 

Unhurdled share rights

 

20,995

 

11,106

 

11,106

 

631,819

 

366,577

 

-

 

 

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

 

-

 

10,805

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Greg Targett7

 

Performance share rights

 

41,434

 

35,224

 

35,224

 

821,108

 

1,163,828

 

-

 

 

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

 

18,173

 

17,921

 

-

 

559,954

 

-

 

-

 

 

1            No performance options were granted in 2014.

2            90% of unhurdled share rights granted in 2010 vested in October 2013 as assessed against the TSR performance hurdle.

3            Vested options and share rights that were granted prior to October 2009 can be exercised up to a maximum of 10 years from their commencement date. For each share right and each performance option exercised during the year, the relevant executive received one fully paid Westpac ordinary share. The exercise price for share rights is nil.

4            For share rights, the value granted represents the number of securities granted multiplied by the fair value per instrument as set out in the table in the sub-section titled ‘Fair value of LTI grants made during the year’ below. For restricted shares, the value granted represents the number of ordinary shares granted multiplied by the five day volume weighted average price of a Westpac ordinary share on the date the shares were granted. These values, which represent the full value of the equity-based awards made to disclosed Group Executives in 2014, do not reconcile with the amount shown in the table in Section 6.2, which shows amortised totals of equity awards over their vesting period. The minimum total value of the grants for future financial years is nil and an estimate of the maximum possible total value in future financial years is the fair value, as shown above.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

73

 

 



 

 

5            The value of each option or share right exercised or lapsed is calculated based on the five day volume weighted average price of Westpac ordinary shares on the ASX on the date of exercise (or lapse), less the relevant exercise price (if any). Where the exercise price is greater than the five day volume weighted average price of Westpac ordinary shares, the value has been calculated as nil.

6            Apart from equity instruments referred to in this section, no other equity instruments granted in prior years vested and none were forfeited during the financial year.

7            Refer Section 2 of the Remuneration report for details.

 

Fair value of LTI grants made during the year

The table below provides a summary of the fair value of LTI awards granted to the CEO and Group Executives during 2014 calculated in accordance with Australian Accounting Standard AASB 2 Share-based Payment and is used for accounting purposes only. The LTI grants will vest on satisfaction of performance and/or service conditions tested in future financial years.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair

 

 

Performance

 

 

 

 

 

Commencement

 

 

 

 

 

Value2 per

Equity Instrument

 

Hurdle

 

Granted to

 

Grant Date

 

Date1

 

Test Date

 

Expiry

 

Instrument

CEO Performance Plan

 

Relative TSR

 

Gail Kelly

 

11 November 2013

 

1 October 2013

 

1 October 2016

 

1 October 2023

 

$14.26

share rights

 

Cash EPS CAGR

 

 

 

11 November 2013

 

1 October 2013

 

1 October 2016

 

1 October 2023

 

$28.41

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Westpac Reward Plan

 

Relative TSR

 

All Group

 

4 December 2013

 

1 October 2013

 

1 October 2016

 

1 October 2023

 

$13.25

share rights

 

Cash EPS CAGR

 

Executives

 

4 December 2013

 

1 October 2013

 

1 October 2016

 

1 October 2023

 

$27.75

 

1            The commencement date is the start of the performance period. Awards to the CEO were approved by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting.

2            The fair values of share rights granted during the year included in the table above have been independently calculated at their respective grant dates based on the requirements of Australian Accounting Standard AASB 2 Share-based Payment. The fair value of rights with Cash EPS CAGR hurdles has been assessed with reference to the share price at grant date and a discount rate reflecting the expected dividend yield over their vesting periods. For the purpose of allocating rights with Cash EPS CAGR hurdles, the valuation also takes into account the average Cash EPS CAGR outcome using a Monte Carlo simulation model. The fair value of rights with hurdles based on TSR performance relative to a group of comparator companies also takes into account the average TSR outcome determined using a Monte Carlo simulation pricing model.

 

7. Employment agreements

The remuneration and other terms of employment for the CEO and Group Executives are formalised in their employment agreements. Each of these employment agreements provides for the payment of fixed and performance-based remuneration, employer superannuation contributions and other benefits such as death and disablement insurance cover.

 

The term and termination provisions of the employment agreements for the current KMP are summarised below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term

 

 

Who

 

Conditions

Duration of agreement

 

¾           CEO and all Group Executives

 

¾           Ongoing until notice given by either party

 

 

 

 

 

Notice to be provided by the executive or the Group to terminate the employment agreement

 

¾           CEO and Group Executives

 

¾           12 months1

 

 

 

 

 

¾           Jason Yetton

 

¾           6 months1

 

 

 

 

 

Termination payments to be made on termination without cause

 

¾           CEO and all Group Executives

 

¾           Deferred STI and LTI awards vest according to the applicable equity plan rules

 

 

 

 

 

Termination for cause

 

¾           CEO, John Arthur, Brian Hartzer, Christine Parker, Greg Targett, Rob Whitfield and Jason Yetton

 

¾           Immediately for misconduct

¾           3 months’ notice for poor performance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

¾           All other Group Executives

 

¾           Immediately for misconduct

¾           Standard contractual notice period for poor performance

 

 

 

 

 

Post-employment restraints

 

 

¾           CEO and all Group Executives

 

¾           12 month non-solicitation restraint

 

1            Payment in lieu of notice may in certain circumstances be approved by the Board for some or all of the notice period.

 

 

 

 

74

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Directors’ report

 

Certain individuals have provisions in their contracts for different terms due to grandfathered contractual benefits or individual circumstances:

 

§         Gail Kelly – In the event of death, sickness or disability or in certain circumstances within 12 months of change of control of Westpac, all unvested restricted shares and share rights will vest. On immediate termination for misconduct, all restricted shares and share rights will be forfeited. In other circumstances, the Board has discretion in relation to performance share rights and unvested restricted shares where the CEO resigns or retires, or otherwise leaves the Group before vesting occurs. This discretion enables the Board to vest performance share rights or leave them on foot for the remainder of the vesting period, subject to performance hurdles. In relation to restricted shares, the discretion enables the Board to leave unvested restricted shares on foot for the remainder of the vesting period. In exercising its discretion, the Board will take into account all relevant circumstances including those surrounding the departure;

 

§         Peter Clare – Provisions relating to his relocation from Sydney to Auckland;

 

§         Brian Hartzer – Provisions relating to his relocation from London to Sydney; and

 

§         Rob Whitfield – Provisions relating to accommodation in Sydney which ceased in January 2014.

 

8.    Non-executive Directors, CEO and Group Executives – Additional disclosures

8.1. Details of Westpac ordinary shares held by Non-executive Directors

Shareholdings

The following table sets out details of relevant interests in Westpac ordinary shares held by Non-executive Directors (including their related parties) during the year ended 30 September 20141.

 

Name

 

Number Held at the
Start of Year

 

Other Changes
During the Year

 

Number Held at the
End of Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lindsay Maxsted

 

16,732

 

551

 

17,283

Elizabeth Bryan

 

25,353

 

1,448

 

26,801

Ewen Crouch2

 

37,903

 

273

 

38,176

Alison Deans3

 

n/a

 

9,000

 

9,000

Robert Elstone

 

10,000

 

-

 

10,000

Peter Hawkins4

 

15,218

 

-

 

15,218

Peter Marriott

 

20,000

 

-

 

20,000

Ann Pickard5

 

9,800

 

4,000

 

13,800

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Former Non-executive Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

John Curtis3

 

18,460

 

4

 

n/a

Gordon Cairns3

 

17,038

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1      None of these shares include non-beneficially held shares.

2      In addition to holdings of ordinary shares, Ewen Crouch and his related parties held interests in 250 Westpac Capital Notes 2 at year end.

3      The information relates to the period these individuals were Non-executive Directors. Refer Section 2 of the Remuneration report for details.

4      In addition to holdings of ordinary shares, Peter Hawkins and his related parties held interests in 1,370 Convertible Preference Shares at year end.

5      Ann Pickard’s relevant interests arise through holding 13,800 American Depositary Shares (ADS). One ADS represents one Westpac fully paid ordinary share.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

75

 

 



 

 

8.2. Details of Westpac equity holdings of Key Management Personnel

The following table sets out details of Westpac equity held by the CEO and Group Executives (including their related parties) for the year ended 30 September 20141:

 

Name

 

Type of Equity-based
Instrument

 

Number
Held at Start
of Year

 

 

Number
Granted During
the Year as
Remuneration

 

Received  on
Exercise
and/or
Exercised
During the
Year

 

Number
Lapsed
During the
Year

 

Other
Changes
During the
Year

 

Number
Held at the
End of the
Year

 

Number Vested
and
Exercisable at
the End of the
Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gail Kelly

 

Ordinary shares

 

1,876,588

 

 

57,358

 

158,513

 

-

 

(550,000

)

1,542,459

 

-

 

 

Performance options

 

-

 

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

Performance share rights

 

711,956

 

 

159,821

 

(158,513

)

-

 

-

 

713,264

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Group Executives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

John Arthur2

 

Ordinary shares

 

140,752

 

 

20,544

 

35,224

 

-

 

10,530

 

207,050

 

-

 

 

Performance share rights

 

152,521

 

 

53,273

 

(35,224

)

-

 

-

 

170,570

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Philip Coffey3

 

Ordinary shares

 

318,314

 

 

27,279

 

364,582

 

-

 

(426,258

)

283,917

 

-

 

 

Performance options

 

329,358

 

 

-

 

(329,358

)

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

Performance share rights

 

176,535

 

 

50,313

 

(35,224

)

-

 

-

 

191,624

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brad Cooper

 

Ordinary shares

 

56,623

 

 

28,497

 

44,031

 

-

 

-

 

129,151

 

-

 

 

Performance options

 

196,785

 

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

196,785

 

196,785

 

 

Performance share rights

 

187,075

 

 

44,394

 

(44,031

)

-

 

-

 

187,438

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David Curran4,5

 

Ordinary shares

 

n/a

 

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

Performance share rights

 

n/a

 

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

George Frazis

 

Ordinary shares

 

100,640

 

 

25,284

 

29,354

 

-

 

-

 

155,278

 

-

 

 

Performance share rights

 

134,616

 

 

32,555

 

(29,354

)

-

 

-

 

137,817

 

-

 

 

Unhurdled share rights

 

-

 

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brian Hartzer

 

Ordinary shares

 

178,612

 

 

23,490

 

-

 

-

 

(176,681

)

25,421

 

-

 

 

Performance share rights

 

30,780

 

 

85,828

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

116,608

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alexandra Holcomb5

 

Ordinary shares

 

n/a

 

 

-

 

50,595

 

-

 

(50,595

)

60,601

 

-

 

 

Performance options

 

n/a

 

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

70,544

 

70,544

 

 

Performance share rights

 

n/a

 

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

50,493

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter King5

 

Ordinary shares

 

n/a

 

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

(25,000

)

51,956

 

-

 

 

Performance share rights

 

n/a

 

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

37,545

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Christine Parker

 

Ordinary shares

 

23,503

 

 

14,922

 

19,583

 

-

 

(28,832

)

29,176

 

-

 

 

Performance options

 

12,832

 

 

-

 

(12,832

)

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

Performance share rights

 

47,389

 

 

20,717

 

(6,751

)

-

 

-

 

61,355

 

-

 

 

Unhurdled share rights

 

-

 

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rob Whitfield

 

Ordinary shares

 

444,193

 

 

25,284

 

191,456

 

-

 

(369,962

)

290,971

 

-

 

 

Performance options

 

156,232

 

 

-

 

(156,232

)

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

Performance share rights

 

150,738

 

 

35,515

 

(35,224

)

-

 

-

 

151,029

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jason Yetton

 

Ordinary shares

 

136,788

 

 

14,028

 

206,382

 

-

 

(196,989

)

160,209

 

-

 

 

Performance options

 

196,989

 

 

-

 

(196,989

)

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

Performance share rights

 

80,386

 

 

38,475

 

(9,393

)

-

 

-

 

109,468

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Former Group Executives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter Clare5

 

Ordinary shares

 

96,589

 

 

-

 

119,910

 

-

 

(71,250

)

n/a

 

n/a

 

 

Performance options

 

81,799

 

 

-

 

(81,799

)

-

 

-

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

 

Performance share rights

 

122,586

 

 

29,595

 

(27,005

)

(125,176)

 

-

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

 

Unhurdled share rights

 

22,942

 

 

20,995

 

(11,106

)

-

 

-

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Greg Targett5

 

Ordinary shares

 

194,685

 

 

18,173

 

35,224

 

-

 

2,659

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

 

Performance share rights

 

157,911

 

 

41,434

 

(35,224

)

-

 

-

 

n/a

 

n/a

1      The highest number of shares held by an individual in the above tables is 0.05% of total Westpac ordinary shares outstanding as at 30 September 2014.

2      In addition to holdings of ordinary shares, John Arthur and his related parties held interests in 1,000 Westpac Capital Notes and 885 Westpac Capital Notes 2 at year end.

3      In addition to holdings of ordinary shares, Philip Coffey and his related parties held interests in 20,000 Westpac Capital Notes 2 at year end.

4      David Curran and his related parties held interests in 965 Westpac Convertible Preference Shares at year end.

5      This information relates to the period these individuals were Key Management Personnel. Refer Section 2 of the Remuneration report for details.

 

 

 

 

76

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



Directors’ report

 

8.3. Loans to Directors and other Key Management Personnel disclosures

All financial instrument transactions that have occurred during the financial year between Directors or other Key Management Personnel (KMP) and the Group are in the ordinary course of business on normal terms and conditions (including interest and collateral) as apply to other employees and certain customers. These transactions consisted principally of normal personal banking and financial investment services.

 

Details of loans to Directors and other KMP (including their related parties) of the Group are:

 

 

 

Balance at Start of
Year
$

 

Interest Paid and
Payable for the
Year
$

 

Interest Not
Charged
$

 

Balance at End
of Year
$

 

Number in Group at
End of Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Directors

 

8,789,573

 

308,297

 

-

 

3,866,378

 

2

Other KMP

 

6,048,376

 

576,334

 

-

 

14,575,662

 

8

 

 

14,837,949

 

884,631

 

-

 

18,442,040

 

10

 

Individuals (including their related parties) with loans above $100,000 during the 30 September 2014 financial year are:

 

 

 

Balance at Start of
Year
$

 

Interest Paid and
Payable for the
Year
$

 

Interest Not
Charged
$

 

Balance at End
of Year
$

 

Highest
Indebtedness
during the Year
$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lindsay Maxsted

 

1,170,000

 

73,249

 

-

 

2,341,735

 

2,396,109

Gordon Cairns1

 

1,475,386

 

20,488

 

-

 

n/a

 

1,916,088

Ewen Crouch

 

1,665,458

 

87,419

 

-

 

1,524,643

 

1,697,498

John Curtis1

 

4,478,729

 

127,141

 

-

 

n/a

 

4,513,388

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other KMP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Philip Coffey

 

250,000

 

83,072

 

-

 

2,394,000

 

2,452,000

Peter Clare1

 

814,208

 

15,103

 

-

 

n/a

 

2,768,829

Brad Cooper

 

2,237,554

 

130,511

 

-

 

3,996,192

 

3,996,192

George Frazis

 

299,382

 

17,233

 

-

 

228,225

 

299,382

Alexandra Holcomb1

 

n/a

 

30,328

 

-

 

2,918,498

 

4,256,558

Christine Parker

 

2,186,643

 

95,871

 

-

 

1,960,298

 

2,213,970

Rob Whitfield

 

-

 

188,282

 

-

 

2,750,454

 

9,741,532

Jason Yetton

 

199,000

 

9,271

 

-

 

300,000

 

2,770,187

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1    This information relates to the period these individuals were Key Management Personnel. Refer Section 2 of the Remuneration report for details.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

77

 

 



 

 

10. Auditor

a)  Auditor’s independence declaration

A copy of the auditor’s independence declaration as required under section 307C of the Corporations Act is below:

 

 

 

 

Auditor’s Independence Declaration

As lead auditor for the audit of Westpac Banking Corporation for the year ended 30 September 2014, I declare that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, there have been:

 

a.     no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the audit; and

 

b.     no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit.

 

This declaration is in respect of Westpac Banking Corporation and the entities it controlled during the period.

 

 

 

Michael Codling
Partner
PricewaterhouseCoopers

Sydney
3 November 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers, ABN 52 780 433 757

Darling Park Tower 2, 201 Sussex Street, GPO BOX 2650, SYDNEY NSW 1171

T +61 2 8266 0000, F +61 2 8266 9999, www.pwc.com.au

 

 

 

 

 

b) Non-audit services

 

We may decide to engage PwC on assignments additional to their statutory audit duties where their expertise or experience with Westpac or a controlled entity is important.

 

Details of the non-audit service amounts paid or payable to PwC for non-audit services provided during the 2013 and 2014 financial years are set out in Note 34 to the financial statements.

 

PwC also provides audit and non-audit services to non-consolidated entities, non-consolidated trusts of which a Westpac Group entity is trustee, manager or responsible entity and non-consolidated superannuation funds or pension funds. The fees in respect of these services were approximately $7.9 million in total (2013 $7.7 million). PwC may also provide audit and non-audit services to other entities in which Westpac holds a minority interest and which are not consolidated. Westpac is not aware of the amount of any fees paid to PwC by those entities.

 

Westpac has a policy on engaging PwC, details of which are set out in the ‘Corporate governance’ section, including the subsection entitled ‘Engagement of the external auditor’, which forms part of this Directors’ report.

 

The Board has considered the position and, in accordance with the advice received from the Board Audit Committee, is satisfied that the provision of the non-audit services during 2014 by PwC is compatible with the general standard of independence for auditors imposed by the Corporations Act. The Directors are satisfied that the provision of non-audit services by PwC, as set out above, did not compromise the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act for the following reasons:

 

§         all non-audit services have been reviewed by the Board Audit Committee, which is of the view that they do not impact the impartiality and objectivity of the auditor; and

 

§         none of the services undermine the general principles relating to auditor independence as set out in APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants.

 

 

 

 

78

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



Directors’ report

 

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Board.

 

GRAPHIC

Lindsay Maxsted
Chairman
3 November 2014

Gail Kelly
Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer
3 November 2014

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

79

 

 



 

 

This page is intentionally left blank

 

 

 

 

80

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

Five year summary

 

Reading this report

 

Review of Group operations

 

Divisional performance

 

Risk and risk management

 

Other Westpac business information

 



 

Five year summary1

 

 

(in $millions unless otherwise indicated)

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

Income statements for the years ended 30 September2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

13,542

 

 

12,821

 

12,502

 

11,996

 

11,842

 

Non-interest income

 

6,395

 

 

5,774

 

5,481

 

4,917

 

5,068

 

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

 

19,937

 

 

18,595

 

17,983

 

16,913

 

16,910

 

Operating expenses

 

(8,547

)

 

(7,976

)

(7,957

)

(7,406

)

(7,416

)

Impairment charges

 

(650

)

 

(847

)

(1,212

)

(993

)

(1,456

)

Profit before income tax

 

10,740

 

 

9,772

 

8,814

 

8,514

 

8,038

 

Income tax expense

 

(3,115

)

 

(2,947

)

(2,812

)

(1,455

)

(1,626

)

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

 

(64

)

 

(74

)

(66

)

(68

)

(66

)

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

7,561

 

 

6,751

 

5,936

 

6,991

 

6,346

 

Balance sheet as at 30 September2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

580,343

 

 

536,164

 

514,445

 

496,609

 

477,655

 

Other assets

 

190,499

 

 

164,933

 

164,167

 

173,619

 

140,622

 

Total assets

 

770,842

 

 

701,097

 

678,612

 

670,228

 

618,277

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

460,822

 

 

424,482

 

394,991

 

370,278

 

337,385

 

Debt issues

 

152,251

 

 

144,133

 

147,847

 

165,931

 

150,971

 

Loan capital

 

10,858

 

 

9,330

 

9,537

 

8,173

 

9,632

 

Other liabilities

 

97,574

 

 

75,615

 

79,972

 

82,038

 

80,171

 

Total liabilities

 

721,505

 

 

653,560

 

632,347

 

626,420

 

578,159

 

Total shareholders’ equity and non-controlling interests

 

49,337

 

 

47,537

 

46,265

 

43,808

 

40,118

 

Key financial ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholder value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends per ordinary share (cents)

 

182

 

 

174

 

166

 

156

 

139

 

Special dividends per ordinary share (cents)

 

-

 

 

20

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Dividend payout ratio (%)3

 

74.7

 

 

79.7

 

85.3

 

67.0

 

64.9

 

Return on average ordinary equity (%)

 

16.3

 

 

15.2

 

13.9

 

17.8

 

17.4

 

Basic earnings per share (cents)

 

243.7

 

 

218.3

 

194.7

 

233.0

 

214.2

 

Net tangible assets per ordinary share ($)4

 

11.57

 

 

11.09

 

10.49

 

9.96

 

8.96

 

Share price ($):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

High

 

35.99

 

 

34.79

 

24.99

 

25.60

 

28.43

 

Low

 

30.00

 

 

24.23

 

19.00

 

17.84

 

20.56

 

Close

 

32.14

 

 

32.73

 

24.85

 

20.34

 

23.24

 

Business performance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses to operating income ratio (%)

 

42.9

 

 

42.9

 

44.2

 

43.8

 

43.9

 

Net interest margin (%)

 

2.09

 

 

2.14

 

2.16

 

2.19

 

2.21

 

Capital adequacy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total equity to total assets (%)

 

6.4

 

 

6.8

 

6.8

 

6.5

 

6.5

 

Total equity to total average assets (%)

 

6.7

 

 

6.9

 

6.9

 

7.0

 

6.6

 

APRA Basel III:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common equity Tier 1 (%)5

 

9.0

 

 

9.1

 

8.2

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

Tier 1 ratio (%)6

 

10.6

 

 

10.7

 

10.3

 

9.7

 

9.1

 

Total capital ratio (%)6

 

12.3

 

 

12.3

 

11.7

 

11.0

 

11.0

 

Credit quality

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net impaired assets to equity and collectively assessed provisions (%)

 

2.5

 

 

4.1

 

5.6

 

6.3

 

6.2

 

Total provisions for impairment on loans and credit commitments to total loans (basis points)

 

60

 

 

73

 

82

 

88

 

105

 

Other information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Full-time equivalent staff (number at financial year end)7

 

33,586

 

 

33,045

 

33,418

 

33,898

 

35,055

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1            Where accounting classifications have changed or where changes in accounting policy are adopted retrospectively, comparatives have been revised and may differ from results previously reported.

 

2            The above income statement extracts for 2014, 2013 and 2012 and balance sheet extracts for 2014 and 2013 are derived from the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report. The above income statement extracts for 2011 and 2010 and balance sheet extracts for 2012, 2011 and 2010 are derived from financial statements previously published.

 

3            Excludes special dividends.

 

4            Total equity attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation, after deducting goodwill and other intangible assets divided by the number of ordinary shares outstanding, less treasury shares held.

 

5            Basel III was not effective in Australia until 1 January 2013. The 2012 ratio has been presented on a pro forma Basel III basis. No comparatives are presented for other years. For further information, refer to Note 31 to the financial statements.

 

6            Basel III was not effective in Australia until 1 January 2013. Comparatives are presented on a Basel II basis. For further information, refer to Note 31 to the financial statements.

 

7            Full-time equivalent employees includes full-time and pro-rata part-time staff. It excludes staff on unpaid absences (e.g. unpaid maternity leave), overtime, temporary and contract staff.

 

 

 

 

82

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Reading this report

 

 


Disclosure regarding forward-looking statements

 

This Annual Report contains statements that constitute ‘forward-looking statements’ within the meaning of Section 21E of the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

Forward-looking statements are statements about matters that are not historical facts. Forward-looking statements appear in a number of places in this Annual Report and include statements regarding our intent, belief or current expectations with respect to our business and operations, market conditions, results of operations and financial condition, including, without limitation, future loan loss provisions and financial support to certain borrowers. We use words such as ‘will’, ‘may’, ‘expect’, ‘intend’, ‘seek’, ‘would’, ‘should’, ‘could’, ‘continue’, ‘plan’, ‘estimate’, ‘anticipate’, ‘believe’, ‘probability’, ‘risk’ or other similar words to identify forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements reflect our current views with respect to future events and are subject to change, certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions which are, in many instances, beyond our control, and have been made based upon management’s expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effect upon us. There can be no assurance that future developments will be in accordance with our expectations or that the effect of future developments on us will be those anticipated. Actual results could differ materially from those which we expect, depending on the outcome of various factors, including, but not limited to:

 

§         the effect of, and changes in, laws, regulations, taxation or accounting standards or practices and government policy, particularly changes to liquidity, leverage and capital requirements;

 

§         the stability of Australian and international financial systems and disruptions to financial markets and any losses or business impacts Westpac or its customers or counterparties may experience as a result;

 

§         market volatility, including uncertain conditions in funding, equity and asset markets;

 

§         adverse asset, credit or capital market conditions;

 

§         changes to our credit ratings;

 

§         levels of inflation, interest rates, exchange rates and market and monetary fluctuations;

 

§         market liquidity and investor confidence;

 

§         changes in economic conditions, consumer spending, saving and borrowing habits in Australia, New Zealand and in other countries in which Westpac or its customers or counterparties conduct their operations and our ability to maintain or to increase market share and control expenses;

 

§         the effects of competition in the geographic and business areas in which Westpac conducts its operations;

 

§         information security breaches, including cyberattacks;

 

§         reliability and security of Westpac’s technology and risks associated with changes to technology systems;

 

§         the timely development and acceptance of new products and services and the perceived overall value of these products and services by customers;

§         the effectiveness of our risk management policies, including our internal processes, systems and employees;

 

§         the occurrence of environmental change or external events in countries in which Westpac or its customers or counterparties conduct their operations;

 

§         internal and external events which may adversely impact our reputation;

 

§         changes in political, social or economic conditions in any of the major markets in which Westpac or its customers or counterparties operate;

 

§         the success of strategic decisions involving business expansion and integration of new businesses; and

 

§         various other factors beyond Westpac’s control.

 

The above list is not exhaustive. For certain other factors that may impact on forward-looking statements made by us, refer to ‘Risk factors’ under the section ‘Risk and risk management’. When relying on forward-looking statements to make decisions with respect to us, investors and others should carefully consider the foregoing factors and other uncertainties and events.

 

Westpac is under no obligation to update any forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, after the date of this Annual Report.

 

Significant developments

 

For a discussion of significant developments impacting the Group, refer to ‘Significant developments’ under ‘Information on Westpac’ in Section 1.

 

Currency of presentation, exchange rates and certain definitions

 

In this Annual Report, ‘financial statements’ means our audited consolidated balance sheets as at 30 September 2014 and 30 September 2013 and income statements, statements of comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for each of the years ended 30 September 2014, 2013 and 2012 together with accompanying notes which are included in this Annual Report.

 

Our financial year ends on 30 September. As used throughout this Annual Report, the financial year ended 30 September 2014 is referred to as 2014 and other financial years are referred to in a corresponding manner.

 

We publish our consolidated financial statements in Australian dollars. In this Annual Report, unless otherwise stated or the context otherwise requires, references to ‘dollars’, ‘dollar amounts’, ‘$’, ‘AUD’ or ‘A$’ are to Australian dollars, references to ‘US$’, ‘USD’ or ‘US dollars’ are to United States dollars and references to ‘NZ$’, ‘NZD’ or ‘NZ dollars’ are to New Zealand dollars. Solely for the convenience of the reader, certain Australian dollar amounts have been translated into US dollars at a specified rate. These translations should not be construed as representations that the Australian dollar amounts actually represent such US dollar amounts or have been or could be converted into US dollars at the rate indicated. Unless otherwise stated, the translations of Australian dollars into US dollars have been made at the rate of A$1.00 = US$0.8737, the noon buying rate in New York City for cable transfers in Australian dollars as certified for customs


 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

83

 

 



 

 


purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (the ‘noon buying rate’) as of Tuesday, 30 September 2014. The Australian dollar equivalent of New Zealand dollars at 30 September 2014 was A$1.00 = NZ$1.1195, being the closing spot exchange rate on that date. Refer to ‘Exchange rates’ in Section 4 for information regarding the rates of exchange between the Australian dollar and the US dollar for the financial years ended 30 September 2010 to 30 September 2014.

 

Any discrepancies between totals and sums of components in tables contained in this Annual Report are due to rounding.


 

 

 

 

84

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Review of Group operations

 

 


Selected consolidated financial and operating data

 

We have derived the following selected financial information as of, and for the financial years ended, 30 September 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010 from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes.

 

This information should be read together with our audited consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

 

Accounting standards

 

The financial statements and other financial information included elsewhere in this Annual Report, unless otherwise indicated, have been prepared and presented in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards (AAS). Compliance with AAS ensures that the financial statements also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

 

The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the accounting policies described in Note 1 to the financial statements.

 

Recent accounting developments

 

For a discussion of recent accounting developments refer to Note 1 to the financial statements.

 

Critical accounting estimates

 

Our reported results are sensitive to the accounting policies, assumptions and estimates that underlie the preparation of the income statement and the balance sheet. Our principal accounting policies are disclosed in Note 1 to the financial statements. Note 1 also includes a description of our critical accounting assumptions and estimates. We have discussed each of the assumptions and estimates with our Board Audit Committee (BAC). The following is a summary of the areas we consider involve our most critical accounting estimates. For more detail refer to Note 1 to the financial statements.

 

Fair value of financial instruments

 

Financial instruments classified as held-for-trading or designated at fair value through profit or loss and financial assets classified as available-for-sale are recognised in the financial statements at fair value. All derivatives are measured and recognised at fair value. As far as possible, financial instruments are valued with reference to quoted, observable market prices or by using models which employ observable valuation parameters. Where valuation models rely on parameters for which inputs are not observable, judgments and estimation may be required.

 

As at 30 September 2014, the fair value of trading securities, financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss, loans designated at fair value, available-for-sale securities and life insurance assets was $102,254 million (2013: $103,113 million). The value of financial liabilities at fair value through income statement, deposits and other borrowings at fair value, debt issues at fair value and life insurance liabilities was $88,051 million (2013: $78,395 million). The fair value of outstanding derivatives was a net asset of $1,865 million (2013: $4,634 million net liability). The fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities determined by valuation models that use unobservable market prices was $1,815 million (2013: $1,332 million) and $48 million (2013: $37 million), respectively. The fair value of other

 

financial assets and financial liabilities, including derivatives, is largely determined based on valuation models using observable market prices and rates. Where observable market inputs are not available, day one profits or losses are not recognised.

 

We believe that the judgments and estimates used are reasonable in the current market. However, a change in these judgments and estimates would lead to different results as future market conditions can vary from those expected.

 

Provisions for impairment charges on loans

 

Provisions for loan impairment charges represent management’s best estimate of the losses incurred in the loan portfolios as at the balance date. There are two components of our loan impairment provisions: individually assessed provisions (IAPs) and collectively assessed provisions (CAPs).

 

In determining IAPs, considerations that have a bearing on the expected future cash flows are taken into account. For example, the business prospects of the customer, the realisable value of collateral, our position relative to other claimants, the reliability of customer information and the likely cost and duration of the work-out process. These judgments and estimates can change with time as new information becomes available or as work-out strategies evolve, resulting in revisions to the impairment provision as individual decisions are made.

 

The CAPs are established on a portfolio basis taking into account the level of arrears, collateral and security, past loss experience and expected defaults based on portfolio trends. The most significant factors in establishing these provisions are estimated loss rates and related emergence periods. The future credit quality of these portfolios is subject to uncertainties that could cause actual credit losses to differ from reported loan impairment provisions. These uncertainties include the economic environment, notably interest rates, unemployment levels, payment behaviour and bankruptcy rates.

 

As at 30 September 2014, gross loans to customers were $583,516 million (2013: $539,806 million) and the provision for impairment on loans was $3,173 million (2013: $3,642 million).

 

Goodwill

 

Goodwill represents the excess of purchase consideration, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree, over the fair value of the identified net assets of acquired businesses. The determination of the fair value of the assets and liabilities of acquired businesses requires the exercise of management judgment. Different fair values would result in changes to the goodwill and to the post-acquisition performance of the acquisitions.


 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

85

 

 



 

 


Goodwill is tested for impairment annually by determining if the carrying value of the cash-generating unit (CGU) that it has been allocated to is recoverable. The recoverable amount is the higher of the CGU’s fair value less costs to sell and its value in use. Determination of appropriate cash flows and discount rates for the calculation of the value in use is subjective. As at 30 September 2014, the carrying value of goodwill was $9,112 million (2013: $8,868 million). Refer to Note 15 to the financial statements for further information.

 

Superannuation obligations

 

The actuarial valuation of our defined benefit plan obligations are dependent upon a series of assumptions, the key ones being discount rate, salary increase rate, mortality, morbidity and investment returns assumptions. Different assumptions could significantly alter the amount of the difference between plan assets and defined benefit obligations and the amount recognised directly in retained earnings.

 

The superannuation deficits across all our plans as at 30 September 2014 were in aggregate $315 million (2013: $245 million).

 

Provisions (other than loan impairment charges)

 

Provisions are held in respect of a range of obligations such as employee entitlements, restructuring costs, litigation provisions and non-lending losses, impairment charges on credit commitments and surplus lease space. Some of the provisions involve significant judgment about the likely outcome of various events and estimated future cash flows.

 

Income taxes

 

The Group is subject to income taxes in Australia and jurisdictions where it has foreign operations. All our businesses predominantly operate in jurisdictions with similar tax rates to the Australian corporate tax rate. Significant judgment is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes. There are many transactions and calculations undertaken during the ordinary course of business for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. Provisions for tax are held to reflect these tax uncertainties. Where the final outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will impact the current and deferred tax provisions in the period where such determination is made.

 

Life insurance contract liabilities

 

The actuarial valuation of life insurance contract liabilities and associated deferred policy acquisition costs are dependent upon a number of assumptions. The key factors impacting the valuation of these liabilities and related assets are the cost of providing benefits and administrating the contracts, mortality and morbidity experience, discontinuance experience and the rate at which projected future cash flows are discounted.

 


 

 

 

86

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Review of Group operations

 

 

Income statement review

 

Consolidated income statement1

 

 

 

Year Ended 30 September

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

(in $millions unless otherwise indicated)

 

US$

2

 

A$

 

 

A$

 

A$

 

A$

 

A$

 

Interest income

 

28,175

 

 

32,248

 

 

33,009

 

36,873

 

38,098

 

34,151

 

Interest expense

 

(16,343

)

 

(18,706

)

 

(20,188

)

(24,371

)

(26,102

)

(22,309

)

Net interest income

 

11,832

 

 

13,542

 

 

12,821

 

12,502

 

11,996

 

11,842

 

Non-interest income

 

5,587

 

 

6,395

 

 

5,774

 

5,481

 

4,917

 

5,068

 

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

 

17,419

 

 

19,937

 

 

18,595

 

17,983

 

16,913

 

16,910

 

Operating expenses

 

(7,468

)

 

(8,547

)

 

(7,976

)

(7,957

)

(7,406

)

(7,416

)

Impairment charges

 

(568

)

 

(650

)

 

(847

)

(1,212

)

(993

)

(1,456

)

Profit before income tax

 

9,383

 

 

10,740

 

 

9,772

 

8,814

 

8,514

 

8,038

 

Income tax expense

 

(2,722

)

 

(3,115

)

 

(2,947

)

(2,812

)

(1,455

)

(1,626

)

Net profit for the year

 

6,661

 

 

7,625

 

 

6,825

 

6,002

 

7,059

 

6,412

 

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

 

(55

)

 

(64

)

 

(74

)

(66

)

(68

)

(66

)

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

6,606

 

 

7,561

 

 

6,751

 

5,936

 

6,991

 

6,346

 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (millions)

 

3,098

 

 

3,098

 

 

3,087

 

3,043

 

2,997

 

2,960

 

Basic earnings per ordinary share (cents)

 

212.9

 

 

243.7

 

 

218.3

 

194.7

 

233.0

 

214.2

 

Diluted earnings per share (cents)3

 

208.6

 

 

238.7

 

 

213.5

 

189.4

 

223.6

 

207.1

 

Dividends per ordinary share (cents)

 

159

 

 

182

 

 

174

 

166

 

156

 

139

 

Special dividends per ordinary share (cents)

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

20

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Dividend payout ratio (%)4

 

74.7

 

 

74.7

 

 

79.7

 

85.3

 

67.0

 

64.9

 

1         Where accounting classifications have changed or where changes in accounting policy are adopted retrospectively, comparatives have been revised and may differ from results previously reported.

2         Australian dollar amounts have been translated into US dollars solely for the convenience of the reader at the rate of A$1.00 = US$0.8737, the noon buying rate in New York City on 30 September 2014.

3         Based on basic earnings per share, with the weighted average number of fully paid ordinary shares outstanding adjusted for the conversion of dilutive potential ordinary shares, issued for no consideration, and after adjusting earnings for distributions on dilutive potential ordinary shares.

4         Calculated by dividing the dividends per ordinary share by the basic earnings per ordinary share. Excludes special dividends.

 

Overview of performance – 2014 v 2013

 

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation was $7,561 million, an increase of $810 million or 12% compared to 2013. Features of this result included a 7% increase in net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges, a 7% increase in operating expenses and a 23% reduction in impairment charges.

 

Net interest income increased $721 million or 6% with total loan growth of 8% and customer deposit growth of 7%, while net interest margins reduced 5 basis points, mostly related to reduced Treasury income and higher liquid asset balances.

 

Non-interest income increased $621 million or 11% compared to 2013 due to growth in wealth management, insurance and banking fees.

 

Operating expenses increased $571 million or 7% compared to 2013, from operating and integration costs associated with the Lloyds acquisition, foreign exchange translation impacts, higher software amortisation and the Westpac Bicentennial Foundation grant of $100 million.

 

Impairment charges decreased 23% compared to 2013, following a continued reduction in stressed exposures, with lower new impaired assets and further write-backs. Australian Financial Services (AFS), Westpac Institutional Bank (WIB) and Westpac New Zealand all recorded lower impairment charges, while economic overlays were unchanged.

 

The effective tax rate was 29.0% in 2014 compared to 30.2% in 2013. The decrease reflects the release of provisions no longer required following the finalisation of prior period taxation matters.

 

2014 basic earnings per share were 243.7 cents per share compared to 218.3 cents per share in 2013.

 

The Board has determined a final dividend of 92 cents per ordinary share. The full year ordinary dividends of 182 cents represent an increase of 5% over ordinary dividends declared in 2013 and a pay-out ratio of 74.7%. The full year ordinary dividend is fully franked.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

87

 

 



 

 

Income statement review – 2014 v 2013

 

Net interest income – 2014 v 2013

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

Interest income

 

32,248

 

 

33,009

 

36,873

 

Interest expense

 

(18,706

)

 

(20,188

)

(24,371

)

Net interest income

 

13,542

 

 

12,821

 

12,502

 

Increase/(decrease) in net interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to change in volume

 

802

 

 

430

 

556

 

Due to change in rate

 

(81

)

 

(111

)

(50

)

Change in net interest income

 

721

 

 

319

 

506

 

 

Net interest income was $13,542 million in 2014, an increase of $721 million or 6% compared to 2013.

 

Net interest margins declined 5 basis points to 2.09% in 2014 from 2.14% in 2013. The lower net interest margin reflected increased competition in lending and lower Treasury revenue, which were partially offset by improved margins from retail and wholesale funding costs.

 

Total loans1 in 2014 were 8% higher compared to 2013, with the key feature being 7% growth in Australian housing loans. Loan growth had the following specific components:

 

§         Australian housing loans increased $22.5 billion or 7%. The growth through the year reflected the Group’s focus on improving growth relative to system2 with enhancements to all elements of the mortgage process from application through to settlement;

 

§         Australian business lending increased $10.6 billion or 8% driven by acquisition of Lloyds ($5.4 billion) and a rise in institutional lending mainly in property, infrastructure and natural resources. New lending was higher by 18% across Westpac RBB and St.George, with growth partially offset by business customers remaining cautious and paying down debt;

 

§         Australian personal loans and cards increased $4.1 billion or 24% due to the acquisition of the Lloyds auto finance portfolio ($2.5 billion) and credit card growth. Customer card numbers increased due to competitive offers, product upgrades and the launch of new products throughout the year;

 

§         other overseas loans increased $3.7 billion or 38% from growth in trade finance and term loans; and

 

§         New Zealand lending increased $3.0 billion or 5%, driven primarily by mortgage growth.

 

Total deposits and other borrowings (deposits)1 increased $36.3 billion or 9% in 2014 compared to 2013. The growth in customer deposits3 of $26.6 billion or 7% was weighted to household deposits. Business deposit growth was lower, as the Group focused on deposits which are more efficient for liquidity purposes.

 

Deposit growth had the following specific components:

 

§         Australian customer deposits increased $20.1 billion or 6%, with growth weighted to household deposits. AFS transaction account balances were 17% higher primarily in consumer;

 

§         other overseas customer deposits increased $3.9 billion, with growth in term deposits primarily in Asia;

 

§         New Zealand customer deposits increased $2.7 billion or 7%, primarily reflecting growth in consumer online deposits; and

 

§         certificates of deposits increased $9.7 billion, reflecting increased short term funding to support growth in trade finance.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1            For the purposes of this discussion on net interest income, loan and deposit growth has been determined by comparing balances at 30 September 2014 to balances at 30 September 2013.

2            Source: Reserve Bank of Australia (RBA).

3            Customer deposits are a subset of total deposits. Certificates of deposit are excluded from total deposits to calculate customer deposits.

 

 

 

 

88

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Review of Group operations

 

 

Interest spread and margin – 2014 v 2013

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

$m

Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

13,542

 

 

12,821

 

12,502

Average interest earning assets

 

647,362

 

 

599,869

 

577,745

Average interest bearing liabilities

 

606,553

 

 

560,470

 

540,527

Average net non-interest bearing assets, liabilities and equity

 

40,809

 

 

39,399

 

37,218

Interest spread1

 

1.90%

 

 

1.90%

 

1.87%

Benefit of net non-interest bearing assets, liabilities and equity2

 

0.19%

 

 

0.24%

 

0.29%

Net interest margin3

 

2.09%

 

 

2.14%

 

2.16%

1   Interest spread is the difference between the average yield on all interest earning assets and the average yield on all interest bearing liabilities.

2   The benefit of net non-interest bearing assets, liabilities and equity is determined by applying the average yield paid on all interest bearing liabilities to the average level of net non-interest bearing funds as a percentage of average interest earning assets.

3   Net interest margin is calculated by dividing net interest income by average interest earning assets.

 

Net interest margin was 2.09% in 2014, a decline of 5 basis points compared to 2013. Key drivers of the margin decrease were:

 

§         a 8 basis point decline from asset spreads. The primary driver was the increase in competition from institutional lending, with mortgages and business spreads also lower;

 

§         a 4 basis point decline from Treasury and Markets, reflecting lower returns from the management of the liquids portfolio and balance sheet management in Treasury;

 

§         a 2 basis point decline as average levels of liquid assets increased $11.9 billion; and

 

§         a 2 basis point decline due to lower returns on capital balances as hedge rates reduced relative to 2013; partially offset by

 

§         a 11 basis point increase from lower retail and wholesale funding costs. This included:

 

        a 6 basis point increase from lower wholesale funding costs as pricing for new long term senior issuance was lower than maturing deals, many of which were originated during the global financial crisis, and the non-recurrence of costs relating to the buyback of certain government guaranteed debt during 2013. This was partially offset by higher Additional Tier 1 capital costs as recent issuances are more expensive; and

 

        a 5 basis point increase from customer deposit impacts, primarily due to improved term deposit spreads. This was partially offset by a lower hedging benefit on low interest deposits and lower working capital deposit spreads.

 

Non-interest income – 2014 v 2013

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

$m

Fees and commissions

 

2,926

 

 

2,723

 

2,630

Wealth management and insurance income

 

2,254

 

 

1,944

 

1,791

Trading income

 

1,017

 

 

1,069

 

850

Other income

 

198

 

 

38

 

210

Total non-interest income

 

6,395

 

 

5,774

 

5,481

 

Non-interest income was $6,395 million in 2014, an increase of $621 million or 11% compared to 2013. The increase was primarily driven by higher fees and commissions, wealth management and insurance income and other income, partially offset by a decline in trading income.

 

Fees and commissions income was $2,926 million in 2014, an increase of $203 million or 7% compared to 2013. This increase was primarily due to:

 

§         an increase in credit card fee income driven by higher interchange fees through greater customer spending in premium cards and growth in customer accounts (up 3%); and

 

§         an increase in business lending fee income due to the acquisition of Lloyds and increased line fees and growth in the term lending portfolio.

 

Wealth management and insurance income was $2,254 million in 2014, an increase of $310 million or 16% compared to 2013. This increase was primarily due to:

 

§         higher FUM/FUA related income of $172 million with the benefit from positive net flows and improved investment markets while margins remained stable;

 

§         an increase in life insurance income of $74 million with in-force premiums rising 16% following expansion of the distribution network. Loss ratios were stable;

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

89

 

 



 

 

§         an increase in general insurance income of $58 million with gross written premiums rising 11% from new business growth with more customers choosing to insure through BTFG, higher premiums and retention rate improvements and a favourable claims experience from a decline in catastrophe and working claims; and

 

§         an increase in performance fee income of $17 million from higher BTIM performance fees ($79 million), largely offset by reduction in Hastings performance fees ($62 million); partially offset by

 

§         a decrease in lenders mortgage insurance income from lower written risk volume partly offset by lower claims consistent with decrease in portfolio size.

 

Trading income decreased by $52 million or 5% compared to 2013. Markets trading income was lower with higher customer related income in WIB, AFS and New Zealand offset by a negative CVA movement and lower Westpac Pacific income following the introduction of exchange rate controls in PNG impacting foreign exchange income.

 

Other income was $198 million in 2014, an increase of $160 million compared to 2013. This increase was primarily driven by a reduction in the loss on derivatives held for risk management of $91 million reflecting unrealised movements in the AUD/NZD exchange rate, higher rental income from operating leases acquired with Lloyds of $32 million, and a rise in income from asset sales of $30 million.

 

Operating expenses – 2014 v 2013

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

 

Salaries and other staff expenses

 

4,667

 

 

4,336

 

 

4,306

 

 

Equipment and occupancy expenses

 

1,502

 

 

1,370

 

 

1,278

 

 

Other expenses

 

2,378

 

 

2,270

 

 

2,373

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

8,547

 

 

7,976

 

 

7,957

 

 

Total operating expenses to net operating income ratio

 

42.9%

 

 

42.9%

 

 

44.2%

 

 

 

Operating expenses were $8,547 million in 2014, an increase of $571 million or 7% compared to 2013. Excluding foreign exchange translation impacts ($98 million) and the impact of Lloyds ($163 million), operating expenses increased $310 million or 4%. The key factors of this result were:

 

§         the impact of investments which added $273 million or 3% to expense growth, including 1% from higher software amortisation and hardware depreciation; and

 

§         Westpac Bicentennial Foundation grant of $100 million; partially offset by

 

§         delivery of productivity initiatives.

 

Salaries and other staff expenses were $4,667 million in 2014, an increase of $331 million or 8% compared to 2013. Excluding the impact of Lloyds ($83 million) and foreign exchange translation impacts ($56 million) salaries and other staff expenses increased $192 million or 4%. This increase reflects:

 

§         annual salary increases and additional staff to support the Group’s expansion in Bank of Melbourne and Asia; and

 

§         higher performance related payments in the wealth business associated with higher performance fees earned; partially offset by

 

§         delivery of productivity savings including supplier and simplification programs.

 

Equipment and occupancy expenses were $1,502 million in 2014, an increase of $132 million or 10% compared to 2013. This increase was driven by:

 

§         software amortisation increased $90 million and hardware depreciation increased $11 million related to the Group’s investment program, including the impact of regulatory change, Asia and digital investments;

 

§         impact of Lloyds; and

 

§         an additional 16 Bank of Melbourne branches; partially offset by

 

§         savings from property consolidation.

 

Other expenses were $2,378 million in 2014, an increase of $108 million or 5% compared to 2013. This increase was driven by:

 

§         increased costs related to the Group’s investment program, including higher technology and professional services; and

 

§         Westpac Bicentennial Foundation grant; partially offset by

 

§         delivery of cost management initiatives including renegotiation with vendors and migration of customers from paper to
e-statements.

 

 

 

 

90

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Review of Group operations

 

 

Impairment charges – 2014 v 2013

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

$m

Impairment charges

 

650

 

 

847

 

1,212

Impairment charges to average gross loans (basis points)

 

12

 

 

16

 

24

 

The improvement in asset quality continued throughout 2014 with stressed assets and the emergence of new impaired assets continuing to reduce. This improvement contributed to a $197 million reduction in impairment charges compared to 2013. The improvement in impairment charges was most evident in the corporate and business lending portfolios. Economic overlays were stable over 2014 with a balance of $389 million at 30 September 2014.

 

Impairment charges of $650 million were down $197 million or 23% compared to 2013 and represented 12 basis points of average gross loans.

 

Key movements included:

 

§         new individually assessed provisions less write-backs and recoveries were $412 million lower than 2013, reflecting the continued reduction in new impaired assets across the Group; and

 

§         total new collectively assessed provisions (CAPs) were $215 million higher than 2013. Write-offs were similar to the prior year, while other changes in CAPs were a smaller positive. Stressed assets have continued to improve although the rate of improvement has slowed resulting in a lower benefit to CAPs.

 

Income tax expense – 2014 v 2013

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

$m

Income tax expense

 

3,115

 

 

2,947

 

2,812

Tax as a percentage of profit before income tax expense (effective tax rate)

 

29.0%

 

 

30.2%

 

31.9%

 

Income tax expense was $3,115 million in 2014, an increase of $168 million or 6% compared to 2013. The effective tax rate decreased to 29.0% in 2014, from 30.2% in 2013. The decrease was largely due to the finalisation of prior period taxation matters.

 

Overview of performance – 2013 v 2012

 

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation was $6,751 million in 2013, an increase of $815 million or 14% compared to 2012. The higher net profit for the year reflected a 3% increase in net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges, flat operating expenses, and a 30% decrease in impairment charges.

 

Net interest income was $12,821 million in 2013, an increase of $319 million or 3% compared to 2012, reflecting growth in customer deposits of 10%, loan growth of 4% and lower margins.

 

Non-interest income was $5,774 million in 2013, an increase of $293 million or 5% compared to 2012, reflecting higher trading, wealth management and insurance income.

 

Operating expenses were $7,976 million in 2013, an increase of $19 million compared to 2012, as operating cost increases and higher investment costs were offset by expense reductions from delivery of productivity initiatives. In 2012, costs associated with the Group’s supplier program along with a litigation provision lifted reported expenses that year. There were no similar expense items in 2013.

 

Impairment charges were $847 million in 2013, a decrease of $365 million or 30% compared to 2012, reflecting continued improvements in asset quality including further reductions in stressed assets and new impaired assets.

 

The effective tax rate was 30.2% in 2013 compared to 31.9% in 2012. The reduction in effective tax rate mostly reflected an additional tax expense in 2012, related to the retrospective application of new Taxation of Financial Arrangements (TOFA) legislation to the merger with St.George, which was not repeated in 2013.

 

2013 basic earnings per share were 218.3 cents per share compared to 194.7 cents per share in 2012. The increase in the number of shares on issue in 2013 was primarily due to shares issued under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) in December 2012.

 

The Board has determined a final dividend of 88 cents per ordinary share and a special dividend of 10 cents per ordinary share. The full year ordinary dividends of 174 cents represent an increase of 5% over the dividends declared in 2012 and a pay-out ratio of 80%. The total special dividends for 2013 are 20 cents. The total full year ordinary and special dividends are fully franked.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

91

 

 



 

 

Income statement review – 2013 v 2012

 

Net interest income – 2013 v 2012

 

Net interest income was $12,821 million in 2013, an increase of $319 million or 3% compared to 2012.

 

Net interest margins declined 2 basis points to 2.14% in 2013 from 2.16% in 2012. The lower net interest margin reflected lower treasury revenue; the impact of lower interest rates; and a competitive environment for deposits (particularly at call deposits), which were mostly offset by improved margins from asset repricing in lending portfolios.

 

Loan growth1 in 2013 was 4% higher compared to 2012, with the key feature being 4% growth in Australian housing loans. Foreign exchange translation of foreign denominated loans added 1% to growth. Loan growth had the following specific components:

 

§         Australian housing loans increased $12.2 billion or 4%, with growth across all brands;

 

§        New Zealand lending increased $7.3 billion or 15%, with foreign exchange (FX) translation impacts contributing $5.6 billion to growth. Mortgage growth was the main driver of growth excluding FX translation impacts;

 

§         other overseas loans increased $3.0 billion or 44% due primarily to growth in trade finance in Asia; and

 

§         Australian personal lending increased $0.8 billion or 5% reflecting growth in personal loans; partially offset by

 

§         Australian business lending declined $1.6 billion or 1% due to run off in stressed assets and the subdued business lending environment.

 

Total deposits and other borrowings (deposits)1 increased $29.5 billion or 7% in 2013 compared to 2012. Deposits increased 1% due to foreign exchange translation impacts of foreign denominated deposits. Growth in customer deposits2 exceeded growth in loans resulting in the deposit to loan ratio increasing 377 basis points.

 

Deposit growth had the following specific components:

 

§         Australian at call deposits increased $28.1 billion or 19%, primarily due to growth in online and bonus saver at call accounts;

 

§         New Zealand customer deposits increased $8.0 billion or 24%, with growth in both at call and term deposits. Foreign exchange translation impacts contributed $4.4 billion to New Zealand deposit growth;

 

§         Australian non-interest bearing deposits increased $3.8 billion or 23%, due to increased balances in mortgage offset accounts; and

 

§         other overseas customer deposits grew $2.4 billion or 21%, primarily due to growth of deposits in Asia; partially offset by

 

§         Australian term deposits declined $7.3 billion or 5%, with customer preference changing during the year to at call accounts; and

 

§         certificates of deposit decreased $5.4 billion or 11% due to reduced wholesale funding needs and improved liquidity.

 

Interest spread and margin – 2013 v 2012

 

Net interest margin was 2.14% in 2013, a decline of 2 basis points compared to 2012. Key drivers of the margin decrease were:

 

§        a 12 basis point decline from higher retail and wholesale funding costs. This included:

 

        a 10 basis point decline due to the cost of customer deposits increasing, reflecting competition for online and savings products (6 basis points) and lower hedging benefit on low interest transaction accounts (4 basis points); and

 

        a 2 basis point decline due to an increase in wholesale funding costs, reflecting the impact of increased average liquid asset holdings and the cost of buying back certain government guaranteed debt.

 

§         a 2 basis point decline due to lower returns on capital balances as interest rates reduced over the year;

 

§         a 1 basis point decline reflecting lower amortisation of fair value adjustments relating to the merger with St.George; and

 

§         a 1 basis point decline from Treasury and Markets income, as Treasury income was lower and Markets income recorded in net interest income was lower; partially offset by

 

§         a 14 basis point increase from asset spreads due to repricing across lending portfolios to recover higher funding costs.

 

 

 

 

 

 

1            For the purposes of this discussion on net interest income, loan and deposit growth has been determined by comparing balances at 30 September 2013 to balances at 30 September 2012.

2            Customer deposits are a subset of total deposits. Certificates of deposit are excluded from total deposits to calculate customer deposits.

 

 

 

 

92

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Review of Group operations

 

 

Non-interest income – 2013 v 2012

 

Non-interest income was $5,774 million in 2013, an increase of $293 million or 5% compared to 2012. The increase was primarily driven by higher trading, wealth management and insurance income, partially offset by a decline in other income.

 

Fees and commissions income was $2,723 million in 2013, an increase of $93 million or 4% compared to 2012. This increase was primarily due to:

 

§         an increase in business and commercial lending fee income of $74 million; and

 

§         an increase in credit card interchange income from higher customer spending and the launch of a new premium credit card, Westpac Black.

 

Wealth management and insurance income was $1,944 million in 2013, an increase of $153 million or 9% compared to 2012. This increase was primarily due to:

 

§         higher FUM/FUA related income of $106 million due to improved investment markets and positive net FUM/FUA inflows;

 

§         increase in general insurance income of $48 million as a result of repricing of premiums, growth in sales through the branch networks and decreased catastrophe and working claims; and

 

§         increase in life insurance income of $13 million with net earned premium growth of 21% driven by new business sales offset by an increase in claims; partially offset by

 

§         lenders mortgage insurance income decrease of $20 million due to lower credit demand and as a result of the Group’s decision to reduce underwriting risk on the mortgage insurance on loans with an LVR greater than 90%.

 

Trading income increased by $219 million or 26% compared to 2012. Increased market volatility saw more customers actively managing their risks, with Westpac well positioned to capture the increase in customer sales income. Credit valuation adjustment (CVA) 1 in 2013 was a benefit of $88 million, compared to a charge of $39 million in 2012.

 

Other income was $38 million in 2013, a decrease of $172 million or 82% compared to 2012. This decrease was primarily driven by the impact of hedging future Westpac New Zealand earnings of $86 million and hedging foreign operations of $80 million as a result of the depreciation of the Australian dollar against the New Zealand and US dollar.

 

Operating expenses – 2013 v 2012

 

Operating expenses were $7,976 million in 2013, an increase of $19 million compared to 2012. Excluding foreign exchange translation impacts, operating expenses decreased $27 million. The key factors of this result were:

 

§         delivery of benefits from productivity initiatives and reduced costs associated with the supplier program; and

 

§         a provision raised in 2012 relating to the Bell litigation not repeated in 2013; partially offset by

 

§         higher investment costs which added 3% to expense growth, including 1% from higher software amortisation and hardware depreciation.

 

Salaries and other staff expenses were $4,336 million in 2013, an increase of $30 million or 1% compared to 2012. This increase reflects:

 

§         an average annual salary increase of 2%; and

 

§         additional staff to support the Group’s investment into regulatory change and compliance programs, additional Bank of Melbourne branches, further expansion in Asia and wealth investments; partially offset by

 

§         the delivery of productivity initiatives and lower restructuring costs associated with the supplier program.

 

Equipment and occupancy costs were $1,370 million in 2013, an increase of $92 million or 7% compared to 2012. This increase was driven by:

 

§         software amortisation, impairments and hardware depreciation related to the Group’s investment program increased $60 million; and

 

§         rental and other property related costs increased $32 million through 15 additional Bank of Melbourne branches, the full period impact of the Western Sydney data centre and cost increases following annual rental reviews.

 

Other expenses were $2,270 million in 2013, a reduction of $103 million or 4% compared to 2012. This decrease was driven by:

 

§         a provision raised in 2012 relating to longstanding legal proceedings not repeated in 2013; and

 

§         delivery of cost management initiatives and other cost reductions; partially offset by

 

§         higher technology licensing and maintenance costs as a result of investment programs; and

 

§        increased marketing costs to support the refresh of the Group’s brands.

 

 

1    Included in the determination of the fair value of derivatives is a credit valuation adjustment (CVA). Where the derivative has a positive fair value (asset), this credit adjustment is to reflect the credit worthiness of the counterparty. Where the derivative has a negative fair value (liability), this credit adjustment reflects the Group’s own credit risk.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

93

 

 



 

 

Impairment charges – 2013 v 2012

 

Impairment charges for 2013 were $847 million, a decrease of $365 million or 30% compared to 2012, representing 16 basis points of average gross loans.

 

Key movements to impairment charges were:

 

§         new individually assessed provisions less write-backs and recoveries were $557 million in 2013, a decrease of $313 million compared to 2012 due to a slowdown in the emergence of new impaired assets. The largest reductions were recorded in WIB and Westpac New Zealand, where charges were $207 million and $93 million lower respectively;

 

§         total new collectively assessed provisions were $290 million in 2013, a decrease of $52 million compared to 2012 as the benefits from reducing stress in business portfolios led to lower collective provision requirements. This was particularly a feature of the St.George result in 2013; and

 

§         consumer lending portfolios in Westpac RBB and Westpac New Zealand experienced an increase in new collectively assessed provisions as the large improvement in 2012 from strengthening consumer balance sheets was not repeated.

 

Income tax expense – 2013 v 2012

 

Income tax expense was $2,947 million in 2013, an increase of $135 million or 5% compared to 2012. The effective tax rate decreased to 30.2% in 2013, from 31.9% in 2012.

 

The decrease in the effective tax rate was primarily due to retrospective amendments to the income tax law during the year ended 30 September 2012 which applied to consolidated groups and TOFA. Those amendments had an adverse impact to certain liabilities that were consolidated as part of the St.George merger. This led to an additional $165 million tax expense for 2012, which was not repeated in 2013.

 

Excluding the impact of the above adjustment, the effective tax rate for 2012 would have been 30.0%.

 

 

 

 

94

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Review of Group operations

 

Balance sheet review

 

Selected consolidated balance sheet data1

The detailed components of the balance sheet are set out in the notes to the financial statements.

 

 

 

As at 30 September

 

 

 

2014

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

US$m

2

A$m

 

A$m

 

A$m

 

A$m

 

A$m

 

Cash and balances with central banks

 

22,507

 

25,760

 

 

11,699

 

12,523

 

16,258

 

4,464

 

Receivables due from other financial institutions

 

6,486

 

7,424

 

 

11,210

 

10,228

 

8,551

 

12,588

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

36,175

 

41,404

 

 

28,356

 

35,489

 

49,145

 

36,102

 

Trading securities and other financial assets designated at fair value and available-for-sale securities

 

71,585

 

81,933

 

 

79,100

 

71,739

 

69,006

 

55,599

 

Loans

 

507,046

 

580,343

 

 

536,164

 

514,445

 

496,609

 

477,655

 

Life insurance assets

 

9,617

 

11,007

 

 

13,149

 

11,907

 

7,916

 

12,310

 

All other assets

 

20,070

 

22,971

 

 

21,419

 

22,281

 

22,743

 

19,559

 

Total assets

 

673,486

 

770,842

 

 

701,097

 

678,612

 

670,228

 

618,277

 

Payables due to other financial institutions

 

16,282

 

18,636

 

 

8,836

 

7,564

 

14,512

 

8,898

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

402,620

 

460,822

 

 

424,482

 

394,991

 

370,278

 

337,385

 

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

 

16,806

 

19,236

 

 

10,302

 

9,964

 

9,803

 

4,850

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

34,545

 

39,539

 

 

32,990

 

38,935

 

39,405

 

44,039

 

Debt issues

 

133,022

 

152,251

 

 

144,133

 

147,847

 

165,931

 

150,971

 

Life insurance liabilities

 

8,420

 

9,637

 

 

11,938

 

10,875

 

7,002

 

11,560

 

All other liabilities

 

9,197

 

10,526

 

 

11,549

 

12,634

 

11,316

 

10,824

 

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

 

620,892

 

710,647

 

 

644,230

 

622,810

 

618,247

 

568,527

 

Total loan capital3

 

9,487

 

10,858

 

 

9,330

 

9,537

 

8,173

 

9,632

 

Total liabilities

 

630,379

 

721,505

 

 

653,560

 

632,347

 

626,420

 

578,159

 

Net assets

 

43,107

 

49,337

 

 

47,537

 

46,265

 

43,808

 

40,118

 

Total equity attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

42,337

 

48,456

 

 

46,674

 

44,295

 

41,826

 

38,189

 

Non-controlling interests

 

770

 

881

 

 

863

 

1,970

 

1,982

 

1,929

 

Total shareholders’ equity and non-controlling interests

 

43,107

 

49,337

 

 

47,537

 

46,265

 

43,808

 

40,118

 

Average balances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

644,025

 

737,124

 

 

688,295

 

665,804

 

628,428

 

607,677

 

Loans and other receivables4

 

489,088

 

559,789

 

 

516,482

 

501,118

 

476,083

 

469,999

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

40,607

 

46,477

 

 

44,350

 

42,605

 

39,378

 

36,434

 

Non-controlling interests

 

753

 

862

 

 

1,972

 

1,964

 

1,921

 

1,914

 

1    Where accounting classifications have changed or where changes in accounting policy are adopted retrospectively, comparatives have been revised and may differ from results previously reported.

2    Australian dollar amounts have been translated into US dollars solely for the convenience of the reader at the rate of A$1.00 = US$0.8737, the noon buying rate in New York City on 30 September 2014.

3    This includes Westpac Capital Notes 2 (Westpac CN2) in 2014, Westpac Capital Notes (Westpac CN), Westpac Convertible Preference Shares (Westpac CPS) and 2004 Trust Preferred Securities (2004 TPS) in 2014 and 2013; Westpac Stapled Preferred Securities II (SPS II) in 2013; Westpac CPS, Westpac Stapled Preferred Securities (SPS), SPS II and 2004 TPS in 2012; and SPS, SPS II and 2004 TPS in 2011 and 2010.

4    Other receivables include other assets, cash and balances with central banks.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

95

 

 



 

 

 

Summary of consolidated ratios

 

 

 

 

Year Ended 30 September

 

 

 

 

2014

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

(in $millions unless otherwise indicated)

 

 

US$1

 

A$

 

 

A$

 

A$

 

A$

 

A$

 

Profitability ratios (%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest margin2

 

 

2.09

 

2.09

 

 

2.14

 

2.16

 

2.19

 

2.21

 

Return on average assets3

 

 

1.03

 

1.03

 

 

0.98

 

0.89

 

1.11

 

1.04

 

Return on average ordinary equity4

 

 

16.3

 

16.3

 

 

15.2

 

13.9

 

17.8

 

17.4

 

Return on average total equity5

 

 

16.0

 

16.0

 

 

14.6

 

13.3

 

16.9

 

16.5

 

Capital ratio (%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average total equity to average total assets

 

 

6.4

 

6.4

 

 

6.7

 

6.7

 

6.6

 

6.3

 

Tier 1 ratio6

 

 

10.6

 

10.6

 

 

10.7

 

10.3

 

9.7

 

9.1

 

Total capital ratio6

 

 

12.3

 

12.3

 

 

12.3

 

11.7

 

11.0

 

11.0

 

Earnings ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per ordinary share (cents)7

 

 

212.9

 

243.7

 

 

218.3

 

194.7

 

233.0

 

214.2

 

Diluted earnings per ordinary share (cents)8

 

 

208.6

 

238.7

 

 

213.5

 

189.4

 

223.6

 

207.1

 

Dividends per ordinary share (cents)

 

 

159

 

182

 

 

174

 

166

 

156

 

139

 

Special dividends per ordinary share (cents)

 

 

-

 

-

 

 

20

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Dividend payout ratio (%)9

 

 

74.7

 

74.7

 

 

79.7

 

85.3

 

67.0

 

64.9

 

Credit quality ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment charges on loans written off (net of recoveries)

 

 

1,138

 

1,302

 

 

1,323

 

1,604

 

1,867

 

1,300

 

Impairment charges on loans written off (net of recoveries) to average loans (bps)

 

 

23

 

23

 

 

25

 

32

 

38

 

27

 

1    Australian dollar amounts have been translated into US dollars solely for the convenience of the reader at the rate of A$1.00 = US$0.8737, the noon buying rate in New York City on 30 September 2014.

2    Calculated by dividing net interest income by average interest earning assets.

3    Calculated by dividing net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation by average total assets.

4    Calculated by dividing net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation by average ordinary equity.

5    Calculated by dividing net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation by average ordinary equity and non-controlling interests.

6    Basel III was not effective in Australia until 1 January 2013. Comparatives are presented on a Basel II basis. For further information, refer to Note 31 to the financial statements. For details on this ratio refer to Note 31 to the financial statements.

7    Based on the weighted average number of fully paid ordinary shares.

8    Based on basic earnings per share, with the weighted average number of fully paid ordinary shares outstanding adjusted for the conversion of dilutive potential ordinary shares, issued for no consideration, and after adjusting earnings for distributions on dilutive potential ordinary shares.

9    Calculated by dividing the dividends per ordinary share by the basic earnings per ordinary share. Excludes special dividends.

 

Balance sheet review

Assets – 2014 v 2013

Total assets as at 30 September 2014 were $770.8 billion, an increase of $69.7 billion or 10% compared to 30 September 2013. Significant movements during the year included:

 

§         cash and balances with central banks increased $14.1 billion to facilitate same day settlements and additional liquid assets held in this form;

 

§         receivables due from other financial institutions decreased $3.8 billion, primarily due to higher placement of physical securities collateral in lieu of cash relating to derivate movements;

 

§         trading securities, other financial assets designated at fair value and available-for-sale securities increased $2.8 billion, reflecting higher holdings of liquid assets;

 

§         derivative assets increased $13.0 billion, driven by foreign currency translation impacts of the revaluation of cross currency swaps and forward contracts;

 

§         loans grew $44.2 billion or 8%, which included acquisition of the Lloyds book ($7.9 billion). Australian loans increased $37.5 billion, New Zealand loans increased $3.0 billion and other overseas loans increased $3.7 billion; and

 

§         life insurance assets decreased $2.1 billion as two managed funds were deconsolidated.

 

 

 

 

96

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Review of Group operations

 

 

 

Liabilities and equity – 2014 v 2013

 

Total liabilities as at 30 September 2014 were $721.5 billion, an increase of $67.9 billion compared to 30 September 2013. Significant movements during the year included:

 

§         payables due to other financial institutions increased $9.8 billion, primarily due to repurchase activities relating to central bank exchange settlement accounts and placements from offshore central banks;

 

§         deposits and other borrowings increased $36.3 billion. Australian deposits increased $20.1 billion, New Zealand deposits increased $2.7 billion, other overseas deposits increased $3.9 billion and certificates of deposits increased $9.7 billion;

 

§         financial liabilities at fair value through the income statement increased $8.9 billion through increased funding of securities using repurchase agreements for market inventory;

 

§         derivative liabilities increased $6.5 billion, driven by foreign currency translation impacts of the revaluation of cross currency swaps and forward contracts;

 

§         debt issues increased $8.1 billion, with an increase of covered bond outstandings of $8.0 billion. Levels of senior debt and securitisation remained stable with maturing debt replaced with issuance;

 

§         life insurance liabilities decreased $2.3 billion due to the deconsolidation of two managed funds and policyholder liability adjustments; and

 

§         equity increased $1.8 billion from increased retained profits.

 

Loan quality 2014 v 2013

 

 

 

As at 30 September

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Total gross loans1

 

583,516

 

539,806

 

518,279

 

Average gross loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

492,670

 

467,835

 

455,753

 

New Zealand

 

58,428

 

50,112

 

45,911

 

Other overseas

 

13,125

 

8,807

 

6,930

 

Total average gross loans

 

564,223

 

526,754

 

508,594

 

1      Gross loans are stated before related provisions for impairment.

 

Total gross loans represented 76% of the total assets of the Group as at 30 September 2014, compared to 77% in 2013.

 

Australia and New Zealand average gross loans were $551.1 billion in 2014, an increase of $33.2 billion or 6% from $517.9 billion in 2013. This increase was primarily due to growth in Australian housing lending and institutional lending and the acquisition of the Lloyds portfolio.

 

Other overseas average loans were $13.1 billion in 2014, an increase of $4.3 billion or 49% from $8.8 billion in 2013. This was primarily due to growth in trade and term finance.

 

Approximately 14.5% of the loans at 30 September 2014 mature within one year and 23.3% mature between one year and five years. Retail lending comprises the majority of the loan portfolio maturing after five years.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

97

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

As at 30 September

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Impaired loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-performing loans1:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

2,030

 

3,249

 

4,034

 

4,287

 

4,240

 

Impairment provisions

 

(862)

 

(1,363)

 

(1,463)

 

(1,487)

 

(1,677)

 

Net

 

1,168

 

1,886

 

2,571

 

2,800

 

2,563

 

Restructured loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

93

 

156

 

153

 

129

 

132

 

Impairment provisions

 

(44)

 

(56)

 

(44)

 

(29)

 

(32)

 

Net

 

49

 

100

 

109

 

100

 

100

 

Overdrafts, personal loans and revolving credit greater than 90 days past due:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

217

 

195

 

199

 

200

 

213

 

Impairment provisions

 

(141)

 

(135)

 

(134)

 

(147)

 

(155)

 

Net

 

76

 

60

 

65

 

53

 

58

 

Net impaired loans

 

1,293

 

2,046

 

2,745

 

2,953

 

2,721

 

Provisions for impairment on loans and credit commitments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually assessed provisions

 

867

 

1,364

 

1,470

 

1,461

 

1,622

 

Collectively assessed provisions

 

2,614

 

2,585

 

2,771

 

2,953

 

3,439

 

Total provisions for impairment on loans and credit commitments

 

3,481

 

3,949

 

4,241

 

4,414

 

5,061

 

Loan quality

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total impairment provisions for impaired loans to total impaired loans2

 

44.8%

 

43.2%

 

37.4%

 

36.0%

 

40.7%

 

Total impaired loans to total loans

 

0.40%

 

0.67%

 

0.85%

 

0.92%

 

0.95%

 

Total provisions for impairment on loans and credit commitments to total loans

 

0.60%

 

0.73%

 

0.82%

 

0.88%

 

1.05%

 

Total provisions for impairment on loans and credit commitments to total impaired loans

 

148.8%

 

109.7%

 

96.7%

 

95.6%

 

110.4%

 

Collectively assessed provisions to non-housing performing loans

 

1.3%

 

1.4%

 

1.6%

 

1.7%

 

2.0%

 

1    Non-performing loans are loans with an impaired internal risk grade, excluding restructured assets.

2    Impairment provisions relating to impaired loans include individually assessed provisions plus the proportion of the collectively assessed provisions that relate to impaired loans. The proportion of the collectively assessed provisions that relate to impaired loans was $180 million as at 30 September 2014 (2013: $190 million, 2012: $171 million, 2011: $202 million, 2010: $244 million). This sum is compared to the total gross impaired loans to determine this ratio.

 

The quality of our loan portfolio improved during 2014, with total impaired loans as a percentage of total gross loans of 0.40% at 30 September 2014, a decrease of 0.27% from 0.67% at 30 September 2013.

 

At 30 September 2014, we had 5 impaired counterparties with exposure greater than $50 million, collectively accounting for 22% of total impaired loans. This compares to 8 impaired counterparties with exposure greater than $50 million in 2013 accounting for 20% of total impaired loans. There were 9 impaired exposures at 30 September 2014 that were less than $50 million and greater than $20 million (2013: 16 impaired exposures).

 

At 30 September 2014, 77% of our exposure was to either investment grade or secured consumer mortgage segment (2013: 77%, 2012: 76%, 2011: 76%) and 95% of our exposure as at 30 September 2014 in our core markets of Australia, New Zealand and the Pacific region (2013: 97%, 2012: 97%, 2011: 98%).

 

We believe that Westpac remains appropriately provisioned with total impairment provisions for impaired loans to total impaired loans coverage at 44.8% at 30 September 2014 compared to 43.2% at 30 September 2013. Total provisions for impairment on loans and credit commitments to total impaired loans represented 148.8% of total impaired loans as at 30 September 2014, up from 109.7% at 30 September 2013. Total provisions for impairments on loans and credit commitments to total loans was 0.60% at 30 September 2014, down from 0.73% at 30 September 2013 (2012: 0.82%).

 

Consumer mortgage loans 90 days past due at 30 September 2014 were 0.45% of outstandings, down from 0.51% of outstandings at 30 September 2013 (2012: 0.51%).

 

Other consumer loan delinquencies (including credit card and personal loan products) were 0.99% of outstandings as at 30 September 2014, a decrease of 5 basis points from 1.04% of outstandings as at 30 September 2013 (2012: 1.11%).

 

 

 

 

98

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Review of Group operations

 

 

Potential problem loans as at 30 September 2014 amounted to $1,421 million, a decrease of 12% from $1,619 million at 30 September 2013. The reduction of potential problem loans is due mainly to the upgrade or repayment of some of these assets.

 

Potential problem loans are facilities that are performing and no loss is expected, but the customer demonstrates significant weakness in debt servicing or security cover that could jeopardise repayment of debt on current terms if not rectified. Potential problem loans are identified using established credit frameworks and policies, which include the ongoing monitoring of facilities through the use of watchlists.

 

Capital resources

 

Capital management strategy

 

Westpac’s approach seeks to balance the fact that capital is an expensive form of funding with the need to be adequately capitalised as an ADI. Westpac considers the need to balance efficiency, flexibility and adequacy when determining sufficiency of capital and when developing capital management plans.

 

Westpac evaluates these considerations through an Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP), the key features of which include:

 

§         the development of a capital management strategy, including preferred capital range, capital buffers and contingency plans;

 

§         consideration of both economic and regulatory capital requirements;

 

§         a process that challenges the capital measures, coverage and requirements which incorporates, amongst other things, the impact of adverse economic scenarios; and

 

§         consideration of the perspectives of external stakeholders including rating agencies and equity and debt investors.

 

Westpac’s capital ratios are significantly above APRA minimum capital adequacy requirements.

 

Basel Capital Accord

The regulatory limits applied to our capital ratios are consistent with A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems, also known as Basel III, issued by the Bank of International Settlements. This framework reflects the advanced risk management practices that underpin the calculation of regulatory capital through a broad array of risk classes and advanced measurement processes.

 

As provided for in the Basel III accord, APRA has exercised discretions to make the framework applicable in the Australian market, and in particular has required that Australian banks use sophisticated models for credit risk, operational risk and interest rate risk taken in the banking book. In addition, APRA has applied discretion in the calculation of the components of regulatory capital. The new Basel III prudential standards became effective on 1 January 2013.

 

Westpac is accredited by APRA to apply advanced models permitted by the Basel III global capital adequacy regime to the measurement of its regulatory capital requirements. Westpac uses the Advanced Internal Ratings-Based approach for credit risk, the Advanced Measurement Approach (AMA) for operational risk and the internal model approach for Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book (IRRBB). Effective risk management is regarded as a key activity performed at all levels of the Group. Achieving advanced accreditation from APRA has resulted in a broad array of changes to risk management practices that have been implemented across all risk classes. We recognise that embedding these principles and practices into day-to-day activities of the divisions to achieve the full benefits of these changes is an ongoing facet of risk management.

 

Australia’s risk-based capital adequacy guidelines are generally consistent but not completely aligned with the approach agreed upon by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS). APRA has exercised its discretion in applying the Basel framework to Australian ADIs, resulting in a more conservative approach than the minimum standards published by the BCBS. APRA also introduced the new standards from 1 January 2013 with no phasing in of higher capital requirements as allowed by the BCBS. The application of these discretions act to reduce reported capital ratios relative to those reported in other jurisdictions.

 

Under APRA’s implementation of Basel III, Australian banks are required to maintain a minimum Common Equity Tier 1 ratio of at least 4.5%, Tier 1 ratio of 6.0% and Total Regulatory Capital of 8.0%. Subject to certain limitations, Common Equity Tier 1 capital consists of paid-up share capital, retained profits and certain reserves, less the deduction of certain intangible assets, capitalised expenses and software, and investments and retained earnings in insurance and funds management subsidiaries that are not consolidated for capital adequacy purposes. The balance of eligible capital is defined as Additional Tier 1 or Tier 2 capital which includes, subject to limitations, mandatory convertible notes, perpetual floating rate notes and like instruments, and term subordinated debt less a deduction for holdings of Westpac’s own subordinated debt and that of other financial institutions.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

99

 

 



 

 

Westpac’s regulatory capital ratios as at 30 September are summarised in the table below:

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

Common equity

 

47,137

 

45,361

 

Deductions from common equity

 

(17,413)

 

(17,392)

 

Total common equity after deductions

 

29,724

 

27,969

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional Tier 1 capital

 

5,273

 

4,769

 

Net Tier 1 regulatory capital

 

34,997

 

32,738

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 2 capital

 

5,902

 

4,968

 

Deductions from Tier 2 capital

 

(198)

 

(50)

 

Total Tier 2 capital after deductions

 

5,704

 

4,918

 

Total regulatory capital

 

40,701

 

37,656

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit risk:

 

 

 

 

 

On-balance sheet assets

 

199,921

 

185,023

 

Off-balance sheet assets

 

81,538

 

75,245

 

Equity risk

 

-

 

-

 

Market risk

 

8,975

 

9,059

 

Operational risk

 

29,340

 

27,299

 

Interest rate risk in the banking book

 

7,316

 

6,929

 

Other assets

 

4,297

 

3,817

 

Total risk weighted assets

 

331,387

 

307,372

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio

 

9.0%

 

9.1%

 

Additional Tier 1 capital ratio

 

1.6%

 

1.6%

 

Tier 1 capital ratio

 

10.6%

 

10.7%

 

Tier 2 capital ratio

 

1.7%

 

1.6%

 

Total regulatory capital ratio

 

12.3%

 

12.3%

 

 

Refer to ‘Significant developments’ in Section 1 for a discussion on future regulatory developments that may impact upon capital requirements.

 

Purchases of equity securities

The following table details share repurchase activity for the year ended 30 September 2014:

 

 

 

Total Number of
Ordinary Shares
Purchased

 

Average Price Paid
per Ordinary Share
$

 

Total Number of Ordinary
Shares Purchased as Part of
a Publicly Announced
Program

 

Maximum Number
(or Approximate $ Value) of Ordinary
Shares that May Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans or Programs

Month

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

October (2013)

 

829,562

 

32.65

 

-

 

n/a

November (2013)

 

610,144

 

33.80

 

-

 

n/a

December (2013)

 

22,207,169

 

32.38

 

-

 

n/a

January (2014)

 

151,387

 

32.06

 

-

 

n/a

February (2014)

 

306,787

 

32.62

 

-

 

n/a

March (2014)

 

85,730

 

34.18

 

-

 

n/a

April (2014)

 

80,607

 

34.50

 

-

 

n/a

May (2014)

 

525,609

 

34.85

 

-

 

n/a

June (2014)

 

11,796,221

 

34.39

 

-

 

n/a

July (2014)

 

41,211

 

33.98

 

-

 

n/a

August (2014)

 

229,354

 

34.33

 

-

 

n/a

September (2014)

 

73,346

 

35.10

 

-

 

n/a

Total

 

36,937,127

 

33.12

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

100

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Review of Group operations

 

 

Purchases of ordinary shares during the year were made on market and relate to the following:

 

§         to deliver to equity holders under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP): 30,782,829 ordinary shares;

 

§         to deliver to eligible employees under the Employee Share Plan (ESP): 806,310 ordinary shares;

 

§         to deliver to employees upon the exercise of options and performance share rights: 3,368,960 ordinary shares;

 

§         treasury shares held by statutory life funds and managed investment schemes and ordinary shares held by Westpac in respect of equity derivatives sold to customers: 99,342 ordinary shares; and

 

§         to allocate to eligible employees under the Restricted Share Plan (RSP): 1,879,686 ordinary shares.

 

Refer to Note 24 to the financial statements for a discussion of treasury share purchases.

 

Commitments

Contractual obligations and commitments

In connection with our operating activities we enter into certain contractual obligations and commitments. The following table shows our significant contractual cash obligations as at 30 September 2014:

 

 

 

Up to

 

Over 1

 

Over 3

 

Over

 

 

 

 

 

1 Year

 

to 3 Years

 

to 5 Years

 

5 Years

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

On balance sheet long-term debt1

 

26,981

 

45,716

 

29,349

 

18,384

 

120,430

 

Operating leases2

 

528

 

925

 

609

 

1,444

 

3,506

 

Other commitments2

 

687

 

842

 

267

 

-

 

1,796

 

Total contractual cash obligations

 

28,196

 

47,483

 

30,225

 

19,828

 

125,732

 

1            Refer to Note 22 to the financial statements for details of on balance sheet long-term debt.

2            Refer to Note 35 to the financial statements for details of expenditure commitments.

 

The above table excludes deposits and other liabilities taken in the normal course of banking business and short-term and undated liabilities.

 

Commercial commitments1

The following table shows our significant commercial commitments as at 30 September 2014:

 

 

 

Up to

 

Over 1

 

Over 3

 

Over

 

 

 

 

 

1 Year

 

to 3 Years

 

to 5 Years

 

5 Years

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees

 

1,645

 

1,517

 

209

 

721

 

4,092

 

Trade letters of credit

 

2,783

 

178

 

-

 

-

 

2,961

 

Non-financial guarantees

 

5,221

 

1,718

 

357

 

1,909

 

9,205

 

Commitments to extend credit

 

60,719

 

33,309

 

17,003

 

48,100

 

159,131

 

Other commitments

 

513

 

134

 

-

 

116

 

763

 

Total commercial commitments

 

70,881

 

36,856

 

17,569

 

50,846

 

176,152

 

1            The numbers in this table are notional amounts (refer to Note 37 to the financial statements).

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

101

 

 



 

Divisional performance

 

 

Divisional performance – 2014 v 2013

 

Our operations comprise three primary customer-facing business divisions:

 

§         Australian Financial Services (AFS), which incorporates the operations of:

 

   Westpac Retail & Business Banking, which we refer to as Westpac RBB;

 

   St.George Banking Group, which we refer to as St.George; and

 

–   BT Financial Group (Australia), which we refer to as BTFG

 

§         Westpac Institutional Bank, which we refer to as WIB; and

 

§         Westpac New Zealand.

 

Other divisions in the Group include Westpac Pacific, Group Services, Treasury and Core Support.

 

The accounting standard AASB 8 Operating Segments requires segment results to be presented on a basis that is consistent with information provided internally to Westpac’s key decision makers. In assessing financial performance, including divisional results, Westpac uses a measure of performance referred to as ‘cash earnings’. Cash earnings is not a measure of cash flow or net profit determined on a cash accounting basis, as it includes non-cash items reflected in net profit determined in accordance with AAS. The specific adjustments outlined below include both cash and non-cash items. Cash earnings, as calculated by Westpac, is viewed as a measure of the level of profit that is generated by ongoing operations and is therefore available for distribution to shareholders.

 

A reconciliation of cash earnings to net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation for each business division is set out in Note 33 to the financial statements. To calculate cash earnings, Westpac adjusts net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation for the items outlined below. Management believes this allows the Group to more effectively assess performance for the current period against prior periods and to compare performance across business divisions and across peer companies.

 

Three categories of adjustments are made to statutory results to determine cash earnings:

 

§         material items that key decision makers at Westpac believe do not reflect ongoing operations;

 

§         items that are not considered when dividends are recommended, such as the amortisation of intangibles, impact of Treasury shares and economic hedging impacts; and

 

§        accounting reclassifications between individual line items that do not impact statutory results, such as policyholder tax recoveries1.

 

The discussion of our divisional performance in this section is presented on a cash earnings basis unless otherwise stated. Cash earnings is not directly comparable to statutory results presented in other parts of this Annual Report.

 

Outlined below are the current cash earnings adjustments to the statutory results:

 

1.             Trust Preferred Securities (TPS) revaluations – this adjustment related to TPS 2003 securities which were redeemed on 30 September 2013. Historically this adjusted for movements in economic hedges, including associated tax effects impacting the foreign currency translation reserve, relating to hybrid instruments classified as non-controlling interests. The adjustment was required as these hybrid instruments were not fair valued, however, the hedges were fair valued and therefore there was a mismatch in the timing of income recognition in the statutory results. The mismatch was added back to statutory results in deriving cash earnings as it did not affect the Group’s profits over time.

 

2.             Treasury shares – under AAS, Westpac shares held by the Group in the managed funds and life businesses are deemed to be Treasury shares and the results of holding these shares are not permitted to be recognised as income in the statutory results. In deriving cash earnings, these results are included to ensure there is no asymmetrical impact on the Group’s profits because the Treasury shares support policyholder liabilities and equity derivative transactions which are re-valued in determining income.

 

3.             Ineffective hedges – the (gain)/loss on ineffective hedges is reversed in deriving cash earnings for the period because the gain or loss arising from the fair value movement in these hedges reverses over time and does not affect the Group’s profits over time.

 

4.             Fair value on economic hedges (which do not qualify for hedge accounting under AAS) comprises:

 

               the unrealised fair value gain/(loss) on foreign exchange hedges of future New Zealand earnings impacting non-interest income is reversed in deriving cash earnings as they may create a material timing difference on statutory results but do not affect the Group’s cash earnings during the life of the hedge;

 

               the unrealised fair value gain/(loss) on foreign exchange hedges of fees payable for the use of the Government guarantee on foreign denominated wholesale funding is reversed in deriving cash earnings as they may create a

 

1            Policyholder tax recoveries – income and tax amounts that are grossed up to comply with the AAS covering life insurance business (policyholder tax recoveries) are reversed in deriving income and taxation expense on a cash earnings basis.

 

 

 

 

102

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Divisional performance

 

 

material timing difference on statutory results but do not affect the Group’s cash earnings during the life of the hedge; and

 

               the unrealised fair value gain/(loss) on hedges of accrual accounted term funding transactions are reversed in deriving cash earnings as they may create a material timing difference on statutory results but do not affect the Group’s cash earnings during the life of the hedge.

 

5.             Gain/(loss) on buyback of Government guaranteed debt – the Group has bought back certain Government guaranteed debt issues which reduces Government guarantee fees (70 basis points) paid. In undertaking the buybacks, a cost was incurred reflecting the difference between current interest rates and the rate at which the debt was initially issued. In the statutory result, the cost incurred is recognised at the time of the buyback. In cash earnings, the cost incurred is being amortised over the original term of the debt that was bought back consistent with a 70 basis point saving being effectively spread over the remaining life of the issue. The cash earnings adjustment gives effect to the timing difference between statutory results and cash earnings.

 

6.             Fair value amortisation of financial instruments – the accounting for the merger with St.George resulted in the recognition of fair value adjustments on the St.George retail bank loans, deposits, wholesale funding and associated hedges, with these fair value adjustments being amortised over the life of the underlying transactions. The amortisation of these adjustments is considered to be a timing difference relating to non-cash flow items that do not affect cash distributions available to shareholders and therefore, have been treated as a cash earnings adjustment.

 

7.             Amortisation of intangible assets – the merger with St.George and the acquisitions of J O Hambro Capital Management (JOHCM) and Lloyds resulted in the recognition of identifiable intangible assets. These assets include intangibles related to core deposits, customer relationships, management contracts and distribution relationships. These intangible items are amortised over their useful lives, ranging between four and twenty years. The amortisation of intangible assets (excluding capitalised software) is a cash earnings adjustment because it is a non-cash flow item and does not affect cash distributions available to shareholders.

 

8.             Acquisition, transaction and integration expenses – costs associated with the acquisition of Lloyds have been treated as a cash earnings adjustment as they do not impact the earnings expected from the acquired businesses following the integration period.

 

9.             Bell litigation provision – during the year ended 30 September 2012, the Group recognised additional provisions in respect of the long running Bell litigation. This was treated as a cash earnings adjustment at the time due to its size, historical nature and because it did not reflect ongoing operations. In the current year, the Bell litigation has been settled and the release of provisions no longer required has also been treated as a cash earnings adjustment. There are no matters outstanding with the Bell case.

 

10.      Westpac Bicentennial Foundation grant – the Group provided a grant to establish the Westpac Bicentennial Foundation. The $100 million grant ($70 million after tax) has been treated as a cash earnings adjustment due to its size and because it does not reflect ongoing operations.

 

11.     Prior period tax provisions – during the year ended 30 September 2011, the Group raised provisions in respect of certain tax positions for transactions previously undertaken by the Group. A number of these matters have now been resolved, resulting in a release of the provisions which are no longer required. As the provisions raised were treated as a cash earnings adjustment, the release has been treated in a consistent manner.

 

12.      Supplier program – during the year ended 30 September 2012, the Group incurred and provisioned for expenses as part of its program to increase the use of global specialists in certain technology and back office operations. These expenses included costs associated with streamlining and better documenting systems and processes, technology costs to enable infrastructure and enhance interaction with suppliers, and costs associated with restructuring the workforce. Given these significant expenses were not considered in determining dividends they were treated as cash earnings adjustments.

 

13.      Tax on Financial Arrangements (TOFA) tax consolidation adjustment – during the year ended 30 September 2012, taxation legislation was introduced that included retrospective amendments to the income tax law as it applies to TOFA and tax consolidated groups. The amendments had an adverse application to certain liabilities that were consolidated as part of the merger with St.George. This gave rise to an additional income tax expense of $165 million for the year ended 30 September 2012. Consistent with other tax adjustments relating to the merger with St.George, this adjustment was treated as a cash earnings adjustment due to its size and because it did not reflect ongoing operations.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

103

 



 

 

 

 

Cash earnings and assets by division

 

The following tables present, for each of the key divisions of our business, the cash earnings and total assets at the end of the financial years ended 30 September 2014, 2013 and 2012. Refer to Note 33 to the financial statements for the disclosure of our geographic and business segments and the reconciliation to net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation.

 

Cash earnings by business division

 

 

 

Years Ended 30 September

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Australian Financial Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Westpac Retail & Business Banking

 

2,582

 

 

2,355

 

2,158

 

St.George Banking Group

 

1,580

 

 

1,392

 

1,189

 

BT Financial Group (Australia)

 

895

 

 

773

 

685

 

Westpac Institutional Bank

 

1,468

 

 

1,575

 

1,418

 

Westpac New Zealand

 

790

 

 

632

 

553

 

Other divisions

 

313

 

 

336

 

561

 

Total Cash Earnings

 

7,628

 

 

7,063

 

6,564

 

 

Total assets by business division

 

 

 

As at 30 September

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

$bn

 

$bn

 

$bn

 

Australian Financial Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Westpac Retail & Business Banking

 

276.5

 

 

261.9

 

255.3

 

St.George Banking Group

 

175.4

 

 

159.8

 

154.6

 

BT Financial Group (Australia)

 

31.8

 

 

32.2

 

30.5

 

Westpac Institutional Bank

 

118.9

 

 

97.2

 

97.8

 

Westpac New Zealand

 

65.9

 

 

61.5

 

48.6

 

Other divisions

 

102.3

 

 

88.5

 

91.8

 

Total assets

 

770.8

 

 

701.1

 

678.6

 

 

In presenting divisional results on a management reporting basis, internal charges and transfer pricing adjustments are included in the performance of each division reflecting the management structure rather than the legal entity (these results cannot be compared to results for individual legal entities). Where management reporting structures or accounting classifications have changed, financial results for comparative periods have been revised and may differ from results previously reported.

 

Our internal transfer pricing frameworks facilitate risk transfer, profitability measurement, capital allocation and business unit alignment, tailored to the jurisdictions in which we operate. Transfer pricing allows us to measure the relative contribution of our products and divisions to the Group’s interest margin, and other dimensions of performance. Key components of our transfer pricing frameworks are funds transfer pricing for interest rate and liquidity risk, and allocation of basis and contingent liquidity costs, including capital allocation.

 

Overhead costs are allocated to revenue generating businesses.

 

 

 

104

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Divisional performance

 

 

Australian Financial Services

 

Australian Financial Services (AFS) is responsible for the Westpac Group’s Australian retail banking, business banking and wealth operations. It incorporates the operations of Westpac Retail & Business Banking, St.George Banking Group and BT Financial Group Australia. AFS also includes the product, marketing and risk management responsibilities for Australian retail banking and wealth.

 

Performance of AFS

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

Net interest income

 

9,905

 

9,277

 

8,699

Non-interest income

 

4,165

 

3,706

 

3,399

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

 

14,070

 

12,983

 

12,098

Operating expenses

 

(6,115)

 

(5,732)

 

(5,511)

Impairment charges

 

(671)

 

(780)

 

(863)

Profit before income tax

 

7,284

 

6,471

 

5,724

Income tax expense

 

(2,188)

 

(1,933)

 

(1,684)

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

 

(39)

 

(18)

 

(8)

Cash earnings for the year

 

5,057

 

4,520

 

4,032

Net cash earnings adjustments

 

(147)

 

(150)

 

(151)

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

4,910

 

4,370

 

3,881

 

 

$bn

 

$bn

 

$bn

Deposits and other borrowings

 

279.2

 

259.0

 

239.3

Loans

 

454.9

 

423.7

 

412.0

Total assets

 

483.7

 

453.9

 

440.4

Total operating expenses to net operating income ratio

 

43.5%

 

44.2%

 

45.6%

 

Westpac Retail & Business Banking

 

Westpac Retail & Business Banking (Westpac RBB) is responsible for sales and service to consumer, small-to-medium enterprise (SME), commercial and agribusiness customers (with turnover of up to $100 million) in Australia under the Westpac brand.

 

Activities are conducted through Westpac RBB’s network of branches, third party distributors, call centres, ATMs, EFTPOS terminals, internet and mobile banking services, business banking centres and specialised consumer and business relationship managers. Support is provided by cash flow, trade finance, transactional banking, financial markets, property finance and wealth specialists.

 

All revenue from wealth products sold to Westpac RBB customers is included in BTFG’s financial results. Westpac RBB also recognises 50% of revenue generated from the sale of specific WIB products as part of the WIB/AFS partnership.

 

Performance of Westpac RBB

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

Net interest income

 

5,958

 

5,655

 

5,309

Non-interest income

 

1,403

 

1,320

 

1,214

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

 

7,361

 

6,975

 

6,523

Operating expenses

 

(3,233)

 

(3,124)

 

(3,052)

Impairment charges

 

(437)

 

(486)

 

(429)

Profit before income tax

 

3,691

 

3,365

 

3,042

Income tax expense

 

(1,109)

 

(1,010)

 

(884)

Cash earnings for the year

 

2,582

 

2,355

 

2,158

Net cash earnings adjustments

 

-

 

-

 

-

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

2,582

 

2,355

 

2,158

 

 

$bn

 

$bn

 

$bn

Deposits and other borrowings

 

163.3

 

150.1

 

138.5

Loans

 

270.6

 

256.4

 

250.3

Total assets

 

276.5

 

261.9

 

255.3

Total operating expenses to net operating income ratio

 

43.9%

 

44.8%

 

46.8%

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

105

 

 



 

 

2014 v 2013

Westpac RBB delivered cash earnings of $2,582 million, up $227 million, or 10%.

 

Net interest income increased 5% from a 3% rise in average interest-earning assets and a 6 basis point improvement in margins:

 

§         the 6 basis point rise in margins was due to improved deposit spreads, favourable deposit mix impacts and lower wholesale funding costs. Asset spreads were lower from competition for new lending, particularly in mortgages, along with an increase in fixed rate lending;

 

§         lending increased $14.2 billion or 6%, mostly in mortgages. A focus on improving all elements of the mortgage process has contributed to a 6% rise in mortgages with growth skewed to the second half of the year; and

 

§         deposits increased $13.2 billion or 9%, with most of the growth in higher quality, more stable balances particularly consumer savings and the transaction accounts of consumers and businesses.

 

Non-interest income was up 6%, with most of the rise due to a lift in cards income from higher customer activity. Business income was also higher from a rise in lending activity and from more businesses managing their financial markets risks, especially foreign exchange.

 

Operating expenses increased 3% with higher investment and regulatory change related spending and costs associated with increasing the number of customer facing employees. This was partially offset by productivity savings across the network.

 

There was a further improvement in asset quality over the year with business impaired assets as a percent of total committed exposure falling by one third and consumer delinquencies improved a further 3 basis points to 0.47%. As a result, impairment charges were 10% lower over the year.

 

For a discussion of the results of Westpac RBB for 2013 v 2012, refer to ‘Divisional performance – 2013 v 2012’.

 

St.George Banking Group

 

St.George Banking Group (St.George) is responsible for sales and service to consumer, SME and corporate customers (businesses with facilities up to $150 million) in Australia under the St.George, BankSA, Bank of Melbourne and RAMS brands.

 

Activities are conducted through St.George’s network of branches, third party distributors, call centres, ATMs, EFTPOS terminals, internet and mobile banking services, business banking centres and specialised consumer and business relationship managers. Support is provided by cash flow, trade finance, transactional banking, automotive and equipment finance, financial markets, property finance, and wealth specialists.

 

All revenue from wealth products sold to St.George customers is included in BTFG’s financial results. St.George also recognises 50% of revenue generated from the sale of specific WIB products as part of the WIB/AFS partnership.

 

Performance of St.George

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

Net interest income

 

3,537

 

3,216

 

2,966

Non-interest income

 

518

 

469

 

492

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

 

4,055

 

3,685

 

3,458

Operating expenses

 

(1,560)

 

(1,402)

 

(1,328)

Impairment charges

 

(236)

 

(293)

 

(433)

Profit before income tax

 

2,259

 

1,990

 

1,697

Income tax expense

 

(679)

 

(598)

 

(508)

Cash earnings for the year

 

1,580

 

1,392

 

1,189

Net cash earnings adjustments

 

(125)

 

(128)

 

(129)

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

1,455

 

1,264

 

1,060

 

 

$bn

 

$bn

 

$bn

Deposits and other borrowings

 

93.5

 

88.6

 

80.9

Loans

 

168.4

 

152.7

 

147.6

Total assets

 

175.4

 

159.8

 

154.6

Total operating expenses to net operating income ratio

 

38.5%

 

38.0%

 

38.4%

 

 

 

 

106

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 

 



Divisional performance

 

2014 v 2013

St.George delivered cash earnings of $1,580 million, up 14%. The Lloyds business contributed $47 million to full year cash earnings.

 

Net interest income was up $321 million or 10%, supported by a 7% rise in average interest-earning assets and a 7 basis point improvement in margins:

 

§         the rise in margins was mostly due to improved deposit spreads and lower wholesale funding costs. The inclusion of Lloyds was also positive for margins given the mix of its portfolio. These increases were partially offset by a reduction in spreads on new business and mortgage lending;

 

§         lending was up $15.7 billion or 10%, excluding Lloyds loans increased $9.2 billion or 6%:

 

–  mortgages increased $8.9 billion (up 8%). Growth was achieved across all brands and proprietary channels, particularly in Bank of Melbourne;

 

–  business lending increased 12% over the period primarily due to the acquisition of Lloyds, excluding this, business lending was $0.4 billion lower principally from a further reduction in gearing from property related companies along with the work-out or exit of stressed assets; and

 

–  other lending increased 9% (excluding the impact of Lloyds) from good growth in auto loans, personal loans and credit cards.

 

§         deposits were up $4.9 billion or 6%, with most of the increase in at call savings and transaction accounts. Term deposits declined 7% driven largely by business term deposits, as these customers preferred to hold balances in at call accounts. Consumer term deposits were up 3%. Acquiring the Lloyds book resulted in a 2 percentage point decline in the deposit to loan ratio.

 

Non-interest income was up $49 million or 10%, with around half of the rise due to Lloyds. Business fees were also higher reflecting the cost of providing facilities, including for undrawn commitments.

 

Operating expenses increased $158 million or 11%, with Lloyds contributing $86 million to the rise. Excluding Lloyds, expenses increased 5%. Ongoing costs were largely offset with productivity benefits with most of the increase due to investment, including:

 

§         Bank of Melbourne expansion has added around $33 million to expenses over the year including new branches, increased employee numbers and a rise in depreciation and amortisation; and

 

§         improving the customer experience including via new branch formats (FreshStart), and the Business Connect model for serving SME customers.

 

Impairment charges were down $57 million or 19% across both consumer and business facilities as asset quality has materially improved across business and consumer portfolios.

 

For a discussion of the results of St.George Banking Group for 2013 v 2012, refer to ‘Divisional performance – 2013 v 2012’.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

107

 

 



 

 

BT Financial Group (Australia)

BT Financial Group (Australia) (BTFG) is Westpac’s Australian wealth division.

 

BTFG’s funds management operations include the manufacturing and distribution of investment, superannuation and retirement products, platforms including BT Wrap and Asgard, private banking, financial planning as well as equity capability and broking. BTFG’s insurance solutions cover the manufacturing and distribution of life, general and lenders mortgage insurance.

 

BTFG’s brands include Advance Asset Management, Ascalon, Asgard, BT Investment Management Limited (BTIM) (60.8% owned by the Westpac Group and consolidated in BTFG’s Funds Management business), Licensee Select, BT Select, Securitor and the Advice, Private Banking and Insurance operations of Bank of Melbourne, BankSA, St.George and Westpac.

 

Performance of BTFG

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

Net interest income

 

410

 

406

 

424

Non-interest income

 

2,244

 

1,917

 

1,693

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

 

2,654

 

2,323

 

2,117

Operating expenses

 

(1,322)

 

(1,206)

 

(1,131)

Impairment (charges)/benefits

 

2

 

(1)

 

(1)

Profit before income tax

 

1,334

 

1,116

 

985

Income tax expense

 

(400)

 

(325)

 

(292)

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

 

(39)

 

(18)

 

(8)

Cash earnings for the year

 

895

 

773

 

685

Net cash earnings adjustments

 

(22)

 

(22)

 

(22)

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

873

 

751

 

663

 

 

$bn

 

$bn

 

$bn

Deposits and other borrowings

 

22.4

 

20.3

 

19.9

Loans

 

15.9

 

14.6

 

14.1

Total assets

 

31.8

 

32.2

 

30.5

Funds under management

 

89.0

 

76.2

 

56.5

Funds under administration

 

112.7

 

102.7

 

87.9

Total operating expenses to net operating income ratio

 

49.8%

 

51.9%

 

53.4%

 

Cash earnings

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

Funds management business

 

539

 

429

 

378

Insurance

 

319

 

268

 

231

Capital and other

 

37

 

76

 

76

Total cash earnings

 

895

 

773

 

685

 

2014 v 2013

Cash earnings were $895 million, an increase of $122 million or 16%.

 

Funds Management cash earnings were up $110 million or 26%, driven by higher funds management performance fees (in BTIM), net flows onto Platforms and an increase in average FUM and FUA of 25% and 14% respectively. Advice income was up driven by an expanded planner network with continued focus on quality advice. The contribution from Private Wealth was also higher.

 

The Insurance contribution was up $51 million or 19%, supported by a rise in net earned premiums of 19% in Life Insurance and 14% in General Insurance. These increases were partially offset by a lower contribution from LMI.

 

Contribution from Capital and other was down significantly year on year mainly due to reduction in investment earnings from lower interest rates along with higher stamp duty costs.

 

For a discussion of the results of BTFG for 2013 v 2012, refer to ‘Divisional performance – 2013 v 2012’.

 

 

 

 

108

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Divisional performance

 

 

Funds management business

 

 

2014

2013

2012

 

$m

$m

$m

Net interest income

365

339

339

Non-interest income

1,692

1,426

1,239

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

2,057

1,765

1,578

Operating expenses

(1,233)

(1,127)

(1,025)

Impairment (charges)/benefits

2

(1)

(1)

Profit before income tax

826

637

552

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests

(287)

(208)

(174)

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

 

 

 

Cash earnings for the year

539

429

378

Net cash earnings adjustments

(22)

(22)

(22)

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

517

407

356

Total operating expenses to net operating income ratio

59.9%

63.9%

65.0%

 

Cash earnings of $539 million were up $110 million or 26%, driven by a 17% increase in net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges.

 

Net interest income was up 8% from higher lending and deposit volumes and stronger margins in Private Wealth.

 

Non-interest income increased $266 million, or 19%:

 

§         FUM related revenue increased $105 million, up 23%, with a 25% rise in average FUM from inflows into Advance and Equity Income Funds, improved markets and positive foreign exchange movement impacts. FUM margins were little changed over the year;

 

§         outperformance against benchmarks in a number of portfolios has led to a significant rise in performance fees received in BTIM and JOHCM (up $79 million);

 

§         FUA revenue increased $47 million, up 11%, driven by good flows on platforms and improved markets. Average margins were flat over the year;

 

§         Advice income increased $38 million or 12% from new business revenue generated by an expanded planner network with continued focus on quality advice and increasing customer facing time; and

 

§         increased net flows into Advance, partially offset by lower equities income.

 

Operating expenses increased $106 million or 9% from:

 

§         investment related costs, including the Panorama platform;

 

§         an increase in performance fee related bonuses associated with BTIM and JOHCM; and

 

§         other operating costs were up due to higher FTE costs associated with regulatory change and other volume related costs.

 

Insurance business

 

 

2014

2013

2012

 

$m

$m

$m

Net interest income

6

6

3

Non-interest income

525

437

387

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

531

443

390

Operating expenses

(75)

(59)

(60)

Profit before income tax

456

384

330

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests

(137)

(116)

(99)

Cash earnings for the year

319

268

231

Net cash earnings adjustments

-

-

-

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

319

268

231

Total operating expenses to net operating income ratio

14.1%

13.3%

15.4%

 

Cash earnings increased $51 million or 19%, due to higher revenue from the expanded distribution network, improved sales across the Group’s banking brands and lower General Insurance claims.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

109

 

 



 

 

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges increased $88 million or 20%:

 

§         the Life and General Insurance businesses continue to offer a range of solutions to help our customers protect their wealth. Life Insurance revenue increased $40 million or 17%, with in-force premiums rising 16%. General Insurance revenue increased $58 million with gross written premiums rising 11% from growth in new business and pricing initiatives.

 

§         higher premiums in Life Insurance have been partially offset by a rise in net incurred claims consistent with the larger portfolio; while the value of lapses is higher, the lapse rates have remained flat and continue to be below industry averages;

 

§         enhancements to the claims management processes in General Insurance have contributed to lower claims in 2014; and

 

§         LMI revenue was down $10 million with the continued impact of the decision to de-risk the portfolio in 2009 and lower claims consistent with the decrease in portfolio size.

 

Operating expenses increased $16 million or 27%, in-line with increased volumes and higher FTE costs in claims management to support the growth of the portfolio.

 

Westpac Institutional Bank

 

Westpac Institutional Bank (WIB) delivers a broad range of financial services to commercial, corporate, institutional and government customers with connections to Australia and New Zealand.

 

WIB operates through dedicated industry relationship and specialist product teams, with expert knowledge in transactional banking, financial and debt capital markets, specialised capital, and alternative investment solutions.

 

Customers are supported through branches and subsidiaries located in Australia, New Zealand, US, UK and Asia.

 

Performance of WIB

 

 

2014

2013

2012

 

 

$m

$m

$m

 

Net interest income

1,643

1,630

1,701

 

Non-interest income

1,518

1,633

1,454

 

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

3,161

3,263

3,155

 

Operating expenses

(1,207)

(1,115)

(1,030

)

Impairment (charges)/benefit

136

89

(127

)

Profit before income tax

2,090

2,237

1,998

 

Income tax expense

(622)

(662)

(580

)

Cash earnings for the year

1,468

1,575

1,418

 

Net cash earnings adjustments

-

-

-

 

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

1,468

1,575

1,418

 

 

$bn

$bn

$bn

 

Deposits and other borrowings

77.3

72.8

64.5

 

Loans

66.2

56.5

53.9

 

Total assets

118.9

97.2

97.8

 

Total operating expenses to net operating income ratio

38.2%

34.2%

32.6

%

 

2014 v 2013

 

WIB delivered cash earnings of $1,468 million, down 7% ($107 million). The lower result was largely due to the impact of items that boosted 2013, in particular:

 

§         CVA was a charge of $23 million in 2014, compared to an $87 million benefit in 2013, largely due to currency movements; and

 

§        revenue associated with Hastings’ exit of listed infrastructure funds generated income of $115 million in 2013. This income was not repeated in 2014.

 

WIB’s cash earnings from all other activities increased $51 million or 4%. Customer revenue was up 6%. WIB has focused on meeting customer risk management needs and has delivered an uplift in lending and fee-related revenue.

 

Net interest income increased $13 million, or 1%, compared to 2013 with a 13% increase in average interest-earning assets partly offset by a 24 basis point decline in margins. While margin pressure was experienced on both assets and liabilities, competition was most intense for transactional deposits:

 

§         lending grew $9.7 billion, or 17%, primarily in corporate lending and trade finance, with growth from Asia and the addition of Lloyds; and

 

§         deposits increased $4.5 billion, or 6%, as WIB continued to build on its total relationship focus. Growth was particularly strong in term deposits.

 

 

 

 

110

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Divisional performance

 

 

Non-interest income decreased $115 million or 7%. 2013 included significant revenue associated with Hastings’ exit of listed infrastructure funds, and an $87 million CVA benefit compared to a $23 million CVA charge in 2014.

 

Excluding the impact of these items, WIB’s non-interest income was up $110 million reflecting:

 

§         growth in markets income, from improved customer flows. Growth over the year was most prominent in FX and commodities, carbon and energy (FX&CCE);

 

§         Lloyds contribution; and

 

§         increase in other fees from additional lending and transaction volumes.

 

Operating expenses increased $92 million or 8%, mainly reflecting:

 

§         an increase in WIB’s investment in Asia ($60 million), including building product and technology capabilities along with additional FTE and branch premises costs;

 

§         Lloyds operating expenses ($15 million); and

 

§         increased costs from regulatory change ($14 million).

 

Asset quality improved in 2014 and, as a result, impairments contributed a $136 million benefit, compared to an $89 million benefit in 2013. Write-backs and collectively assessed provision benefits continued in 2014, albeit at a lower rate than 2013, and new individually assessed provisions were significantly lower than 2013.

 

For a discussion of the results of WIB for 2013 v 2012, refer to ‘Divisional performance – 2013 v 2012’.

 

Westpac New Zealand

 

Westpac New Zealand is responsible for sales and service of banking, wealth and insurance products for consumers, business and institutional customers in New Zealand.

 

Westpac conducts its New Zealand banking business through two banks in New Zealand: Westpac New Zealand Limited, which is incorporated in New Zealand and Westpac Banking Corporation (NZ Division), a branch of Westpac, which is incorporated in Australia.

 

The division operates via an extensive network of branches and ATMs across both the North and South Islands. Business and institutional customers are also served through relationship and specialist product teams. Banking products are provided under the Westpac and WIB brands while insurance and wealth products are provided under Westpac Life and BT brands, respectively. New Zealand also has its own infrastructure, including technology, operations and treasury.

 

Performance of Westpac New Zealand

 

 

2014

2013

2012

 

 

$m

$m

$m

 

Net interest income

1,455

1,281

1,201

 

Non-interest income

438

389

367

 

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

1,893

1,670

1,568

 

Operating expenses

(776)

(697)

(653

)

Impairment charges

(24)

(97)

(148

)

Profit before income tax

1,093

876

767

 

Income tax expense

(300)

(241)

(211

)

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

(3)

(3)

(3

)

Cash earnings for the year

790

632

553

 

Net cash earnings adjustments

-

-

-

 

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

790

632

553

 

 

$bn

$bn

$bn

 

Deposits and other borrowings1

44.1

41.4

33.5

 

Loans

57.7

54.7

47.4

 

Total assets2

65.9

61.5

48.6

 

Funds under management

4.9

3.9

2.9

 

Funds under administration

1.5

1.2

1.0

 

Total operating expenses to net operating income ratio

41.0%

41.7%

41.6

%

 

1      Refers to total customer deposits in this table.

2      In 2014, total assets impacted by the transfer of $1.0 billion of assets to Westpac New Zealand from Group Businesses (Treasury).

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

111

 

 



 

 

2014 v 2013

 

Westpac New Zealand delivered cash earnings of $790 million, up $158 million or 25%.

 

Net interest income increased $174 million or 14%, of which foreign exchange translation impacts contributed $146 million. Excluding foreign exchange impacts, net interest income increased $28 million due to average interest-earning assets increasing 5% and margins declining 6 basis points. Margins and average interest-earning assets were impacted by the inclusion of Treasury assets (transfer from Group Businesses) in Westpac New Zealand’s result in the second half of 2014. Adjusting for these assets, margins were 4 basis points lower and average interest-earning assets were 4% higher:

 

§         drivers of the 4 basis point contraction in margin were:

 

        reduced lending spreads as customers switched to lower spread fixed rate mortgages, continued intense competition and business stressed assets run-off; and

 

        improved deposit spreads from active rate management, further portfolio optimisation and a reduction in wholesale funding costs.

 

§         total lending increased $3.0 billion or 5%:

 

        mortgages increased $2.1 billion or 6%, achieving 1.2 times system1 driven by good growth in mortgages with an LVR less than 80%; and

 

        business lending increased $0.8 billion or 4%, with growth in targeted areas in particular agriculture lending 2.2 times system1.

 

§         deposits increased $2.7 billion, up 7% with the deposit to loan ratio up 82 basis points to 76.5%. The majority of the growth was in at call and transaction accounts which increased $2.3 billion or 12%, primarily in online deposits, up $1.7 billion.

 

Non-interest income increased $49 million or 13%, driven by:

 

§         foreign exchange impacts of $44 million; and

 

§         increased insurance income and an uplift in fees earned from FUM/FUA growth, with balances up $1.3 billion or 25%, to $6.4 billion; partially offset by

 

§         insurance recoveries associated with the Christchurch earthquake received in 2013, which were not repeated in 2014.

 

Operating expenses increased $79 million or 11%, of which foreign exchange translation impacts contributed $78 million.

 

A continued focus on disciplined cost management has supported investment in strategic priorities which are contributing to both an enhanced customer experience and productivity benefits. As a result the expense to income ratio was down 75 basis points in 2014 to 41.0%.

 

Impairment charges decreased $73 million or 75%, as asset quality continued to improve, with lower consumer delinquencies and the run-off and management of business stressed assets.

 

For a discussion of the results of Westpac New Zealand for 2013 v 2012, refer to ‘Divisional performance – 2013 v 2012’.

 

1           Source: Reserve Bank of New Zealand (RBNZ).

 

 

 

 

112

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Divisional performance

 

 

Other divisions

 

Other divisions comprise:

 

Westpac Pacific

 

Westpac Pacific provides banking services for retail and business customers in seven Pacific Island Nations. Branches, ATMs, telephone banking and internet banking channels are used to deliver business activities in Fiji, Papua New Guinea (PNG), Vanuatu, Cook Islands, Tonga, Solomon Islands and Samoa. Westpac Pacific’s financial products include personal savings accounts, business transactional accounts, personal and business lending products, business services and a range of international products.

 

Group Services1

 

Group Services encompasses technology, banking operations, compliance, legal and property services.

 

Treasury

 

Treasury is primarily focused on the management of the Group’s interest rate risk and funding requirements by managing the mismatch between Group assets and liabilities. Treasury’s earnings are primarily impacted by the hedging decisions taken on behalf of the Group to manage net interest income outcomes and assist net interest income growth.

 

Core Support1

 

Core Support comprises those functions performed centrally, including finance, risk and human resources.

 

Group Items

 

Group Items includes earnings on capital not allocated to divisions, accounting entries for certain intra-group transactions that facilitate the presentation of the performance of our operating segments, earnings from non-core asset sales and certain other head office items such as centrally raised provisions.

 

Performance of other divisions

 

 

2014

2013

2012

 

$m

$m

$m

Net interest income

493

724

962

Non-interest income

203

193

293

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

696

917

1,255

Operating expenses

(148)

(215)

(233)

Impairment charges

(91)

(59)

(74)

Profit before income tax

457

643

948

Income tax expense

(120)

(252)

(329)

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

(24)

(55)

(58)

Cash earnings for the year

313

336

561

Net cash earnings adjustments

80

(162)

(477)

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

393

174

84

 

2014 v 2013

 

Other divisions’ cash earnings were $313 million in 2014, down $23 million.

 

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges decreased $221 million with Treasury income impacted by low market volatility, contributing to lower returns from the liquids portfolio and balance sheet management. The impact of exchange controls in PNG, and hedging of New Zealand earnings and offshore capital also reduced income. This was partially offset by an increase in profit from asset sales, with remaining shares in Visa sold in 2014.

 

Operating expenses were $67 million lower due to a reduction in defined benefits superannuation expense, employee provisions raised in 2013 that were not repeated and a decrease in centrally managed program costs.

 

Impairment charges of $91 million reflect an increase in centrally held economic overlay impairment provisions related to sectors in the economy undergoing structural change.

 

The effective tax rate reduced with the release of tax provisions no longer required, following the finalisation of prior period taxation matters. Non-controlling interests were lower by $29 million following the maturity of the 2003 TPS in 2013.

 

For a discussion of the results of this division for 2013 v 2012, refer to ‘Divisional performance – 2013 v 2012’.

 

1           Costs are allocated to other divisions, largely AFS and WIB.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

113

 

 



 


 

Divisional performance – 2013 v 2012

 

Westpac Retail & Business Banking

 

2013 v 2012

 

Westpac RBB cash earnings were $2,355 million in 2013, an increase of $197 million or 9% compared to 2012.

 

Net interest income increased by $346 million or 7% compared to 2012. This was driven by an increase in interest-earning assets and higher margins. Features of this result included:

 

¾        loans increased $6.1 billion or 2% compared to 2012, primarily due to:

 

        an increase in mortgages of $5.4 billion or 3% compared to 2012 which accounted for the majority of lending growth;

 

        other consumer lending increased 2% compared to 2012, with growth in personal lending offsetting a decline in cards; and

 

        an increase in business lending of 1% compared to 2012, with most of the growth in long term lending. Short-term lending and working capital balances were lower. Repayments were also higher over the year, particularly in agribusiness.

 

¾        deposits increased $11.6 billion or 8% compared to 2012, primarily due to:

 

        an increase in at call deposits of $16.9 billion or 21% compared to 2012, driven primarily by growth in consumer deposits (Reward Saver and mortgage offset accounts) and an increase in business deposits of $2.7 billion or 10% compared to 2012; partially offset by

 

        a decrease in term deposits of 9% compared to 2012, as customers chose to hold their funds in at call accounts.

 

¾        margins increased 10 basis points to 2.33% compared to 2012, primarily driven by:

 

        an increase in lending spreads (up 26 basis points), mostly from the repricing of mortgages and business loans to better reflect higher funding costs; and

 

        decreased deposit spreads (down 14 basis points) due to continued competitive pricing in at call savings accounts, where most of the deposit growth has occurred.

 

Non-interest income increased $106 million or 9% compared to 2012, primarily due to:

 

¾        an increase in business lending fees, which have continued to be repriced to more appropriately reflect the cost of providing business facilities; and

 

¾        an increase in cards income due to volume driven interchange fee increases and an increase in the use of premium rewards cards, including Westpac Black.

 

Operating expenses increased $72 million or 2% compared to 2012, primarily due to:

 

¾        an increase in compliance and investment spending including software amortisation; and

 

¾        improved productivity across frontline roles, reduced full-time equivalent employees (FTE) and disciplined expense

 

management offset by salary and wage increases, CPI increases and higher marketing costs associated with the new brand launch.

 

Impairment charges increased $57 million or 13% compared to 2012, primarily due to prior year benefitting from an improvement in asset quality, which led to a reduction in provisioning; this improvement was not matched in 2013.

 

St.George Banking Group

 

2013 v 2012

 

St.George cash earnings were $1,392 million in 2013, an increase of $203 million or 17% compared to 2012.

 

Net interest income increased by $250 million or 8% compared to 2012. This was driven by an increase in interest-earning assets and a 10 basis point improvement in margins. Features of this result included:

 

¾        loans increased $5.1 billion or 3% compared to 2012, primarily due to:

 

        an increase in mortgages of $6.1 billion or 6% compared to 2012. Growth was across all brands particularly in Bank of Melbourne; partially offset by

 

        a decrease in business lending of 5% compared to 2012 due to lower commercial property lending from the run off of existing facilities and from stressed assets refinanced out of the business.

 

¾        deposits increased $7.7 billion or 10% compared to 2012 with deposit growth more than fully funding loan growth over the year, primarily due to an increase in at call savings accounts with RAMS deposits contributing $1.3 billion of growth, offsetting a decrease in term deposits of $0.8 billion (down 2%); and

 

¾        margins increased 10 basis points to 2.22% compared to 2012, primarily due to:

 

        an increase in lending spreads of 26 basis points, with mortgage repricing and improved business lending spreads to recover increases in funding costs; partially offset by

 

        a decrease in deposit spreads of 16 basis points, as competition continued to see spreads on new deposits lower than the portfolio average.

 

Non-interest income decreased $23 million or 5% compared to 2012, primarily due to:

 

¾        lower financial markets income; partially offset by

 

¾        increased business lending fees.

 

Operating expenses increased $74 million or 6% compared to 2012, primarily due to:

 

¾        costs associated with the investment in Bank of Melbourne has added approximately $36 million in expenses including new branches, increased employee numbers and an increase in depreciation and amortisation; and

 

¾        the launch of new ‘Business Connect’ model for serving SME customers contributed to the increase along with increased technology costs; partially offset by

 

¾        productivity savings.

 

Impairment charges decreased $140 million or 32% compared to 2012, due to:


 

 

 

 

114

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 

 



 

Divisional performance

 


 

¾        a decrease in business impairment charges of $135 million compared to 2012, primarily due to the continued improvement in asset quality and lower levels of business stressed assets; and

 

¾        lower consumer impairment charges of $5 million compared to 2012, driven by improvements in delinquencies.

 

BT Financial Group (Australia)

 

2013 v 2012

 

BTFG cash earnings were $773 million in 2013, an increase of $88 million or 13% compared to 2012.

 

Net interest income decreased $18 million or 4% compared to 2012, primarily due to improved volumes and stronger margins in Private Wealth offset by a decline in margin lending balances.

 

Non-interest income increased $224 million or 13% compared to 2012, primarily due to:

 

¾        an increase in life insurance revenue with net earned premiums rising 21%, reflecting the expansion of distribution to the Independent Financial Advisor and aligned financial planner networks, partially offset by margin compression, a slight deterioration in lapse rates and an increase in claims consistent with the larger portfolio;

 

¾        an increase in general insurance revenue with gross written premiums rising 17% from annual pricing reviews, growth in new business through cross sell across the banking brands. Claim expenses have reduced compared to 2012;

 

¾        a decrease in lenders mortgage insurance revenue due to modest mortgage growth and the continued impact of the decision to de-risk the portfolio in 2009 and an increase in claims reflecting the work out of delinquent mortgages; and

 

¾        an increase in funds management income due to:

 

        an increase in average FUM due to inflows, improved markets and FX impacts, partially offset by a reduction in FUM margins;

 

        an increase in funds under administration (FUA) income driven by flows on platforms and improved markets;

 

        an increase in performance fees received in BTIM and JOHCM;

 

        an increase in advice income from new business revenue generated by an expanded planner network with greater focus on targeted segments and increasing customer facing time; and

 

        an increase in Ascalon revenue from seed pool revaluation gains.

 

Operating expenses increased $75 million, or 7% compared to 2012, primarily due to:

 

¾        an increase in investment related costs of $45 million;

 

¾        an increase in performance fee related bonuses associated with BTIM and JOHCM of $17 million; and

 

¾        an increase in other operating costs due to higher FTE, costs associated with regulatory change and other volume related costs.

 

Westpac Institutional Bank

 

2013 v 2012

 

WIB cash earnings were $1,575 million in 2013, an increase of $157 million or 11% compared to 2012.

 

Net interest income decreased $71 million or 4% compared to 2012, primarily due to a 23 basis point decline in margins. While margin pressure was experienced on both assets and liabilities, competition was most intense for transactional deposit balances. Features of this result included:

 

¾        loans increased $2.6 billion or 5% compared to 2012, primarily in targeted areas of trade finance, with particularly good growth from Asia; and

 

¾        deposits increased $8.3 billion or 13% compared to 2012, as WIB continued to build its total relationship focus resulting in growth in term deposits and transactional deposits.

 

Non-interest income increased $179 million or 12% compared to 2012, primarily due to:

 

¾        an increase in markets income compared to 2012. Growth during the year was most prominent in interest rate products as customers sought to more actively manage their risk as interest rates declined, while movements in the currency increased customer demand for FX hedging products; and

 

¾        a benefit in credit valuation adjustment of $87 million compared to a charge of $58 million in 2012; partially offset by

 

¾        lower Hastings revenue primarily due to reduced performance fees.

 

Operating expenses increased $85 million or 8% compared to 2012, primarily due to:

 

¾        an increase in WIB’s investment in Asia, including building product and technology capabilities, along with additional FTE and branch premises; and

 

¾        performance-related payments associated with the gains from the Hastings business in the first half of 2013.

 

Asset quality improved in 2013, and as a result impairments contributed an $89 million benefit to earnings, compared to a $127 million charge in 2012. The high level of write-backs and collectively assessed provision benefits continued in 2013, with new individually assessed provisions lower than 2012.

 

Westpac New Zealand

 

2013 v 2012

 

Westpac New Zealand cash earnings were $632 million in 2013, an increase of $79 million or 14% compared to 2012.

 

Net interest income increased $80 million or 7% compared to 2012, of which foreign exchange translation impacts contributed $75 million. Excluding foreign exchange impacts, net interest income increased $10 million due to average interest-earning assets increasing, partially offset by margins declining 34 basis points. Margins and interest-earning assets were impacted by the inclusion of liquid assets in


 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

115

 

 



 

 


 

2013. Adjusting for these assets, margins were 10 basis points lower.

 

Features of this result included:

 

¾        loans increased $7.3 billion or 15% compared to 2012, primarily due to:

 

        foreign exchange impacts of $5.6 billion; and

 

        an increase in mortgages and business lending of $1.7 billion compared to 2012. Growth was predominantly in the targeted segment of loans with an LVR less than 80%.

 

¾        deposits increased $7.9 billion or 24% compared to 2012, primarily due to:

 

        foreign exchange impacts of $4.2 billion; and

 

        an increase in term deposits and other deposits, driven by growth in consumer online savings and business transaction accounts.

 

¾        margins reduced 10 basis points to compared to 2012. The 10 basis point contraction in underlying margins was primarily due to:

 

        lending spreads were lower as competition increased and customers switched to lower spread fixed rate mortgage products; and

 

        deposit spreads decreased due to competition and lower returns on non-interest bearing deposits.

 

Non-interest income increased $22 million or 6% compared to 2012, primarily due to:

 

¾        an increase in facility fees and wealth fees earned from FUM/FUA growth (up $1.2 billion); partially offset by

 

¾        the one-off insurance policy benefit received in 2012.

 

Operating expenses increased $44 million or 7% compared to 2012, of which foreign exchange translation impacts contributed $41 million. Excluding foreign exchange impacts, this increase was primarily due to salary and other inflationary increases, including rental expenses and continued investment in strategic priorities, largely offset by benefits delivered from ongoing productivity initiatives.

 

Impairment charges decreased $51 million or 34% compared to 2012, primarily due to:

 

¾        continued improvement in stressed assets; and

 

¾       a decrease in business individually assessed provision charges of 81% compared to 2012; partially offset by

 

¾        an increase in impairment charges on a small number of institutional customers.

 

Other divisions

 

2013 v 2012

 

Other divisions’ cash earnings were $336 million in 2013, a decrease of $225 million or 40% compared to 2012.

 

Net interest income decreased $238 million or 25% compared to 2012, primarily due to lower Treasury income. In the more stable credit spread environment, Treasury experienced lower returns on the liquid assets portfolio compared to 2012. Higher interest costs related to recent subordinated debt and hybrid issues also reduced net interest income.

 

Non-interest income decreased $100 million or 34% compared to 2012, primarily due to:

 

¾        profit from the sale of Visa shares in 2012 ($46 million) was not repeated;

 

¾        reduced research and development tax credits received ($57 million); and

 

¾        hedging of offshore earnings and cost of hedging offshore capital.

 

Operating expenses decreased $18 million or 8% compared to 2012, primarily due to lower spend on centrally managed programs.

 

Impairment charges decreased $15 million primarily due to a single large provision in Vanuatu in 2012, which was not repeated in 2013.

 

The effective tax rate increased from 34.7% in 2012 to 39.2% in 2013, primarily from the impact of higher non-deductible distributions on Westpac CPS and Westpac CN.


 

 

 

 

116

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 

 



 

Risk and risk management

 

 

 


Risk factors

 

Our business is subject to risks that can adversely impact our business, financial performance, financial condition and future performance. If any of the following risks occur, our business, financial performance, financial condition or future performance could be materially adversely affected, with the result that the trading price of our securities could decline and as a security holder you could lose all, or part, of your investment. You should carefully consider the risks described and the other information in this Annual Report before investing in our securities. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we may face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently deem to be immaterial, may also become important factors that affect us.

 

Risks relating to our business

Our businesses are highly regulated and we could be adversely affected by failing to comply with existing laws and regulations or by changes in laws, regulations or regulatory policy

 

As a financial institution, we are subject to detailed laws and regulations in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate or obtain funding, including Australia, New Zealand and the United States. We are also supervised by a number of different regulatory and supervisory authorities which have broad administrative power over our businesses. In Australia, the relevant regulatory authorities include the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA), Reserve Bank of Australia (RBA), Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC), Australian Securities Exchange (ASX), Australian Competition and Consumer Commission (ACCC), the Australian Transaction Reports and Analysis Centre (AUSTRAC) and the Australian Taxation Office (ATO). The Reserve Bank of New Zealand (RBNZ) and the Financial Markets Authority (FMA) have supervisory oversight of our New Zealand operations. In the United States we are subject to supervision and regulation by the US Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC), the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) and the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). In other jurisdictions in which we operate, including the United Kingdom, Asia and various Pacific countries, we are also required to comply with relevant requirements of the local regulatory bodies.

 

We are responsible for ensuring that we comply with all applicable legal and regulatory requirements (including accounting standards) and industry codes of practice in the jurisdictions in which we operate or obtain funding, as well as meeting our ethical standards.

 

Compliance risk arises from these legal and regulatory requirements. If we fail to comply, we may be subject to fines, penalties or restrictions on our ability to do business. At a domestic level, an example of the broad administrative power available to regulatory authorities is the power available to APRA under the Banking Act 1959 in certain circumstances to investigate our affairs and/or issue a direction to us (such as a direction to comply with a prudential requirement, to conduct an audit, to remove a Director, executive officer or employee or not to undertake transactions). In recent years, there have been significant increases in the quantum of fines issued by global

 

 

 

regulators. Any such fines, costs and restrictions could adversely affect our business, reputation, prospects, financial performance or financial condition.

 

As with other financial services providers, we face increasing supervision and regulation in most of the jurisdictions in which we operate or obtain funding, particularly in the areas of funding, liquidity, capital adequacy, conduct and prudential regulation, anti-bribery and corruption, anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism financing and trade sanctions. In December 2010 the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) announced a revised global regulatory framework known as Basel III. Basel III, among other things, increases the required quality and quantity of capital held by banks and introduces new standards for the management of liquidity risk. APRA has now incorporated much of the framework into its prudential standards. Further details on the Basel III framework are set out in Section 1 under ‘Information on Westpac’ and ‘Significant developments’.

 

During the year ended 30 September 2014 there were also a series of other regulatory releases from authorities in the various jurisdictions in which we operate or obtain funding proposing significant regulatory change for financial institutions. This includes new accounting and reporting standards which have been finalised, global OTC derivatives reform and the US Dodd-Frank legislation, including the Volcker Rule promulgated thereunder. The latter is designed to reform the entire system for the supervision and regulation of financial firms that operate in or have a connection with the US, including non-US banks like Westpac. Other areas of proposed or potential change that could impact us include changes to tax legislation, regulation relating to remuneration, consumer protection and competition legislation, privacy and data protection, anti-bribery and corruption, anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism financing laws and trade sanctions. In addition, further changes may occur driven by policy, prudential or political factors. The Australian Government has commissioned a Financial System Inquiry with broad terms of reference. While a preliminary report has been released the final outcomes of this Inquiry are difficult to predict but may result in substantial regulatory changes, including additional capital requirements which could have a material impact on our business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition. Further details on the Inquiry are set out in Section 1 under ‘Significant developments’.

 

Regulation is becoming increasingly extensive and complex. Some areas of potential regulatory change involve multiple jurisdictions seeking to adopt a coordinated approach. This may result in conflicts with specific requirements of the jurisdictions in which we operate and, in addition, such changes may be inconsistently introduced across jurisdictions.

 

Changes may also occur in the oversight approach of regulators. It is possible that governments in jurisdictions in which we operate or obtain funding might revise their application of existing regulatory policies that apply to, or impact, Westpac’s business, including for reasons relating to national interest and/or systemic stability.


 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

117

 

 



 

 

 

 


Regulatory changes and the timing of their introduction continue to evolve and we currently manage our businesses in the context of regulatory uncertainty. The nature and impact of future changes are not predictable and are beyond our control. Regulatory compliance and the management of regulatory change is an increasingly important part of our strategic planning. We expect that we will be required to continue to invest significantly in compliance and the management and implementation of regulatory change and, at the same time, significant management attention and resources will be required to update existing or implement new processes to comply with the new regulations.

 

Regulatory change may also impact our operations by requiring us to have increased levels of liquidity and higher levels of, and better quality, capital as well as place restrictions on the businesses we conduct, require us to amend our corporate structure or require us to alter our product or service offerings. If regulatory change has any such effect, it could adversely affect one or more of our businesses, restrict our flexibility, require us to incur substantial costs and impact the profitability of one or more of our business lines. Any such costs or restrictions could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition.

 

For further information refer to ‘Significant developments’ in Section 1 and the sections ‘Critical accounting assumptions and estimates’ and ‘Future developments in accounting standards’ in Note 1 to the financial statements.

 

Adverse credit and capital market conditions may significantly affect our ability to meet funding and liquidity needs and may increase our cost of funding

 

We rely on credit and capital markets to fund our business and as a source of liquidity. Our liquidity and costs of obtaining funding are related to credit and capital market conditions.

 

Global credit and capital markets can experience periods of extreme volatility, disruption and decreased liquidity as was demonstrated during the Global Financial Crisis. While there have now been extended periods of stability in these markets, the environment has become more volatile and unpredictable. The main risks we face are damage to market confidence, changes to the access and cost of funding and a slowing in global activity or through other impacts on entities with whom we do business.

 

As of 30 September 2014, approximately 33% of our total funding originated from domestic and international wholesale markets, of this around 59% was sourced outside Australia and New Zealand.

 

A shift in investment preferences of businesses and consumers away from bank deposits towards other asset or investment classes could increase our need for funding from other, potentially less stable or more expensive forms of funding.

 

If market conditions deteriorate due to economic, financial, political or other reasons, our funding costs may be adversely affected and our liquidity and our funding and lending activities may be constrained.

 

If our current sources of funding prove to be insufficient, we may be forced to seek alternative financing. The availability

 

of such alternative financing, and the terms on which it may be available, will depend on a variety of factors, including prevailing market conditions, the availability of credit, our credit ratings and credit market capacity. Even if available, the cost of these alternatives may be more expensive or on unfavourable terms, which could adversely affect our financial performance, liquidity, capital resources and financial condition. There is no assurance that we will be able to obtain adequate funding and do so at acceptable prices, nor that we will be able to recover any additional costs.

 

If Westpac is unable to source appropriate funding, we may also be forced to reduce our lending or begin selling liquid securities. Such actions may adversely impact our business, prospects, liquidity, capital resources, financial performance or financial condition.

 

Westpac enters into collateralised derivative obligations, which may require Westpac to post additional collateral based on movements in market rates, which have the potential to adversely affect Westpac’s liquidity.

 

For a more detailed description of liquidity risk, refer to ‘Liquidity risk’ in this section and Note 27 to the financial statements.

 

Sovereign risk may destabilise financial markets adversely

 

Sovereign risk is the risk that foreign governments will default on their debt obligations, will be unable to refinance their debts as they fall due, or will nationalise parts of their economy. Should one sovereign default, there could be a cascading effect to other markets and countries, the consequences of which, while difficult to predict, may be similar to or worse than those experienced during the global financial crisis. Such an event could destabilise global financial markets adversely affecting our liquidity, financial performance or financial condition.

 

Failure to maintain credit ratings could adversely affect our cost of funds, liquidity, competitive position and access to capital markets

 

Credit ratings are independent opinions on our creditworthiness. Our credit ratings affect the cost and availability of our funding from capital markets and other funding sources and they may be important to customers or counterparties when evaluating our products and services. Therefore, maintaining high quality credit ratings is important.

 

The credit ratings assigned to us by rating agencies are based on an evaluation of a number of factors, including our financial strength, structural considerations regarding the Australian financial system and the credit rating of the Australian Government. A credit rating downgrade could be driven by the occurrence of one or more of the other risks identified in this section or by other events including changes to the methodologies used by the rating agencies to determine ratings.

 

Failure to maintain our current credit ratings could adversely affect our cost of funds and related margins, collateral requirements, liquidity, competitive position and our access to capital markets. The extent and nature of these impacts would depend on various factors, including the extent of any ratings change, whether our ratings differ among agencies


 

 

 

 

118

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 

 



 

Risk and risk management

 

 


(split ratings) and whether any ratings changes also impact our peers or the sector.

 

A systemic shock in relation to the Australian, New Zealand or other financial systems could have adverse consequences for Westpac or its customers or counterparties that would be difficult to predict and respond to

 

There is a risk that a major systemic shock could occur that causes an adverse impact on the Australian, New Zealand or other financial systems.

 

As outlined above, during the past decade the financial services industry and capital markets have been, and may continue to be, adversely affected by market volatility and the negative outlook for global economic conditions. A shock to one of the major global economies could again result in currency and interest rate fluctuations and operational disruptions that negatively impact the Group.

 

Any such market and economic disruptions could adversely affect financial institutions such as Westpac because consumer and business spending may decrease, unemployment may rise and demand for the products and services we provide may decline, thereby reducing our earnings. These conditions may also affect the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans or our counterparties to meet their obligations, causing us to incur higher credit losses. These events could also result in the undermining of confidence in the financial system, reducing liquidity, impairing our access to funding and impairing our customers and counterparties and their businesses. If this were to occur, our business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition could be adversely affected.

 

The nature and consequences of any such event are difficult to predict and there can be no certainty that we could respond effectively to any such event.

 

Declines in asset markets could adversely affect our operations or profitability

 

Declines in Australian, New Zealand or other asset markets, including equity, residential and commercial property and other asset markets, could adversely affect our operations and profitability.

 

Declining asset prices also impact our wealth management business. Earnings in our wealth management business are, in part, dependent on asset values because we typically receive fees based on the value of securities and/or assets held or managed. A decline in asset prices could negatively impact the earnings of this business.

 

Declining asset prices could also impact customers and counterparties and the value of security (including residential and commercial property) we hold against loans and derivatives which may impact our ability to recover amounts owing to us if customers or counterparties were to default. It may also affect our level of provisioning which in turn impacts profitability.

 

Our business is substantially dependent on the Australian and New Zealand economies

 

Our revenues and earnings are dependent on economic activity and the level of financial services our customers require. In particular, lending is dependent on various factors including economic growth, business investment, business

and consumer sentiment, levels of employment, interest rates and trade flows in the countries in which we operate.

 

We conduct the majority of our business in Australia and New Zealand and, consequently, our performance is influenced by the level and cyclical nature of lending in these countries. These factors are in turn impacted by both domestic and international economic conditions, natural disasters and political events. A significant decrease in Australian and New Zealand housing valuations could adversely impact our home lending activities because borrowers with loans in excess of their property value may show a higher propensity to default and in the event of defaults our security would be eroded, causing us to incur higher credit losses. The demand for our home lending products may also decline due to buyer concerns about decreases in values.

 

Adverse changes to the economic and business conditions in Australia and New Zealand and other countries such as China, India and Japan, could also adversely affect the Australian economy and our customers. In particular, due to the current relationship between Australia and China, particularly in the mining and resources sectors, a slowdown in China’s economic growth could negatively impact the Australian economy. Changes in economic conditions could in turn result in reduced demand for our products and services and affect the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans. If this were to occur, it could negatively impact our business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition.

 

An increase in defaults in credit exposures could adversely affect our liquidity, capital resources, financial performance or financial condition

 

Credit risk is a significant risk and arises primarily from our lending and derivatives activities. The risk arises from the possibility that some customers and counterparties will be unable to honour their obligations to us, including the repayment of loan principal and interest.

 

We establish provisions for credit impairment based on current information. If economic conditions deteriorate, some customers and/or counterparties could experience higher levels of financial stress and we may experience a significant increase in defaults and write-offs, and be required to increase our provisioning. Such events would diminish available capital and could adversely affect our liquidity, capital resources, financial performance or financial condition.

 

Credit risk also arises from certain derivative contracts we enter into and from our dealings with, and holdings of, debt securities issued by other banks, financial institutions, companies, governments and government bodies the financial conditions of which may be affected to varying degrees by economic conditions in global financial markets.

 

For a discussion of our risk management procedures, including the management of credit risk, refer to the ‘Risk management’ section and Note 27 to the financial statements.

 

We face intense competition in all aspects of our business

 

The financial services industry is highly competitive. We compete, both domestically and internationally, with retail


 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

119

 

 



 

 


and commercial banks, asset managers, investment banking firms, brokerage firms, other financial service firms and businesses in other industries with emerging financial services aspirations. This includes specialist competitors that may not be subject to the same capital and regulatory requirements and therefore may be able to operate more efficiently. Emerging competitors are increasingly utilising new technologies and seek to disrupt existing business models, including in relation to digital payment services.

 

If we are unable to compete effectively in our various businesses and markets, our market share may decline. Increased competition may also adversely affect us by diverting business to our competitors or creating pressure to lower margins.

 

Increased competition for deposits could also increase our cost of funding and lead us to access other types of funding. We rely on bank deposits to fund a significant portion of our balance sheet and deposits have been a relatively stable source of funding. We compete with banks and other financial services firms for such deposits. To the extent that we are not able to successfully compete for deposits, we would be forced to rely more heavily on other, potentially less stable or more expensive forms of funding, or reduce lending.

 

We are also dependent on our ability to offer products and services that match evolving customer preferences. If we are not successful in developing or introducing new products and services or responding or adapting to changes in customer preferences and habits, we may lose customers to our competitors. This could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition.

 

For more detail on how we address competitive pressures refer to ‘Competition’ in Section 1.

 

We could suffer losses due to market volatility

 

We are exposed to market risk as a consequence of our trading activities in financial markets and through the asset and liability management of our financial position. In our financial markets trading business, we are exposed to losses arising from adverse movements in levels and volatility of interest rates, foreign exchange rates, commodity prices, credit prices and equity prices. If we were to suffer substantial losses due to any market volatility it may adversely affect our business, prospects, liquidity, capital resources, financial performance or financial condition. For a discussion of our risk management procedures, including the management of market risk, refer to the ‘Risk management’ section.

 

We could suffer losses due to operational risks

 

Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. It also includes, among other things, technology risk, model risk and outsourcing risk.

 

We are also highly dependent on the conduct of our employees, contractors and external service providers. We could, for example, be adversely affected in the event of human error, inadequate or failed processes or if an employee, contractor or external service provider engages in fraudulent conduct. We could incur losses from incorrect or fraudulent payments and settlements, particularly real-time payments. We could also incur losses from an unintentional

or negligent failure to meet a professional obligation to specific clients, including fiduciary and suitability requirements, or from the nature or design of a product. These may include client, product and business practice risks such as product defects and unsuitability, market manipulation, insider trading, misleading or deceptive conduct, and inadequate or defective financial advice. While we have policies and processes to manage the risk of human error and employee, contractor or external service provider misconduct, these policies and processes may not always be effective.

 

Fraudulent conduct can also emerge from external parties seeking to access the bank’s systems and customers’ accounts. If systems, procedures and protocols for managing fraud fail, or are ineffective, they could lead to loss which could adversely affect our business, prospects, reputation, financial performance, or financial condition.

 

Entities within the Group may be involved from time to time in legal proceedings arising from the conduct of their business. The Group’s material contingent liabilities are described in Note 37 to the financial statements. There is a risk that these contingent liabilities may be larger than anticipated or that additional litigation or other contingent liabilities may arise.

 

As a financial services organisation, Westpac is heavily reliant on the use of data and models in the conduct of its business. We are therefore exposed to model risk, being the risk of loss arising because of errors or inadequacies in data or a model, or in the control and use of the model.

 

Westpac relies on a number of suppliers, both in Australia and overseas, to provide services to it and its customers. Failure by these suppliers to deliver services as required could disrupt services and adversely impact Westpac’s operations, profitability or reputation.

 

Operational risks could impact on our operations or adversely affect demand for our products and services. Operational risks can directly impact our reputation and result in financial losses which would adversely affect our financial performance or financial condition.

 

For a discussion of our risk management procedures, including the management of operational risk, refer to the ‘Risk management’ section.

 

We could suffer information security risks, including cyberattacks

 

The proliferation of new technologies, the increasing use of the internet and telecommunications to conduct financial transactions and the growing sophistication and activities of organised crime have resulted in increased information security risks for major financial institutions such as Westpac and our external service providers.

 

While Westpac has systems in place to detect and respond to cyberattacks, there can be no assurance that we will not suffer losses from cyberattacks or other information security breaches in the future.

 

Our operations rely on the secure processing, storage and transmission of information on our computer systems and networks, and the systems and networks of external suppliers. Although we implement significant measures to protect the security, integrity and confidentiality of our


 

 

 

 

120

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Risk and risk management

 

 


information, there is a risk that the computer systems, software and networks on which we rely may be subject to security breaches, unauthorised access, malicious software, external attacks or internal breaches that could have an adverse impact on our confidential information or that of our customers and counterparties.

 

Major banks in other jurisdictions have recently suffered security breaches from sophisticated cyberattacks. Our external service providers or other parties that facilitate our business activities (e.g. vendors, exchanges, clearing houses, central depositories and financial intermediaries) are also subject to the risk of cyberattacks. Any such security breach could result in the loss of customers and business opportunities, significant disruption to Westpac’s operations, misappropriation of Westpac’s confidential information and/or that of our customers and damage to Westpac’s computers or systems and/or those of our customers. Such a security breach could also result in reputational damage, claims for compensation and regulatory investigations and penalties, which could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial performance, or financial condition.

 

Our risk and exposure to such threats remains heightened because of the evolving nature of technology, Westpac’s prominence within the financial services industry and our plans to continue to improve and expand our internet and mobile banking infrastructure.

 

We continue to seek to strengthen and enhance our cybersecurity systems and investigate or remediate any information security vulnerabilities, investing additional resources as required to counter new and emerging threats as they continue to evolve.

 

We could suffer losses due to technology failures

 

The reliability and security of our information and technology infrastructure are crucial in maintaining our banking applications and processes. There is a risk that our information and technology systems might fail to operate properly or become disabled as a result of events that are wholly or partially beyond our control.

 

Further, our ability to develop and deliver products and services to customers is dependent upon technology that requires periodic renewal. We are constantly managing technology projects including projects to consolidate technology platforms, simplify and enhance our technology and operations environment, improve productivity and provide for a better customer experience. Failure to implement these projects or manage associated change effectively could result in cost overruns, a failure to achieve anticipated productivity, operational instability or reputational damage. In turn, this could place us at a competitive disadvantage and adversely affect our financial performance.

 

We could suffer losses due to failures in risk management strategies

 

We have implemented risk management strategies and internal controls involving processes and procedures intended to identify, monitor and manage the risks to which we are subject, including liquidity risk, credit risk, market risk (such as interest rate, foreign exchange and equity risk),

compliance risk, conduct risk and operational risk; all of which may impact the Group’s reputation.

 

However, there are inherent limitations with any risk management framework as there may exist, or emerge in the future, risks that we have not anticipated or identified.

 

If any of our risk management processes and procedures prove ineffective or inadequate or are otherwise not appropriately implemented, we could suffer unexpected losses and reputational damage which could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition.

 

For a discussion of our risk management procedures, refer to the ‘Risk management’ section.

 

We could suffer losses due to insurance risk

 

We have exposure to insurance risk in our life insurance and general insurance businesses, which may adversely affect our business, operations and financial condition.

 

Insurance risk is the risk of loss due to increases in policy benefits paid to customers arising from variations in the incidence or severity of insured events.

 

In the life insurance business, insurance risk arises primarily through mortality (death) and morbidity (illness and injury) risks being greater than expected.

 

In the general insurance business, insurance risk arises mainly through environmental factors (including floods and bushfires) and other calamities, such as earthquakes, tsunamis and volcanic activity, as well as general variability in home, contents, motor, travel and other insurance claim amounts. Further details on environmental risk factors are discussed below.

 

We could suffer losses due to environmental factors

 

We and our customers operate businesses and hold assets in a diverse range of geographic locations. Any significant environmental change or external event (including fire, storm, flood, earthquake or pandemic) in any of these locations has the potential to disrupt business activities, impact on our operations, damage property and otherwise affect the value of assets held in the affected locations and our ability to recover amounts owing to us. In addition, such an event could have an adverse impact on economic activity, consumer and investor confidence, or the levels of volatility in financial markets.

 

The risk of loss due to environmental factors is also relevant to our insurance business. The frequency and severity of external events such as natural disasters is difficult to predict and it is possible that the amounts we reserve for such events may not be adequate to cover actual claims that may arise, which could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition.

 

Reputational damage could harm our business and prospects

 

Our ability to attract and retain customers and our prospects could be adversely affected if our reputation is damaged.

 

Reputation risk arises where there are differences between stakeholders’ current and emerging perceptions, beliefs and expectations and our current and planned activities, performance and behaviours.


 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

121

 

 



 

 


There are various potential sources of reputational damage, including failure to effectively manage risks in accordance with our risk management frameworks, potential conflicts of interest, pricing policies, failure to comply with legal and regulatory requirements, making inaccurate public statements, environmental, social and ethical issues, engagement and conduct of external suppliers, failure to comply with anti-money laundering and anti-bribery and corruption laws, trade sanctions and counter-terrorism finance legislation or privacy laws, litigation, failure of information security systems, improper sales and trading practices, failure to comply with personnel and supplier policies, improper conduct of companies in which we hold strategic investments, technology failures and security breaches. Our reputation could also be adversely affected by the actions of the financial services industry in general or from the actions of customers, suppliers and other counterparties.

 

Failure to appropriately address issues that could or do give rise to reputational risk could also impact the regulatory change agenda, give rise to additional legal risk, subject us to regulatory enforcement actions, fines and penalties, or remediation costs, or harm our reputation among customers, investors and the marketplace. This could lead to loss of business which could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition.

 

We could suffer losses due to impairment to capitalised software, goodwill and other intangible assets that may adversely affect our business, operations and financial condition

 

In certain circumstances Westpac may be exposed to a reduction in the value of intangible assets. As at 30 September 2014, Westpac carried goodwill principally related to its investments in Australia, other intangible assets principally relating to assets recognised on acquisition of subsidiaries and capitalised software balances.

 

Westpac is required to assess the recoverability of the goodwill balances on at least an annual basis. For this purpose Westpac uses either a discounted cash flow or a multiple of earnings calculation. Changes in the assumptions upon which the calculation is based, together with expected changes in future cash flows, could materially impact this assessment, resulting in the potential write-off of part or all of the goodwill balances.

 

Capitalised software and other intangible assets are assessed for indicators of impairment at least annually or on indication of impairment. In the event that an asset is no longer in use, or that the cash flows generated by the asset do not support the carrying value, an impairment will be recorded, adversely impacting the Group’s financial condition.

 

We could suffer losses if we fail to syndicate or sell down underwritten securities

 

As a financial intermediary we underwrite listed and unlisted debt and equity securities. Underwriting activities include the development of solutions for corporate and institutional customers who need capital and investor customers who have an appetite for certain investment products. We may guarantee the pricing and placement of these facilities. We could suffer losses if we fail to syndicate or sell down our

risk to other market participants. This risk is more pronounced in times of heightened market volatility.

 

Certain strategic decisions may have adverse effects on our business

 

Westpac, at times, evaluates and may undertake strategic decisions which may include business expansion, including acquisitions of businesses. The expansion or integration of a new business can be complex and costly and may require Westpac to comply with additional local or foreign regulatory requirements which may carry additional risks. These decisions may, for a variety of reasons, not deliver the anticipated positive business results and could have a negative impact on our business, prospects, engagement with regulators, financial performance or financial condition.

 

Limitation on Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm’s Liability

 

The liability of PricewaterhouseCoopers (an Australian partnership which we refer to as PwC Australia), with respect to claims arising out of its audit report included in this Annual Report, is subject to the limitations set forth in the Professional Standards Act 1994 of New South Wales, Australia, as amended (the Professional Standards Act) and The Institute of Chartered Accountants in Australia (NSW) Scheme adopted by The Institute of Chartered Accountants in Australia (ICAA) on 8 October 2014 and approved by the New South Wales Professional Standards Council pursuant to the Professional Standards Act (the NSW Accountants Scheme). For matters occurring on or prior to 8 October 2014, the liability of PwC Australia may be subject to the limitations set forth in predecessor schemes. The current NSW Accountants Scheme expires on 8 October 2019 unless further extended or replaced.

 

The Professional Standards Act and the NSW Accountants Scheme may limit the liability of PwC Australia for damages with respect to certain civil claims arising directly or vicariously from anything done or omitted by it in New South Wales in the performance of its professional services for us, including, without limitation, its audits of our financial statements. The maximum liability for audit work is $75 million or, in relation to matters occurring on or prior to 7 October 2007, $20 million. The limit does not apply to claims for breach of trust, fraud or dishonesty.

 

In addition, there is equivalent professional standards legislation in place in other states and territories in Australia and amendments have been made to a number of Australian federal statutes to limit liability under those statutes to the same extent as liability is limited under state and territory laws by professional standards legislation. Accordingly, liability for acts or omissions by PwC Australia in Australian states or territories other than New South Wales may be limited in a manner similar to that in New South Wales. These limitations of liability may limit recovery upon the enforcement in Australian courts of any judgment under US or other foreign laws rendered against PwC Australia based on or related to its audit report on our financial statements. Substantially all of PwC Australia’s assets are located in Australia. However, the Professional Standards Act and the NSW Accountants Scheme have not been subject to judicial consideration and therefore how the limitation might be applied by the courts and the effect of the limitation on the enforcement of foreign judgments are untested.


 

 

 

 

122

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Risk and risk management

 

 


Risk management

 

Westpac’s vision is to be one of the world’s great companies, helping our customers, communities and people to prosper and grow.

 

Effective risk management is one of the keys to achieving this goal. It influences our customer experiences and public perceptions, our financial performance, reputation and shareholder expectations, and thus our future success. We regard managing risk as a fundamental activity, performed at all levels of the Group.

 

The Risk Management Strategy is approved by the Board and reviewed by the Board Risk and Compliance Committee (BRCC) on an annual basis or more frequently where required by a material business or strategy change or a material change to the Group’s risk profile. It is owned by the Chief Executive Officer.

 

For further information regarding the role and responsibilities of the BRCC and other Board committees in managing risk, refer to ‘Corporate governance – Risk management’ in Section 1.

 

The CEO and Executive Team are responsible for implementing our Risk Management Strategy and frameworks, and for developing policies, controls, processes and procedures for identifying and managing risk in all of Westpac’s activities.

 

As outlined in the ‘Corporate governance’ section, we adopt a Three Lines of Defence approach to risk management which reflects our culture of ‘risk is everyone’s business’ and that all employees are responsible for identifying and managing risk and operating within the Group’s desired risk profile. We embed risk culture and maintain an awareness of risk management responsibilities through regular communication, training and other targeted approaches that support our risk management framework.

 

For a comprehensive discussion of the risks to which Westpac is exposed, and its policies to manage these risks, refer to ‘Corporate governance – Risk management’ in Section 1 and Note 27 to the financial statements.

 

Credit risk

 

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss where a customer or counterparty fails to meet their financial obligations to Westpac.

 

We have a framework and supporting policies for managing the credit risk associated with lending across our business divisions. The framework and policies encompass all stages of the credit cycle – origination, evaluation, approval, documentation, settlement, ongoing administration and problem management. For example, we have established product-based standards for lending to individuals, with key controls including minimum serviceability standards and maximum loan to security value ratios. We offer residential property loans to both owner-occupiers and investors at both fixed and variable rates, secured by a mortgage over the property or other acceptable collateral. Where we lend to higher loan to value ratios we typically also require lenders mortgage insurance. Similarly, we have established criteria for business, commercial, corporate and institutional lending, which can vary by industry segment. In this area we focus on the performance of key financial risk ratios, including

interest coverage, debt serviceability and balance sheet structure. When providing finance to smaller business, commercial and corporate borrowers we typically obtain security, such as a mortgage over property and/or a general security agreement over business assets. For larger corporates and institutions we typically also require compliance with selected financial ratios and undertakings and may hold security. In respect of commercial property lending we maintain loan origination and ongoing risk management standards, including specialised management for higher value loans. We consider factors such as the nature, location, quality and expected demand for the asset, tenancy profile and experience and quality of management. We actively monitor the Australian and New Zealand property markets and the composition of our commercial property loan book across the Group.

 

The extension of credit is underpinned by the Group’s Principles of Responsible Lending. This is reflected in our commitment to comply with all local legislation, codes of practice and relevant guidelines and obligations to market our products responsibly and stay in touch with the expectations of customers and the community.

 

Refer to Note 27 to the financial statements for details of our credit risk management policies.

 

Provisions for impairment charges on loans

 

For information on the basis for determining the provision for impairment charges on loans refer to ‘Critical accounting assumptions and estimates’ in Note 1 to the financial statements.

 

Credit risk concentrations

 

We monitor our credit portfolio to manage risk concentrations. At 30 September 2014, our exposure to consumers comprised 71% (2013: 71%, 2012: 71%) of our on-balance sheet loans and 57% (2013: 57%, 2012: 57%) of total credit commitments. At 30 September 2014, 90% (2013: 90%, 2012: 91%) of our exposure to consumers was supported by residential real estate mortgages. The consumer category includes investment property loans to individuals, credit cards, personal loans, overdrafts and lines of credit. Our consumer credit risks are diversified, with substantial consumer market share in every state and territory in Australia, New Zealand and the Pacific region. Moreover, these customers service their debts with incomes derived from a wide range of occupations, in city as well as country areas.

 

Exposures to businesses, government and other financial institutions are classified into a number of industry clusters based on groupings of related Australian and New Zealand Standard Industrial Classification (ANZSIC) codes and are monitored against industry risk limits. The level of industry risk is measured and monitored on a dynamic basis. We also control the concentration risks that can arise from large exposures to individual borrowers.


 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

123

 

 



 

 

Cross-border outstandings

 

Cross-border outstandings are loans, placements with banks, interest earning investments and monetary assets denominated in currencies other than the borrower’s or guarantor’s local currency, or the local currency of the Westpac branch or subsidiary holding the asset. They are grouped on the basis of the country of domicile of the borrower or the ultimate guarantor of the risk. The table below excludes irrevocable letters of credit, amounts of which are immaterial. The relevant foreign denominated currencies have been converted at the closing spot exchange rate used in the financial statements.

 

Our cross-border outstandings to borrowers in countries that individually represented in excess of 0.75% of Group total assets as at 30 September in each of the past three years were as follows:

 

(in $millions unless otherwise indicated)

 

Governments and
Official Institutions

 

Banks and Other
Financial
Institutions

 

Other (Primarily
Commercial
and Industrial)

 

Total

 

%
of Total
Assets

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

5,151

 

3,438

 

488

 

9,077

 

1.2%

China

 

6

 

4,844

 

3,261

 

8,111

 

1.1%

Australia

 

2

 

2,556

 

3,692

 

6,250

 

0.8%

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

4,877

 

3,332

 

668

 

8,877

 

1.3%

Australia

 

6

 

2,981

 

3,808

 

6,795

 

1.0%

China

 

7

 

3,270

 

2,200

 

5,477

 

0.8%

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

22

 

2,393

 

3,110

 

5,525

 

0.8%

 

Impaired assets among cross-border outstandings were $79 million as at 30 September 2014 (2013: $146 million, 2012: $125 million).

 

 

124

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Risk and risk management

 

Liquidity risk

 

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will be unable to fund assets and meet obligations as they become due. This risk could potentially arise as a result of:

 

§         an inability to meet both expected and unexpected current and future cashflows and collateral needs without affecting either daily operations or the financial condition of the bank; and/or

 

§         inadequate market depth or market disruption impacting the ability to offset or eliminate a position at the market price.

 

Liquidity risk is managed through our BRCC-approved Liquidity Risk Management Framework.

 

Refer to Note 27 to the financial statements for a more detailed discussion of our liquidity risk management policies.

 

Westpac debt programs and issuing shelves

 

Access in a timely and flexible manner to a diverse range of debt markets and investors is provided by the following programs and issuing shelves as at 30 September 2014:

 

Program Limit

 

Issuer(s)

 

Program/Issuing Shelf Type

Australia

 

 

 

 

No limit

 

WBC

 

Debt Issuance Program

 

 

 

 

 

Euro Market

 

 

 

 

USD 2.5 billion

 

WBC

 

Euro Transferable Certificate of Deposit Program

USD 20 billion

 

WBC/WSNZL1

 

Euro Commercial Paper and Certificate of Deposit Program

USD 70 billion

 

WBC

 

Euro Medium Term Note Program

USD 7.5 billion

 

WSNZL1

 

Euro Medium Term Note Program

USD 40 billion

 

WBC2

 

Global Covered Bond Program

EUR 5 billion

 

WSNZL3

 

Global Covered Bond Program

 

 

 

 

 

Japan

 

 

 

 

JPY 750 billion

 

WBC

 

Samurai shelf

JPY 750 billion

 

WBC

 

Uridashi shelf

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

 

 

 

USD 45 billion

 

WBC

 

US Commercial Paper Program

USD 10 billion

 

WSNZL1

 

US Commercial Paper Program

USD 35 billion

 

WBC

 

US MTN Program

No limit

 

WBC (NY Branch)

 

Certificate of Deposit Program

No limit

 

WBC

 

US Securities and Exchange Commission registered shelf

 

 

 

 

 

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No limit

 

WNZL

 

Medium Term Note and Registered Certificate of Deposit Program

 

 

 

 

 

1    Notes issued under this program by Westpac Securities NZ Limited, London branch are guaranteed by Westpac New Zealand Limited, its parent company.

2    Notes issued under this program are guaranteed by BNY Trust Company of Australia Limited as trustee of the Westpac Covered Bond Trust.

3    Notes issued under this program by Westpac Securities NZ Limited, London branch are guaranteed by Westpac New Zealand Limited, its parent company, and Westpac NZ Covered Bond Limited.

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

125

 



 

 

Market risk

Market risk is the risk of an adverse impact on earnings resulting from changes in market factors, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates, commodity prices and equity prices. Market risk arises in both trading and banking book activities.

 

Our trading activities are conducted in our Financial Markets and Treasury businesses. Financial Market’s trading book activity represents dealings that encompass book running and distribution activity. Treasury’s trading activity represents dealings that include the management of interest rate, foreign exchange (FX) and credit spread risk associated with wholesale funding, liquid asset portfolios and hedging of foreign currency earnings and capital deployed offshore.

 

Refer to Note 27 to the financial statements for a more detailed discussion of our market risk management policies.

 

The table below depicts the aggregate Value at Risk (VaR), by risk type, for the year ended 30 September:

 

 

 

Consolidated and Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

High

 

Low

 

Average

 

 

High

 

Low

 

Average

 

High

 

Low

 

Average

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate risk

 

30.7

 

6.3

 

15.6

 

 

30.8

 

9.1

 

16.7

 

29.0

 

10.5

 

18.4

 

Foreign exchange risk

 

7.6

 

1.2

 

3.0

 

 

5.7

 

0.5

 

2.1

 

8.0

 

0.8

 

3.3

 

Equity risk

 

0.7

 

0.1

 

0.3

 

 

0.8

 

0.1

 

0.3

 

1.8

 

0.2

 

0.5

 

Commodity risk1

 

2.9

 

1.3

 

2.0

 

 

6.1

 

1.2

 

2.9

 

5.1

 

1.0

 

2.5

 

Other market risks2

 

11.3

 

5.4

 

9.2

 

 

13.0

 

5.8

 

7.9

 

21.6

 

7.8

 

16.6

 

Diversification effect

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

(8.2)

 

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

(10.7)

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

(12.5)

 

Net market risk

 

40.2

 

9.5

 

22.0

 

 

35.4

 

12.5

 

19.2

 

41.2

 

16.8

 

28.8

 

1      Includes electricity risk.

2      Includes prepayment risk and credit spread risk (exposure to movements in generic credit rating bands).

 

The graph below compares the actual profit and loss from trading activities on a daily basis to VaR over the reporting period:

 

 

Each point on the graph represents one day’s profit or loss from trading activities. The result is placed on the graph relative to the associated VaR utilisation. The downward sloping line represents the point where a loss is equal to VaR utilisation. Therefore any point below the line represents a back-test exception (i.e. where the loss is greater than VaR).

 

 

126

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Risk and risk management

 

Operational risk and compliance risk

 

Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems, or from external events including legal risk but excluding strategic and reputation risk. It also includes, among other things, technology risk, model risk and outsourcing risk.

 

The way operational risk is managed has the potential to positively or negatively impact our customers, our employees, our financial performance and our reputation.

 

Compliance risk is the risk of legal or regulatory sanction, financial or reputational loss, arising from our failure to abide by the compliance obligations required of us.

 

Compliance is focused on meeting our legal and regulatory obligations in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate by proactively managing compliance risk. Refer to ‘Corporate governance’ in Section 1 for information on our management of operational and compliance risk.

 

The Group’s Operational Risk Management Framework and Compliance Management Framework assist all divisions to achieve their objectives through the effective identification, assessment, measurement, management, monitoring, reporting, control and mitigation of their risks. The Operational Risk Management Framework defines the organisational and governance structures, roles and responsibilities, principles, policies, processes and systems that we use to manage operational risk. The Compliance Management Framework defines the principles, policies and processes, systems, and roles and responsibilities that we use to meet our obligations under the law, based on the letter and spirit of the regulatory standards that apply to the Group. The Frameworks are underpinned by a culture of individual accountability and responsibility, based on a Three Lines of Defence model. This is discussed in further detail in Note 27 to the financial statements.

 

Other risks

 

Business risk and risks arising from our strategic objectives and business plans

The risk associated with the vulnerability of a line of business to changes in the business environment, strategic risk and risks specific to our business plans and objectives.

 

Sustainability risks

The risk of damage to Westpac’s reputation or financial performance due to failure to recognise or address material existing or emerging sustainability-related environmental, social or governance issues.

 

The Group has in place a Sustainability Risk Management Framework that is supported by a suite of key supporting policies and position statements. These include the Principles for Doing Business, Principles for Responsible Lending, ESG Credit Risk Policy, Climate Change and Environment Position Statement and Action Plan and sensitive sector position statements, and Sustainable Supply Chain Management Code of Conduct and Framework, many of which are publicly available. The Sustainability Risk Management Framework was reviewed and updated in 2014.

 

Westpac is also a signatory to a number of voluntary principles-based frameworks that guide the integration of ESG-related issues into investment analysis. These include the Equator Principles covering project finance activities and the Principles for Responsible Investment covering investment analysis.

 

Equity risk

The potential for financial loss arising from adverse movements in equity values. Equity risk can be direct, indirect or contingent.

 

The Group’s direct equity risk arises from principal investments or net trading or underwriting positions in listed or unlisted equities. It also includes seed funding, debt for equity swaps, equity derivatives and other situations where the value of Westpac’s investment is directly affected by the change in value of the equity instrument to the full extent of that change. Our indirect equity risk is primarily related to the potential for equity market volatility to impact on fee income that is based on the size of funds under management and administration. Our contingent equity risk arises from normal lending activities secured by or with recourse to listed and/or unlisted equities and the borrower, or to another equity like source of risk protection. Contingent risk materialises when there is a default, and a subsequent shortfall from the realisation of equity related assets that is not covered from other sources of recourse.

 

The Group has in place various policies, limits and controls to manage these risks and the conflicts of interest that can potentially arise.

 

Insurance risk

The risk of misestimation of the expected cost of insured events, volatility in the number or severity of insured events, and misestimation of the cost of incurred claims.

 

Subsidiaries within the Group’s BT Financial Group undertake life insurance, general insurance and lenders mortgage insurance. They are governed by independent boards and are subject to separate regulatory oversight and controls. These subsidiaries have comprehensive reinsurance arrangements in place to transfer risk and protect against catastrophic events. They are capitalised to a level that exceeds the minimum required by the relevant regulator.

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

127

 

 



 

 

Related entity (contagion) risk

The risk that problems arising in other Westpac Group members compromise the financial and operational position of the ADI in the Westpac Group.

 

The Group has in place a Risk Management Framework and a suite of supporting policies and procedures governing the control of dealings with, and activities that may be undertaken by, Group members. Controls include the measurement, approval and monitoring of, and limitations on, the extent of intra-group credit exposures and other forms of parent entity support, plus requirements related to control of Group badging, product distribution, promotional material, service-level agreements and managing potential conflicts of interest.

 

Reputation risk

The risk to earnings or capital arising from negative public opinion resulting from the loss of reputation or public trust and standing.

 

Reputation risk can arise from gaps between current and/or emerging stakeholder perceptions and expectations relative to our current or planned activities, performance or behaviours. It can affect the Group’s brands and businesses positively or negatively. Stakeholder perceptions can include (but are not limited to) views on financial performance, quality of products or services, quality of management, leadership and governance, history and heritage and our approach to sustainability, social responsibility and ethical behaviour.

 

We have a Reputation Risk Management Framework and key supporting policies in place covering the way we manage reputation risk as one of our key risks across the Group, including the setting of risk appetite and roles and responsibilities for risk identification, measurement and management, monitoring and reporting.

 

Structured entities

 

We are associated with a number of structured entities in the ordinary course of business, primarily to provide funding and financial services products to our customers.

 

Structured entities are typically set up for a single, pre-defined purpose, have a limited life and generally are not operating entities nor do they have employees. The most common form of structured entity involves the acquisition of financial assets by the structured entity that are funded by the issuance of securities to external investors (securitisation). Repayment of the securities is determined by the performance of the assets acquired by the structured entity.

 

Under AAS, a structured entity is consolidated and reported as part of the Group if it is controlled by the parent entity in line with AASB 10 Consolidated Financial Statements. The definition of control is based on the substance rather than the legal form. Refer to Note 1 to the financial statements for a description of how we apply the requirements to evaluate whether to consolidate structured entities. Refer to Note 41 to the financial statements for further information.

 

In the ordinary course of business, we have established or sponsored the establishment of structured entities in relation to securitisation, as detailed below. Capital is held, as appropriate, against all structured entity-related transactions and exposures.

 

Covered bond guarantors

 

Through our covered bond programs we assign our equitable interests in residential mortgage loans to a structured entity covered bond guarantor which guarantees the obligations of our covered bonds. We provide arm’s length swaps to the covered bond guarantor in accordance with relevant prudential guidelines. We have no obligation to repurchase any assets from the covered bond guarantor, other than in certain circumstances where there is a breach of representation or warranty. We may repurchase loans from the covered bond guarantor at our discretion, subject to the conditions set out in the transaction documents.

 

As at 30 September 2014, the carrying value of assets pledged for the covered bond programs for the Group was $39.3 billion (2013: $34.2 billion).

 

Refer to Note 32 to the financial statements for further details.

 

Securitisation structured entities

 

Through our securitisation programs we assign our equitable interests in assets (in respect of RMBS, principally residential mortgage loans, and in respect of ABS, principally auto receivables) to structured entities which issue securities to investors. We provide arm’s length interest rate swaps and liquidity facilities to the structured entities in accordance with relevant prudential guidelines. We have no obligation to repurchase any securitisation securities, other than in certain circumstances (excluding impaired assets) where there is a breach of representation or warranty within 120 days of the initial sale (except in respect of our program in New Zealand which imposes no such time limitation). We may remove assets from the program where they cease to conform with the terms and conditions of the securitisation programs or through a program’s clean-up features.

 

As at 30 September 2014, own assets securitised through a combination of privately or publicly placed issues to Australian, New Zealand, European and United States investors was $11.6 billion (2013: $10.8 billion).

 

 

 

 

128

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Risk and risk management

 

Under AAS substantially all of the structured entities involved in our loan securitisation programs are consolidated by the Group.

 

Refer to Note 32 to the financial statements for further details.

 

Customer funding conduits

 

We arrange financing for certain customer transactions through a commercial paper conduit that provides customers with access to the commercial paper market. As at 30 September 2014, we administered one significant conduit (2013: one), that was created prior to 1 February 2003, with commercial paper outstanding of $1.4 billion (2013: $1.8 billion). We provide a letter of credit facility as credit support to the commercial paper issued by the conduit. This facility is a variable interest in the conduit that we administer and represents a maximum exposure to loss of $147 million as at 30 September 2014 (2013: $186 million). The conduit is consolidated by the Group.

 

Refer to Note 32 to the financial statements for further details.

 

Structured finance transactions

 

We have entered into transactions with structured entities to provide financing to customers or to provide financing to the Group. Any financing arrangements to customers are entered into under normal lending criteria and are subject to our normal credit approval processes. The assets arising from these financing activities are generally included in receivables due from other financial institutions or available-for-sale securities. The liabilities arising from these financing activities are generally included in payables due to other financial institutions, debt issues or financial liabilities designated at fair value. Exposures in the form of guarantees or undrawn credit lines are included within contingent liabilities and credit-related commitments.

 

Off-balance sheet arrangements

 

Wealth management activity

Refer to Note 38 to the financial statements for details of our wealth management activities.

 

Other off-balance sheet arrangements

Refer to Note 36 to the financial statements for details of our superannuation plans and Note 37 for details of our contingent liabilities, contingent assets and credit commitments.

 

Financial reporting

 

Internal control over financial reporting

The US Congress passed the Public Company Accounting Reform and Investor Protection Act in July 2002, which is commonly known as the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (SOX). SOX is a wide ranging piece of US legislation concerned largely with financial reporting and corporate governance. We are obligated to comply with SOX by virtue of being a foreign registrant with the SEC and we have established procedures designed to comply with all applicable requirements of SOX.

 

Disclosure controls and procedures

Our management, with the participation of our CEO and CFO, evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934) as of 30 September 2014.

 

Based upon this evaluation, our CEO and CFO have concluded that the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of 30 September 2014.

 

Management’s Report on internal control over financial reporting

Rule 13a-15(a) under the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires us to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting. Refer to the sections headed ‘Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting’ and ‘Report of independent registered public accounting firm’ in Section 3 for those reports.

 

Changes in our internal control over financial reporting

There has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934) for the year ended 30 September 2014 that has been identified that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

129

 

 



 

Other Westpac business information

 


Employees

 

The number of employees in each area of business as at 30 September1:

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

AFS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Westpac RBB

 

9,882

 

9,847

 

10,171

St.George

 

5,629

 

5,149

 

5,106

BTFG

 

4,169

 

4,164

 

3,898

WIB

 

1,872

 

1,793

 

1,751

Westpac New Zealand

 

4,342

 

4,481

 

4,691

Other

 

10,479

 

10,163

 

10,058

Total employees

 

36,373

 

35,597

 

35,675

1      Total employees includes full-time, pro-rata part-time, overtime, temporary and contract staff.

 

2014 v 2013

Total FTE increased by 776 compared to 30 September 2013. This increase was driven by the acquisition of Lloyds (554 FTE) and investment in Bank of Melbourne (149 FTE), further expansion in Asia (91 FTE) and simplification programs (61 FTE). These were partly offset by productivity program benefits.

 

2013 v 2012

Total FTE decreased by 78 compared to 30 September 2012. This decrease was primarily driven by the delivery of productivity initiatives, offset by additional FTE to support investment across the Group.

 

Specifically, the movement comprised:

 

§         a decrease of 210 FTE in Westpac New Zealand from productivity program benefits;

 

§         a decrease of 15 FTE across AFS due to operating model changes and other productivity initiatives, offset by investment in Bank of Melbourne and an increase in staff supporting Wealth investments;

 

§         an increase of 105 FTE across other businesses relating to regulatory change and compliance programs, offset by supplier program benefits and other productivity initiatives; and

 

§         an increase of 42 FTE in WIB to support further expansion in Asia.

 

Property

 

We occupy premises primarily in Australia, New Zealand and the Pacific Islands including 1,534 branches, (2013: 1,544) as at 30 September 2014. As at 30 September 2014, we owned approximately 2.0% (2013: 2.0%) of the premises we occupied in Australia, none (2013: none) in New Zealand and 54% (2013: 53%) in the Pacific Islands. The remainder of premises are held under commercial lease with the terms generally averaging five years. As at 30 September 2014, the carrying value of our directly owned premises and sites was approximately $228 million (2013: $182 million).

 

Westpac Place in the Sydney CBD is the Group’s head office and has a 6,414 seat capacity. In 2008 we signed a 10 year 9 month lease, which commenced in

 

November 2008 and contains three six-year options to extend.

 

60 Martin Place in the Sydney CBD is the next largest corporate site. The Martin Place office has a 2,379 seat capacity. A lease commitment at this site extends to 2015.

 

We have retained a corporate presence in Kogarah, in the Sydney metro area, which is a key corporate office of St.George. The Kogarah head office has a 2,319 seat capacity. A lease commitment at this site extends to 2021 with five five-year options to extend.

 

In July 2010, Westpac entered into a lease and services agreement for a purpose built data centre in Western Sydney. This agreement relates to the design, construction and operation of the data centre and is for a period of 15 years with two further five year option periods. The site was handed over on 28 September 2011.

 

In November 2011, an Agreement for Lease for part of 150 Collins Street, Melbourne, was executed between the following parties: Westpac Banking Corporation (Tenant), APN (Lessor), and APN and Grocon (Developers). The term of the lease is 12 years. Construction is near completion, with occupancy expected to commence late-2014.

 

In June 2012, an Agreement for Lease between Westpac Banking Corporation and Lend Lease (Millers Point) Pty Ltd (Developer) was executed with Westpac as anchor tenant for the T2 Tower at the Barangaroo South development. The term of the lease is 15 years. Design and construction is progressing in line with project milestones, with occupancy on track for mid- to late-2015

 

In February 2014, Westpac exercised its contractual right to purchase 100% of the units in the North Ryde Office Trust. The assets acquired consist of a data centre and the land on which it resides. Prior to this acquisition, Westpac had a long term lease for the data centre.

 

‘Westpac on Takutai Square’ is Westpac New Zealand’s head office, located at the Eastern end of Britomart Precinct near Customs Street in Auckland, contains 24,510 square metres of office space across two buildings and has a capacity of approximately 2,110 seats. A lease commitment at this site extends to 2021, with two six-year options to extend.

 

Significant long term agreements

 

Westpac’s significant long term agreements are summarised in Note 35 to the financial statements.

 

Related party disclosures

 

Details of our related party disclosures are set out in Note 42 to the financial statements and details of Directors’ interests in securities are set out in the Remuneration Report included in the Directors’ Report. The related party disclosures relate principally to transactions with our Directors and Director-related parties as we do not have individually significant shareholders and our transactions with other related parties are not significant.

 

Other than as disclosed in Note 42 to the financial statements and the Remuneration Report, if applicable, loans made to parties related to Directors and other key

 


 

 

 

130

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Other Westpac business information


management personnel of Westpac are made in the ordinary course of business on normal terms and conditions (including interest rates and collateral). Loans are made on the same terms and conditions (including interest rates and collateral) as apply to other employees and certain customers in accordance with established policy. These loans do not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present any other unfavourable features.

 

Auditor’s remuneration

Auditor’s remuneration, including goods and services tax, to the external auditor for the years ended 30 September 2014 and 2013 is provided in Note 34 to the financial statements.

 

Audit related services

Westpac Group Secretariat monitors the application of the pre-approval process in respect of audit, audit-related and non-audit services provided by PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) and promptly brings to the attention of the BAC any exceptions that need to be approved pursuant to paragraph (c)(7)(i)(C) of Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X. The pre-approval guidelines are communicated to Westpac’s divisions through publication on the Westpac intranet.

 

During the year ended 30 September 2014, there were no fees paid by Westpac to PwC that required approval by the BAC pursuant to paragraph (c)(7)(i)(C) of Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

131

 

 



 

 

This page has intentionally been left blank.

 

 

 

 

132

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 

 



 

 

Financial statements

 

Income statements

Statements of comprehensive income

Balance sheets

Statements of changes in equity

Cash flow statements

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 1

Summary of significant accounting policies

 

Note 25

Share-based payments

Note 2

Net interest income

 

Note 26

Average balance sheet and interest rates

Note 3

Non-interest income

 

Note 27

Financial risk

Note 4

Operating expenses

 

Note 27.1

Approach to risk management

Note 5

Income tax

 

Note 27.2

Credit risk management

Note 6

Dividends

 

Note 27.3

Funding and liquidity risk management

Note 7

Earnings per share

 

Note 27.4

Market risk

Note 8

Receivables due from other financial institutions

 

Note 28

Fair values of financial assets and liabilities

Note 9

Trading securities and other financial assets designated at fair value

 

Note 29

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

Note 30

Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

Note 10

Available-for-sale securities

 

Note 31

Capital adequacy

Note 11

Loans

 

Note 32

Securitisation and covered bonds

Note 12

Provisions for impairment charges

 

Note 33

Group segment information

Note 13

Property, plant and equipment

 

Note 34

Auditor’s remuneration

Note 14

Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities

 

Note 35

Expenditure commitments

Note 15

Goodwill and other intangible assets

 

Note 36

Superannuation commitments

Note 16

Other assets

 

Note 37

Contingent liabilities, contingent assets and credit commitments

Note 17

Payables due to other financial institutions

 

 

Note 18

Deposits and other borrowings

 

Note 38

Fiduciary activities

Note 19

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

 

Note 39

Group entities

Note 20

Provisions

 

Note 40

Other group investments

Note 21

Other liabilities

 

Note 41

Structured entities

Note 22

Debt issues

 

Note 42

Related party disclosures

Note 23

Loan capital

 

Note 43

Notes to the cash flow statements

Note 24

Shareholders’ equity and non-controlling interests

 

Note 44

Subsequent events

 

Statutory statements

 

Directors’ declaration

Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting

Independent Auditor’s report to the members of Westpac Banking Corporation

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

 



 

Financial statements

 

 

Income statements for the years ended 30 September

Westpac Banking Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

1

 

2012

1

 

2014

 

 

2013

1

 

 

Note

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

Interest income

 

2

 

32,248

 

 

33,009

 

 

36,873

 

 

32,076

 

 

32,942

 

Interest expense

 

2

 

(18,706

)

 

(20,188

)

 

(24,371

)

 

(21,012

)

 

(22,123

)

Net interest income

 

 

 

13,542

 

 

12,821

 

 

12,502

 

 

11,064

 

 

10,819

 

Non-interest income

 

3

 

6,395

 

 

5,774

 

 

5,481

 

 

5,905

 

 

5,375

 

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

 

 

 

19,937

 

 

18,595

 

 

17,983

 

 

16,969

 

 

16,194

 

Operating expenses

 

4

 

(8,547

)

 

(7,976

)

 

(7,957

)

 

(6,939

)

 

(6,499

)

Impairment charges

 

12

 

(650

)

 

(847

)

 

(1,212

)

 

(561

)

 

(662

)

Profit before income tax

 

 

 

10,740

 

 

9,772

 

 

8,814

 

 

9,469

 

 

9,033

 

Income tax expense

 

5

 

(3,115

)

 

(2,947

)

 

(2,812

)

 

(2,235

)

 

(2,228

)

Net profit for the year

 

 

 

7,625

 

 

6,825

 

 

6,002

 

 

7,234

 

 

6,805

 

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

 

 

 

(64

)

 

(74

)

 

(66

)

 

-

 

 

-

 

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

 

 

7,561

 

 

6,751

 

 

5,936

 

 

7,234

 

 

6,805

 

Earnings per share (cents)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

7

 

243.7

 

 

218.3

 

 

194.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted

 

7

 

238.7

 

 

213.5

 

 

189.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1      Prior period comparatives have been restated for the effects of new and amended Accounting Standards that are effective this financial year. Refer to ‘Summary of quantitative impacts’ in Note 1 for further details.

 

The above income statements should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

 

 

 

134

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Financial statements

 

 

Statements of comprehensive income for the years ended 30 September

Westpac Banking Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

1

2012

1

2014

 

 

2013

1

 

 

Note

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

Net profit for the year

 

 

 

7,625

 

 

6,825

 

6,002

 

7,234

 

 

6,805

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gains/(losses) on available-for-sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recognised in equity

 

10

 

263

 

 

57

 

139

 

222

 

 

7

 

Transferred to income statements

 

 

 

(94

)

 

(104

)

(127

)

9

 

 

(88

)

Gains/(losses) on cash flow hedging instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recognised in equity

 

 

 

41

 

 

(51

)

519

 

90

 

 

(68

)

Transferred to income statements

 

 

 

(197

)

 

(234

)

-

 

(239

)

 

(260

)

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

 

 

 

61

 

 

114

 

(64

)

14

 

 

125

 

Income tax on items taken directly to or transferred directly from equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale securities reserve

 

 

 

(52

)

 

15

 

(1

)

(48

)

 

16

 

Cash flow hedging reserve

 

 

 

47

 

 

85

 

(160

)

45

 

 

98

 

Foreign currency translation reserve

 

 

 

-

 

 

(11

)

4

 

-

 

 

(11

)

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Own credit adjustment on financial liabilities designated at fair value

 

 

 

11

 

 

44

 

-

 

11

 

 

44

 

Remeasurement of defined benefit obligation recognised in equity (net of tax)

 

 

 

(47

)

 

247

 

57

 

(49

)

 

225

 

Other comprehensive income for the year (net of tax)

 

 

 

33

 

 

162

 

367

 

55

 

 

88

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

 

 

 

7,658

 

 

6,987

 

6,369

 

7,289

 

 

6,893

 

Attributable to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

 

 

7,594

 

 

6,913

 

6,303

 

7,289

 

 

6,893

 

Non-controlling interests

 

 

 

64

 

 

74

 

66

 

-

 

 

-

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

 

 

 

7,658

 

 

6,987

 

6,369

 

7,289

 

 

6,893

 

 

1      Prior period comparatives have been restated for the effects of new and amended Accounting Standards that are effective this financial year. Refer to ‘Summary of quantitative impacts’ in Note 1 for further details.

 

The above statements of comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

135

 

 



 

 

Balance sheets as at 30 September

Westpac Banking Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

1

2014

 

2013

1

 

 

Note

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

 

43

 

25,760

 

 

11,699

 

23,400

 

 

9,509

 

Receivables due from other financial institutions

 

8

 

7,424

 

 

11,210

 

5,483

 

 

9,317

 

Trading securities and other financial assets designated at fair value

 

9

 

45,909

 

 

49,089

 

44,324

 

 

47,018

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

29

 

41,404

 

 

28,356

 

41,307

 

 

28,405

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

10

 

36,024

 

 

30,011

 

32,009

 

 

26,394

 

Loans

 

11

 

580,343

 

 

536,164

 

505,604

 

 

471,657

 

Life insurance assets

 

 

 

11,007

 

 

13,149

 

-

 

 

-

 

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

 

 

 

1,528

 

 

1,571

 

1,389

 

 

1,463

 

Due from subsidiaries

 

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

140,098

 

 

119,038

 

Investments in subsidiaries

 

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

4,687

 

 

4,880

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

13

 

1,452

 

 

1,174

 

1,113

 

 

971

 

Deferred tax assets

 

14

 

1,397

 

 

1,773

 

1,322

 

 

1,632

 

Goodwill and other intangible assets

 

15

 

12,606

 

 

12,341

 

9,715

 

 

9,725

 

Other assets

 

16

 

5,988

 

 

4,560

 

5,017

 

 

3,697

 

Total assets

 

 

 

770,842

 

 

701,097

 

815,468

 

 

733,706

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payables due to other financial institutions

 

17

 

18,636

 

 

8,836

 

18,411

 

 

8,738

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

18

 

460,822

 

 

424,482

 

414,183

 

 

380,208

 

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

 

19

 

19,236

 

 

10,302

 

19,155

 

 

10,302

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

29

 

39,539

 

 

32,990

 

39,141

 

 

32,438

 

Debt issues

 

22

 

152,251

 

 

144,133

 

127,846

 

 

121,555

 

Current tax liabilities

 

 

 

662

 

 

895

 

614

 

 

840

 

Life insurance liabilities

 

 

 

9,637

 

 

11,938

 

-

 

 

-

 

Due to subsidiaries

 

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

135,066

 

 

120,553

 

Provisions

 

20

 

1,618

 

 

1,576

 

1,403

 

 

1,395

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

14

 

55

 

 

22

 

-

 

 

-

 

Other liabilities

 

21

 

8,191

 

 

9,056

 

6,409

 

 

7,395

 

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

 

 

 

710,647

 

 

644,230

 

762,228

 

 

683,424

 

Loan capital

 

23

 

10,858

 

 

9,330

 

10,858

 

 

9,330

 

Total liabilities

 

 

 

721,505

 

 

653,560

 

773,086

 

 

692,754

 

Net assets

 

 

 

49,337

 

 

47,537

 

42,382

 

 

40,952

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share capital:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary share capital

 

24

 

26,943

 

 

27,021

 

26,943

 

 

27,021

 

Treasury shares and RSP treasury shares

 

24

 

(304

)

 

(253

)

(239

)

 

(181

)

Reserves

 

 

 

1,176

 

 

953

 

921

 

 

691

 

Retained profits

 

 

 

20,641

 

 

18,953

 

14,002

 

 

12,666

 

Convertible debentures

 

24

 

-

 

 

-

 

755

 

 

755

 

Total equity attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

 

 

48,456

 

 

46,674

 

42,382

 

 

40,952

 

Non-controlling interests

 

24

 

881

 

 

863

 

-

 

 

-

 

Total shareholders’ equity and non-controlling interests

 

 

 

49,337

 

 

47,537

 

42,382

 

 

40,952

 

 

1      Prior period comparatives have been restated for the effects of new and amended Accounting Standards that are effective this financial year. Refer to ‘Summary of quantitative impacts’ in Note 1 for further details.

 

The above balance sheets should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

 

 

 

136

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Financial statements

 

 

Statements of changes in equity as at 30 September

Westpac Banking Corporation

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

1

2012

1

2014

 

2013

1

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Share capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

 

26,768

 

 

26,163

 

25,269

 

 

26,840

 

 

26,241

 

Shares issued:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividend reinvestment plan

 

-

 

 

531

 

873

 

 

-

 

 

531

 

Exercise of employee share options and rights

 

49

 

 

124

 

26

 

 

49

 

 

124

 

Redemption of Westpac SPS

 

-

 

 

173

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

173

 

Shares purchased for delivery upon exercise of options and share rights (net of tax)

 

(100

)

 

(162

)

-

 

 

(100

)

 

(162

)

Shares purchased for delivery of employee share plan

 

(27

)

 

-

 

-

 

 

(27

)

 

-

 

Acquisition of RSP treasury shares

 

(59

)

 

(68

)

(8

)

 

(59

)

 

(68

)

Disposal/(acquisition) of other treasury shares

 

8

 

 

7

 

3

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

Balance as at end of the year

 

26,639

 

 

26,768

 

26,163

 

 

26,704

 

 

26,840

 

Available-for-sale securities reserve

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

 

12

 

 

44

 

31

 

 

(104

)

 

(39

)

Current period movement due to changes in other comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net gains/(losses) from changes in fair value

 

263

 

 

57

 

139

 

 

222

 

 

7

 

Exchange differences

 

-

 

 

-

 

2

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

Income tax effect

 

(79

)

 

(17

)

(39

)

 

(69

)

 

(10

)

Transferred to income statements

 

(94

)

 

(104

)

(127

)

 

9

 

 

(88

)

Income tax effect

 

27

 

 

32

 

38

 

 

21

 

 

26

 

Balance as at end of the year

 

129

 

 

12

 

44

 

 

79

 

 

(104

)

Share-based payment reserve

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

 

920

 

 

790

 

648

 

 

846

 

 

727

 

Current period movement due to transactions with employees

 

156

 

 

130

 

142

 

 

137

 

 

119

 

Balance as at end of the year

 

1,076

 

 

920

 

790

 

 

983

 

 

846

 

Cash flow hedging reserve

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

 

271

 

 

471

 

112

 

 

254

 

 

484

 

Current period movement due to changes in other comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net gains/(losses) from changes in fair value

 

41

 

 

(51

)

519

 

 

90

 

 

(68

)

Income tax effect

 

(12

)

 

14

 

(160

)

 

(27

)

 

20

 

Transferred to income statements

 

(197

)

 

(234

)

-

 

 

(239

)

 

(260

)

Income tax effect

 

59

 

 

71

 

-

 

 

72

 

 

78

 

Balance as at end of the year

 

162

 

 

271

 

471

 

 

150

 

 

254

 

Foreign currency translation reserve

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

 

(251

)

 

(354

)

(294

)

 

(346

)

 

(460

)

Current period movement due to changes in other comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

 

61

 

 

114

 

(64

)

 

14

 

 

125

 

Tax on foreign currency translation adjustment

 

-

 

 

(11

)

4

 

 

-

 

 

(11

)

Balance as at end of the year

 

(190

)

 

(251

)

(354

)

 

(332

)

 

(346

)

Other reserves

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

 

1

 

 

7

 

1

 

 

41

 

 

41

 

Transactions with owners

 

(2

)

 

(6

)

6

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

Balance as at end of the year

 

(1

)

 

1

 

7

 

 

41

 

 

41

 

Total reserves

 

1,176

 

 

953

 

958

 

 

921

 

 

691

 

Movements in retained profits were as follows

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

 

18,953

 

 

17,174

 

16,105

 

 

12,666

 

 

10,911

 

Current period movement due to changes in other comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

7,561

 

 

6,751

 

5,936

 

 

7,234

 

 

6,805

 

Own credit adjustment on financial liabilities designated at fair value

 

11

 

 

44

 

-

 

 

11

 

 

44

 

Remeasurement of defined benefit obligation recognised in equity (net of tax)

 

(47

)

 

247

 

57

 

 

(49

)

 

225

 

Transaction with owners:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary dividends paid

 

(5,527

)

 

(5,249

)

(4,924

)

 

(5,534

)

 

(5,258

)

Special dividends paid

 

(310

)

 

(310

)

-

 

 

(310

)

 

(310

)

Distributions on convertible debentures

 

-

 

 

-

 

-

 

 

(16

)

 

(47

)

Realised gain on redemption of 2003 TPS

 

-

 

 

296

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

296

 

Balance as at end of the year

 

20,641

 

 

18,953

 

17,174

 

 

14,002

 

 

12,666

 

Total comprehensive income attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

7,594

 

 

6,913

 

6,303

 

 

7,289

 

 

6,893

 

Total comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interests

 

64

 

 

74

 

66

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

 

7,658

 

 

6,987

 

6,369

 

 

7,289

 

 

6,893

 

 

1   Prior period comparatives have been restated for the effects of new and amended Accounting Standards that are effective this financial year. Refer to ‘Summary of quantitative impacts’ in Note 1 for further details.

 

The above statements of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

137

 

 



 

 

Cash flow statements for the years ended 30 September

Westpac Banking Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

Note

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest received

 

 

 

32,136

 

 

33,048

 

36,966

 

32,029

 

 

33,032

 

Interest paid

 

 

 

(18,743

)

 

(20,520

)

(24,317

)

(21,051

)

 

(22,457

)

Dividends received excluding life business

 

 

 

11

 

 

10

 

12

 

1,651

 

 

1,820

 

Other non-interest income received

 

 

 

5,732

 

 

6,618

 

5,081

 

2,766

 

 

3,844

 

Operating expenses paid

 

 

 

(7,588

)

 

(6,717

)

(6,514

)

(5,604

)

 

(4,975

)

Income tax paid excluding life business

 

 

 

(2,660

)

 

(2,691

)

(1,897

)

(2,456

)

 

(2,437

)

Life business:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receipts from policyholders and customers

 

 

 

1,694

 

 

1,759

 

1,789

 

-

 

 

-

 

Interest and other items of similar nature

 

 

 

48

 

 

45

 

41

 

-

 

 

-

 

Dividends received

 

 

 

297

 

 

301

 

387

 

-

 

 

-

 

Payments to policyholders and suppliers

 

 

 

(1,723

)

 

(1,912

)

(1,898

)

-

 

 

-

 

Income tax paid

 

 

 

(123

)

 

(109

)

(95

)

-

 

 

-

 

Cash flows from operating activities before changes in operating assets and liabilities

 

 

 

9,081

 

 

9,832

 

9,555

 

7,335

 

 

8,827

 

Net (increase)/decrease in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trading and other financial assets designated at fair value

 

 

 

1,724

 

 

(319

)

4,271

 

1,083

 

 

(811

)

Loans

 

 

 

(35,734

)

 

(15,667

)

(18,893

)

(33,659

)

 

(13,372

)

Due from other financial institutions

 

 

 

3,932

 

 

(511

)

(2,418

)

3,966

 

 

(1,544

)

Life insurance assets and liabilities

 

 

 

(156

)

 

(154

)

(115

)

-

 

 

-

 

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

 

 

 

126

 

 

489

 

(263

)

145

 

 

490

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

(3,329

)

 

9,126

 

3,679

 

(3,028

)

 

8,972

 

Net increase/(decrease) in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

 

 

 

9,079

 

 

266

 

155

 

8,992

 

 

266

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

 

 

34,229

 

 

22,155

 

26,381

 

32,244

 

 

17,646

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

 

 

9,419

 

 

363

 

(6,807

)

9,280

 

 

345

 

Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities

 

43

 

28,371

 

 

25,580

 

15,545

 

26,358

 

 

20,819

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

6,768

 

 

5,043

 

3,651

 

4,910

 

 

3,328

 

Purchase of available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

(12,443

)

 

(11,802

)

(8,783

)

(10,299

)

 

(9,791

)

Net (increase)/decrease in investments in controlled entities

 

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

-

 

173

 

 

(17

)

Net movement in amounts due to/from controlled entities

 

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

-

 

(5,341

)

 

1,541

 

Purchase of intangible assets

 

 

 

(664

)

 

(738

)

(603

)

(594

)

 

(644

)

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

(515

)

 

(304

)

(252

)

(397

)

 

(251

)

Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

17

 

 

7

 

7

 

11

 

 

4

 

Purchase of controlled entity, net of cash acquired

 

43

 

(7,744

)

 

-

 

(270

)

-

 

 

-

 

Net cash (used in)/provided by investing activities

 

 

 

(14,581

)

 

(7,794

)

(6,250

)

(11,537

)

 

(5,830

)

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issue of loan capital (net of issue costs)

 

 

 

1,768

 

 

1,958

 

4,124

 

1,768

 

 

1,958

 

Redemption of loan capital

 

 

 

(385

)

 

(2,244

)

(2,631

)

(385

)

 

(2,244

)

Net increase/(decrease) in debt issues

 

 

 

3,678

 

 

(14,005

)

(9,955

)

2,519

 

 

(11,747

)

Proceeds from exercise of employee options

 

 

 

49

 

 

124

 

25

 

49

 

 

124

 

Purchase of shares on exercise of employee options and rights

 

 

 

(113

)

 

(174

)

-

 

(113

)

 

(174

)

Shares purchased for delivery of employee share plan

 

 

 

(27

)

 

-

 

-

 

(27

)

 

-

 

Purchase of RSP treasury shares

 

 

 

(59

)

 

(68

)

(8

)

(59

)

 

(68

)

Net sale/(purchase) of other treasury shares

 

 

 

8

 

 

7

 

3

 

1

 

 

1

 

Payment of dividends

 

 

 

(5,837

)

 

(5,028

)

(4,050

)

(5,860

)

 

(5,084

)

Payment of distributions to non-controlling interests

 

 

 

(48

)

 

(50

)

(72

)

-

 

 

-

 

Redemption of 2003 Trust Preferred Securities

 

 

 

-

 

 

(805

)

-

 

-

 

 

(805

)

Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities

 

 

 

(966

)

 

(20,285

)

(12,564

)

(2,107

)

 

(18,039

)

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

12,824

 

 

(2,499

)

(3,269

)

12,714

 

 

(3,050

)

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

1,237

 

 

1,675

 

(466

)

1,177

 

 

1,566

 

Cash and cash equivalents as at the beginning of the year

 

 

 

11,699

 

 

12,523

 

16,258

 

9,509

 

 

10,993

 

Cash and cash equivalents as at the end of the year

 

43

 

25,760

 

 

11,699

 

12,523

 

23,400

 

 

9,509

 

 

The above cash flow statements should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. Details of the reconciliation of net cash provided by operating activities to net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation are provided in Note 43.

 

 

 

138

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 1. Summary of significant accounting policies

 

This financial report of Westpac Banking Corporation (the Parent Entity), together with its controlled entities (the Group or Westpac), for the year ended 30 September 2014 was authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 3 November 2014. The Directors have the power to amend and reissue the financial report.

 

The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of the financial report are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the financial years presented, unless otherwise stated.

 

a.                Basis of preparation

(i)               Basis of accounting

This financial report is a general purpose financial report prepared in accordance with the requirements for an authorised deposit-taking institution under the Banking Act 1959 (as amended), Australian Accounting Standards (AAS) and Interpretations as issued by the Australian Accounting Standards Board (AASB) and the Corporations Act 2001. Westpac Banking Corporation is a for-profit entity for the purposes of preparing this financial report.

 

Compliance with AAS ensures that this financial report also complies with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and Interpretations as issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC). References to standards and interpretations under AAS in this financial report have similar references in the standards and interpretations of IFRS.

 

This financial report also includes additional disclosures required for foreign registrants by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

(ii)            Historical cost convention

The financial report has been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified by applying fair value accounting to available-for-sale securities, and financial assets and liabilities (including derivative instruments) classified at fair value through income statement.

 

(iii)         Comparative revisions

Comparative information has been revised where appropriate to enhance comparability. Where necessary, comparative figures have been adjusted to conform to changes in presentation in the current year.

 

(iv)        Rounding of amounts

In accordance with ASIC Class Order 98/100, all amounts have been rounded to the nearest million dollars unless otherwise stated.

 

(v)           Changes in accounting standards

The following standards, interpretations and amendments have been adopted in the 2014 financial year as a result of the new and revised accounting standards which became operative for the annual reporting period commencing 1 October 2013:

 

a.             AASB 9 Financial Instruments

 

AASB 9 was issued by the Australian Accounting Standards Board in December 2009. Unless early adopted the standard is effective for the 30 September 2019 financial year.

 

The Group has early adopted the recognition of the changes in the fair value of financial liabilities designated at fair value attributable to Westpac’s own credit risk in other comprehensive income except where it would create an accounting mismatch. Where an accounting mismatch occurs, all changes in fair value are recognised in the income statement.

 

The impact of the change on individual line items in the financial statements is summarised under ‘Summary of quantitative impacts’.

 

b.             AASB 10 Consolidated Financial Statements, AASB 11 Joint Arrangements and AASB 12 Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities

 

AASB 10 was applied by the Group from 1 October 2013 and replaces the guidance on control and consolidation in AASB 127 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements and in Interpretation 112 Consolidation - Special Purpose Entities. Under the new principles, the Parent Entity controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity.

 

The Group has reviewed its investments in other entities to assess whether the consolidation conclusion in relation to these entities is different under AASB 10 than under AASB 127 and Interpretation 112.

 

In accordance with the transitional provisions of AASB 10, the Group has consolidated a number of funds managed by the Group for the first time. The impact on individual line items in the financial statements is summarised under ‘Summary of quantitative impacts’.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

139

 

 



 

 

Note 1. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Under AASB 11 investments in joint arrangements are classified as either joint operations or joint ventures depending on the contractual rights and obligations each investor has, rather than the legal structure of the joint arrangement. The initial application of AASB 11 has not resulted in any material impact to the Group.

 

AASB 12 sets out disclosures for interests in entities that are subsidiaries, associates, joint ventures and unconsolidated structured entities. The application of AASB 12 has not affected any of the amounts recognised in the financial statements but has resulted in additional disclosures as set out in note 41. The Group has applied the transitional relief from disclosing comparatives for interests in unconsolidated structured entities when AASB 12 is applied for the first time.

 

c.              AASB 13 Fair Value

 

AASB 13 provides a single unified definition of fair value and a framework for measuring and disclosing fair value. In accordance with the transitional provisions, AASB 13 was applied prospectively from 1 October 2013 and the Group has not provided any comparative information for new disclosures. The application of AASB 13 in the current financial year has not had a material impact on the financial position nor performance of the Group, however has resulted in additional fair value disclosures provided in Note 28.

 

d.             AASB 119 Employee Benefits

 

The amended AASB 119 was applied by the Group from 1 October 2013 and resulted in two changes to the Group’s accounting policy which affected items recognised in the financial statements:

 

§         the replacement of the expected return on plan assets and separate interest expense with a net interest amount. As a result the net defined benefit expense in the income statement is higher with an equal and opposite change to the amount that is recognised as remeasurement in other comprehensive income. The net impact on total comprehensive income is nil and there is no adjustment to the amounts recognised in the balance sheet from this change.

 

§         the discount rate used in calculating the defined benefit liability relating to active members no longer includes an investment tax adjustment. This resulted in a one-off decrease in defined benefit liability recognised through retained earnings.

 

The impact of these adjustments on individual line items in the financial statements is summarised under ‘Summary of quantitative impacts’.

 

e.             AASB 2011-4 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards to Remove Individual Key Management Personnel Disclosure Requirements

 

The amendments remove all the individual key management personnel (KMP) disclosures in AASB 124 Related Party Disclosures that were specific to Australian entities. These disclosures are included in the remuneration report for the year ended 30 September 2014.

 

f.                AASB 2012-2 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards — Disclosures — Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities

 

AASB 2012-2 requires additional disclosure of the effect or potential effect of netting arrangements on the Group’s financial position. The amendment requires disclosure of recognised financial instruments that are subject to enforceable master netting agreements or similar arrangements, including associated cash and financial instrument collateral, even if assets and liabilities are not offset on the balance sheet.

 

The retrospective application of AASB 2012-2 has not affected any of the amounts recognised in the financial statements but has resulted in additional disclosure of certain netting arrangements as set out in Note 30.

 

 

 

 

140

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 1. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Summary of quantitative impacts

 

The following tables summarise the line items that have been impacted by the above changes to accounting policies on the Group’s financial statements. Line items that were not affected by the change are not disclosed. As a result, the sub-totals and totals disclosed cannot be recalculated from the numbers provided.

 

Consolidated income statement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30 Sep

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30 Sep

 

 

 

30 Sep

 

 

Change

 

 

2013

 

 

30 Sep

 

 

Change

 

 

2012

 

 

 

2013

 

 

AASB 9

 

 

AASB 119

 

 

Restated

 

 

2012

 

 

AASB 119

 

 

Restated

 

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

Interest expense

 

(20,144

)

 

(44

)

 

-

 

 

(20,188

)

 

(24,371

)

 

-

 

 

(24,371

)

Net interest income

 

12,865

 

 

(44

)

 

-

 

 

12,821

 

 

12,502

 

 

-

 

 

12,502

 

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

 

18,639

 

 

(44

)

 

-

 

 

18,595

 

 

17,983

 

 

-

 

 

17,983

 

Operating expenses

 

(7,927

)

 

-

 

 

(49

)

 

(7,976

)

 

(7,909

)

 

(48

)

 

(7,957

)

Profit before income tax

 

9,865

 

 

(44

)

 

(49

)

 

9,772

 

 

8,862

 

 

(48

)

 

8,814

 

Income tax expense

 

(2,975

)

 

13

 

 

15

 

 

(2,947

)

 

(2,826

)

 

14

 

 

(2,812

)

Net profit for the year

 

6,890

 

 

(31

)

 

(34

)

 

6,825

 

 

6,036

 

 

(34

)

 

6,002

 

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

6,816

 

 

(31

)

 

(34

)

 

6,751

 

 

5,970

 

 

(34

)

 

5,936

 

Earnings per share (cents)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

220.4

 

 

(1.0

)

 

(1.1

)

 

218.3

 

 

195.8

 

 

(1.1

)

 

194.7

 

Diluted

 

215.5

 

 

(1.0

)

 

(1.1

)

 

213.5

 

 

190.5

 

 

(1.1

)

 

189.4

 

 

Consolidated statement of other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30 Sep

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30 Sep

 

 

 

30 Sep

 

 

Change

 

 

2013

 

 

30 Sep

 

 

Change

 

 

2012

 

 

 

2013

 

 

AASB 9

 

 

AASB 119

 

 

Restated

 

 

2012

 

 

AASB 119

 

 

Restated

 

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

Net profit for the year

 

6,890

 

 

(31

)

 

(34

)

 

6,825

 

 

6,036

 

 

(34

)

 

6,002

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Own credit adjustment on financial liabilities designated at fair value

 

-

 

 

44

 

 

-

 

 

44

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

Remeasurement of defined benefit obligation recognised in equity (net of tax)

 

216

 

 

-

 

 

31

 

 

247

 

 

23

 

 

34

 

 

57

 

Other comprehensive income for the year (net of tax)

 

87

 

 

44

 

 

31

 

 

162

 

 

333

 

 

34

 

 

367

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

 

6,977

 

 

13

 

 

(3

)

 

6,987

 

 

6,369

 

 

-

 

 

6,369

 

Attributable to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

6,903

 

 

13

 

 

(3

)

 

6,913

 

 

6,303

 

 

-

 

 

6,303

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

 

6,977

 

 

13

 

 

(3

)

 

6,987

 

 

6,369

 

 

-

 

 

6,369

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

141

 

 



 

 

Note 1. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Consolidated balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30 Sep

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30 Sep

 

 

 

30 Sep

 

 

 

 

 

Change  

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

 

30 Sep

 

 

Change

 

 

2012

 

 

 

2013

 

 

AASB 9

 

 

AASB 10

 

 

AASB 119

 

 

Restated

 

 

2012

 

 

AASB 10

 

 

AASB 119

 

 

Restated

 

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Life insurance assets

 

8,637

 

 

-

 

 

4,512

 

 

-

 

 

13,149

 

 

8,240

 

 

3,667

 

 

-

 

 

11,907

 

Deferred tax assets

 

1,791

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

(18

)

 

1,773

 

 

2,176

 

 

-

 

 

(20

)

 

2,156

 

Total assets

 

696,603

 

 

-

 

 

4,512

 

 

(18

)

 

701,097

 

 

674,965

 

 

3,667

 

 

(20

)

 

678,612

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current tax liabilities

 

908

 

 

(13

)

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

895

 

 

1,022

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

1,022

 

Life insurance liabilities

 

7,426

 

 

-

 

 

4,512

 

 

-

 

 

11,938

 

 

7,208

 

 

3,667

 

 

-

 

 

10,875

 

Other liabilities

 

9,117

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

(61

)

 

9,056

 

 

9,710

 

 

-

 

 

(66

)

 

9,644

 

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

 

639,792

 

 

(13

)

 

4,512

 

 

(61

)

 

644,230

 

 

619,209

 

 

3,667

 

 

(66

)

 

622,810

 

Total liabilities

 

649,122

 

 

(13

)

 

4,512

 

 

(61

)

 

653,560

 

 

628,746

 

 

3,667

 

 

(66

)

 

632,347

 

Net assets

 

47,481

 

 

13

 

 

-

 

 

43

 

 

47,537

 

 

46,219

 

 

-

 

 

46

 

 

46,265

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share capital:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retained profits

 

18,897

 

 

13

 

 

-

 

 

43

 

 

18,953

 

 

17,128

 

 

-

 

 

46

 

 

17,174

 

Total equity attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

46,618

 

 

13

 

 

-

 

 

43

 

 

46,674

 

 

44,249

 

 

-

 

 

46

 

 

44,295

 

Total shareholders’ equity and non-controlling interests

 

47,481

 

 

13

 

 

-

 

 

43

 

 

47,537

 

 

46,219

 

 

-

 

 

46

 

 

46,265

 

 

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30 Sep

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30 Sep

 

 

 

30 Sep

 

 

Change

 

 

2013

 

 

30 Sep

 

 

Change

 

 

2012

 

 

 

2013

 

 

AASB 9

 

 

AASB 119

 

 

Restated

 

 

2012

 

 

AASB 119

 

 

Restated

 

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

Share capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Movements in retained profits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

 

17,128

 

 

-

 

 

46

 

 

17,174

 

 

16,059

 

 

46

 

 

16,105

 

Current year movement due to changes in other comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

6,816

 

 

(31

)

 

(34

)

 

6,751

 

 

5,970

 

 

(34

)

 

5,936

 

Own credit adjustment on financial liabilities designated at fair value

 

-

 

 

44

 

 

-

 

 

44

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

Remeasurement of defined benefit obligation recognised in equity (net of tax)

 

216

 

 

-

 

 

31

 

 

247

 

 

23

 

 

34

 

 

57

 

Balance as at end of the year

 

18,897

 

 

13

 

 

43

 

 

18,953

 

 

17,128

 

 

46

 

 

17,174

 

Total comprehensive income attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

6,903

 

 

13

 

 

(3

)

 

6,913

 

 

6,303

 

 

-

 

 

6,303

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

 

6,977

 

 

13

 

 

(3

)

 

6,987

 

 

6,369

 

 

-

 

 

6,369

 

 

 

 

 

142

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 1. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Parent Entity income statement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30 Sep

 

 

 

30 Sep

 

Change

 

2013

 

 

 

2013

 

AASB 9

 

AASB 119

 

Restated

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Interest expense

 

(22,079

)

(44

)

-

 

(22,123

)

Net interest income

 

10,863

 

(44

)

-

 

10,819

 

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

 

16,238

 

(44

)

-

 

16,194

 

Operating expenses

 

(6,450

)

-

 

(49

)

(6,499

)

Profit before income tax

 

9,126

 

(44

)

(49

)

9,033

 

Income tax expense

 

(2,256

)

13

 

15

 

(2,228

)

Net profit for the year

 

6,870

 

(31

)

(34

)

6,805

 

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

6,870

 

(31

)

(34

)

6,805

 

Earnings per share (cents)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

Diluted

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

 

Parent Entity statement of other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30 Sep

 

 

 

30 Sep

 

Change

 

2013

 

 

 

2013

 

AASB 9

 

AASB 119

 

Restated

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Net profit for the year

 

6,870

 

(31

)

(34

)

6,805

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Own credit adjustment on financial liabilities designated at fair value

 

-

 

44

 

-

 

44

 

Remeasurement of defined benefit obligation recognised in equity (net of tax)

 

194

 

-

 

31

 

225

 

Other comprehensive income for the year (net of tax)

 

13

 

44

 

31

 

88

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

 

6,883

 

13

 

(3

)

6,893

 

Attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

6,883

 

13

 

(3

)

6,893

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

 

6,883

 

13

 

(3

)

6,893

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

143

 

 



 

 

Note 1. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Parent Entity balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30 Sep

 

 

 

 

 

 

30 Sep

 

 

 

30 Sep

 

Change

 

2013

 

 

30 Sep

 

Change

 

2012

 

 

 

2013

 

AASB 9

 

AASB 119

 

Restated

 

 

2012

 

AASB 119

 

Restated

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets

 

1,646

 

-

 

(14

)

1,632

 

 

2,032

 

(16

)

2,016

 

Total assets

 

733,720

 

-

 

(14

)

733,706

 

 

692,605

 

(16

)

692,589

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current tax liabilities

 

853

 

(13

)

-

 

840

 

 

937

 

-

 

937

 

Other liabilities

 

7,440

 

-

 

(45

)

7,395

 

 

7,940

 

(50

)

7,890

 

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

 

683,482

 

(13

)

(45

)

683,424

 

 

643,305

 

(50

)

643,255

 

Total liabilities

 

692,812

 

(13

)

(45

)

692,754

 

 

652,842

 

(50

)

652,792

 

Net assets

 

40,908

 

13

 

31

 

40,952

 

 

39,763

 

34

 

39,797

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share capital:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retained profits

 

12,622

 

13

 

31

 

12,666

 

 

10,877

 

34

 

10,911

 

Total equity attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

40,908

 

13

 

31

 

40,952

 

 

39,763

 

34

 

39,797

 

Total shareholders’ equity and non-controlling interests

 

40,908

 

13

 

31

 

40,952

 

 

39,763

 

34

 

39,797

 

 

Parent Entity statement of changes in equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30 Sep

 

 

 

30 Sep

 

Change

 

2013

 

 

 

2013

 

AASB 9

 

AASB 119

 

Restated

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Share capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Movements in retained profits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

 

10,877

 

-

 

34

 

10,911

 

Current year movement due to changes in other comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

6,870

 

(31

)

(34

)

6,805

 

Own credit adjustment on financial liabilities designated at fair value

 

-

 

44

 

-

 

44

 

Remeasurement of defined benefit obligation recognised in equity (net of tax)

 

194

 

-

 

31

 

225

 

Balance as at end of the year

 

12,622

 

13

 

31

 

12,666

 

Total comprehensive income attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

6,883

 

13

 

(3

)

6,893

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

 

6,883

 

13

 

(3

)

6,893

 

 

 

 

 

144

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 1. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

b.                Principles of consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements of the Group comprise the financial statements of the Parent Entity and all its subsidiaries (including structured entities). Subsidiaries are those entities over which the Parent Entity has control. Control exists when the Parent Entity is exposed to, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with an entity, and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over that entity. The effects of all transactions between entities in the Group are eliminated. Non-controlling interests in the results and equity of non-wholly-owned subsidiaries are shown separately in the consolidated Income Statement, Statement of Comprehensive Income, Balance Sheet and Statement of Changes in Equity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control commences and they are de-consolidated from the date that control ceases.

 

Changes in the Group’s ownership interest in a subsidiary after control is obtained which do not result in a loss of control are accounted for as transactions with equity holders in their capacity as equity holders. Any difference between the amount by which the non-controlling interest is adjusted and the fair value of the consideration paid or received is recognised directly in other reserves.

 

When the Group ceases to control a subsidiary any retained interest in the entity is remeasured to its fair value, with any resulting gain or loss recognised in the income statement.

 

In the Parent Entity’s financial statements, investments in subsidiaries are initially recorded at cost and are subsequently held at the lower of cost and recoverable amount.

 

(i)               Business combinations

The acquisition method of accounting is used for all business combinations (except common control transactions). Cost is measured as the aggregate of the fair value of the assets given, equity instruments issued or liabilities incurred or assumed at the date of acquisition. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. Where equity instruments are issued in an acquisition, the value of the instruments is their published market price as at the acquisition date. Transaction costs arising on the issue of equity instruments are recognised directly in equity.

 

Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair value on acquisition date. For each business combination, the non-controlling interest is measured either at fair value or at the proportionate share of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets. The excess of the total consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree, over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired, is recorded as goodwill.

 

Where settlement of any part of cash consideration is deferred, amounts payable in the future are discounted to their present value as at the date of acquisition. The discount rate used is the Group’s incremental borrowing rate.

 

Common control transactions

The predecessor method of accounting is used to account for business combinations between entities in the Group. Assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a common control transaction are measured initially at the acquisition date at the carrying value from the Group’s perspective. The excess of the cost of acquisition over the initial carrying values of the entity’s share of the net assets acquired is recorded as part of a common control reserve.

 

(ii)            Foreign currency translation

Functional and presentation currency

Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (the functional currency). The consolidated financial statements are presented in Australian dollars which is the Parent Entity’s functional and presentation currency. All amounts are expressed in Australian dollars except where otherwise indicated.

 

Transactions and balances

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in the income statement, except when deferred in other comprehensive income for qualifying cash flow hedges and qualifying net investment hedges.

 

Foreign operations

Assets and liabilities of overseas branches and subsidiaries that have a functional currency other than the Australian dollar are translated at exchange rates prevailing on the balance date. Income and expenses are translated at average exchange rates prevailing during the period. Other equity balances are translated at historical exchange rates. The resulting exchange differences are recognised in the foreign currency translation reserve.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

145

 

 



 

 

Note 1. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation of borrowings and other foreign currency instruments designated as hedges of the net investment in foreign operations are reflected in the foreign currency translation reserve. When all or part of a foreign operation is disposed or borrowings that are part of the net investments are repaid, a proportionate share of such exchange differences are recognised in the income statement as part of the gain or loss on disposal or repayment of borrowing.

 

c.                Income Statement

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable. Operating expenses are recognised as the relevant service is rendered or once a liability is incurred. Revenue and expenses are recognised for each major stream as follows:

 

(i)               Net interest income

Interest income and expense for all interest bearing financial assets and liabilities (including those instruments measured at fair value) is recognised using the effective interest rate method. Interest expense also includes the net result of treasury’s interest rate and liquidity management activities.

 

The effective interest rate method is a method of calculating the amortised cost of a financial asset or a financial liability and of allocating the interest income or interest expense over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments or receipts through the expected life of the financial instrument, or when appropriate, a shorter period, to the net carrying amount of the financial asset or financial liability. When calculating the effective interest rate, cash flows are estimated based upon all contractual terms of the financial instrument (for example, prepayment options) but do not consider future credit losses. The calculation includes all fees and other amounts paid or received between parties to the contract that are an integral part of the effective interest rate (e.g. loan establishment fees), transaction costs and all other premiums or discounts.

 

Interest relating to impaired loans is recognised using the loan’s original effective interest rate based on the net carrying value of the impaired loan after giving effect to impairment charges or for a variable rate loan, the current effective interest rate determined under the contract. This rate is also used to discount the future cash flows for the purpose of measuring impairment charges. For loans that have been impaired this method results in cash receipts being apportioned between interest and principal.

 

Interest income on finance leases is brought to account progressively over the life of the lease, consistent with the outstanding investment and unearned income balance.

 

(ii)            Non-interest income

Fee and commission income

Fees and commissions (except where included as an adjustment to the effective interest calculation on a financial instrument) are generally recognised on an accrual basis over the period during which the service is performed. Portfolio and other management advisory and service fees are recognised based on the applicable service contracts, usually on a time proportionate basis. Asset management fees related to investment funds are recognised over the period the service is provided. The same principle is applied for wealth management, financial planning and custody services that are continuously provided over an extended period of time.

 

Trading income

Realised and unrealised gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value of trading assets, liabilities and derivatives are recognised in the period in which they arise except day one profits or losses which are deferred where certain valuation inputs are unobservable. Dividend income on the trading portfolio is recorded as part of trading income. Net income related to treasury’s interest rate and liquidity management activities is included in net interest income.

 

Operating lease

Operating lease rentals are recognised in the Income Statement on a straight line basis over the lease term.

 

Dividend income

Dividends on quoted shares are recognised on the ex-dividend date. Dividends on unquoted shares are recognised when the company’s right to receive payment is established.

 

 

 

 

146

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 1. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

(iii)         Operating expenses

Share-based compensation expense

Certain employees are entitled to participate in option and share ownership schemes.

 

¡        Options and share rights

 

The fair value of options and share rights provided to employees as share-based payments is recognised as an expense with a corresponding increase in equity. The fair value is measured at grant date and is recognised over the period the services are received which is the expected vesting period during which the employees would become entitled to exercise the option or share right.

 

The fair value of options and share rights is estimated at grant date using a Binomial/Monte Carlo simulation pricing model incorporating the vesting and market-related hurdle features of the grants. The fair value of the options and share rights excludes the impact of any non-market vesting conditions such as participants’ continued employment by the Group. The non-market vesting conditions are included in assumptions used when determining the number of options and share rights expected to become exercisable for which an expense is recognised. At each reporting date these assumptions are revised and the expense recognised each year takes into account the most recent estimates.

 

¡        Employee share plan

 

The value of shares expected to be issued to employees for nil consideration under the Employee Share Plan (ESP) is recognised as an expense over the financial year and provided for as other employee benefits. The fair value of any ordinary shares issued to satisfy the obligation to employees is recognised within equity, or if purchased on market, the obligation to employees is satisfied by delivering shares that have been purchased on market.

 

¡        Restricted share plan

 

The fair value of shares allocated to employees for nil consideration under the Restricted Share Plan (RSP) is recognised as an expense over the vesting period. The fair value of ordinary shares issued to satisfy the obligation to employees is measured at grant date and is recognised as a separate component of equity.

 

Westpac has formed a trust to hold any shares forfeited by employees until they are reallocated to employees in subsequent grants in the Group’s RSP. Shares allocated to employees under the RSP, which have not yet vested, are treated as treasury shares and deducted from shareholders’ equity.

 

Leasing

Operating lease payments are recognised in the income statement as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term unless another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern of the benefit received. Incentives received on entering into operating leases are recorded as liabilities and amortised as a reduction of rental expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

 

Wealth management acquisition costs

Deferred acquisition costs are the variable costs that are directly related to and incremental to the acquisition of new business principally in relation to the Group’s life insurance and retail funds management business. These costs are recorded as an asset and are amortised in the income statement on the same basis as the recognition of related revenue.

 

d.                Taxation

(i)               Income tax

The tax expense for the period comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the income statement, except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in other comprehensive income, in which case it is recognised in other comprehensive income.

 

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the financial year using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted for each jurisdiction at the balance date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

 

Deferred tax is accounted for using the balance sheet method, providing for temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and the corresponding amounts used for taxation purposes. Except as noted below, deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the asset can be utilised.

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are not recognised if they arise from goodwill or other intangible assets with indefinite expected life, the initial recognition of assets and liabilities that affect neither accounting nor taxable profit (other than in a business combination), or differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that they will probably not reverse in the foreseeable future. The amount of deferred tax provided is based on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted for each jurisdiction at the balance date that are expected to apply when the liability is settled or the asset is realised.

 

For presentation purposes deferred tax assets and liabilities have been offset where they relate to the same taxation authority on the same taxable entity or different entities in the same taxable group.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

147

 

 



 

 

Note 1. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

(ii)            Tax consolidated group

For members of Westpac’s Australian tax consolidated group, tax expense/income, deferred tax liabilities and assets arising from temporary differences are recognised in the separate financial statements of the members of the tax-consolidated group using a ‘group allocation basis’ that removes the tax impact of certain transactions between members of the tax-consolidated group. Deferred tax liabilities and assets are recognised by reference to the carrying amounts in the separate financial statements of each entity and the tax values applying under tax consolidation. Current tax liabilities and assets and deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses and relevant tax credits of the members of the tax-consolidated group are recognised by the Parent Entity (as head entity in the tax-consolidated group).

 

e.                Assets

(i)               Cash and balances with central banks

Cash and balances with central banks include cash at branches, Reserve Bank settlement account balances and nostro balances. They are brought to account at the face value or the gross value of the outstanding balance, where appropriate. These balances have a maturity of less than three months.

 

(ii)            Financial assets

The Group classifies its financial assets in the following categories: financial assets at fair value through income statement, derivatives financial instruments, loans and receivables and available-for-sale securities. Management determines the classification of its financial assets at initial recognition based on the purpose for which they were acquired. The Group has not classified any of its financial assets as held-to-maturity investments.

 

Purchases and sales of financial assets, except for loans and receivables, are recognised on trade-date, the date on which the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset. Loans and receivables are recognised on settlement date, when cash is advanced to the borrowers.

 

Financial assets at fair value through income statement are recognised initially at fair value. All other financial assets are recognised initially at fair value plus directly attributable transaction costs. The best evidence of fair value at initial recognition is the transaction price, unless the fair value of that instrument is evidenced by comparison with other observable current market transactions in the same instrument, or based on a valuation technique whose variables include only data from observable markets.

 

The Group has entered into transactions where fair value is determined using valuation models for which not all significant inputs are market observable. Such a financial instrument is initially recognised at the transaction price which is the best indicator of fair value. The difference between the transaction price and the model value, commonly referred to as ‘day one profit or loss’, is deferred and subsequently recognised in profit or loss over the life of the transaction or at the point when the instrument’s fair value can be determined using market observable inputs. Subsequent changes in fair value are recognised immediately in the income statement without reversal of deferred day one profits or losses.

 

Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the asset have expired, or when the Group has either transferred its rights to receive cash flows from the asset or has assumed an obligation to pay the received cash flows in full under a ‘pass through’ arrangement together with the transfer of substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.

 

Where the Group has neither transferred nor retained substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership but has retained control, the asset continues to be recognised on the balance sheet to the extent of the Group’s continuing involvement in the asset.

 

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the balance sheet when there is a legally enforceable right to set off the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

 

Repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements (including securities borrowed and lent)

Where securities are sold subject to an agreement to repurchase at a predetermined price (‘repos’), they remain recognised on balance sheet in their original category (i.e. ‘Trading securities’ or ‘Available for sale’). A liability (‘Securities sold under agreement to repurchase’) is recognised in respect of the cash consideration received. Where the underlying securities are part of a trading portfolio, the associated liability is recognised as part of ‘Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement’. Where the underlying securities are classified as Available for sale, the associated liability is recognised in either ‘Payables due to other financial institutions’, or ‘Deposits and other borrowings’, depending on the counterparty.

 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell (‘reverse repos’) are not recognised on the balance sheet and the cash consideration paid is recorded as part of ‘Trading securities and other financial assets designated at fair value’.

 

As part of its trading activities, the Group also lends and borrows securities on a collateralised basis. The securities subject to these arrangements are not reflected on the balance sheet, as the risks and rewards of ownership remain with the initial holder. Where cash is provided as collateral, the amount advanced to or received from third parties is recognised as a receivable or borrowing respectively.

 

 

 

 

148

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 1. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Fees and interest relating to these transactions are recognised in interest income and interest expense using the effective interest rate method, over the expected life of the agreements. Any fair value movements are recorded in trading income.

 

Financial assets at fair value through income statement

This category has two sub-categories: trading securities and other financial assets designated at fair value at inception.

 

Trading securities are those assets acquired principally for the purpose of selling in the near term or are part of a portfolio of financial instruments that are managed together and for which there is evidence of a recent pattern of short-term profit taking. It includes debt and equity instruments which are actively traded and securities purchased under agreement to resell that are part of a trading portfolio.

 

Other financial assets designated at fair value at inception include certain non-trading bonds, notes, loans with embedded derivatives and commercial bills. This designation is only made if the financial asset contains an embedded derivative, it is managed on a fair value basis in accordance with a documented strategy, or if designating it at fair value reduces or eliminates an accounting mismatch. A portfolio of retail fixed rate bills which have been designated at fair value to reduce an accounting mismatch have, due to their nature, been presented within the loans category in the Balance sheet although they are measured at fair value.

 

Subsequent to initial recognition, these financial assets are measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognised through the income statement in the period in which they arise.

 

Derivative financial instruments

Derivative financial instruments including forwards, futures, swaps and options and are entered into by the Group for trading purposes (primarily customer-related activity) or for hedging purposes. In certain instances a derivative may be embedded in a host contract. If the host contract is not carried at fair value through income statement, the embedded derivative is separated from the host contract and accounted for as a standalone derivative instrument where the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivative are not closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract.

 

Derivatives are measured, subsequent to initial recognition, at fair value with gains or losses recognised through the income statement in the period in which they arise, unless the derivative is designated into a cashflow or net investment hedge relationship. Derivatives are presented as an asset where they have a positive fair value at balance date or as a liability where the fair value at balance date is negative.

 

The Group uses derivative instruments as part of its asset and liability management activities, mainly to hedge its exposures to interest rates, foreign currency and credit risk, including exposures arising from forecast transactions. Where certain criteria are met, the Group designates these derivatives into one of three hedge accounting relationships: fair value hedge, cash flow hedge or a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation. These hedging designations and associated accounting are as follows:

 

¡        Fair value hedges

 

Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges are recorded in the income statement, together with any changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk. The changes in the fair value of the hedged asset and liability are adjusted against their carrying value.

 

If the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, it is discontinued and any previous adjustment to the carrying value of a hedged item is amortised to the income statement over the period to maturity. If the hedged item is sold or repaid, the unamortised fair value adjustment is recognised immediately in the income statement.

 

¡        Cash flow hedges

 

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges are recognised in the cash flow hedge reserve through other comprehensive income. The gain or loss relating to any ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement.

 

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised, or when the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in other comprehensive income at that time remains in other comprehensive income and is recognised in profit or loss in the period in which the hedged item affects profit or loss. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in other comprehensive income is immediately transferred to the income statement.

 

¡        Hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation

 

Hedges of net investments in overseas branches and subsidiaries are accounted for in a manner similar to cash flow hedges. Any gain or loss on the hedging instrument relating to the effective portion of the hedge is recognised in the foreign currency translation reserve through other comprehensive income and the gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement. Gains and losses accumulated in other comprehensive income are included in the income statement when the overseas branch or subsidiary is disposed.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

149

 

 



 

 

Note 1. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Loans and receivables

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. The Group presents loans and receivables in the following categories on the balance sheet:

 

¡        Loans

 

Loans includes advances, overdrafts, home loans, credit card and other personal lending, term loans, leasing receivables, bill financing and acceptances.

 

Loan products that have both a mortgage and deposit facility are presented on a gross basis in the balance sheet, segregating the loan and deposit component into the respective balance sheet line items. Interest earned on this product is presented on a net basis in the income statement as this reflects how the customer is charged.

 

¡        Receivables due from other financial institutions

 

Receivables due from other financial institutions include conduit assets, collateral placed and interbank lending.

 

¡        Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

 

In several countries in which the Group operates, the law requires that regulatory deposits be lodged with the local central bank at a rate of interest generally below that prevailing in the market. The amount of the deposit and the interest rate receivable is determined in accordance with the requirements of the local central bank. Regulatory deposits are required to be held to continue operating in those countries and thus are not available to meet other obligations of the Group.

 

Impairment of loans and receivables

Subsequent to initial recognition, loans and receivables are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method and are presented net of any provisions for impairment.

 

The Group assesses at each balance date whether there is any objective evidence of impairment. An impairment charge is incurred if there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more loss events which have an impact on the estimated cash flows of the financial asset that can be reliably estimated. Objective evidence includes significant financial difficulties of an obligor, adverse changes in the payment status of borrowers or national, local economic conditions that correlate with defaults on a group of financial assets. The amount of the charge is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows (excluding future credit losses that have not been incurred) discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced through the use of a provision account and the amount of the loss is recognised in the income statement. If a loan or receivable has a variable interest rate, the discount rate for measuring any impairment is the current effective interest rate determined under the contract.

 

The Group has individually assessed provisions and collectively assessed provisions. Individually assessed provisions are made against financial assets that exceed specified thresholds or which have been individually assessed as impaired. If the Group determines that no objective evidence of impairment exists for an individually assessed financial asset, it includes that asset in a group of financial assets with similar credit risk characteristics and collectively assesses them for impairment. Assets that are individually assessed and for which an impairment loss is, or continues to be, recognised are not included in a collective assessment of impairment.

 

When a loan or a part of a loan is uncollectable, it is written off against the related provision for loan impairment. Such loans are written off after all the necessary procedures have been completed and the amount of the loss has been determined. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off decrease the amount of the charge for loan impairment in the income statement. If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment charge decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was recognised (such as an improvement in the debtor’s credit rating), the previously recognised impairment charge is reversed by adjusting the provision account. The amount of the reversal is recognised in the income statement.

 

Available-for-sale securities

Available-for-sale securities are those debt or equity securities that are designated as available-for-sale or that are not classified as financial assets at fair value through income statement, or loans and receivables.

 

Subsequent to initial recognition, available-for-sale investments are measured at fair value. Gains and losses arising from changes in fair value are recognised in the available-for-sale reserve in other comprehensive income until the financial asset is derecognised or impaired, at which time the cumulative gain or loss is recognised in the income statement. Dividends on available-for-sale equity instruments are recognised in the income statement when the right to receive payment is established. Foreign exchange gains or losses and interest, calculated using the effective interest rate method, on available-for-sale debt instruments are also recognised in the income statement.

 

Certain unlisted equity securities that do not have a quoted price in an active market and where fair value cannot be estimated within a reasonable range of probable outcomes are carried at cost.

 

 

 

 

150

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 1. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

The Group assesses at each reporting date whether there is objective evidence of impairment. Impairment exists if there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more loss events which have an impact on the estimated cash flows of the available-for-sale security that can be reliably estimated. For debt instruments classified as available-for-sale, evidence of impairment includes significant financial difficulties or adverse changes in the payment status of an issuer or national, local economic conditions that correlate with defaults on a group of financial assets. For equity investments classified as available-for-sale, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its cost is also considered in determining whether the assets are impaired. If any such evidence exists for available-for-sale financial assets, the cumulative loss — measured as the difference between the acquisition cost and the current fair value, less any impairment charge previously recognised in profit or loss — is removed from other comprehensive income and recognised in the income statement. If, in a subsequent period, the fair value of an available-for-sale debt increases and the increase can be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment event, the impairment charge is reversed through the income statement. Subsequent reversal of impairment charges on equity instruments are not recognised in the income statement until the instrument is disposed of.

 

(iii)         Life insurance assets

Assets held by the life insurance companies and their subsidiaries, including investments in funds managed by the Group, are designated at fair value through income statement as required by AASB 1038 Life Insurance Contracts. Changes in fair value are included in the income statement. Most assets are held in the life insurance statutory funds and can only be used within the restrictions imposed under the Life Insurance Act 1995. The main restrictions are that the assets in a fund can only be used to meet the liabilities and expenses of that fund, to acquire investments to further the business of the fund or as distribution when solvency and capital adequacy requirements are met. Therefore they are not as liquid as other financial assets.

 

(iv)        Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment. Cost is the fair value of the consideration provided plus incidental costs directly attributable to the acquisition. Other subsequent expenditure is capitalised only when it increases the future economic benefits embodied in the item of property, plant and equipment. All other expenditure is expensed as incurred.

 

Computer software is capitalised at cost and classified as property, plant and equipment where it is integral to the operation of associated hardware.

 

Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost of assets less any residual value over their estimated useful lives, as follows:

 

¡

Premises and sites

Up to 50 years

 

 

 

¡

 Leasehold improvements

Up to 10 years

 

 

 

¡

 Furniture and equipment

3 to 15 years

 

 

 

¡

 Technology

3 to 5 years

 

 

 

¡

 Assets under lease

Up to 7 years

 

Property, plant and equipment are reviewed at each balance date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If such an indication exists, the asset’s recoverable amount, being the higher of fair value less cost to sell and value-in-use, is estimated. An impairment charge is recognised as part of operating expenses whenever the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its recoverable amount.

 

The gain or loss arising on the disposal or retirement of an asset is determined as the difference between the sale proceeds less costs of disposal, and the carrying amount of the asset, and is recognised as non-interest income.

 

(v)           Goodwill and other intangible assets

Goodwill

Goodwill arises on the acquisition of businesses and represents the excess of the purchase consideration, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree, over the fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired.

 

All goodwill is considered to have an indefinite life. Goodwill is allocated to Cash Generating Units (CGUs) based on management’s analysis of where the synergies resulting from an acquisition are expected to arise. It is tested for impairment annually and whenever there is an indication of impairment, and is carried at cost or deemed cost less accumulated impairment. An impairment charge is recognised whenever the carrying amount of a CGU to which goodwill is allocated exceeds its recoverable amount, which is determined on a value-in-use basis (refer Note 15).

 

Gains or losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

151

 

 



 

 

Note 1. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Computer software

Internal and external costs directly incurred in the purchase or development of computer software, including subsequent upgrades and enhancements, are recognised as intangible assets when it is probable that they will generate future economic benefits attributable to the Group. These assets are amortised using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives of between three and ten years.

 

Brands

Brands are recognised on the acquisition of businesses and represent the value attributed to brand names associated with those businesses. The useful life of brands is estimated to be indefinite as there is no foreseeable limit to the period over which they are expected to generate net cash flows. Brands are not amortised but tested for impairment annually or more frequently when indicators of impairment are identified.

 

Core deposits intangibles

Core deposits were recognised as part of the merger with St.George and represent the value, or avoided cost, of the deposit base acquired that provides a valuable source of funding. Core deposits are amortised using the straight-line method over a period of nine years and are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment. Core deposits are assessed for impairment at each reporting date and whenever there is an indicator of impairment.

 

Other intangibles

Other intangibles primarily consist of financial planner distribution relationships, credit card customer relationships, dealer networks, value in force business and service contracts. They are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation (where relevant) and impairment. Other intangibles are assessed for impairment at each reporting date and whenever there is an indicator of impairment. An impairment charge is recognised whenever the carrying amount of the intangible exceeds its recoverable amount, which is determined on a value-in-use basis.

 

Financial planner distribution relationships, credit card customer relationships and dealer networks were recognised as part of business acquisitions and represent the value attributable to future revenue from these relationships. They are amortised using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives of eight, five and three years respectively.

 

f.                   Liabilities

(i)               Financial liabilities

The Group classifies significant financial liabilities in the following categories: payables due to other financial institutions, deposits and other borrowings, other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement, derivative financial instruments, debt issues and loan capital. Financial liabilities are recognised when an obligation arises.

 

Financial liabilities measured at fair value through income statement are recognised initially at fair value. All other financial liabilities are recognised initially at fair value plus directly attributable transaction costs.

 

Financial liabilities are derecognised when the obligation is discharged, cancelled or expires. Where an existing financial liability is replaced by another from the same lender on substantially different terms, or the terms of an existing liability are substantially modified, the exchange or modification is treated as a derecognition of the original liability and the recognition of a new liability, with the difference in the respective carrying amounts recognised in profit or loss.

 

a.             Payables due to other financial institutions

 

Payables due to other financial institutions include interbank lending, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, cash collateral and deposits (including vostro, settlement and clearing account balances) due to central and other banks. Subsequent to initial recognition, they are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.

 

b.             Deposits and other borrowings

 

Deposits and other borrowings include certificates of deposit, at-call and term deposits, and other related interest-bearing financial instruments. Subsequent to initial recognition, deposits and other borrowings are measured at either amortised cost using the effective interest rate method or at fair value through income statement where they are designated as such on initial recognition.

 

The Group designates certain deposits and other borrowings at fair value when those liabilities are managed on a fair value basis (as part of a trading portfolio), where an accounting mismatch is eliminated or reduced (which arises from associated derivatives executed for risk management purposes), or where the instrument contains an embedded derivative. These liabilities are measured at fair value with changes in fair value (except own credit) recognised through the income statement in the period in which they arise. The change in the portion of the fair value that is attributable to Westpac’s own credit risk is recognised in other comprehensive income except where it would create an accounting mismatch, in which case it is also recognised through the income statement.

 

Interest expense incurred is recorded within net interest income using the effective interest rate method.

 

 

 

 

152

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 1. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

c.              Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

 

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement includes trading securities sold short, securities sold under repurchase agreements included as part of a trading portfolio and other financial liabilities designated at fair value on initial recognition. Subsequent to initial recognition, these liabilities are measured at fair value with changes in fair value (except as noted below) recognised through the income statement in the period in which they arise. For financial liabilities that have been designated at fair value, the change in the portion of the fair value that is attributable to Westpac’s own credit risk is recognised in other comprehensive income except where it would create an accounting mismatch, in which case it is recognised through the income statement.

 

Interest expense incurred is recorded within net interest income using the effective interest rate method.

 

d.             Derivative financial instruments

 

Refer to previous discussion on derivative financial instruments in Note 1(e)(ii).

 

e.             Debt issues

 

These are bonds, notes, commercial paper and debentures that have been issued by entities in the Westpac Group. Debt issues also include acceptances, which are bills of exchange initially accepted and discounted by Westpac that have been subsequently rediscounted into the market. Bill financing provided to customers by accepting and discounting of bills of exchanges is reported as part of loans.

 

Subsequent to initial recognition, debt issues are measured at either amortised cost using the effective interest rate method or at fair value through income statement where they are designated as such on initial recognition. The Group designates certain debt issues at fair value to reduce or eliminate an accounting mismatch which arises from associated derivatives executed for risk management purposes, or where the instrument contains an embedded derivative. These liabilities are measured at fair value with changes in fair value (except own credit) recognised through the income statement in the period in which they arise. The change in the fair value that is attributable to Westpac’s own credit risk is recognised in other comprehensive income except where it would create an accounting mismatch, in which case it is also recognised through the income statement.

 

Interest expense incurred is recorded within net interest income using the effective interest rate method.

 

f.                Loan capital

 

Loan capital is debt issued by the Group recognised as a liability with terms and conditions that qualify for inclusion as regulatory capital under APRA Prudential Standards. Subsequent to initial recognition loan capital is measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.

 

g.             Financial guarantees

 

Financial guarantee contracts are recognised as financial liabilities (recorded in provisions) at the time the guarantee is issued. The liability is initially measured at fair value and subsequently at the higher of the amount determined in accordance with AASB 137 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets and the amount initially recognised less cumulative amortisation, where appropriate.

 

The fair value of a financial guarantee contract is determined as the present value of the difference in net cash flows between the contractual payments under the debt instrument and the payments that would be required without the guarantee, or the estimated amount that would be payable to a third party for assuming the obligation.

 

(ii)            Provisions

Employee benefits

Provisions for wages and salaries, including non-monetary benefits, annual leave, accumulating sick leave and any associated on-costs (i.e. payroll tax) expected to be settled within 12 months of the balance date are recognised in respect of employees’ services up to the balance date and are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled.

 

Provisions for long service leave expected to be settled within 12 months of the balance date are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled. Provisions for long service leave expected to be settled more than 12 months from the balance date are measured at the present value of future payments expected to be made in respect of services provided by employees up to the balance date. Consideration is given to expected future wage and salary levels, experience of employee departure and periods of service. Expected future payments are discounted to their net present value using market yields at the balance date on government bonds with terms that match as closely as possible the estimated timing of future cash flows.

 

Provision for impairment on credit commitments

A provision for impairment is recognised on undrawn contractually committed facilities and guarantees provided. The amount is calculated using the same methodology as the provision for impairment charges on loans (refer to Note 1(e)(ii)).

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

153

 

 



 

 

Note 1. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Provision for restructuring

A provision for restructuring (including termination benefits) is recognised where there is a demonstrable commitment and a detailed plan such that there is little or no discretion to avoid payments to other parties and the amount can be reliably estimated. The majority of restructuring provisions are expected to be settled within 12 months and are measured at amounts expected to be paid when they are settled. Amounts expected to be settled more than 12 months from the balance date are measured at the present value of the estimated cash outflows, where the effect of discounting is material.

 

Provision for dividends

A provision for dividends is recognised when dividends are declared, determined or publicly recommended by the Directors but not distributed as at the balance date.

 

Provision for litigation and non-lending losses

A provision for litigation is recognised where it is probable that there will be an outflow of economic resources. Non-lending losses are any losses that have not arisen as a consequence of an impaired credit decision. Those provisions include litigation and associated costs, frauds and the correction of operational issues.

 

Provision for leasehold premises

The provision for leasehold premises covers unavoidable costs in relation to making good property to the same or similar state as when the lease was entered into at the end of the lease period or net outgoings on certain unoccupied leased premises or sub-let premises where projected rental income falls short of rental expense. The liability is determined on the basis of the present value of net future cash flows.

 

(iii)         Life insurance liabilities

Life insurance liabilities consist of life insurance contract liabilities, life investment contract liabilities and external liabilities of managed investment schemes controlled by statutory life funds.

 

Life insurance contract liabilities

The value of life insurance contract liabilities is calculated using the margin on services methodology. The methodology takes into account the risks and uncertainties of the particular classes of the life insurance business written. Deferred policy acquisition costs are included in the measurement basis of life insurance contract liabilities and are therefore equally sensitive to the factors that are considered in the liabilities measurement. This methodology is in accordance with Prudential Standard LPS 340 Valuation of Policy Liabilities.

 

Under this methodology, planned profit margins and an estimate of future liabilities are calculated separately for each related product group using applied assumptions at each reporting date. Profit margins are released over each reporting period in line with the service that has been provided. The balance of the planned profit is deferred by including them in the value of policy liabilities.

 

Life investment contract liabilities

Life investment contract liabilities are designated at fair value through income statement. Fair value is based on the higher of the valuation of linked assets, or the minimum current surrender value.

 

External liabilities of managed investment schemes controlled by statutory life funds

External liabilities of managed investment schemes controlled by statutory life funds are designated at fair value through income statement.

 

g.                Equity

(i)               Share capital

Ordinary shares are recognised at the amount paid up per ordinary share net of directly attributable issue costs. Where the Parent Entity or other members of the consolidated Group purchases shares in the Parent Entity, the consideration paid is deducted from ordinary share capital and the shares are treated as treasury shares until they are subsequently sold, reissued or cancelled. Where such shares are sold or reissued, any consideration received is included in shareholders’ equity.

 

(ii)            Other equity instruments

Convertible debentures issued by the parent entity in respect of the 2006 Trust Preferred Securities (2006 TPS) are recognised in the balance sheet at the amount of consideration received net of issue costs. They are translated into Australian currency using the rate of exchange on issue date and distributions on them are recognised when entitlements are determined in accordance with the terms of the convertible debentures.

 

(iii)         Non-controlling interests

Non-controlling interests represents the share in the net assets of subsidiaries attributable to equity interests that are not owned directly or indirectly by the Parent Entity. The Group also has on issue 2006 TPS that are hybrid instruments and are classified as non-controlling interests.

 

 

 

 

154

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 1. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

(iv)        Reserves

Foreign currency translation reserve

As noted in Note 1(b)(ii), exchange differences arising on translation of the Group’s foreign operations, any offsetting gains or losses on hedging the net investment and any associated tax effect are reflected in the foreign currency translation reserve. A cumulative credit balance in this reserve would not normally be regarded as being available for payment of dividends until such gains are realised on sale or disposal of the foreign operation.

 

Available-for-sale securities reserve

This comprises the changes in the fair value of available-for-sale financial securities, net of tax. These changes are transferred to the income statement in non-interest income when the asset is either derecognised or impaired.

 

Cash flow hedging reserve

This comprises the fair value gains and losses associated with the effective portion of designated cash flow hedging instruments.

 

Share-based payment reserve

This comprises the fair value of share-based payments recognised as an expense.

 

Other reserves

Other reserves for the Parent Entity consists of the common control reserve (refer Note 1(b)(i)). Other reserves for the Group consist of transactions relating to change in the parent entity’s ownership of a subsidiary that do not result in a loss of control.

 

The amount recorded in other reserves reflects the difference between the amount by which non-controlling interests are adjusted and the fair value of any consideration paid or received.

 

h.                Other

(i)               Loan securitisation

The Group, through its loan securitisation program, packages and sells loans (principally housing mortgage loans) as securities to investors. The program includes the securitisation of the Group’s own assets as well as assets from customer funding conduits. In such transactions, the Group provides an equitable interest in the loans to investors who provide funding to the Group. Securitised loans that do not qualify for derecognition and the associated funding are included in loans and debt issues respectively.

 

(ii)            Fiduciary activities

Certain controlled entities within the Group conduct investment management and other fiduciary activities as responsible entity or manager on behalf of individuals, trusts, retirement benefit plans and other institutions. These activities involve the management of assets in investment schemes and superannuation funds, and the holding or placing of assets on behalf of third parties.

 

Where controlled entities, as responsible entities, incur liabilities in respect of these activities, a right of indemnity exists against the assets of the applicable trusts. As these assets are sufficient to cover liabilities, and it is not probable that the controlled entities will be required to settle them, the assets and liabilities are not included in the consolidated financial statements.

 

The Group also manages life insurance statutory fund assets that are included in the consolidated financial statements.

 

(iii)         Superannuation obligations

Obligations for contributions to the defined contribution superannuation plan are recognised as an expense in the income statement as incurred.

 

The asset or liability recognised in the balance sheet in respect of the defined benefit superannuation plan is the present value of the defined benefit obligation as at the reporting date less the fair value of the plan’s assets. The present value of the defined benefit obligation is determined by discounting the estimated pre-tax future cash flows using blended interest rates of government bonds that have terms to maturity approximating to the terms of the related superannuation liability.

 

The superannuation expense relating to the defined benefit superannuation plan comprises of service cost (including current and past service cost and gains and losses on curtailments and settlements) and net interest expense (income). Remeasurements (including actuarial gains and losses and the difference between the interest income and the return on plan assets) is recognised in other comprehensive income.

 

(iv)        Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share (EPS) is determined by dividing the net profit after tax attributable to equity holders, excluding costs of servicing other equity instruments, by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the financial year, excluding the number of ordinary shares purchased and held as treasury shares.

 

Diluted EPS is calculated by adjusting the earnings and number of shares used in the determination of the basic EPS for the effects of dilutive options, share rights and other dilutive potential ordinary shares.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

155

 

 



 

 

Note 1. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

In relation to options, share rights and restricted shares, the weighted average number of shares is adjusted to take into account the weighted average number of shares assumed to have been issued for nil consideration in determining diluted EPS. The number of ordinary shares assumed to be issued for nil consideration represents the difference between the number that would have been issued at the exercise price and the number that would have been issued at the average market price over the reporting period.

 

In relation to instruments convertible into ordinary shares under certain conditions, the weighted average number of shares is adjusted to determine the number of ordinary shares that may arise on conversion, by dividing the face value of the instruments by the average market price over the reporting period, taking into account any applicable discount on conversion weighted by the number of instruments on issue.

 

(v)           Leases

Leases are classified as either finance leases or operating leases. Under a finance lease, substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to legal ownership are transferred to the lessee. In contrast, an operating lease exists where the leased assets are allocated to the lessor.

 

In its capacity as a lessor, the Group primarily offers finance leases. The Group recognises the assets held under finance lease in the balance sheet as loans at an amount equal to the net investment in the lease. The recognition of finance income is based on a pattern reflecting a constant periodic return on the Group’s net investment in the finance lease. Finance lease income is included within interest income in the income statement (refer to Note 1(c)(i)). Where the Group offers operating leases, the assets are recognised in the balance sheet as property, plant and equipment at cost, and depreciated to their residual value on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful life. Operating lease rentals are recognised in the income statement on a straight line basis over the lease term (refer to Note 1(c)(ii).

 

In its capacity as a lessee, the Group mainly uses property and equipment under operating leases. Payments due to the lessor under operating leases are charged to equipment and occupancy expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease (refer to Note 1(c)(iii)).

 

(vi)        Segment reporting

Operating segments are presented on a basis that is consistent with information provided internally to Westpac’s key decision makers. In assessing the financial performance of its divisions internally, Westpac uses a measure of performance it refers to as ‘cash earnings’. To calculate cash earnings, Westpac adjusts the statutory result for material items that key decision makers believe do not reflect ongoing operations, items that are not considered when dividends are recommended and accounting reclassifications between individual line items that do not impact statutory results, such as policyholder tax recoveries. Details of the specific adjustments made to the statutory result in arriving at cash earnings are included in Note 33.

 

(vii)     Critical accounting assumptions and estimates

The application of the Group’s accounting policies necessarily requires the use of judgment, estimates and assumptions. Should different assumptions or estimates be applied, the resulting values would change, impacting the net assets and income of the Group. The nature of significant assumptions and estimates used are noted below.

 

Fair value of financial instruments

Financial instruments classified as held-for-trading (including derivatives) or designated at fair value through income statement and financial assets classified as available-for-sale are recognised in the financial statements at fair value.

 

The fair value of a financial instrument is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.

 

Fair value is obtained from quoted market prices, independent dealer price quotations, discounted cash flow models and option pricing models, which incorporate current market and contractual prices for the underlying instrument, time to expiry, yield curves and volatility of the underlying. The calculation of fair value for any financial instrument may also require adjustment of the quoted price or model value to reflect the cost of credit risk (where not embedded in underlying models or prices used). The process of calculating fair value on illiquid instruments or from a valuation model may require estimation of certain pricing parameters, assumptions or model characteristics. These estimates are calibrated against industry standards, economic models and observed transaction prices.

 

The fair value of financial instruments is provided in Note 28 as well as the mechanism by which fair value has been derived.

 

Provisions for impairment charges on loans and credit commitments

Provisions for credit impairment represent management’s estimate of the impairment charges incurred in the loan portfolios and on undrawn contractually committed credit facilities and guarantees provided as at the balance date. Changes to the provisions are reported in the income statement as part of impairment charges on loans. The methodology and assumptions used for estimating future cash flows are reviewed regularly by the Group to reduce any differences between loss estimates and actual loss experience.

 

 

 

156

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 1. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

¡        Individual component

 

All impaired loans that exceed specified thresholds are individually assessed for impairment. Individually assessed loans principally comprise the Group’s portfolio of commercial loans to medium and large businesses. Impairment is recognised as the difference between the carrying value of the loan and the discounted value of management’s best estimate of future cash repayments and proceeds from any security held (discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate for fixed rate loans and the loan’s current effective interest rate for variable rate loans). Relevant considerations that have a bearing on the expected future cash flows are taken into account, including the business prospects for the customer, the realisable value of collateral, the Group’s position relative to other claimants, the reliability of customer information and the likely cost and duration of the work-out process. Subjective judgments are made in this process. Furthermore, judgments can change with time as new information becomes available or as work-out strategies evolve, resulting in revisions to the impairment provision as individual decisions are taken.

 

¡        Collective component

 

This is made up of two elements: loan impairment provisions for impaired loans that are below individual assessment thresholds (collective impaired loan provisions) and for loan impairments that have been incurred but have not been separately identified at the balance sheet date (incurred but not reported provisions). These are established on a portfolio basis taking into account the level of arrears, collateral, past loss experience and defaults based on portfolio trends. The most significant factors in establishing these provisions are the estimated loss rates and the related emergence periods. The emergence period for each loan product type is determined through studies of loss emergence patterns. Loan files where losses have emerged were reviewed to identify the average time period between observable loss indicator events and the loss becoming identifiable. The future credit quality of these portfolios is subject to uncertainties that could cause actual credit losses to differ materially from reported loan impairment provisions. These uncertainties include the economic environment, notably interest rates and their effect on customer spending, unemployment levels, payment behaviour and bankruptcy rates.

 

Details on the group’s impairment charges are provided in Note 12.

 

Goodwill

The determination of the fair value of assets and liabilities of the acquired businesses requires the exercise of management judgment. Different fair values would result in changes to the goodwill balance and to the post-acquisition performance of the acquisition.

 

To determine if goodwill is impaired, the carrying value of the identified CGU to which the goodwill is allocated, is compared to its recoverable amount. Value in use is the present value of expected future cash flows from the CGU, and the determination of the appropriate cash flows and discount rates to use is subjective. The key assumptions applied to determine if any impairment exists are outlined in Note 15.

 

Superannuation obligations

The Group operates a number of defined benefit plans as described in Note 36. For each of these plans, independent actuarial valuations of the plan’s obligations using the projected unit credit method and the fair value measurements of the plan’s assets are performed at least annually. The actuarial valuation of plan obligations is dependent upon a series of assumptions, the key ones being price inflation, salaries growth, mortality, morbidity, investment returns and discount rate assumptions. Different assumptions could significantly alter the amount of the difference between plan assets and obligations, and the superannuation cost charged to the income statement.

 

Provisions (other than loan impairment)

Provisions are held in respect of a range of obligations such as employee entitlements, restructuring costs, litigation provisions and non-lending losses and onerous contracts (for example leases with surplus space). Provisions carried for long service leave are supported by an independent actuarial report. Some of the provisions involve significant judgment about the likely outcome of various events and estimated future cash flows. The deferral of these benefits involves the exercise of management judgments about the ultimate outcomes of the transactions. Payments that are expected to be incurred after more than one year are discounted at a rate which reflects both current interest rates and the risks specific to that provision.

 

Income taxes

The Group is subject to income taxes in Australia and jurisdictions where it has foreign operations. Significant judgment is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes, based on the Group’s understanding of the relevant tax law. There are many transactions and calculations undertaken during the ordinary course of business for which the ultimate tax outcome is unclear. Provisions for tax are held to reflect these tax uncertainties. Where the final outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will impact the current and deferred tax provisions in the period where such determination is made. Refer to Note 14 for details of the Group’s deferred tax balances.

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

157

 

 



 

 

Note 1. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Life insurance contract liabilities

 

Life insurance contract liabilities are computed using statistical or mathematical methods, which are expected to give approximately the same results as if an individual liability was calculated for each contract. These computations are made by suitably qualified personnel on the basis of recognised actuarial methods, with due regard to relevant actuarial principles. The methodology takes into account the risks and uncertainties of the particular classes of the life insurance business written. Deferred policy acquisition costs are connected with the measurement basis of life insurance contract liabilities and are equally sensitive to the factors that are considered in the liability measurement.

 

The key factors that affect the estimation of these liabilities and related assets are:

 

¡        the cost of providing benefits and administrating the contracts;

 

¡        mortality and morbidity experience, including enhancements to policyholder benefits;

 

¡        discontinuance experience, which affects the Group’s ability to recover the cost of acquiring new business over the life of the contracts; and

 

¡        the rate at which projected future cash flows are discounted.

 

In addition, factors such as regulation, competition, interest rates, taxes, securities market conditions and general economic conditions affect the level of these liabilities. In some contracts, the Group shares experience on investment results with its customers, which can offset the impacts of these factors on the profitability of these products.

 

Consolidation of structured entities

The Group assesses at inception and periodically whether an entity (particularly a structured entity) should be consolidated. The determination of control of structured entities will involve significant judgment as voting rights are often not the decisive factor in decisions over the relevant activities. Judgment may involve assessing the purpose and design of the entity, and consideration as to whether the Group, or another involved party with power over the relevant activities, is acting as a principal in its own right or as an agent on behalf of others. Refer to Note 41 for information about structured entities.

 

(viii)  Future developments in accounting standards

The following new standards and interpretations which may have a material impact on the Group have been issued, but are not yet effective and have not been early adopted by the Group:

 

AASB 9 Financial Instruments was issued by the Australian Accounting Standards Board in December 2009. Unless early adopted, the standard will be effective for the 30 September 2019 financial year. The major changes under the standard are:

 

¡        the multiple classification and measurement models are replaced in AASB 139 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement with a single model that has two classification categories: amortised cost and fair value;

 

¡        a financial asset is measured at amortised cost if two criteria are met: a) the objective of the business model is to hold the financial asset for the collection of the contractual cash flows, and b) the contractual cash flows under the instrument solely represent the payment of principal and interest;

 

¡        if a financial asset is eligible for amortised cost measurement, an entity can elect to measure it at fair value if it eliminates or significantly reduces an accounting mismatch;

 

¡        an embedded derivative will not be separated where the instrument is a financial asset;

 

¡        equity instruments must be measured at fair value however, an entity can elect on initial recognition to present the fair value changes on non-trading equity investments directly in other comprehensive income. There is no subsequent recycling of fair value gains and losses to profit or loss; however dividends from such investments will continue to be recognised in profit or loss;

 

¡        if an entity holds an investment in asset-backed securities (ABS) it must determine the classification of that investment by looking through to the underlying assets and assess the credit quality of the investment compared with the underlying portfolio of assets. If an entity is unable to look through to the underlying assets, then the investment must be measured at fair value;

 

¡        the portion of a change of fair value relating to the entity’s own credit risk for financial liabilities designated at fair value is presented in other comprehensive income, except when that would create an accounting mismatch. If such a mismatch would be created or enlarged, all changes in fair value (including the effects of changes in the credit risk) is recognised in profit or loss. The Group early adopted this amendment from 1 October 2013; and

 

¡        hedge accounting is more closely aligned with risk management activities by increasing the eligibility of both hedged items and hedging instruments and introducing a more principles-based approach to assessing hedge effectiveness.

 

The IASB recently released a final version of IFRS 9 Financial Instruments. This final standard includes a new expected credit loss impairment model which will replace the current incurred loss impairment model. The Australian Accounting Standards Board is expected to release a final version of AASB 9 equivalent to IFRS 9 shortly. We are yet to determine the impact of this revised standard on the Group.

 

The IASB also has a separate active project on accounting for macro hedging which it continues to work on.

 

 

 

158

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 1. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

As a result of the issuance and reissuance of AASB 9, two further standards have been issued by the AASB which give effect to consequential changes to a number of Australian Accounting Standards and Interpretations. These standards are AASB 2009-11 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising from AASB 9 which was issued in December 2009 and AASB 2010-7 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising from AASB 9 (December 2010) which was issued in December 2010. These standards will be applicable when AASB 9 is adopted by the Group.

 

AASB 9 will impact the classification and measurement of the Group’s financial instruments when the remainder of the standard is adopted.

 

AASB 2012-3 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards — Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities was issued in June 2012 and will be effective for the 30 September 2015 financial year. The amendment provides application guidance to addressing inconsistencies applied to offsetting criteria provided in AASB 132 Financial Instruments: Presentation, including clarifying the meaning of current legal enforceable right of set-off is legally enforceable in all circumstances and that some gross settlement systems (such as through a clearing house) may be considered as the equivalent to net settlement. The amendment is not expected to have a material impact on the Group.

 

AASB 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers was issued on 28 May 2014 and will be effective for the 30 September 2018 financial year. The standard provides a single comprehensive model for revenue recognition. It supersedes current recognition and related Interpretations. The application of AASB 15 is not expected to have a material impact on the Group.

 

Note 2. Net interest income

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

225

 

 

102

 

99

 

182

 

 

67

 

Receivables due from other financial institutions

 

84

 

 

113

 

188

 

35

 

 

38

 

Net ineffectiveness on qualifying hedges

 

(58

)

 

31

 

8

 

(61

)

 

29

 

Trading securities

 

1,407

 

 

1,665

 

2,091

 

1,340

 

 

1,603

 

Other financial assets designated at fair value

 

75

 

 

67

 

108

 

73

 

 

64

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

1,386

 

 

1,226

 

1,116

 

1,231

 

 

1,085

 

Loans

 

29,104

 

 

29,781

 

33,238

 

24,666

 

 

26,125

 

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

 

18

 

 

23

 

24

 

18

 

 

23

 

Due from subsidiaries

 

-

 

 

-

 

-

 

4,585

 

 

3,907

 

Other interest income

 

7

 

 

1

 

1

 

7

 

 

1

 

Total interest income1

 

32,248

 

 

33,009

 

36,873

 

32,076

 

 

32,942

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payables due to other financial institutions

 

(300

)

 

(190

)

(244

)

(299

)

 

(189

)

Certificates of deposit

 

(921

)

 

(1,009

)

(1,619

)

(881

)

 

(978

)

At call and term deposits

 

(10,578

)

 

(11,546

)

(12,983

)

(9,148

)

 

(10,352

)

Trading liabilities

 

(2,523

)

 

(2,806

)

(4,500

)

(2,268

)

 

(2,569

)

Debt issues

 

(3,813

)

 

(4,008

)

(4,388

)

(3,096

)

 

(3,407

)

Due to subsidiaries

 

-

 

 

-

 

-

 

(4,791

)

 

(4,064

)

Loan capital

 

(490

)

 

(529

)

(454

)

(458

)

 

(494

)

Other interest expense

 

(81

)

 

(100

)

(183

)

(71

)

 

(70

)

Total interest expense2

 

(18,706

)

 

(20,188

)

(24,371

)

(21,012

)

 

(22,123

)

Net interest income

 

13,542

 

 

12,821

 

12,502

 

11,064

 

 

10,819

 

 

1      Total interest income for financial assets that are not at fair value through income statement is $30,824 million (2013: $31,246 million, 2012: $34,666 million) for the Group and $30,724 million (2013: $31,246 million) for the Parent Entity.

2      Total interest expense for financial liabilities that are not at fair value through income statement is $14,996 million (2013: $16,116 million, 2012: $17,990 million) for the Group and $17,636 million (2013: $18,357 million) for the Parent Entity.

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

159

 

 



 

 

Note 3. Non-interest income

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Fees and commissions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Facility fees

 

1,329

 

 

1,253

 

1,179

 

1,265

 

 

1,206

 

Transaction fees and commissions received

 

1,254

 

 

1,160

 

1,185

 

1,030

 

 

946

 

Other non-risk fee income

 

343

 

 

310

 

266

 

312

 

 

285

 

Transactions with subsidiaries

 

-

 

 

-

 

-

 

514

 

 

299

 

Total fees and commissions

 

2,926

 

 

2,723

 

2,630

 

3,121

 

 

2,736

 

Wealth management and insurance income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Life insurance and funds management net operating income

 

2,000

 

 

1,738

 

1,613

 

-

 

 

-

 

General insurance and lenders mortgage insurance net operating income

 

254

 

 

206

 

178

 

-

 

 

-

 

Total wealth management and insurance income

 

2,254

 

 

1,944

 

1,791

 

-

 

 

-

 

Trading income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange income

 

530

 

 

440

 

476

 

407

 

 

343

 

Other trading securities

 

487

 

 

629

 

374

 

520

 

 

663

 

Total trading income

 

1,017

 

 

1,069

 

850

 

927

 

 

1,006

 

Other income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends received from subsidiaries

 

-

 

 

-

 

-

 

1,643

 

 

1,813

 

Dividends received from other entities

 

11

 

 

10

 

12

 

8

 

 

7

 

Net gain on disposal of assets

 

97

 

 

67

 

46

 

127

 

 

62

 

Net gain/(loss) on ineffective hedges

 

-

 

 

(1

)

3

 

-

 

 

(1

)

Net gain/(loss) on hedging overseas operations

 

12

 

 

(6

)

78

 

18

 

 

(253

)

Net gain/(loss) on derivatives held for risk management purposes1

 

(27

)

 

(118

)

(36

)

(27

)

 

(114

)

Net gain/(loss) on financial instruments designated at fair value

 

(14

)

 

32

 

27

 

18

 

 

65

 

Rental income on operating leases

 

32

 

 

-

 

-

 

1

 

 

-

 

Other

 

87

 

 

54

 

80

 

69

 

 

54

 

Total other income

 

198

 

 

38

 

210

 

1,857

 

 

1,633

 

Total non-interest income

 

6,395

 

 

5,774

 

5,481

 

5,905

 

 

5,375

 

Wealth management and insurance income comprised

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Funds management income

 

1,337

 

 

1,149

 

1,037

 

-

 

 

-

 

Life insurance premium income

 

881

 

 

761

 

637

 

-

 

 

-

 

Life insurance commissions, investment income and other income

 

639

 

 

1,125

 

836

 

-

 

 

-

 

Life insurance claims and changes in life insurance liabilities

 

(857

)

 

(1,297

)

(897

)

-

 

 

-

 

General insurance and lenders mortgage insurance net premiums earned

 

426

 

 

402

 

370

 

-

 

 

-

 

General insurance and lenders mortgage insurance investment, commissions and other income

 

22

 

 

25

 

30

 

-

 

 

-

 

General insurance and lenders mortgage insurance claims incurred, underwriting and commission expenses

 

(194

)

 

(221

)

(222

)

-

 

 

-

 

Total wealth management and insurance income

 

2,254

 

 

1,944

 

1,791

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

1      Income from derivatives held for risk management purposes reflects impact of economic hedge of foreign currency capital and earnings where hedge accounting is not achieved.

 

 

 

160

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 4. Operating expenses

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Salaries and other staff expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and wages

 

3,544

 

 

3,264

 

3,113

 

2,761

 

 

2,588

 

Employee entitlements

 

316

 

 

325

 

326

 

272

 

 

282

 

Employee related taxes

 

210

 

 

223

 

209

 

174

 

 

190

 

Superannuation expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Defined contribution plans

 

279

 

 

254

 

237

 

216

 

 

198

 

Defined benefit plans (Note 36)

 

57

 

 

70

 

87

 

56

 

 

70

 

Equity based compensation

 

184

 

 

155

 

155

 

133

 

 

113

 

Restructuring costs

 

61

 

 

28

 

159

 

57

 

 

18

 

Other

 

16

 

 

17

 

20

 

1

 

 

3

 

Total salaries and other staff expenses

 

4,667

 

 

4,336

 

4,306

 

3,670

 

 

3,462

 

Equipment and occupancy expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease rentals

 

565

 

 

565

 

535

 

481

 

 

487

 

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premises

 

10

 

 

13

 

14

 

9

 

 

12

 

Leasehold improvements

 

109

 

 

108

 

106

 

92

 

 

94

 

Furniture and equipment

 

64

 

 

62

 

62

 

54

 

 

54

 

Technology

 

105

 

 

94

 

85

 

91

 

 

82

 

Software

 

493

 

 

403

 

352

 

413

 

 

336

 

Assets under lease

 

16

 

 

-

 

-

 

1

 

 

-

 

Equipment repairs and maintenance

 

85

 

 

78

 

76

 

71

 

 

67

 

Electricity, water and rates

 

12

 

 

12

 

12

 

8

 

 

8

 

Land tax

 

8

 

 

8

 

8

 

7

 

 

8

 

Other

 

35

 

 

27

 

28

 

25

 

 

15

 

Total equipment and occupancy expenses

 

1,502

 

 

1,370

 

1,278

 

1,252

 

 

1,163

 

Other expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortisation of deferred expenditure

 

6

 

 

3

 

6

 

16

 

 

17

 

Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets

 

217

 

 

221

 

225

 

191

 

 

208

 

Impairment on investments in subsidiaries

 

-

 

 

-

 

-

 

22

 

 

-

 

Non-lending losses

 

(23

)

 

43

 

172

 

(33

)

 

30

 

Purchased services:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Technology and information services

 

392

 

 

350

 

278

 

291

 

 

245

 

Legal

 

33

 

 

26

 

29

 

25

 

 

15

 

Other professional services

 

423

 

 

380

 

402

 

293

 

 

284

 

Credit card loyalty programs

 

136

 

 

135

 

133

 

136

 

 

135

 

Stationery

 

75

 

 

76

 

78

 

57

 

 

57

 

Postage and freight

 

130

 

 

146

 

151

 

101

 

 

117

 

Outsourcing costs

 

610

 

 

587

 

620

 

488

 

 

478

 

Insurance

 

21

 

 

20

 

16

 

13

 

 

13

 

Advertising

 

159

 

 

164

 

147

 

114

 

 

110

 

Training

 

18

 

 

21

 

20

 

13

 

 

15

 

Travel

 

67

 

 

64

 

66

 

49

 

 

47

 

Westpac Bicentennial Foundation grant

 

100

 

 

-

 

-

 

100

 

 

-

 

Other expenses

 

14

 

 

34

 

30

 

141

 

 

103

 

Total other expenses

 

2,378

 

 

2,270

 

2,373

 

2,017

 

 

1,874

 

Operating expenses

 

8,547

 

 

7,976

 

7,957

 

6,939

 

 

6,499

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

161

 

 



 

 

Note 5. Income tax

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

The income tax expense for the year is reconciled to the profit before income tax as follows

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before income tax

 

10,740

 

 

9,772

 

8,814

 

9,469

 

 

9,033

 

Prima facie income tax based on the Australian company tax rate of 30%

 

3,222

 

 

2,932

 

2,644

 

2,841

 

 

2,710

 

The effect of amounts which are not deductible (assessable) in calculating taxable income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in tax rate1

 

1

 

 

(2

)

1

 

1

 

 

-

 

Dividend adjustments

 

7

 

 

(2

)

(1

)

(493

)

 

(544

)

Life insurance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax adjustment on policyholders’ earnings2

 

3

 

 

24

 

8

 

-

 

 

-

 

Adjustment for life business tax rates

 

(4

)

 

(8

)

(6

)

1

 

 

1

 

Hybrid capital distributions3

 

36

 

 

26

 

10

 

36

 

 

26

 

Other non-assessable items

 

(22

)

 

(18

)

(29

)

(22

)

 

(16

)

Other non-deductible items

 

46

 

 

37

 

53

 

39

 

 

31

 

Adjustment for overseas tax rates

 

(22

)

 

-

 

3

 

10

 

 

16

 

Income tax (over)/under provided in prior years

 

(14

)

 

(7

)

(10

)

(15

)

 

(9

)

TOFA tax consolidation adjustment4

 

-

 

 

-

 

165

 

-

 

 

-

 

Other items5

 

(138

)

 

(35

)

(26

)

(163

)

 

13

 

Total income tax expense in the income statement

 

3,115

 

 

2,947

 

2,812

 

2,235

 

 

2,228

 

Income tax analysis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense attributable to profit from ordinary activities comprised:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current income tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

2,303

 

 

2,209

 

2,160

 

1,844

 

 

1,723

 

Overseas

 

401

 

 

357

 

344

 

79

 

 

102

 

 

 

2,704

 

 

2,566

 

2,504

 

1,923

 

 

1,825

 

Deferred income tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

389

 

 

387

 

320

 

325

 

 

405

 

Overseas

 

36

 

 

1

 

(2

)

2

 

 

7

 

 

 

425

 

 

388

 

318

 

327

 

 

412

 

Under/(over) provision in prior years:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

2

 

 

(1

)

(8

)

3

 

 

(2

)

Overseas

 

(16

)

 

(6

)

(2

)

(18

)

 

(7

)

 

 

(14

)

 

(7

)

(10

)

(15

)

 

(9

)

Total Australia

 

2,694

 

 

2,595

 

2,472

 

2,172

 

 

2,126

 

Total overseas

 

421

 

 

352

 

340

 

63

 

 

102

 

Total income tax expense attributable to profit from ordinary activities

 

3,115

 

 

2,947

 

2,812

 

2,235

 

 

2,228

 

 

1           During 2014 the company tax rate in the UK reduced from 23% to 21% (2013: from 24% to 23%, 2012 from 26% to 24%). The impact of this change has been taken to account in the measurement of deferred tax at the end of the reporting period. The impact of the change in the Fiji company tax rates from 28% to 20% was included in 2012.

2           In accordance with the requirements of AASB 1038, tax expense for 2014 includes a $4 million tax expense on policyholders’ investment earnings (2013: $35 million tax expense, 2012: $12 million tax expense) of which $1 million (2013: $11 million tax expense, 2012: $4 million tax expense) is included in the prima facie tax expense and the balance of $3 million tax expense (2013: $24 million tax expense, 2012: $8 million tax expense) is shown here.

3           Reflects distributions on Westpac Convertible Preference Shares, Westpac Capital Notes and Westpac Capital Notes 2 which are non-tax deductible.

4           New legislation that included retrospective amendments to the income tax law as it applies to TOFA and tax consolidated groups was introduced during the 2012 financial year. The amendments had an adverse application to certain liabilities that were consolidated as part of the St.George merger. This gave rise to an additional income tax expense of $165 million for the 2012 financial year.

5           Includes the release of provisions no longer required following the finalisation of prior period taxation matters.

 

 

 

162

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 5. Income tax (continued)

 

Tax consolidation

 

The Parent Entity and its wholly owned, Australian-controlled entities implemented the tax consolidation legislation as of 1 October 2002. All entities in the tax consolidated group have entered into a tax sharing agreement which, in the opinion of the Directors, limits the joint and several liabilities of the wholly owned entities in the case of a default by the head entity, Westpac Banking Corporation.

 

The entities have also entered into a tax funding agreement under which the wholly owned entities fully compensate the Parent Entity for any current tax payable assumed and are compensated by the Parent Entity for any current tax receivable and deferred tax assets relating to unused tax losses or unused tax credits that are transferred to the Parent Entity under the tax consolidation legislation. The funding amounts are determined by reference to the amounts recognised in the wholly owned entities’ financial statements.

 

The amounts receivable/payable under the tax funding agreement are settled on a quarterly basis in line with the Parent Entity’s obligations to pay tax instalments. Any unpaid amounts at balance date are recognised as current intercompany receivables or payables.

 

Taxation of financial arrangements (TOFA)

 

TOFA applies to all entities in the Australian tax consolidation group from 1 October 2010. Subject to certain elections being made, TOFA improves the alignment of the tax treatment of gains and losses from financial arrangements with the accounting treatment adopted in the financial statements. The transitional rules require deferred tax balances impacted by TOFA to be amortised to taxable income over a four year period.

 

Note 6. Dividends

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Recognised amounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013 final dividend paid 88 cents per share (2012: 84 cents per share, 2011: 80 cents per share) all fully franked at 30%

 

2,733

 

 

2,584

 

2,423

 

2,736

 

 

2,588

 

2014 interim dividend paid 90 cents per share (2013: 86 cents per share, 2012: 82 cents per share) all fully franked at 30%

 

2,794

 

 

2,665

 

2,501

 

2,798

 

 

2,670

 

Total ordinary dividends

 

5,527

 

 

5,249

 

4,924

 

5,534

 

 

5,258

 

Special dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Special dividend paid 10 cents per share determined 4 November 2013 (2013: 10 cents per share determined 3 May 2013, 2012: nil) fully franked at 30%

 

310

 

 

310

 

-

 

310

 

 

310

 

Total special dividends

 

310

 

 

310

 

-

 

310

 

 

310

 

Distributions on other equity instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Convertible debentures

 

-

 

 

-

 

-

 

16

 

 

47

 

Total distributions on other equity instruments

 

-

 

 

-

 

-

 

16

 

 

47

 

Dividends not recognised at year end

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Since year end the Directors have recommended the payment of the following dividends on ordinary shares:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary shares 92 cents per share (2013: 88 cents per share, 2012: 84 cents per share) all fully franked at 30%

 

2,856

 

 

2,733

 

2,584

 

2,860

 

 

2,736

 

Special dividend nil (2013: 10 cents per share, 2012: nil) fully franked at 30%

 

-

 

 

310

 

-

 

-

 

 

310

 

Total dividends not recognised at year end

 

2,856

 

 

3,043

 

2,584

 

2,860

 

 

3,046

 

 

The Board has determined to satisfy the DRP for the 2014 final dividend by issuing Westpac ordinary shares. The DRP will not include a discount.

 

Dividend franking account

Australian franking credits available to the Parent Entity for subsequent financial years is $565 million (2013: $585 million, 2012: $1,029 million). This is based on the franking account of the Parent Entity at 30 September 2014, adjusted for franking credits that will arise from the payment of income tax payable on Australian profits for the 2014 financial year, and franking debits of $1,226 million that will arise from the payment of proposed 2014 final dividends.

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

163

 

 



 

 

Note 7. Earnings per share

 

Basic earnings per share (EPS) is calculated by dividing the net profit attributable to equity holders of Westpac by the weighted average number of ordinary shares on issue during the year, excluding the number of ordinary shares purchased by the Group and held as Treasury shares. Diluted EPS is calculated by adjusting the earnings and the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding to assume conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares.

 

Refer to Note 23 Loan Capital and Note 25 Share-based Payments for further information on the potential dilutive instruments.

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

Basic

 

Diluted

 

Basic

 

Diluted

 

Basic

 

Diluted

 

Reconciliation of earnings used in the calculation of earnings per ordinary share ($m)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

7,561

 

7,561

 

 

6,751

 

6,751

 

5,936

 

5,936

 

Restricted Share Plan (RSP) treasury shares distributions1

 

(10

)

-

 

 

(12

)

-

 

(11

)

-

 

2004 TPS distributions

 

-

 

22

 

 

-

 

21

 

-

 

18

 

2007 convertible notes distributions

 

-

 

-

 

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

16

 

Westpac SPS distributions

 

-

 

-

 

 

-

 

27

 

-

 

34

 

Westpac SPS II distributions

 

-

 

24

 

 

-

 

30

 

-

 

36

 

Westpac CPS dividends

 

-

 

49

 

 

-

 

53

 

-

 

34

 

Westpac CN distributions

 

-

 

56

 

 

-

 

30

 

-

 

-

 

Westpac CN 2 distributions

 

-

 

14

 

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation adjusted for the effect of dilution

 

7,551

 

7,726

 

 

6,739

 

6,912

 

5,925

 

6,074

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares

 

3,109

 

3,109

 

 

3,100

 

3,100

 

3,056

 

3,056

 

Effect of own shares held

 

(11

)

(11

)

 

(13

)

(13

)

(13

)

(13

)

Potential dilutive adjustment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise of options and share rights and vesting of restricted shares

 

-

 

9

 

 

-

 

14

 

-

 

13

 

Conversion of 2004 TPS

 

-

 

18

 

 

-

 

17

 

-

 

21

 

Conversion of 2007 convertible notes

 

-

 

-

 

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

23

 

Conversion of Westpac SPS

 

-

 

-

 

 

-

 

31

 

-

 

43

 

Conversion of Westpac SPS II

 

-

 

23

 

 

-

 

28

 

-

 

38

 

Conversion of Westpac CPS

 

-

 

36

 

 

-

 

37

 

-

 

26

 

Conversion of Westpac CN

 

-

 

42

 

 

-

 

24

 

-

 

-

 

Conversion of Westpac CN 2

 

-

 

11

 

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Total weighted average number of ordinary shares

 

3,098

 

3,237

 

 

3,087

 

3,238

 

3,043

 

3,207

 

Earnings per ordinary share (cents)

 

243.7

 

238.7

 

 

218.3

 

213.5

 

194.7

 

189.4

 

 

1      While the equity granted to employees remains unvested, RSP treasury shares are deducted from ordinary shares on issue in arriving at the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding. Despite the shares being unvested, employees are entitled to dividends and to voting rights on the shares. Consequently, a portion of the profit for the period is allocated to RSP treasury shares to arrive at earnings attributed to ordinary shareholders.

 

Note 8. Receivables due from other financial institutions

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Conduit assets1

 

1,417

 

 

1,710

 

-

 

 

-

 

Cash collateral

 

3,830

 

 

7,137

 

3,686

 

 

6,987

 

Interbank lending

 

2,177

 

 

2,363

 

1,797

 

 

2,330

 

Total receivables due from other financial institutions

 

7,424

 

 

11,210

 

5,483

 

 

9,317

 

 

1      Further information on conduit assets is disclosed in Note 32. Conduit assets are only available to meet associated conduit liabilities disclosed in Note 22.

 

 

 

164

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 9. Trading securities and other financial assets designated at fair value

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Securities

 

36,881

 

 

39,448

 

34,455

 

35,794

 

 

38,046

 

Securities purchased under agreement to resell

 

6,275

 

 

6,882

 

10,148

 

6,275

 

 

6,882

 

Other financial assets designated at fair value

 

2,753

 

 

2,759

 

2,664

 

2,255

 

 

2,090

 

Total trading securities and other financial assets designated at fair value

 

45,909

 

 

49,089

 

47,267

 

44,324

 

 

47,018

 

 

Securities include the following:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Australian public securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commonwealth securities

 

7,146

 

 

4,501

 

3,172

 

7,146

 

 

4,501

 

State government securities

 

12,521

 

 

9,865

 

6,249

 

12,490

 

 

9,740

 

Australian equity securities

 

44

 

 

22

 

44

 

44

 

 

22

 

Australian debt securities

 

8,033

 

 

14,647

 

20,952

 

8,032

 

 

14,645

 

Overseas public securities

 

5,608

 

 

6,152

 

826

 

5,608

 

 

6,151

 

Overseas debt securities

 

3,486

 

 

4,236

 

3,164

 

2,431

 

 

2,962

 

Other securities

 

43

 

 

25

 

48

 

43

 

 

25

 

Total securities

 

36,881

 

 

39,448

 

34,455

 

35,794

 

 

38,046

 

 

Other financial assets designated at fair value include:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Australian debt securities

 

1,595

 

 

1,928

 

1,840

 

1,265

 

 

1,444

 

Overseas debt securities

 

852

 

 

543

 

545

 

852

 

 

543

 

Australian equity securities

 

306

 

 

288

 

279

 

138

 

 

103

 

Total other financial assets designated at fair value

 

2,753

 

 

2,759

 

2,664

 

2,255

 

 

2,090

 

 

The Group has total holdings of debt securities from the Australian Commonwealth Government of $7,146 million and three Australian State Governments (Queensland Treasury Corporation: $12,220 million; NSW Treasury Corporation: $7,881 million; Western Australian Treasury Corporation: $5,776 million), the aggregate book and market value, each of which exceeded 10% of the Group total shareholders’ equity at 30 September 2014.

 

The Group holds $4,559 million of US Government treasury notes (2013: $4,978 million, 2012: $573 million1).

 

Both of the above are recognised in the categories trading securities, other financial assets designated at fair value and available-for-sale securities (Note 10) at 30 September 2014.

 


1      The 2012 comparative has been restated from the $37 million previously reported.

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

165

 

 



 

 

Note 10. Available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Available-for-sale securities – at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australian public securities (State Government securities)

 

19,490

 

 

17,464

 

18,342

 

19,490

 

 

17,464

 

Australian debt securities

 

12,062

 

 

9,071

 

2,667

 

11,712

 

 

8,692

 

Overseas public securities

 

3,083

 

 

2,477

 

2,427

 

368

 

 

5

 

Overseas debt securities

 

1,179

 

 

797

 

801

 

415

 

 

221

 

Australian equity securities

 

9

 

 

10

 

106

 

8

 

 

8

 

Overseas equity securities

 

185

 

 

180

 

122

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

36,008

 

 

29,999

 

24,465

 

31,993

 

 

26,390

 

Available-for-sale securities – at cost1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unlisted securities

 

16

 

 

12

 

7

 

16

 

 

4

 

Total available-for-sale securities

 

36,024

 

 

30,011

 

24,472

 

32,009

 

 

26,394

 

 

1      Investments in certain unlisted securities are measured at cost because the fair value cannot be reliably measured. These investments represent non-controlling interests in companies for which active markets do not exist and quoted prices are not available.

 

Available-for-sale securities change in fair value resulted in a gain of $263 million for the Group (2013: $57 million gain, 2012: $139 million gain) and a gain of $222 million for the Parent Entity (2013: $7 million gain) being recognised in other comprehensive income.

 

The following table shows the maturities of the Group’s available-for-sale securities and their weighted-average yield as at 30 September 2014. There are no tax-exempt securities.

 

 

 

2014

 

 

 

Within

 

Over 1 Year

 

Over 5 Years

 

Over

 

No Specific

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

1 Year

 

to 5 Years

 

to 10 Years

 

10 Years

 

Maturity

 

Total

 

 

Average

 

 

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

 

%

 

Carrying amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australian public securities

 

100

 

2.9

 

8,861

 

4.4

 

10,108

 

4.7

 

421

 

4.5

 

-

 

-

 

19,490

 

 

4.6

 

Australian debt securities

 

567

 

3.2

 

9,645

 

3.6

 

1,850

 

3.9

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

12,062

 

 

3.6

 

Overseas public securities

 

1,050

 

3.7

 

1,673

 

5.1

 

360

 

4.7

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

3,083

 

 

4.6

 

Overseas debt securities

 

384

 

1.6

 

761

 

3.4

 

34

 

5.6

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

1,179

 

 

2.8

 

Australian equity securities

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

9

 

-

 

9

 

 

-

 

Overseas equity securities

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

185

 

-

 

185

 

 

-

 

Unlisted securities at cost

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

16

 

-

 

16

 

 

-

 

Total by maturity

 

2,101

 

 

 

20,940

 

 

 

12,352

 

 

 

421

 

 

 

210

 

 

 

36,024

 

 

 

 

 

The maturity profile is determined based upon contractual terms for available-for-sale instruments.

 

 

 

166

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 11. Loans

 

The following table shows loans disaggregated by type of product. Loans are classified based on the location of the booking office:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Overdrafts

 

2,589

 

2,965

 

2,589

 

2,965

 

 Credit card outstandings

 

10,032

 

9,560

 

10,032

 

9,560

 

 Overnight and at call money market loans

 

26

 

112

 

26

 

112

 

 Acceptance of finance

 

33,137

 

36,191

 

33,137

 

36,191

 

 Term loans:1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Housing

 

323,940

 

298,967

 

323,912

 

298,931

 

Housing – line of credit

 

27,097

 

29,565

 

27,097

 

29,565

 

Total housing

 

351,037

 

328,532

 

351,009

 

328,496

 

Non-housing

 

104,556

 

87,240

 

91,762

 

80,469

 

 Finance leases1

 

5,458

 

4,976

 

2,428

 

3,011

 

 Margin lending

 

1,960

 

2,041

 

1,984

 

2,082

 

 Trade finance2

 

1,790

 

1,670

 

1,790

 

1,670

 

 Other

 

670

 

857

 

670

 

857

 

 Total Australia

 

511,255

 

474,144

 

495,427

 

465,413

 

 New Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Overdrafts

 

1,013

 

1,125

 

-

 

-

 

 Credit card outstandings

 

1,255

 

1,201

 

-

 

-

 

 Overnight and at call money market loans

 

1,400

 

1,230

 

-

 

-

 

 Term loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Housing

 

35,465

 

33,389

 

-

 

-

 

Non-housing

 

18,888

 

18,242

 

-

 

21

 

 Trade finance2

 

289

 

256

 

289

 

256

 

 Other

 

160

 

142

 

16

 

31

 

 Total New Zealand

 

58,470

 

55,585

 

305

 

308

 

 Other overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Overdrafts

 

161

 

149

 

118

 

94

 

 Term loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Housing

 

881

 

885

 

335

 

357

 

Non-housing

 

6,515

 

4,260

 

5,840

 

3,717

 

 Trade finance2

 

6,147

 

4,706

 

6,146

 

4,706

 

 Other

 

87

 

77

 

22

 

18

 

 Total other overseas

 

13,791

 

10,077

 

12,461

 

8,892

 

 Total loans

 

583,516

 

539,806

 

508,193

 

474,613

 

 Provisions on loans (refer to Note 12)

 

(3,173

)

(3,642

)

(2,589

)

(2,956

)

 Total net loans3

 

580,343

 

536,164

 

505,604

 

471,657

 

 Net loans classification4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Loans – housing and personal

 

411,583

 

382,702

 

366,897

 

343,407

 

 Loans – business

 

168,760

 

153,462

 

138,707

 

128,250

 

 Total net loans3

 

580,343

 

536,164

 

505,604

 

471,657

 

 

1       Securitised loans are included in term loans and finance leases. Further detail on securitised assets is disclosed in Note 32.

 

2      Trade finance was previously presented as part of Other. Comparatives have been revised to conform to presentation with the current year.

 

3      Included in net loans is $9 billion (2013: $11 billion) of loans designated at fair value to reduce an accounting mismatch. The cumulative change in fair value of the loans attributable to credit risk is a decrease of $62 million (2013: $98 million decrease) for the Group and Parent Entity. The change in fair value of loans attributable to credit risk recognised during the period is $36 million (2013: $27 million) for the Group and Parent Entity.

 

4      Loans – housing and personal include products of a retail nature including mortgages, personal loans, credit cards and customer overdrafts.  Loans – business include corporate funding, working capital, trade and overdraft facilities.

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

167

 

 



 

 

 

Note 11. Loans (continued)

 

The following table shows loans presented based on their industry classification:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

 

7,447

 

7,108

 

7,106

 

7,121

 

7,195

 

 Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

7,224

 

7,304

 

7,549

 

7,790

 

7,797

 

 Construction

 

6,416

 

6,049

 

6,313

 

6,084

 

5,968

 

 Finance and insurance

 

14,644

 

13,259

 

13,101

 

15,925

 

13,643

 

 Government, administration and defence

 

784

 

881

 

930

 

781

 

806

 

 Manufacturing

 

9,269

 

9,415

 

10,663

 

11,339

 

10,958

 

 Mining

 

3,293

 

2,339

 

1,836

 

1,488

 

1,337

 

 Property, property services and business services

 

55,150

 

49,030

 

47,184

 

45,559

 

48,398

 

 Services1

 

10,874

 

9,715

 

9,467

 

8,936

 

9,408

 

 Trade2

 

15,616

 

14,619

 

15,868

 

16,094

 

16,240

 

 Transport and storage

 

9,330

 

8,868

 

9,351

 

6,677

 

7,351

 

 Utilities3

 

3,272

 

3,002

 

3,239

 

2,581

 

2,421

 

 Retail lending

 

365,822

 

340,139

 

328,109

 

316,777

 

301,150

 

 Other

 

2,114

 

2,416

 

2,298

 

1,330

 

1,282

 

 Total Australia

 

511,255

 

474,144

 

463,014

 

448,482

 

433,954

 

 Overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

 

562

 

585

 

594

 

580

 

570

 

 Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

6,938

 

6,506

 

5,345

 

4,975

 

4,699

 

 Construction

 

1,184

 

1,367

 

1,220

 

1,180

 

1,180

 

 Finance and insurance

 

3,880

 

2,960

 

2,406

 

1,998

 

1,886

 

 Government, administration and defence

 

389

 

639

 

533

 

464

 

474

 

 Manufacturing

 

4,026

 

3,319

 

3,682

 

2,925

 

2,143

 

 Mining

 

4,585

 

2,921

 

640

 

368

 

363

 

 Property, property services and business services

 

12,448

 

11,225

 

9,620

 

9,659

 

9,156

 

 Services1

 

2,486

 

2,651

 

2,174

 

2,149

 

2,026

 

 Trade2

 

4,617

 

5,014

 

4,411

 

4,047

 

3,289

 

 Transport and storage

 

1,730

 

1,528

 

1,589

 

1,928

 

1,800

 

 Utilities3

 

1,764

 

1,476

 

1,212

 

1,010

 

1,104

 

 Retail lending

 

27,462

 

25,363

 

21,766

 

20,723

 

19,574

 

 Other

 

190

 

108

 

73

 

166

 

148

 

 Total overseas

 

72,261

 

65,662

 

55,265

 

52,172

 

48,412

 

 Total loans

 

583,516

 

539,806

 

518,279

 

500,654

 

482,366

 

 Provisions on loans

 

(3,173

)

(3,642

)

(3,834

)

(4,045

)

(4,711

)

 Total net loans

 

580,343

 

536,164

 

514,445

 

496,609

 

477,655

 

 

1      Services includes education, health and community services, cultural and recreational services and personal and other services.

 

2      Trade includes wholesale trade and retail trade.

 

3      Utilities includes electricity, gas and water and communication services.

 

 

 

168

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 11. Loans (continued)

 

The following table shows the consolidated contractual maturity distribution of all loans by type of customer as at 30 September 2014:

 

 

 

2014

 

 

 

Up to 1 Year

 

1 to 5 Years

 

Over 5 Years

 

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

 Loans by type of customer in Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

 

2,501

 

4,174

 

772

 

 

7,447

 

 Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

2,718

 

3,638

 

868

 

 

7,224

 

 Construction

 

1,431

 

3,483

 

1,502

 

 

6,416

 

 Finance and insurance

 

4,581

 

6,313

 

3,750

 

 

14,644

 

 Government, administration and defence

 

114

 

261

 

409

 

 

784

 

 Manufacturing

 

3,556

 

4,438

 

1,275

 

 

9,269

 

 Mining

 

451

 

1,823

 

1,019

 

 

3,293

 

 Property, property services and business services

 

18,040

 

29,516

 

7,594

 

 

55,150

 

 Services1

 

2,428

 

6,137

 

2,309

 

 

10,874

 

 Trade2

 

5,876

 

7,645

 

2,095

 

 

15,616

 

 Transport and storage

 

1,155

 

6,728

 

1,447

 

 

9,330

 

 Utilities3

 

305

 

2,107

 

860

 

 

3,272

 

 Retail lending

 

19,203

 

44,504

 

302,115

 

 

365,822

 

 Other

 

955

 

799

 

360

 

 

2,114

 

 Total Australia

 

63,314

 

121,566

 

326,375

 

 

511,255

 

 Total overseas

 

21,271

 

14,131

 

36,859

 

 

72,261

 

 Total loans

 

84,585

 

135,697

 

363,234

 

 

583,516

 

 

1      Services includes education, health and community services, cultural and recreational services and personal and other services.

 

2      Trade includes wholesale trade and retail trade.

 

3      Utilities includes electricity, gas and water and communication services.

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

Loans at

 

Loans at

 

 

 

Loans at

 

Loans at

 

 

 

 

 

Variable

 

Fixed

 

 

 

Variable

 

Fixed

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

Interest

 

 

 

Interest

 

Interest

 

 

 

 

 

Rates

 

Rates

 

Total

 

Rates

 

Rates

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Interest rate segmentation of Group loans maturing after one year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By offices in Australia

 

353,625

 

94,316

 

447,941

 

 

332,738

 

75,804

 

408,542

 

By offices overseas

 

16,244

 

34,746

 

50,990

 

 

18,079

 

29,130

 

47,209

 

Total loans maturing after one year

 

369,869

 

129,062

 

498,931

 

 

350,817

 

104,934

 

455,751

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

169

 

 



 

 

 

Note 11. Loans (continued)

 

Loans include the following finance receivables:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

 Gross investment in finance leases, receivable:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due within one year

 

904

 

 

737

 

416

 

 

409

 

Due after one year but not later than five years

 

5,039

 

 

4,742

 

2,059

 

 

2,739

 

Due after five years

 

689

 

 

647

 

312

 

 

358

 

Unearned future finance income on finance leases

 

(958

)

 

(948

)

(327

)

 

(456

)

 Net investment in finance leases

 

5,674

 

 

5,178

 

2,460

 

 

3,050

 

 Accumulated allowance for uncollectible minimum lease payments

 

(26

)

 

(21

)

(9

)

 

(13

)

 Net investment in finance leases after accumulated allowance

 

5,648

 

 

5,157

 

2,451

 

 

3,037

 

 The net investment in finance leases may be analysed as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due within one year

 

868

 

 

705

 

402

 

 

395

 

Due after one year but not later than five years

 

4,305

 

 

4,026

 

1,822

 

 

2,393

 

Due after five years

 

501

 

 

447

 

236

 

 

262

 

 Total net investment in finance leases

 

5,674

 

 

5,178

 

2,460

 

 

3,050

 

 

Note 12. Provisions for impairment charges

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Collectively assessed provisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

 

2,585

 

 

2,771

 

2,953

 

2,107

 

 

2,336

 

Provisions raised/(released)

 

505

 

 

290

 

342

 

457

 

 

181

 

Write-offs

 

(702

)

 

(708

)

(756

)

(585

)

 

(581

)

Interest adjustment

 

189

 

 

196

 

229

 

151

 

 

162

 

Exchange rate and other adjustments

 

37

 

 

36

 

3

 

18

 

 

9

 

Balance as at end of the year

 

2,614

 

 

2,585

 

2,771

 

2,148

 

 

2,107

 

Individually assessed provisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

 

1,364

 

 

1,470

 

1,461

 

1,123

 

 

1,227

 

Provisions raised

 

684

 

 

1,112

 

1,442

 

550

 

 

946

 

Write-backs

 

(433

)

 

(479

)

(468

)

(373

)

 

(412

)

Write-offs

 

(706

)

 

(691

)

(952

)

(532

)

 

(571

)

Interest adjustment

 

(34

)

 

(75

)

(38

)

(36

)

 

(78

)

Exchange rate and other adjustments

 

(8

)

 

27

 

25

 

(13

)

 

11

 

Balance as at end of the year

 

867

 

 

1,364

 

1,470

 

719

 

 

1,123

 

Total provisions for impairment charges on loans and credit commitments

 

3,481

 

 

3,949

 

4,241

 

2,867

 

 

3,230

 

Less provisions for credit commitments (refer to Note 20)

 

(308

)

 

(307

)

(407

)

(278

)

 

(274

)

Total provisions for impairment charges on loans

 

3,173

 

 

3,642

 

3,834

 

2,589

 

 

2,956

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 Reconciliation of impairment charges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Individually assessed provisions raised

 

684

 

 

1,112

 

1,442

 

550

 

 

946

 

 Write-backs

 

(433

)

 

(479

)

(468

)

(373

)

 

(412

)

 Recoveries

 

(106

)

 

(76

)

(104

)

(73

)

 

(53

)

 Collectively assessed provisions raised/(released)

 

505

 

 

290

 

342

 

457

 

 

181

 

 Impairment charges

 

650

 

 

847

 

1,212

 

561

 

 

662

 

 

 

 

170

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 12. Provisions for impairment charges (continued)

 

The following table presents provisions for impairment charges on loans by industry classification for the past five years:

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

%

 

Individually assessed provisions by industry

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

 

47

 

1.4

 

59

 

1.5

 

53

 

1.2

 

45

 

1.0

 

44

 

0.9

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

47

 

1.4

 

80

 

2.0

 

46

 

1.1

 

28

 

0.6

 

27

 

0.5

 

Construction

 

61

 

1.8

 

66

 

1.7

 

73

 

1.7

 

63

 

1.4

 

32

 

0.6

 

Finance and insurance

 

24

 

0.7

 

24

 

0.6

 

38

 

0.9

 

58

 

1.3

 

60

 

1.2

 

Manufacturing

 

36

 

1.0

 

108

 

2.7

 

116

 

2.7

 

90

 

2.0

 

143

 

2.8

 

Mining

 

15

 

0.4

 

4

 

0.1

 

2

 

0.1

 

2

 

-

 

31

 

0.6

 

Property, property services and business services

 

283

 

8.1

 

428

 

10.9

 

518

 

12.2

 

559

 

12.7

 

595

 

11.8

 

Services1

 

32

 

0.9

 

48

 

1.2

 

121

 

2.9

 

96

 

2.2

 

51

 

1.0

 

Trade2

 

70

 

2.0

 

116

 

2.9

 

87

 

2.1

 

97

 

2.2

 

47

 

0.9

 

Transport and storage

 

12

 

0.3

 

45

 

1.1

 

47

 

1.1

 

38

 

0.9

 

80

 

1.6

 

Utilities3

 

2

 

0.1

 

29

 

0.8

 

22

 

0.5

 

23

 

0.5

 

27

 

0.5

 

Retail lending

 

60

 

1.7

 

76

 

1.9

 

67

 

1.6

 

74

 

1.7

 

137

 

2.7

 

Other

 

2

 

0.1

 

6

 

0.2

 

7

 

0.2

 

7

 

0.2

 

26

 

0.5

 

Total Australia

 

691

 

19.9

 

1,089

 

27.6

 

1,197

 

28.3

 

1,180

 

26.7

 

1,300

 

25.6

 

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

 

-

 

-

 

1

 

-

 

5

 

0.1

 

2

 

-

 

2

 

-

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

6

 

0.2

 

17

 

0.4

 

20

 

0.5

 

20

 

0.5

 

46

 

0.9

 

Construction

 

1

 

-

 

6

 

0.2

 

2

 

0.1

 

4

 

0.1

 

2

 

-

 

Finance and insurance

 

-

 

-

 

9

 

0.2

 

9

 

0.2

 

3

 

0.1

 

1

 

-

 

Manufacturing

 

33

 

0.9

 

6

 

0.2

 

16

 

0.4

 

29

 

0.7

 

10

 

0.2

 

Mining

 

36

 

1.0

 

37

 

0.9

 

-

 

-

 

1

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Property, property services and business services

 

38

 

1.1

 

71

 

1.8

 

116

 

2.7

 

112

 

2.5

 

143

 

2.9

 

Services1

 

1

 

-

 

40

 

1.0

 

35

 

0.8

 

6

 

0.1

 

5

 

0.1

 

Trade2

 

2

 

0.1

 

2

 

0.1

 

3

 

0.1

 

7

 

0.2

 

13

 

0.3

 

Transport and storage

 

1

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Utilities3

 

-

 

-

 

1

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

12

 

0.2

 

Retail lending

 

10

 

0.3

 

17

 

0.4

 

14

 

0.3

 

27

 

0.6

 

36

 

0.8

 

Total New Zealand

 

128

 

3.6

 

207

 

5.2

 

220

 

5.2

 

211

 

4.8

 

270

 

5.4

 

Other overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

 

7

 

0.2

 

4

 

0.1

 

2

 

0.1

 

2

 

-

 

1

 

-

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

2

 

0.1

 

3

 

0.1

 

2

 

0.1

 

-

 

-

 

1

 

-

 

Construction

 

1

 

-

 

2

 

0.1

 

7

 

0.2

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Finance and insurance

 

20

 

0.6

 

33

 

0.7

 

23

 

0.5

 

17

 

0.6

 

-

 

-

 

Manufacturing

 

1

 

-

 

2

 

0.1

 

2

 

-

 

2

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Mining

 

1

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Property, property services and business services

 

2

 

0.1

 

13

 

0.2

 

9

 

0.2

 

19

 

0.4

 

6

 

0.1

 

Services1

 

1

 

-

 

3

 

0.1

 

2

 

-

 

1

 

-

 

16

 

0.3

 

Trade2

 

4

 

0.1

 

4

 

0.1

 

1

 

-

 

2

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Transport and storage

 

6

 

0.2

 

2

 

0.1

 

1

 

-

 

17

 

0.4

 

19

 

0.4

 

Retail lending

 

3

 

0.1

 

2

 

0.1

 

4

 

0.1

 

10

 

0.2

 

9

 

0.2

 

Total other overseas

 

48

 

1.4

 

68

 

1.7

 

53

 

1.2

 

70

 

1.6

 

52

 

1.0

 

Total overseas

 

176

 

5.0

 

275

 

6.9

 

273

 

6.4

 

281

 

6.4

 

322

 

6.4

 

Total individually assessed provisions

 

867

 

24.9

 

1,364

 

34.5

 

1,470

 

34.7

 

1,461

 

33.1

 

1,622

 

32.0

 

Total collectively assessed provisions

 

2,614

 

75.1

 

2,585

 

65.5

 

2,771

 

65.3

 

2,953

 

66.9

 

3,439

 

68.0

 

Total provisions for impairment charges and credit commitments

 

3,481

 

100.0

 

3,949

 

100.0

 

4,241

 

100.0

 

4,414

 

100.0

 

5,061

 

100.0

 

 

1   Services includes education, health and community services, cultural and recreational services and personal and other services.

2   Trade includes wholesale trade and retail trade.

3   Utilities includes electricity, gas and water and communication services.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

171

 

 



 

 

Note 12. Provisions for impairment charges (continued)

 

The following table shows details of loan write-offs by industry classifications for the past five years:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Write-offs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

 

(26

)

(31

)

(24

)

(34

)

(47

)

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

(60

)

(30

)

(11

)

(23

)

(9

)

Construction

 

(37

)

(46

)

(106

)

(27

)

(68

)

Finance and insurance

 

(10

)

(14

)

(11

)

(5

)

(30

)

Manufacturing

 

(85

)

(50

)

(45

)

(134

)

(45

)

Mining

 

(4

)

(5

)

(1

)

(15

)

(14

)

Property, property services and business services

 

(232

)

(340

)

(453

)

(507

)

(272

)

Services1

 

(22

)

(58

)

(41

)

(28

)

(32

)

Trade2

 

(70

)

(69

)

(53

)

(57

)

(51

)

Transport and storage

 

(43

)

(18

)

(37

)

(60

)

(25

)

Utilities3

 

(3

)

(2

)

(33

)

(7

)

(4

)

Retail lending

 

(603

)

(545

)

(597

)

(661

)

(566

)

Other

 

(14

)

(9

)

(11

)

(21

)

(39

)

Total Australia

 

(1,209

)

(1,217

)

(1,423

)

(1,579

)

(1,202

)

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

 

(2

)

(1

)

(2

)

(3

)

(2

)

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

(10

)

(7

)

(23

)

(59

)

(4

)

Construction

 

(5

)

(4

)

(9

)

(24

)

(4

)

Finance and insurance

 

(10

)

(13

)

(2

)

(1

)

(1

)

Manufacturing

 

(1

)

(3

)

(17

)

(12

)

(15

)

Mining

 

(10

)

-

 

(1

)

-

 

-

 

Property, property services and business services

 

(41

)

(94

)

(105

)

(126

)

(29

)

Services1

 

(37

)

(5

)

(5

)

(4

)

(4

)

Trade2

 

(3

)

(4

)

(3

)

(15

)

(3

)

Transport and storage

 

-

 

(1

)

(1

)

-

 

(2

)

Utilities3

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

(13

)

-

 

Retail lending

 

(49

)

(46

)

(59

)

(84

)

(79

)

Other

 

-

 

-

 

(1

)

(1

)

(3

)

Total New Zealand

 

(168

)

(178

)

(228

)

(342

)

(146

)

Other overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

 

(3

)

(1

)

(3

)

-

 

-

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

-

 

-

 

(1

)

-

 

-

 

Construction

 

-

 

-

 

(3

)

-

 

-

 

Finance and insurance

 

(16

)

-

 

(12

)

-

 

-

 

Manufacturing

 

(1

)

(2

)

(1

)

(3

)

-

 

Property, property services and business services

 

-

 

-

 

(7

)

(1

)

(3

)

Services1

 

(3

)

(1

)

(2

)

-

 

-

 

Trade2

 

(3

)

-

 

(2

)

-

 

-

 

Transport and storage

 

(1

)

-

 

(19

)

-

 

-

 

Utilities3

 

(2

)

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Retail lending

 

-

 

-

 

(7

)

-

 

-

 

Other

 

(2

)

-

 

-

 

(2

)

-

 

Total other overseas

 

(31

)

(4

)

(57

)

(6

)

(3

)

Total write-offs

 

(1,408

)

(1,399

)

(1,708

)

(1,927

)

(1,351

)

Write-offs in relation to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Collectively assessed provisions

 

(702

)

(708

)

(756

)

(739

)

(667

)

Individually assessed provisions

 

(706

)

(691

)

(952

)

(1,188

)

(684

)

Total write-offs

 

(1,408

)

(1,399

)

(1,708

)

(1,927

)

(1,351

)

 

1   Services includes education, health and community services, cultural and recreational services and personal and other services.

2   Trade includes wholesale trade and retail trade.

3   Utilities includes electricity, gas and water and communication services.

 

 

 

 

172

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 12. Provisions for impairment charges (continued)

 

The following table shows details of recoveries of loans by industry classifications for the past five years:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Recoveries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

 

-

 

1

 

-

 

-

 

1

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

-

 

1

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Construction

 

2

 

1

 

1

 

-

 

2

 

Finance and insurance

 

8

 

3

 

2

 

-

 

-

 

Manufacturing

 

3

 

8

 

5

 

-

 

2

 

Property, property services and business services

 

12

 

11

 

23

 

9

 

3

 

Services1

 

-

 

-

 

1

 

-

 

1

 

Trade2

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

-

 

1

 

Transport and storage

 

-

 

1

 

1

 

-

 

1

 

Utilities3

 

2

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Retail lending

 

62

 

41

 

61

 

46

 

31

 

Other

 

2

 

-

 

1

 

-

 

2

 

Total Australia

 

92

 

68

 

96

 

55

 

44

 

Total New Zealand

 

14

 

8

 

8

 

5

 

4

 

Total other overseas

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

3

 

Total recoveries

 

106

 

76

 

104

 

60

 

51

 

Total write-offs

 

(1,408

)

(1,399

)

(1,708

)

(1,927

)

(1,351

)

Net write-offs and recoveries

 

(1,302

)

(1,323

)

(1,604

)

(1,867

)

(1,300

)

 

1   Services includes education, health and community services, cultural and recreational services and personal and other services.

2   Trade includes wholesale trade and retail trade.

3   Utilities includes electricity, gas and water and communication services.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

173

 

 



 

 

Note 13. Property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Premises and sites

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

381

 

320

 

212

 

208

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

(153

)

(138

)

(64

)

(51

)

Net carrying amount

 

228

 

182

 

148

 

157

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

1,206

 

1,138

 

1,012

 

886

 

Accumulated amortisation

 

(629

)

(586

)

(547

)

(456

)

Net carrying amount

 

577

 

552

 

465

 

430

 

Furniture and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

748

 

737

 

591

 

521

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

(558

)

(563

)

(438

)

(379

)

Net carrying amount

 

190

 

174

 

153

 

142

 

Technology

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

751

 

569

 

473

 

301

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

(383

)

(303

)

(147

)

(59

)

Net carrying amount

 

368

 

266

 

326

 

242

 

Assets under lease

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

129

 

-

 

22

 

-

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

(40

)

-

 

(1

)

-

 

Net carrying amount

 

89

 

-

 

21

 

-

 

Total property, plant and equipment

 

1,452

 

1,174

 

1,113

 

971

 

 

 

 

 

174

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 13. Property, plant and equipment (continued)

 

Reconciliations of the carrying amount for each class of property, plant and equipment are set out below:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Premises and sites

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

 

182

 

223

 

157

 

199

 

Additions

 

56

 

4

 

-

 

2

 

Disposals

 

(1

)

(1

)

(1

)

(1

)

Depreciation

 

(10

)

(13

)

(9

)

(12

)

Exchange rate adjustments

 

1

 

-

 

-

 

1

 

Other1

 

-

 

(31

)

1

 

(32

)

Balance as at end of the year

 

228

 

182

 

148

 

157

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

 

552

 

517

 

430

 

413

 

Additions

 

137

 

103

 

126

 

78

 

Disposals

 

(1

)

(2

)

-

 

(1

)

Amortisation

 

(109

)

(108

)

(92

)

(94

)

Exchange rate adjustments

 

1

 

9

 

-

 

1

 

Other1

 

(3

)

33

 

1

 

33

 

Balance as at end of the year

 

577

 

552

 

465

 

430

 

Furniture and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

 

174

 

182

 

142

 

155

 

Additions

 

82

 

53

 

67

 

41

 

Disposals

 

(3

)

(1

)

(2

)

(1

)

Depreciation

 

(64

)

(62

)

(54

)

(54

)

Exchange rate adjustments

 

1

 

2

 

-

 

1

 

Balance as at end of the year

 

190

 

174

 

153

 

142

 

Technology

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

 

266

 

215

 

242

 

193

 

Additions

 

213

 

144

 

182

 

130

 

Disposals

 

(7

)

(2

)

(7

)

(2

)

Depreciation

 

(105

)

(90

)

(91

)

(78

)

Impairments

 

-

 

(4

)

-

 

(4

)

Exchange rate adjustments

 

1

 

1

 

-

 

1

 

Other

 

-

 

2

 

-

 

2

 

Balance as at end of the year

 

368

 

266

 

326

 

242

 

Assets under lease

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Addition through business combinations2

 

80

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Additions

 

27

 

-

 

22

 

-

 

Disposals

 

(5

)

-

 

-

 

-

 

Depreciation

 

(16

)

-

 

(1

)

-

 

Other

 

3

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Balance as at end of the year

 

89

 

-

 

21

 

-

 

 

1   During the previous financial year, assets were reclassified from premises and sites to leasehold improvements.

2   Attributable to the acquisition of select businesses of Lloyds Banking Group.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

175

 

 



 

 

Note 14. Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts recognised in income statements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provisions for impairment charges on loans

 

926

 

1,064

 

756

 

860

 

Provision for employee benefits

 

311

 

308

 

271

 

267

 

Treasury/financial market products

 

180

 

150

 

163

 

145

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

227

 

217

 

217

 

205

 

Provision for litigation and non-lending losses

 

5

 

8

 

4

 

7

 

Provision for credit commitments

 

78

 

79

 

78

 

79

 

Provision for restructuring

 

6

 

16

 

6

 

16

 

Provision for lease liabilities

 

34

 

31

 

27

 

26

 

Other provisions

 

61

 

50

 

54

 

44

 

Other liabilities

 

340

 

572

 

324

 

560

 

 

 

2,168

 

2,495

 

1,900

 

2,209

 

Amounts recognised directly in other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

(55

)

(4

)

(35

)

13

 

Retirement benefit deficit

 

113

 

93

 

113

 

93

 

 

 

58

 

89

 

78

 

106

 

Set-off of deferred tax liabilities pursuant to set-off provisions1

 

(829

)

(811

)

(656

)

(683

)

Net deferred tax assets

 

1,397

 

1,773

 

1,322

 

1,632

 

Net deferred tax assets to be recovered within 12 months

 

376

 

516

 

349

 

477

 

Net deferred tax assets to be recovered after more than 12 months

 

1,021

 

1,257

 

973

 

1,155

 

Movement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Opening balance as at beginning of the year

 

1,773

 

2,176

 

1,632

 

2,032

 

Credited to income statements

 

484

 

499

 

374

 

369

 

Recognised in other comprehensive income

 

(31

)

(91

)

(28

)

(86

)

Set-off of deferred tax liabilities pursuant to set-off provisions1

 

(829

)

(811

)

(656

)

(683

)

Closing balance as at end of the year

 

1,397

 

1,773

 

1,322

 

1,632

 

 

1   Deferred tax assets and liabilities are set-off where they relate to income tax levied by the same taxation authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable entities within the same taxable group.

 

 

 

 

176

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 14. Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities (continued)

 

Unrecognised deferred tax assets

 

Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of these items because it is not considered probable that future taxable profit will be available against which they can be realised.

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Tax losses on revenue account

 

82

 

81

 

73

 

76

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts recognised in income statements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Treasury/financial market products

 

135

 

100

 

156

 

121

 

Finance lease transactions

 

142

 

117

 

34

 

20

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

223

 

166

 

217

 

168

 

Life insurance assets

 

53

 

19

 

-

 

-

 

Other assets

 

262

 

315

 

185

 

265

 

 

 

815

 

717

 

592

 

574

 

Amounts recognised directly in other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flow hedges

 

69

 

116

 

64

 

109

 

 

 

69

 

116

 

64

 

109

 

Set-off of deferred tax liabilities pursuant to set-off provisions1

 

(829

)

(811

)

(656

)

(683

)

Net deferred tax liabilities

 

55

 

22

 

-

 

-

 

Net deferred tax liabilities to be recovered within 12 months

 

24

 

10

 

-

 

-

 

Net deferred tax liabilities to be recovered after more than 12 months

 

31

 

12

 

-

 

-

 

Movements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Opening balance as at beginning of the year

 

22

 

33

 

-

 

-

 

Charged to income statements

 

909

 

887

 

701

 

781

 

Recognised in other comprehensive income

 

(47

)

(87

)

(45

)

(98

)

Set-off of deferred tax assets pursuant to set-off provisions1

 

(829

)

(811

)

(656

)

(683

)

Closing balance as at end of the year

 

55

 

22

 

-

 

-

 

 

1   Deferred tax assets and liabilities are set-off where they relate to the same taxation authority on either the same taxable entity or different entities within the same taxable group.

 

Deferred tax liabilities relating to aggregate temporary differences of $44 million (2013: $35 million) associated with investments in subsidiaries have not been recognised because the Parent Entity controls whether the liability will be incurred and it is satisfied that the liability will not be incurred in the foreseeable future.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

177

 

 



 

 

Note 15. Goodwill and other intangible assets

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

 

8,868

 

 

8,797

 

6,653

 

 

6,653

 

Additions through business combination1

 

225

 

 

-

 

-

 

 

-

 

Exchange rate and other adjustments

 

19

 

 

71

 

-

 

 

-

 

Balance as at end of the year

 

9,112

 

 

8,868

 

6,653

 

 

6,653

 

Computer software

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

 

1,897

 

 

1,551

 

1,675

 

 

1,351

 

Additions

 

664

 

 

738

 

594

 

 

643

 

Impairment

 

(28

)

 

(15

)

(28

)

 

(15

)

Amortisation

 

(465

)

 

(388

)

(385

)

 

(321

)

Exchange rate adjustments

 

2

 

 

14

 

-

 

 

1

 

Other

 

-

 

 

(3

)

-

 

 

16

 

Balance as at end of the year

 

2,070

 

 

1,897

 

1,856

 

 

1,675

 

Cost

 

3,671

 

 

3,033

 

2,733

 

 

2,168

 

Accumulated amortisation

 

(1,601

)

 

(1,136

)

(877

)

 

(493

)

Carrying amount

 

2,070

 

 

1,897

 

1,856

 

 

1,675

 

Brand names

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

 

670

 

 

670

 

636

 

 

636

 

Balance as at end of the year

 

670

 

 

670

 

636

 

 

636

 

Carrying amount

 

670

 

 

670

 

636

 

 

636

 

Core deposit intangibles

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

 

685

 

 

851

 

685

 

 

851

 

Amortisation

 

(166

)

 

(166

)

(166

)

 

(166

)

Balance as at end of the year

 

519

 

 

685

 

519

 

 

685

 

Cost

 

1,494

 

 

1,494

 

1,279

 

 

1,279

 

Accumulated amortisation

 

(975

)

 

(809

)

(760

)

 

(594

)

Carrying amount

 

519

 

 

685

 

519

 

 

685

 

Other intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

 

221

 

 

265

 

76

 

 

118

 

Additions through business combination1

 

56

 

 

-

 

-

 

 

-

 

Impairment

 

(2

)

 

(3

)

-

 

 

-

 

Amortisation

 

(49

)

 

(52

)

(25

)

 

(42

)

Exchange rate and other adjustments

 

9

 

 

11

 

-

 

 

-

 

Balance as at end of the year

 

235

 

 

221

 

51

 

 

76

 

Cost

 

622

 

 

557

 

226

 

 

226

 

Accumulated amortisation

 

(387

)

 

(336

)

(175

)

 

(150

)

Carrying amount

 

235

 

 

221

 

51

 

 

76

 

Total goodwill and other intangible assets

 

12,606

 

 

12,341

 

9,715

 

 

9,725

 

 

1      Attributable to the acquisition of select businesses of Lloyds Banking Group. Further information is disclosed in Note 43.

 

 

 

 

178

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 15. Goodwill and other intangible assets (continued)

Goodwill has been allocated to the following Cash Generating Units (CGUs):

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

Westpac Retail & Business Banking

 

980

 

 

980

 

980

 

 

980

 

St.George Banking Group1

 

4,689

 

 

4,464

 

4,351

 

 

4,351

 

Westpac Institutional Bank

 

487

 

 

487

 

487

 

 

487

 

BT Financial Group (Australia)

 

2,103

 

 

2,103

 

835

 

 

835

 

Hambro

 

249

 

 

232

 

-

 

 

-

 

New Zealand Retail Banking

 

459

 

 

457

 

-

 

 

-

 

BT New Zealand

 

12

 

 

12

 

-

 

 

-

 

Hastings

 

120

 

 

120

 

-

 

 

-

 

Bank of Tonga

 

13

 

 

13

 

-

 

 

-

 

Total goodwill

 

9,112

 

 

8,868

 

6,653

 

 

6,653

 

 

1   During 2014, $225 million of goodwill from acquisition of selected Lloyds Australian business has been allocated to St.George Banking Group CGU.

 

Impairment tests for goodwill

 

To assess whether goodwill is impaired, the carrying amount of each CGU is compared to their recoverable amount determined on a value in use basis.

 

Key assumptions used in recoverable amount calculations

 

The recoverable amount of each significant CGU is determined based on the Group’s projections of future pre-tax cash flows discounted by the Group’s after tax return on equity rate of 11.0% (2013: 11.0%), adjusted to a pre-tax rate of 15.7% for Australia, 15.3% for New Zealand and 13.8% for the United Kingdom (2013: 15.7% for Australia, 15.3% for New Zealand, 14.5% for the United Kingdom). All future cash flows are based on approved two year forecasts (2013: two years). All cash flows beyond the two year period have an assumed growth rate of zero for all significant CGUs for the purpose of goodwill impairment testing. The strategic business plan assumes certain economic conditions and business performance, which are considered appropriate as they are consistent with observable historical information and current market expectations of the future. The forecasts applied by management are not reliant on any one particular assumption and no impairment would arise in significant CGUs even if zero growth is achieved over the two year forecast period.

 

Sensitivity to changes in assumptions

 

Management consider alternative key assumptions including, for example, increasing the discount rate by 1% or reducing future cash flows by 10%. Under these scenarios the recoverable amount of each significant CGU would continue to exceed its carrying value. This is illustrated in the table below:

 

 

 

Excess of Recoverable Amount over the Carrying Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase

 

Decrease

 

 

 

Base Case

 

 

 

 

Discount Rate by 1%

 

Cash Flows by 10%

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

Westpac Retail & Business Banking

 

13,332

 

 

9,917

 

11,492

 

 

8,341

 

10,766

 

 

7,712

 

St.George Banking Group

 

2,694

 

 

1,639

 

1,558

 

 

658

 

1,111

 

 

268

 

BT Financial Group (Australia)

 

4,114

 

 

2,834

 

3,448

 

 

2,268

 

3,189

 

 

2,046

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

179

 

 



 

 

Note 16. Other assets

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

1,258

 

 

1,194

 

1,065

 

 

1,018

 

Securities sold not delivered

 

2,768

 

 

1,416

 

2,765

 

 

1,383

 

Deferred expenditure

 

11

 

 

24

 

-

 

 

1

 

Deferred acquisition costs

 

129

 

 

126

 

-

 

 

-

 

Trade debtors

 

716

 

 

533

 

363

 

 

205

 

Prepayments

 

177

 

 

135

 

146

 

 

116

 

Accrued fees and commissions

 

210

 

 

164

 

95

 

 

66

 

Other

 

719

 

 

968

 

583

 

 

908

 

Total other assets

 

5,988

 

 

4,560

 

5,017

 

 

3,697

 

 

Note 17. Payables due to other financial institutions

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

Cash collateral

 

3,876

 

 

1,285

 

3,842

 

 

1,285

 

Offshore central bank deposits

 

3,039

 

 

2,936

 

3,039

 

 

2,936

 

Interbank borrowing

 

5,478

 

 

4,615

 

5,287

 

 

4,517

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase1

 

6,243

 

 

-

 

6,243

 

 

-

 

Total payables due to other financial institutions

 

18,636

 

 

8,836

 

18,411

 

 

8,738

 

 

1      Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are not derecognised from the balance sheet, as set out in Note 1(e)(ii). The carrying value of securities pledged under repurchase agreements for the Group and the Parent Entity is $8,099 million (2013: nil).

 

 

 

 

180

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 18. Deposits and other borrowings

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certificates of deposit

 

35,481

 

 

29,286

 

35,538

 

 

29,286

 

At call and term deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest bearing, repayable at call

 

25,773

 

 

20,464

 

25,773

 

 

20,464

 

Other interest bearing:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At call

 

187,904

 

 

175,102

 

187,876

 

 

175,106

 

Term

 

133,972

 

 

132,028

 

133,972

 

 

132,028

 

Total at call and term deposits

 

347,649

 

 

327,594

 

347,621

 

 

327,598

 

Total Australia

 

383,130

 

 

356,880

 

383,159

 

 

356,884

 

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certificates of deposit

 

1,031

 

 

1,362

 

-

 

 

-

 

At call and term deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest bearing, repayable at call

 

3,217

 

 

2,905

 

-

 

 

-

 

Other interest bearing:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At call

 

18,418

 

 

16,419

 

-

 

 

-

 

Term

 

22,500

 

 

22,104

 

-

 

 

-

 

Total at call and term deposits

 

44,135

 

 

41,428

 

-

 

 

-

 

Total New Zealand

 

45,166

 

 

42,790

 

-

 

 

-

 

Other overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certificates of deposit

 

15,065

 

 

11,202

 

15,065

 

 

11,202

 

At call and term deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest bearing, repayable at call

 

914

 

 

766

 

355

 

 

294

 

Other interest bearing:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At call

 

1,694

 

 

1,914

 

1,204

 

 

1,437

 

Term

 

14,853

 

 

10,930

 

14,400

 

 

10,391

 

Total at call and term deposits

 

17,461

 

 

13,610

 

15,959

 

 

12,122

 

Total other overseas

 

32,526

 

 

24,812

 

31,024

 

 

23,324

 

Total deposits and other borrowings

 

460,822

 

 

424,482

 

414,183

 

 

380,208

 

Deposits and other borrowings at fair value1

 

49,636

 

 

42,015

 

48,661

 

 

40,653

 

Deposits and other borrowings at amortised cost

 

411,186

 

 

382,467

 

365,522

 

 

339,555

 

Total deposits and other borrowings

 

460,822

 

 

424,482

 

414,183

 

 

380,208

 

 

1      The amount that would be contractually required to be paid at maturity to the holders of the financial liabilities designated at fair value through income statement for the Group is $49,614 million (2013: $42,157 million) and for the Parent Entity is $48,632 million (2013: $40,801 million).

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

181

 

 



 

 

Note 18. Deposits and other borrowings (continued)

 

The following table shows average balances and average rates in each of the past three years for major categories of deposits:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

Average

 

 

Average

 

 

Average

 

Average

 

Average

 

Average

 

 

 

Balance

 

 

Rate

 

 

Balance

 

Rate

 

Balance

 

Rate

 

 

 

$m

 

 

%

 

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

%

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest bearing

 

23,082

 

 

 

 

 

18,399

 

 

 

15,101

 

 

 

Certificates of deposit

 

31,793

 

 

2.7%

 

 

29,352

 

3.1

%

34,401

 

4.4

%

Other interest bearing at call

 

182,046

 

 

2.5%

 

 

162,748

 

3.1

%

143,130

 

3.8

%

Other interest bearing term

 

128,546

 

 

3.5%

 

 

133,534

 

3.9

%

124,881

 

5.1

%

Total Australia

 

365,467

 

 

 

 

 

344,033

 

 

 

317,513

 

 

 

Overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest bearing

 

3,926

 

 

 

 

 

3,345

 

 

 

2,875

 

 

 

Certificates of deposit

 

15,717

 

 

0.5%

 

 

15,259

 

0.6

%

18,478

 

0.6

%

Other interest bearing at call

 

20,354

 

 

3.1%

 

 

16,483

 

2.9

%

14,260

 

2.7

%

Other interest bearing term

 

35,720

 

 

2.6%

 

 

29,300

 

2.9

%

24,953

 

3.2

%

Total overseas

 

75,717

 

 

 

 

 

64,387

 

 

 

60,566

 

 

 

 

Certificates of deposit and term deposits

 

All certificates of deposit issued by foreign offices were greater than US$100,000.

 

The maturity profile of certificates of deposit and term deposits greater than US$100,000 issued by Australian operations is set out below:

 

 

 

Consolidated 2014

 

 

 

 

 

Between

 

Between

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less Than

 

3 and

 

6 Months

 

Over

 

 

 

 

 

3 Months

 

6 Months

 

and 1 Year

 

1 Year

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Certificates of deposit greater than US$100,000

 

28,464

 

6,719

 

170

 

128

 

35,481

 

Term deposits greater than US$100,000

 

63,008

 

27,408

 

16,053

 

8,759

 

115,228

 

 

Note 19. Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase1

 

17,277

 

 

7,967

 

17,196

 

 

7,967

 

Securities sold short

 

1,959

 

 

2,335

 

1,959

 

 

2,335

 

Total other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

 

19,236

 

 

10,302

 

19,155

 

 

10,302

 

 

1      Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are not derecognised from the balance sheet, as set out in Note 1(e)(ii). The carrying value of securities pledged under repurchase agreements for the Group is $17,879 million and for the Parent Entity is $17,798 million (2013: both Group and Parent Entity were $8,101 million).

 

The amount that would be contractually required to be paid at maturity to the holders of other financial liabilities at fair value for the Group is $19,111 million (2013: $10,277 million) and for the Parent Entity is $19,030 million (2013: $10,277 million).

 

 

 

 

182

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 20. Provisions

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

Long service leave

 

357

 

 

340

 

 

328

 

 

311

 

Annual leave and other employee benefits

 

852

 

 

802

 

 

699

 

 

687

 

Litigation and non-lending losses

 

18

 

 

28

 

 

15

 

 

24

 

Provision for impairment on credit commitments (refer to Note 12)

 

308

 

 

307

 

 

278

 

 

274

 

Leasehold premises

 

62

 

 

46

 

 

62

 

 

46

 

Restructuring provisions

 

21

 

 

53

 

 

21

 

 

53

 

Total provisions

 

1,618

 

 

1,576

 

 

1,403

 

 

1,395

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annual Leave

 

 

Litigation

 

 

Provision for

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long

 

 

and Other

 

 

and Non-

 

 

Impairment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service

 

 

Employee

 

 

Lending

 

 

on Credit

 

 

Leasehold

 

 

Restructuring

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leave

 

 

Benefits

 

 

Losses

 

 

Commitments

 

 

Premises

 

 

Provisions

 

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

 

340

 

 

802

 

 

28

 

 

307

 

 

46

 

 

53

 

 

1,576

 

Additions through business combination1

 

5

 

 

12

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

17

 

Additions

 

61

 

 

1,034

 

 

17

 

 

-

 

 

20

 

 

39

 

 

1,171

 

Utilised

 

(36

)

 

(987

)

 

(16

)

 

-

 

 

(4

)

 

(69

)

 

(1,112

)

Unutilised reversed

 

(13

)

 

(12

)

 

(11

)

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

(2

)

 

(38

)

Exchange differences

 

-

 

 

3

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

3

 

Increase on unwinding of discount

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

11

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

11

 

Other

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

(10

)

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

(10

)

Balance as at end of the year

 

357

 

 

852

 

 

18

 

 

308

 

 

62

 

 

21

 

 

1,618

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

 

311

 

 

687

 

 

24

 

 

274

 

 

46

 

 

53

 

 

1,395

 

Additions

 

62

 

 

870

 

 

14

 

 

-

 

 

20

 

 

39

 

 

1,005

 

Utilised

 

(32

)

 

(846

)

 

(12

)

 

-

 

 

(4

)

 

(69

)

 

(963

)

Unutilised reversed

 

(13

)

 

(12

)

 

(11

)

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

(2

)

 

(38

)

Increase on unwinding of discount

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

10

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

10

 

Other

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

(6

)

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

(6

)

Balance as at end of the year

 

328

 

 

699

 

 

15

 

 

278

 

 

62

 

 

21

 

 

1,403

 

1         Attributable to the acquisition of select businesses of Lloyds Banking Group.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

183

 

 



 

 

Note 21. Other liabilities

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

Unearned general insurance premiums

 

341

 

 

347

 

-

 

 

-

 

Outstanding general insurance claims

 

225

 

 

234

 

-

 

 

-

 

Defined benefit deficit1

 

315

 

 

245

 

306

 

 

233

 

Accrued interest payable

 

2,917

 

 

2,970

 

2,602

 

 

2,657

 

Credit card loyalty program

 

299

 

 

328

 

-

 

 

-

 

Securities purchased not delivered

 

1,164

 

 

1,714

 

1,057

 

 

1,714

 

Trade creditors and other accrued expenses

 

1,030

 

 

1,019

 

761

 

 

776

 

Other

 

1,900

 

 

2,199

 

1,683

 

 

2,015

 

Total other liabilities

 

8,191

 

 

9,056

 

6,409

 

 

7,395

 

1      Refer to Note 36 for more details.

 

Note 22. Debt issues

 

Presented below are the Group and Parent Entity’s debt issues at 30 September 2014 and 2013. The distinction between short-term and long-term debt is based on the maturity of the underlying security at origination.

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Debt issues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term debt:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Own issuances

 

30,302

 

 

29,350

 

27,562

 

 

26,842

 

Customer conduits1

 

1,418

 

 

1,772

 

-

 

 

-

 

Acceptances

 

101

 

 

102

 

101

 

 

102

 

Total short-term debt

 

31,821

 

 

31,224

 

27,663

 

 

26,944

 

Long-term debt:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Covered bonds

 

26,168

 

 

18,140

 

23,167

 

 

16,229

 

Senior

 

82,377

 

 

83,860

 

77,016

 

 

78,382

 

Securitisation

 

11,277

 

 

10,372

 

-

 

 

-

 

Convertible notes

 

27

 

 

30

 

-

 

 

-

 

Structured notes

 

581

 

 

507

 

-

 

 

-

 

Total long-term debt

 

120,430

 

 

112,909

 

100,183

 

 

94,611

 

Total debt issues

 

152,251

 

 

144,133

 

127,846

 

 

121,555

 

Debt issues at fair value2

 

9,542

 

 

14,140

 

6,315

 

 

11,151

 

Debt issues at amortised cost

 

142,709

 

 

129,993

 

121,531

 

 

110,404

 

Total debt issues

 

152,251

 

 

144,133

 

127,846

 

 

121,555

 

1      Further information on customer conduits is disclosed in Note 32.

2      The amount that would be contractually required to be paid at maturity to the holders of the financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss for the Group is $9,529 million (2013: $14,400 million) and for the Parent Entity is $6,324 million (2013: $11,422 million). Included in the carrying value of debt issues at fair value is a decrease for change in own credit spreads of $58 million (2013: $44 million) for the Group and Parent Entity.

 

 

 

 

184

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 22. Debt issues (continued)

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

Short-term debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

US commercial paper

 

30,259

 

 

28,867

 

Euro commercial paper (by currency):

 

 

 

 

 

 

EUR

 

-

 

 

29

 

GBP

 

-

 

 

358

 

USD

 

-

 

 

54

 

Total euro commercial paper

 

-

 

 

441

 

Asset backed commercial paper (by currency):

 

 

 

 

 

 

AUD

 

1,301

 

 

1,048

 

USD

 

117

 

 

724

 

Total asset backed commercial paper

 

1,418

 

 

1,772

 

NZD promissory notes

 

43

 

 

42

 

Acceptances

 

101

 

 

102

 

Total short-term debt

 

31,821

 

 

31,224

 

Long-term debt (by currency):

 

 

 

 

 

 

AUD

 

39,356

 

 

36,099

 

CAD

 

798

 

 

723

 

CHF

 

2,130

 

 

2,048

 

EUR

 

20,522

 

 

15,876

 

GBP

 

3,785

 

 

3,609

 

HKD

 

655

 

 

751

 

JPY

 

7,557

 

 

11,619

 

NOK

 

589

 

 

560

 

NZD

 

2,969

 

 

3,353

 

SGD

 

128

 

 

166

 

TRY

 

133

 

 

-

 

USD

 

41,808

 

 

38,105

 

Total long-term debt

 

120,430

 

 

112,909

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

(in $millions unless otherwise stated)

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

Short-term borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US commercial paper

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum amount outstanding at any month end

 

35,173

 

 

35,727

 

43,842

 

Approximate average amount outstanding

 

31,130

 

 

30,158

 

35,969

 

Approximate weighted average interest rate on:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average amount outstanding

 

0.3%

 

 

0.4

%

0.5%

 

Outstanding as at end of the year

 

0.3%

 

 

0.4

%

0.7%

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

185

 

 



 

 

Note 23. Loan capital

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Loan capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subordinated notes

 

5,974

 

 

4,886

 

5,974

 

 

4,886

 

Subordinated perpetual notes

 

402

 

 

378

 

402

 

 

378

 

Convertible debentures and Trust preferred securities

 

633

 

 

616

 

633

 

 

616

 

Stapled preferred securities

 

-

 

 

906

 

-

 

 

906

 

Convertible preference shares

 

1,180

 

 

1,177

 

1,180

 

 

1,177

 

Capital notes

 

2,669

 

 

1,367

 

2,669

 

 

1,367

 

Total loan capital

 

10,858

 

 

9,330

 

10,858

 

 

9,330

 

 

Details of loan capital are as follows:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Basel III transitional subordinated notes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USD 75 million subordinated notes due 2015

 

89

 

 

88

 

89

 

 

88

 

USD 400 million subordinated notes due 2015

 

476

 

 

450

 

476

 

 

450

 

USD 350 million subordinated notes due 2018

 

436

 

 

421

 

436

 

 

421

 

AUD 500 million subordinated notes due 2022

 

500

 

 

499

 

500

 

 

499

 

AUD 1,676 million subordinated notes due 2022

 

1,667

 

 

1,664

 

1,667

 

 

1,664

 

USD 800 million subordinated notes due 2023

 

898

 

 

848

 

898

 

 

848

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basel III fully compliant subordinated notes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AUD 925 million subordinated notes due 2023

 

916

 

 

916

 

916

 

 

916

 

AUD 1,000 million subordinated notes due 2024

 

992

 

 

-

 

992

 

 

-

 

Total subordinated notes

 

5,974

 

 

4,886

 

5,974

 

 

4,886

 

 

Basel III fully compliant subordinated notes

Subordinated notes qualify as Tier 2 capital of Westpac under APRA’s Basel III capital adequacy framework. Westpac may be required to convert some or all subordinated notes into a variable number of Westpac ordinary shares upon the occurrence of a non-viability trigger event. A non-viability trigger event will occur if APRA determines Westpac is, or would become, non-viable. For each subordinated note, holders will receive a number of Westpac ordinary shares calculated using the formula described in the terms and conditions of the subordinated notes, but subject to a maximum conversion number. The maximum conversion number is set using a Westpac ordinary share price which is broadly equivalent to 20% of the Westpac ordinary share price at the time of issue of the subordinated notes. The price at which Westpac ordinary shares will be issued is based on the Westpac ordinary share price determined over the five business day period prior to the non-viability trigger event and includes a 1% discount.

 

If Westpac is unable to convert the subordinated notes for any reason, holder’s rights in relation to the notes will be terminated.

 

 

 

 

186

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 23. Loan capital (continued)

 

Further details regarding Basel III fully compliant subordinated notes which have been issued by Westpac are as follows:

 

¡        AUD925 million Westpac SN II due 2023

 

Westpac issued 9,252,850 Westpac Subordinated Notes II (Westpac SN II) at a face value of $100 each on 22 August 2013. Westpac SN II are expected to pay non-discretionary, cumulative, floating rate quarterly interest payments (22 February, 22 May, 22 August and 22 November) subject to Westpac being solvent at the time of the interest payment and immediately following the interest payment. The interest rate is calculated as the Australian 90-day bank bill rate plus the margin of 2.30% per annum. If Westpac SN II are converted into Westpac ordinary shares upon the occurrence of a non-viability trigger event, the maximum conversion number is 16.1551 Westpac ordinary shares per Westpac SN II.

 

¡        AUD1,000 million Westpac subordinated notes due 2024

 

Westpac issued 10,000 Westpac subordinated notes at a face value of $100,000 each on 14 March 2014. Westpac subordinated notes are expected to pay non-discretionary, cumulative, floating rate quarterly interest payments (14 March, 14 June, 14 September and 14 December) subject to Westpac being solvent at the time of the interest payment and immediately following the interest payment. The interest rate is calculated as the Australian 90-day bank bill rate plus the margin of 2.05% per annum. If Westpac subordinated notes are converted into Westpac ordinary shares upon the occurrence of a non-viability trigger event, the maximum conversion number is 14,938.75112 Westpac ordinary shares per Westpac subordinated note.

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Subordinated perpetual notes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US$352.1million (2013: US$352.1 million) subordinated perpetual floating rate notes

 

402

 

 

378

 

402

 

 

378

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Convertible debentures and Trust preferred securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Convertible debentures issued on 5 April 2004 US$525,000,000

 

-

 

 

-

 

633

 

 

616

 

525,000 2004 TPS of US$1,000 each

 

633

 

 

616

 

-

 

 

-

 

Total convertible debentures and Trust preferred securities

 

633

 

 

616

 

633

 

 

616

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stapled preferred securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,083,278 Westpac SPS II of A$100 each

 

-

 

 

906

 

-

 

 

906

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Convertible preference shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,893,605 Westpac CPS of A$100 each

 

1,180

 

 

1,177

 

1,180

 

 

1,177

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Convertible notes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,835,690 Westpac CN of A$100 each

 

1,369

 

 

1,367

 

1,369

 

 

1,367

 

13,105,705 Westpac CN 2 of A$100 each

 

1,300

 

 

-

 

1,300

 

 

-

 

Total convertible notes

 

2,669

 

 

1,367

 

2,669

 

 

1,367

 

 

Subordinated perpetual notes

These notes have no final maturity but may, subject to the approval of APRA and subject to certain other conditions, be redeemed at par at the option of Westpac. Interest is cumulative and is payable on the notes semi-annually, subject to Westpac being solvent immediately after making the payment and having paid any dividend on any class of share capital of Westpac within the prior 12 month period. The notes qualify for transitional treatment as Tier 2 capital of Westpac under APRA’s Basel III capital adequacy framework.

 

The rights of the noteholders and coupon holders are subordinated to the claims of all creditors (including depositors) of Westpac other than those creditors whose claims against Westpac are expressed to rank equally with or after the claims of the noteholders and coupon holders.

 

Convertible debentures and 2004 TPS

A wholly owned entity Westpac Capital Trust IV (Capital Trust IV) issued 525,000 2004 TPS in the United States of America at US$1,000 each on 5 April 2004, with non-cumulative semi-annual distributions (31 March and 30 September) in arrears at the annual rate of 5.256% up to but excluding 31 March 2016. From, and including 31 March 2016 the 2004 TPS will pay non-cumulative quarterly distributions (30 June, 30 September, 31 December and 31 March) in arrears at a floating rate equal to the London InterBank Offer Rate (LIBOR) plus 1.7675% per year. Capital Trust IV has also issued common securities with a total price of US$1,000 to Westpac Capital Holdings Inc. 2004 TPS qualify for transitional treatment as Additional Tier 1 capital of Westpac under APRA’s Basel III capital adequacy framework.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

187

 

 



 

 

Note 23. Loan capital (continued)

 

The sole assets of the Capital Trust IV comprise 525,001 2004 Funding TPS issued by a wholly owned entity, Tavarua Funding Trust IV (Funding Trust IV) totalling US$525,001,000. The 2004 Funding TPS have an issue price of US$1,000 each with non-cumulative semi-annual distributions in arrears at the annual rate of 5.256% up to but excluding 31 March 2016. From and including 31 March 2016, the 2004 Funding TPS will pay non-cumulative quarterly distributions (30 June, 30 September, 31 December and 31 March) in arrears at a floating rate equal to LIBOR plus 1.7675% per year.

 

Funding Trust IV has issued common securities with a total price of US$1,000 to Westpac. The assets of Funding Trust IV comprise convertible debentures issued by Westpac in aggregate amount of US$525,001,000 and US Government securities purchased with the proceeds of the common securities.

 

The convertible debentures are unsecured, junior subordinated obligations of Westpac and will rank subordinate and junior in right of payment of principal and distributions to Westpac’s obligations to its depositors and creditors.

 

The convertible debentures will only pay distributions to the extent they are declared by the Board of Directors of Westpac, or an authorised committee of the Board. Any distribution is subject to the satisfaction that no deferral conditions exist. If certain deferral conditions exist a distribution is not permitted to be declared unless approved by APRA.

 

Westpac has guaranteed, on a subordinated basis, the payment in full of distributions or redemption amounts, the delivery of ADRs and other payments on the 2004 TPS and the 2004 Funding TPS to the extent that the Capital Trust IV and the Funding Trust IV have funds available.

 

Conversion

The convertible debentures have no stated maturity, but will automatically convert into American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) each representing 40 Westpac preference shares (non-cumulative preference shares in Westpac with a liquidation amount of US$25) on 31 March 2053, or earlier in the event that a distribution is not made or certain other events occur. Upon issue the amount paid up on each Westpac preference share will be deemed to be US$25. The 2004 TPS will then be redeemed for ADRs. The dividend payment dates and distribution rates on Westpac preference shares will be the same as those otherwise applicable to 2004 TPS.

 

The holders of the ADRs will, in certain circumstances, have the right to convert their Westpac preference shares represented by ADRs into a variable number of Westpac ordinary shares on 31 March 2054 by giving notice to Westpac. For each preference share converted, holders will receive a number of Westpac ordinary shares calculated using the formula described in the preference share terms. The price at which Westpac ordinary shares will be issued is based on the Westpac ordinary share price determined over the 20 trading day period prior to the optional conversion date and includes a 5% discount.

 

Redemption

With the prior written consent of APRA, if required, Westpac may elect to redeem the convertible debentures for cash before 31 March 2016 in whole upon the occurrence of certain specific events, and in whole or in part on 31 March 2016 or any distribution date thereafter. The proceeds received by Funding Trust IV from the redemption of the convertible debentures must be used to redeem the 2004 Funding TPS and ultimately the 2004 TPS. The redemption price of the 2004 TPS will equal US$1,000 per 2004 TPS plus the accrued and unpaid distribution for the then current semi-annual or quarterly period to the date of redemption or, if the date of redemption is a distribution date, the accrued and unpaid distribution for the most recent semi-annual or quarterly period.

 

The holders of the convertible debentures, 2004 Funding TPS and 2004 TPS do not have an option to require redemption of these instruments.

 

Westpac SPS II

Westpac issued 9,083,278 Westpac SPS II at a face value of $100 each on 31 March 2009. Westpac SPS II were stapled securities, each consisting of a perpetual, unsecured, non-cumulative subordinated note issued by Westpac’s New York branch stapled to a preference share issued by Westpac.

 

On 18 June 2014, $529 million of Westpac SPS II were bought back on-market and subsequently cancelled. All remaining Westpac SPS II were transferred to a nominated third party on 30 September 2014 and were subsequently bought back off-market by Westpac and cancelled.

 

Westpac CPS

Westpac issued 11,893,605 Westpac Convertible Preference Shares (Westpac CPS) at a face value of $100 each on 23 March 2012. Westpac CPS are fully paid, perpetual, non-cumulative, convertible, unguaranteed and unsecured preference shares which rank in priority to ordinary shares. Westpac CPS qualify for transitional treatment as Additional Tier 1 capital of Westpac under APRA’s Basel III capital adequacy framework.

 

 

 

 

188

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 23. Loan capital (continued)

 

Westpac CPS are expected to pay preferred, non-cumulative, floating rate semi-annual dividends (30 September and 31 March) which are expected to be fully franked. The dividend rate is calculated as the Australian 180-day bank bill rate per annum plus the margin of 3.25% per annum, together multiplied by one minus the Australian corporate tax rate (30% during the year ended 30 September 2014). Westpac CPS dividends are discretionary and only payable subject to a dividend payment test, being that dividends will not be paid if the Westpac directors determine not to pay a dividend, the dividend payment exceeds the distributable profits of Westpac (unless APRA otherwise gives its prior written approval), or APRA objects to the payment of the dividend.

 

Westpac CPS rank for payment in a winding up of Westpac ahead of ordinary shares and equally with equal ranking capital securities but are subordinated to claims of Westpac deposit holders and other senior creditors. Holders of Westpac CPS are entitled to vote at a general meeting of Westpac in limited circumstances only.

 

Scheduled conversion

On the scheduled conversion date, it is expected that the Westpac CPS will either be converted into a variable number of Westpac ordinary shares provided certain conversion conditions are satisfied, or transferred to a nominated party at the election of Westpac for cash equal to their face value. The scheduled conversion date will be the earlier of 31 March 2020 and the first dividend payment date after 31 March 2020 on which the conversion conditions are satisfied. For each Westpac CPS converted, holders will receive a number of Westpac ordinary shares calculated using the formula described in the Westpac CPS terms. The price at which Westpac ordinary shares will be issued is based on the Westpac ordinary share price determined over the 20 business day period prior to the scheduled conversion date and includes a 1% discount. If Westpac CPS are not converted or transferred on the initial scheduled conversion date, they will remain on issue and may either be converted or transferred on the next dividend payment date, providing the conversion conditions are satisfied.

 

Early conversion

The Westpac CPS will be converted earlier upon a capital trigger event. A capital trigger event will occur when Westpac’s Common Equity Tier 1 Capital ratio is equal to or less than 5.125% (on a level 2 basis1). Westpac must convert all Westpac CPS into a variable number of ordinary shares following a capital trigger event. No conversion conditions apply in these circumstances. For each Westpac CPS, holders will receive a number of Westpac ordinary shares calculated using the formula described in the Westpac CPS terms, but subject to a maximum conversion number, which is 24.0038 Westpac ordinary shares. The maximum conversion number is set using a Westpac ordinary share price which is broadly equivalent to 20% of the Westpac ordinary share price at the time of issue. For each Westpac CPS, holders will receive a number of Westpac ordinary shares as described above under ‘Scheduled conversion’, except that the price at which Westpac ordinary shares will be issued is based on the Westpac ordinary share price determined over a five business day period prior the capital trigger event.

 

Conversion may also occur early following an acquisition event, on broadly similar terms to scheduled conversion, described above.

 

In certain other limited circumstances (such as for tax, regulatory or change of control reasons) Westpac may elect to convert, transfer or redeem Westpac CPS. Conversion or redemption at Westpac’s election are subject to APRA’s prior written approval and, in respect of conversion, to satisfaction of the conversion conditions.

 

Westpac CN and Westpac CN 2

Westpac issued 13,835,690 Westpac Capital Notes (Westpac CN) at a face value of $100 each on 8 March 2013 and 13,105,705 Westpac Capital Notes 2 (Westpac CN 2) at a face value of $100 each on 23 June 2014. Westpac CN and Westpac CN 2 are fully paid, perpetual, non-cumulative, convertible, transferrable, redeemable, subordinated and unsecured notes which rank in priority to ordinary shares and equally with equal ranking capital securities but behind all senior creditors and depositors. Westpac CN and Westpac CN 2 qualify as Additional Tier 1 capital of Westpac under APRA’s Basel III capital adequacy framework.

 

Westpac CN are expected to pay non-cumulative, floating rate quarterly distributions (8 March, 8 June, 8 September and 8 December) which are expected to be fully franked. The distribution rate on Westpac CN is calculated as the Australian 90-day bank bill rate plus the margin of 3.20% per annum, together multiplied by one minus the Australian corporate tax rate (30% during the year ended 30 September 2014).

 

Westpac CN 2 are expected to pay non-cumulative, floating rate quarterly distributions (23 March, 23 June, 23 September and 23 December) which are expected to be fully franked. The distribution rate on Westpac CN 2 is calculated as the Australian 90-day bank bill rate plus the margin of 3.05% per annum, together multiplied by one minus the Australian corporate tax rate (30% during the year ended 30 September 2014).

 

 

 


1       Level 1 comprises Westpac Banking Corporation and its subsidiary entities that have been approved by APRA as being part of a single ‘Extended Licenced Entity’ for the purposes of measuring capital adequacy. Level 2 includes all subsidiary entities except those entities specifically excluded by APRA regulations for the purposes of measuring capital adequacy.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

189

 

 



 

 

Note 23. Loan capital (continued)

 

Distributions on Westpac CN and Westpac CN 2 are discretionary, and are only payable subject to satisfaction of the distribution payment conditions, being Westpac’s absolute discretion; the distribution payment not resulting in a breach of Westpac’s capital requirements under APRA’s prudential standards; the distribution payment not resulting in Westpac becoming, or likely to become, insolvent; and APRA not otherwise objecting to the payment of the distribution.

 

In the event of a winding-up, and assuming Westpac CN and Westpac CN 2 remain on issue and have not been converted or otherwise had their rights terminated following a capital trigger event or non-viability trigger event, Westpac CN and Westpac CN 2 rank in priority to ordinary shares and equally with equal ranking capital securities but behind all senior creditors (including depositors and all holders of Westpac’s senior or less subordinated debt). If conversion occurs prior to a winding-up, Westpac CN and Westpac CN 2 holders will hold ordinary shares and rank equally with other holders of ordinary shares.

 

Westpac may redeem or transfer the Westpac CN on 8 March 2019 and Westpac CN 2 on 23 September 2022, being the optional redemption or transfer dates. In certain other limited circumstances (such as for tax and regulatory reasons) Westpac may elect to redeem Westpac CN or Westpac CN 2. Redemptions at Westpac’s election are subject to APRA’s prior written approval.

 

The Westpac CN and Westpac CN 2 convert into Westpac ordinary shares in the following circumstances:

 

Scheduled conversion

On 8 March 2021 (in respect of Westpac CN) and 23 September 2024 (in respect of Westpac CN 2), it is expected Westpac CN and Westpac CN 2 will be converted into a variable number of Westpac ordinary shares, provided certain conversion conditions are satisfied. For each Westpac CN and Westpac CN 2, holders will receive a number of Westpac ordinary shares calculated using the formula described in the Westpac CN terms and Westpac CN 2 terms. The price at which Westpac ordinary shares will be issued is based on the share price determined over the 20 business day period prior to the scheduled conversion date and includes a 1% discount. If the Westpac CN and Westpac CN 2 conversion conditions are not satisfied conversion will not occur and conversion will occur on the next distribution payment date, provided the conversion conditions are satisfied.

 

Early conversion

The Westpac CN and Westpac CN 2 will be converted earlier upon a capital trigger event or non-viability trigger event. A capital trigger event will occur when Westpac’s Common Equity Tier 1 Capital ratio is equal to or less than 5.125% (on a level 1 or level 2 basis1). A non-viability trigger event will occur if APRA determines Westpac is, or would become, non-viable. No conversion conditions apply in these circumstances. For each Westpac CN and Westpac CN 2, holders will receive a number of Westpac ordinary shares calculated using the formula described in the Westpac CN terms and Westpac CN 2 terms, but subject to a maximum conversion number, which is 16.7280 Westpac ordinary shares per Westpac CN and 14.5476 Westpac ordinary shares per Westpac CN 2. For each Westpac CN and Westpac CN 2, the maximum conversion number is set using the face value divided by 20% of the Westpac ordinary share price at the time of issue. The price at which Westpac ordinary shares will be issued is based on the share price determined over the five business day period prior to the capital trigger event or non-viability trigger event. Following the occurrence of a capital trigger event or non-viability trigger event, if Westpac is unable to convert the Westpac CN and Westpac CN 2 for any reason within five business days, holder’s rights in relation to Westpac CN and Westpac CN 2 will be terminated.

 

Conversion of Westpac CN or Westpac CN 2 may also occur early following an acquisition event, on broadly similar terms to scheduled conversion, described above.

 

Westpac may elect to convert Westpac CN 2 on 23 September 2022, being the optional conversion date or in certain other limited circumstances (such as for tax or regulatory reasons) on broadly similar terms to scheduled conversion, described above.

 

Holders of Westpac CN and Westpac CN 2 have no right to vote at a general meeting of Westpac before conversion. Holders have certain voting rights which can be exercised at a meeting of holders.

 

 

 


1                    Level 1 comprises Westpac Banking Corporation and its subsidiary entities that have been approved by APRA as being part of a single ‘Extended Licenced Entity’ for the purposes of measuring capital adequacy. Level 2 includes all subsidiary entities except those entities specifically excluded by APRA regulations for the purposes of measuring capital adequacy

 

 

 

 

190

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 24. Shareholders’ equity and non-controlling interests

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Contributed equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary shares 3,109,048,309 (2013: 3,109,048,309) each fully paid

 

26,943

 

 

27,021

 

 

26,943

 

 

27,021

 

Restricted Share Plan (RSP) treasury shares 6,327,116 (2013: 7,855,661)

 

(235

)

 

(176

)

 

(235

)

 

(176

)

Other treasury shares 5,121,966 (2013: 5,422,506)

 

(69

)

 

(77

)

 

(4

)

 

(5

)

 

 

(304

)

 

(253

)

 

(239

)

 

(181

)

Share capital

 

26,639

 

 

26,768

 

 

26,704

 

 

26,840

 

Other equity instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Convertible notes issued on 21 June 2006 A$762,737,500 (with net issue costs of A$8 million)

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

755

 

 

755

 

Non-controlling interests1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trust preferred securities 7,627,375 2006 TPS of A$100 each (with net issue costs of A$8 million)

 

755

 

 

755

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

Other

 

126

 

 

108

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

Total non-controlling interests

 

881

 

 

863

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

1      Total distributions to Non-controlling interests were $48 million (2013: $50 million).

 

Ordinary shares

In accordance with the Corporations Act Westpac does not have authorised capital and all ordinary shares issued have no par value.

 

Ordinary shares entitle the holder to participate in dividends as declared and in the event of winding up of Westpac, to participate in the proceeds in proportion to the number of and amounts paid on the shares held.

 

Ordinary shares entitle the holder to one vote per share, either in person or by proxy, at a meeting of Westpac shareholders.

 

During the year ended 30 September 2014, 36,837,785 existing ordinary shares were purchased:

 

¡        the Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) for the 2013 final and special dividends and 2014 interim dividend had no impact on the number of ordinary shares on issue as Westpac arranged for the purchase of the necessary shares from the market and transfer to participants, 30,782,829 ordinary shares at an average price of $33.21;

 

¡        806,310 ordinary shares at an average price of $32.93 and delivered to eligible staff under the Employee Share Plan (ESP);

 

¡        1,879,686 ordinary shares at an average price of $31.13 and allocated to employees under the RSP for nil consideration;

 

¡        1,434,941 ordinary shares at an average price of $33.67 and delivered to employees upon the exercise of options under the WPP at an average exercise price of $20.86;

 

¡        401,170 ordinary shares at an average price of $33.22 and delivered to employees upon the exercise of share rights and performance share rights under the WPP for nil consideration;

 

¡        707,446 ordinary shares at an average price of $33.66 and delivered to employees upon the exercise of options under the WRP at an average exercise price of $27.35;

 

¡        666,890 ordinary shares at an average price of $32.54 and delivered to employees upon the exercise of share rights under the WRP for nil consideration;

 

¡        158,513 ordinary shares at an average price of $34.28 and delivered to CEO upon exercise of share rights under the CEOPP for nil consideration; and

 

¡        the purchase of existing ordinary shares in respect of employee share plans resulted in a tax benefit of $12.3 million being recognised as contributed equity.

 

Restricted Share Plan treasury shares

Ordinary shares allocated to eligible employees under the RSP are classified as treasury shares until unconditional ownership of the shares vest at the end of the restriction period.

 

Other treasury shares

Other treasury shares includes ordinary shares held by statutory life funds and managed investment schemes and ordinary shares held by Westpac in respect of equity derivatives sold to customers.

 

During the year 99,342 treasury shares were purchased at an average price of $33.38 and 399,882 treasury shares were sold at an average price of $33.24.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

191

 

 



 

 

Note 24. Shareholders’ equity and non-controlling interests (continued)

 

Convertible notes and 2006 TPS

A Westpac controlled entity, Westpac TPS Trust, issued 7,627,375 2006 TPS in Australia at $100 each on 21 June 2006. The 2006 TPS are preferred units in the Westpac TPS Trust, with non-cumulative floating rate distributions which are expected to be fully franked. Westpac TPS Trust also issued one ordinary unit with an issue price of $100 to Westpac. Westpac, as holder of the ordinary unit, is entitled to any residual income or assets of the Westpac TPS Trust not distributed to holders of 2006 TPS. The principal assets of Westpac TPS Trust are 7,627,375 convertible notes (the notes) issued by Westpac in an aggregate amount of $762,737,500. The notes qualify for transitional treatment as Additional Tier 1 capital of Westpac under APRA’s Basel III capital adequacy framework.

 

The 2006 TPS are scheduled to pay quarterly distributions (30 September, 31 December, 31 March and 30 June) in arrears, subject to certain conditions being satisfied. The distribution rate on 2006 TPS, until 30 June 2016 (the step-up date), is calculated as the Australian 90 day bank bill rate plus 1% per annum (the initial margin), together multiplied by one minus the Australian corporate tax rate (30% during the year ended 30 September 2014). After the step-up date, the initial margin will increase by a one time step-up of 1% per annum.

 

Distributions on the 2006 TPS will only be made if Westpac pays interest on the notes and certain other conditions (which broadly correspond to the interest payment conditions on the notes) are satisfied. Interest on the notes is subject to an interest payment test and interest will not be paid if Westpac directors have not resolved to make the interest payment, the payment of interest exceeds distributable profits (unless APRA gives its prior approval) and APRA does not otherwise object to the payment. The interest payments on the notes are expected to exceed the aggregate amount of the distributions to be made on 2006 TPS. The excess will be distributed to Westpac, as holder of the ordinary unit in the Westpac TPS Trust, on each distribution payment date.

 

The notes are unsecured obligations of Westpac and rank subordinate and junior in right of payment of principal and interest to Westpac’s obligations to depositors and creditors, other than subordinated creditors holding subordinated indebtedness that is stated to rank equally with, or junior to the notes.

 

Conversion, exchange and redemption

Westpac can redeem 2006 TPS for cash with APRA approval or convert into a variable number of Westpac ordinary shares calculated in accordance with the Westpac TPS terms, on the step-up date or any distribution payment date after the step-up date, for certain tax, regulatory or change of control reasons and in certain other circumstances. If Westpac elects to redeem 2006 TPS, holders will receive cash equal to their face value. If Westpac elects to convert 2006 TPS, for each 2006 TPS, holders will receive a number of ordinary shares calculated using the formula described in the 2006 TPS terms subject to a maximum conversion number which is 50 Westpac ordinary shares. The price at which Westpac ordinary shares will be issued is based on the Westpac ordinary share price determined over the 20 business day period prior to the elected conversion date and includes a 2.5% discount. If Westpac redeems or converts 2006 TPS, Westpac must also redeem or convert the notes in a corresponding manner.

 

The 2006 TPS will automatically exchange into Westpac preference shares upon the occurrence of an automatic exchange event, that is, if the 2006 TPS are still on issue on 30 September 2055 or in certain other limited circumstances, including the occurrence of an event of default or an APRA event (unless APRA determines otherwise). On exchange, all 2006 TPS on issue will exchange into preference shares directly issued by Westpac and the notes and the 2006 TPS will be redeemed simultaneously. On exchange, 2006 TPS holders will receive one preference share for each 2006 TPS.

 

Note 25. Share-based payments

Executive and Senior Officer equity plans

Options, restricted shares and/or share rights are granted to the CEO, selected executives and key senior employees under the following schemes.

 

(i)               Westpac Reward Plan1

The Westpac Reward Plan (WRP) was introduced in 2006. It provides a mechanism for rewarding superior long-term performance from the most senior management in Australia and overseas.

 

Under the WRP senior managers may be invited to receive an award of performance options or performance share rights. An option or share right under the WRP is the right to acquire a share in the future provided all conditions are met, with an exercise price for options set at the commencement of the performance period. The exercise price for options is based on the prevailing market price of Westpac ordinary shares at the commencement of the performance period. The exercise price for share rights is nil. No performance options have been awarded since October 2009.

 

 

 


1                    The Westpac Reward Plan (WRP) has now been renamed the Westpac Long Term Incentive Plan (LTI Plan).

 

 

 

 

192

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 25. Share-based payments (continued)

 

Awards made from October 2011 are subject to two performance measures each applying to 50% of the value of the award. The two hurdles are Westpac’s relative Total Shareholder Return (TSR)1 and Compound Annual Growth Rate in Cash EPS (Cash EPS CAGR).

 

Full vesting of TSR hurdled performance share rights occurs when Westpac’s TSR is at (or exceeds) the 75th percentile relative to the comparator group, scaling down to 50% vesting on a straight-line basis for median performance. Below median performance, no vesting occurs. The comparator group for TSR comparisons focuses on the top 10 financial sector peers. Full vesting of Cash EPS CAGR hurdled share rights occurs when a maximum target Cash EPS CAGR is achieved, scaling down to 50% vesting at a threshold Cash EPS CAGR target. Below the threshold target Cash EPS CAGR, no vesting occurs. These awards are subject to a single test at the end of the three year performance period. Any securities remaining unvested after the performance period lapse immediately.

 

For awards made prior to October 2011 all awards were subject to a TSR hurdle and the initial TSR performance is tested at the third anniversary of the commencement of the performance period, with subsequent performance testing possible at the fourth and fifth anniversaries of the commencement of the performance period. At subsequent performance test dates (where they exist) further vesting may occur only if the TSR ranking has improved.

 

Upon exercising vested performance options and performance share rights, the executive has the right to take up his or her entitlement in whole or in part as fully paid ordinary shares. The exercise price is payable at that time. A performance option or performance share right lapses if it is not exercised prior to the end of its term.

 

WRP — outstanding performance options and performance share rights

The following table sets out details of outstanding performance options and performance share rights under the WRP:

 

Commencement
Date

 

Latest Date for
Exercise

 

Exercise
Price

 

Outstanding
at 1 October
2013

 

Granted
During
the Year

 

Exercised
During
the Year

 

Lapsed
During
the Year

 

Outstanding
at
30 September
2014

 

Outstanding
and
Exercisable at
30 September
2014

Performance options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17 December 2007

 

17 December 2017

 

$30.10

 

1,036,773

 

-

 

417,452

 

-

 

619,321

 

619,321

1 October 2008

 

1 October 2018

 

$23.40

 

662,363

 

-

 

289,994

 

-

 

372,369

 

372,369

Total 2014

 

 

 

 

 

1,699,136

 

-

 

707,446

 

-

 

991,690

 

991,690

Weighted average exercise price

 

 

 

 

 

$27.49

 

-

 

$27.35

 

-

 

$27.58

 

$27.58

Performance share rights

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 October 2009

 

1 October 2019

 

nil

 

68,473

 

-

 

1,499

 

3,175

 

63,799

 

-

1 October 2010

 

1 October 2020

 

nil

 

740,209

 

-

 

665,391

 

3,653

 

71,165

 

802

1 October 2011

 

1 October 2021

 

nil

 

1,234,972

 

-

 

-

 

66,511

 

1,168,461

 

-

1 October 2012

 

1 October 2022

 

nil

 

1,132,587

 

-

 

-

 

65,608

 

1,066,979

 

-

1 October 2013

 

1 October 2023

 

nil

 

-

 

1,004,234

 

-

 

55,888

 

948,346

 

-

Total 2014

 

 

 

 

 

3,176,241

 

1,004,234

 

666,890

 

194,835

 

3,318,750

 

802

Total 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance options

 

 

 

 

 

2,992,750

 

-

 

1,293,614

 

-

 

1,699,136

 

1,699,136

Weighted average exercise price

 

 

 

 

 

$26.97

 

-

 

$26.29

 

-

 

$27.49

 

$27.49

Performance share rights

 

 

 

 

 

2,701,908

 

1,132,587

 

606,053

 

52,201

 

3,176,241

 

1,499

 

The weighted average remaining contractual life of outstanding performance options at 30 September 2014 was 3.5 years (2013: 4.5 years). The weighted average remaining contractual life of outstanding performance share rights at 30 September 2014 was 7.8 years (2013: 8.1 years). The weighted average fair value at grant date of WRP performance share rights issued during the year was $19.82 (2013: $15.79).

 

 

 


1           TSR measures a company’s share price movement and assumes that dividends over the period have been reinvested (i.e. the change in value of an investment in that company’s shares) and excluding tax effects.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

193

 

 



 

 

Note 25. Share-based payments (continued)

 

(ii)                        Westpac Performance Plan

The Westpac Performance Plan (WPP) was introduced in 2002 and was used to provide awards of performance options and/or performance share rights to senior executives and other key employees. Currently the WPP is primarily used for employees based in New Zealand to provide long-term incentive awards or as a mechanism for the mandatory deferral of a portion of their short-term incentives.

 

An option or share right under the WPP is the right to acquire a share in the future provided all conditions are met, with an exercise price for options generally set at the time the invitation is made. The exercise price for options is equal to the average market price of Westpac ordinary shares traded on the ASX over the five trading days up to the time the invitation is made. The exercise price for share rights is nil.

 

Performance options and performance share rights

Performance options and performance share rights under the WPP have all vested. Upon exercising vested performance options or performance share rights, the executive has the right to take up his or her entitlement in whole or in part as fully paid ordinary shares. The exercise price is payable at that time. A performance option or performance share right lapses if it is not exercised prior to the end of its term.

 

WPP — outstanding performance options

No performance options were granted under the WPP during the year. The following table sets out details of outstanding performance options granted under the WPP in previous years:

 

Commencement
Date

 

Latest Date for
Exercise

 

Exercise
Price

 

Outstanding
at 1 October
2013

 

Granted
During
the Year

 

Exercised
During
the Year

 

Lapsed
During
the Year

 

Outstanding
at
30 September
2014

 

Outstanding
and
Exercisable at
30 September
2014

21 January 2004

 

21 January 2014

 

$16.34

 

103,004

 

-

 

103,004

 

-

 

-

 

-

20 January 2005

 

20 January 2015

 

$18.98

 

453,112

 

-

 

444,123

 

-

 

8,989

 

8,989

20 December 2005

 

20 December 2015

 

$20.53

 

526,646

 

-

 

413,122

 

-

 

113,524

 

113,524

20 December 2005

 

20 December 2015

 

$22.53

 

56,592

 

-

 

29,834

 

-

 

26,758

 

26,758

15 December 2006

 

15 December 2016

 

$23.98

 

613,339

 

-

 

426,142

 

-

 

187,197

 

187,197

Total 2014

 

 

 

 

 

1,752,693

 

-

 

1,416,225

 

-

 

336,468

 

336,468

Weighted average exercise price

 

 

 

 

 

$21.15

 

-

 

$20.82

 

-

 

$22.57

 

$22.57

Total 2013

 

 

 

 

 

3,853,681

 

-

 

2,093,714

 

7,274

 

1,752,693

 

1,752,693

Weighted average exercise price

 

 

 

 

 

$20.90

 

-

 

$20.71

 

$13.59

 

$21.15

 

$21.15

 

The weighted average remaining contractual life of outstanding performance options at 30 September 2014 was 1.7 years (2013: 2.2 years).

 

 

 

 

194

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 25. Share-based payments (continued)

 

WPP – outstanding performance share rights

 

No performance share rights were granted under the WPP during the year. The following table sets out details of outstanding vested performance share rights granted under the WPP:

 

Commencement
Dates

 

Latest Dates for Exercise

 

Outstanding at
1 October
2013

 

Granted
During
the Year

 

Exercised
During
the Year

 

Lapsed
During
the Year

 

Outstanding at
30 September
2014

 

Outstanding
and
Exercisable at
30 September
2014

 

Two-year initial testing period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3 November 2003 to
3 August 2004

 

3 November 2013 to
3 August 2014

 

16,222

 

-

 

16,222

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

5 November 2004 to
1 August 2005

 

5 November 2014 to
1 August 2015

 

44,113

 

-

 

20,909

 

-

 

23,204

 

23,204

 

1 November 2005 to
3 August 2006

 

1 November 2015 to
3 August 2016

 

62,685

 

-

 

25,878

 

-

 

36,807

 

36,807

 

1 November 2006 to
15 December 2006

 

1 November 2016 to
15 December 2016

 

3,490

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

3,490

 

3,490

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three-year initial testing period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3 November 2003 to
3 August 2004

 

3 November 2013 to
3 August 2014

 

22,154

 

-

 

22,154

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

5 November 2004 to
1 August 2005

 

5 November 2014 to
1 August 2015

 

48,535

 

-

 

24,317

 

-

 

24,218

 

24,218

 

1 November 2005 to
3 August 2006

 

1 November 2015 to
3 August 2016

 

111,466

 

-

 

29,804

 

-

 

81,662

 

81,662

 

Total 2014

 

 

 

308,665

 

-

 

139,284

 

-

 

169,381

 

169,381

 

Total 2013

 

 

 

650,696

 

-

 

342,031

 

-

 

308,665

 

308,665

 

 

The weighted average remaining contractual life of outstanding performance share rights at 30 September 2014 was 1.0 years (2013: 1.7 years).

 

Unhurdled options and unhurdled share rights

The WPP is also used for key employees based outside Australia, who received unhurdled share rights restricted for one to three years. No unhurdled options were granted under the WPP during the year. After the restriction period applying to them has passed, vested unhurdled options and unhurdled share rights can be exercised to receive the underlying fully paid ordinary shares.

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

195

 

 



 

 

Note 25. Share-based payments (continued)

 

WPP – outstanding unhurdled options and unhurdled share rights

The following table sets out details of outstanding unhurdled options and unhurdled share rights granted under the WPP:

 

Commencement
Date

 

Latest Date for
Exercise

 

Exercise
Price

 

Outstanding at
1 October
2013

 

Granted
During
the Year

 

Exercised
During
the Year

 

Lapsed
During
the Year

 

Outstanding
at
30 September
2014

 

Outstanding
and
Excercisable at
30 September
2014

 

Options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15 December 2006

 

15 December 2016

 

$23.98

 

42,779

 

-

 

18,716

 

-

 

24,063

 

24,063

 

Total 2014

 

 

 

 

 

42,779

 

-

 

18,716

 

-

 

24,063

 

24,063

 

Share rights

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One-year vesting period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 December 2008 to
1 June 2009

 

1 December 2018 to
1 June 2019

 

nil

 

5,681

 

-

 

5,681

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

1 November 2010 to
1 April 2011

 

1 November 2020 to
1 April 2021

 

nil

 

8,573

 

-

 

8,573

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

1 October 2011 to
1 August 2012

 

1 October 2021 to
1 August 2022

 

nil

 

16,789

 

-

 

5,596

 

-

 

11,193

 

11,193

 

1 September 2012 to
1 December 2012

 

1 September 2022 to
1 December 2022

 

nil

 

37,155

 

-

 

28,182

 

-

 

8,973

 

8,973

 

1 October 2013 to
1 May 2014

 

1 October 2023 to
1 May 2024

 

nil

 

-

 

51,819

 

-

 

-

 

51,819

 

-

 

Two-year vesting period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 November 2007 to
1 September 2008

 

1 November 2017 to
1 September 2018

 

nil

 

11,437

 

-

 

3,578

 

-

 

7,859

 

7,859

 

1 October 2008 to
1 April 2009

 

1 October 2018 to
1 April 2019

 

nil

 

3,328

 

-

 

759

 

-

 

2,569

 

2,569

 

1 October 2009 to
1 April 2010

 

1 October 2019 to
1 April 2020

 

nil

 

6,387

 

-

 

1,689

 

-

 

4,698

 

4,698

 

1 October 2010 to
1 August 2011

 

1 October 2020 to
1 August 2021

 

nil

 

19,470

 

-

 

12,919

 

-

 

6,551

 

6,551

 

1 October 2011 to
1 August 2012

 

1 October 2021 to
1 August 2022

 

nil

 

62,896

 

-

 

49,608

 

-

 

13,288

 

13,288

 

1 September 2012 to
1 October 2012

 

1 September 2022 to
1 October 2022

 

nil

 

73,337

 

-

 

-

 

534

 

72,803

 

2,341

 

1 October 2013 to
1 May 2014

 

1 October 2023 to
1 May 2024

 

nil

 

-

 

53,907

 

-

 

-

 

53,907

 

-

 

Three-year vesting period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15 December 2006 to
1 June 2007

 

15 December 2016 to
1 June 2017

 

nil

 

25,410

 

-

 

1,886

 

-

 

23,524

 

23,524

 

17 December 2007 to
1 September 2008

 

17 December 2017 to
1 September 2018

 

nil

 

15,063

 

-

 

3,129

 

-

 

11,934

 

11,934

 

1 October 2008 to
1 April 2009

 

1 October 2018 to
1 April 2019

 

nil

 

11,125

 

-

 

3,511

 

-

 

7,614

 

7,614

 

1 October 2009 to
1 April 2010

 

1 October 2019 to
1 April 2020

 

nil

 

26,217

 

-

 

7,797

 

-

 

18,420

 

18,420

 

1 October 2010 to
1 August 2011

 

1 October 2020 to
1 August 2021

 

nil

 

160,257

 

-

 

128,978

 

-

 

31,279

 

31,279

 

1 October 2011 to
1 June 2012

 

1 October 2021 to
1 June 2022

 

nil

 

148,879

 

-

 

-

 

4,590

 

144,289

 

-

 

1 October 2012 to
1 September 2013

 

1 October 2022 to
1 September 2023

 

nil

 

124,107

 

-

 

-

 

5,999

 

118,108

 

-

 

1 October 2013 to
1 May 2014

 

1 October 2023 to
1 May 2024

 

nil

 

-

 

15,115

 

-

 

-

 

15,115

 

-

 

Total 2014

 

 

 

 

 

756,111

 

120,841

 

261,886

 

11,123

 

603,943

 

150,243

 

Total 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options

 

 

 

$23.98

 

42,779

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

42,779

 

42,779

 

Share rights

 

 

 

nil

 

806,610

 

243,201

 

246,104

 

47,596

 

756,111

 

149,480

 

 

The weighted average fair value at grant date of unhurdled share rights issued during the year was $29.89 per right (2013: $21.88 per right). The weighted average remaining contractual life of outstanding unhurdled options and unhurdled share rights at 30 September 2014 was 7.1 years (2013: 7.4 years).

 

 

 

196

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 25. Share-based payments (continued)

 

(iii)         Chief Executive Officer Performance Plan (Gail Kelly)

Gail Kelly currently holds performance share rights under the Chief Executive Officer Performance Plan (CEOPP). Performance share rights have a nil exercise price. No performance options have been awarded since December 2008. Grants to Mrs Kelly under the CEOPP were approved by shareholders at Westpac’s AGM on 13 December 2007, 16 December 2009, 15 December 2010 and 13 December 2013.

 

Awards made from October 2011 are subject to two performance measures each applying to 50% of the value of the award. The two hurdles are Westpac’s relative TSR and Cash EPS CAGR. The vesting conditions for these awards are the same as set out above for awards made under the WRP from October 2011.

 

For awards made prior to October 2011, all awards were subject to a TSR hurdle. The vesting conditions for these awards are also the same as awards made under the WRP prior to October 2011.

 

CEOPP – outstanding performance share rights

The following table sets out details of outstanding awards of performance share rights granted under the CEOPP:

 

Commencement
Date

 

Latest Date for
Exercise

 

Exercise
Price

 

Outstanding at
1 October
2013

 

Granted
During
the Year

 

Exercised
During
the Year

 

Lapsed
During
the Year

 

Outstanding at
30 September
2014

 

Performance share rights

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21 December 2009

 

21 December 2019

 

nil

 

49,801

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

49,801

 

1 October 2010

 

1 October 2020

 

nil

 

176,125

 

-

 

158,513

 

-

 

17,612

 

1 October 2011

 

1 October 2021

 

nil

 

272,929

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

272,929

 

1 October 2012

 

1 October 2022

 

nil

 

213,101

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

213,101

 

1 October 2013

 

1 October 2023

 

nil

 

-

 

159,821

 

-

 

-

 

159,821

 

Total 2014

 

 

 

 

 

711,956

 

159,821

 

158,513

 

-

 

713,264

 

Total 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance options

 

 

 

 

 

400,043

 

-

 

400,043

 

-

 

-

 

Weighted average exercise price

 

 

 

 

 

$25.08

 

-

 

$25.08

 

-

 

-

 

Performance share rights

 

 

 

nil

 

627,029

 

213,101

 

128,174

 

-

 

711,956

 

 

The weighted average fair value at grant date of performance share rights granted during the year was $20.67 per right (2013: $16.29 per right). As at 30 September 2014, no outstanding share rights issued to Mrs Kelly were exercisable. The remaining weighted average contractual life of outstanding performance share rights was 7.6 years (2013: 7.9 years).

 

(iv)        Fair value assumptions

The fair values of share rights granted during the year included in the tables above have been independently calculated at their respective grant dates based on the requirements of Australian Accounting Standard AASB 2 Share-based Payments.

 

The fair values of rights without TSR based hurdles, including rights with Cash EPS CAGR hurdles, have been assessed with reference to the share price at grant date and a discount rate reflecting the expected dividend yield over their vesting periods.

 

The fair value of rights with hurdles based on TSR performance relative to a group of comparator companies also takes into account the average TSR outcome determined using a Monte Carlo simulation pricing model.

 

Other key assumptions include:

 

¡        the assumptions included in the valuation of the awards of performance share rights to Gail Kelly include a risk free interest rate of 3.0%, a dividend yield on Westpac ordinary shares of 5.5% and a volatility in the Westpac share price of 20.4%;

 

¡        the assumptions included in the valuation of the awards of share rights under the WRP and WPP include a risk free interest rate of 3.0%, a dividend yield on Westpac ordinary shares of 5.6% and a volatility in the Westpac share price of 20.4%;

 

¡        volatility has been assessed by considering the historic volatility of the market price of Westpac shares; and

 

¡        other assumptions include volatilities of, and correlation factors between, share price movements of the comparator group members and Westpac which are used to assess the impact of the TSR performance hurdles and have been derived from the historic volatilities and correlations.

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

197

 

 



 

 

 

Note 25. Share-based payments (continued)

 

(v)           Chief Executive Officer Restricted Share Plan

Gail Kelly received awards of Westpac ordinary shares under the Chief Executive Officer Restricted Share Plan (CEO RSP) in relation to her employment agreement. The awards were approved by Westpac shareholders at Westpac’s AGM on 13 December 2007, 16 December 2009, 15 December 2010 and 13 December 2013.

 

Like the general RSP, Westpac ordinary shares are allocated under the CEO RSP at no cost to Mrs Kelly, with vesting subject to remaining employed with Westpac for a set period. Shares in the CEO RSP are held in Mrs Kelly’s name and are restricted until satisfaction of the vesting conditions. Shares in the CEO RSP rank equally with Westpac ordinary shares for dividends and voting rights. For awards made from October 2009, shares are released from the CEO RSP on vesting.

 

The following table details outstanding awards of shares issued under the CEO RSP:

 

Allocation date

 

Outstanding at
1 October 2013

 

Granted During
the Year

 

Released

 

Forfeited During
the Year

 

Outstanding at
30 September 2014

 

22 December 2011

 

51,866

 

-

 

25,933

 

-

 

25,933

 

21 December 2012

 

58,400

 

-

 

29,200

 

-

 

29,200

 

18 December 2013

 

-

 

57,358

 

-

 

-

 

57,358

 

Total 2014

 

110,266

 

57,358

 

55,133

 

-

 

112,491

 

Total 2013

 

118,850

 

58,400

 

66,984

 

-

 

110,266

 

 

 

 

198

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 25. Share-based payments (continued)

 

(vi)         Restricted Share Plan

 

The Restricted Share Plan (RSP) provides Westpac with an instrument for attracting and rewarding key employees. Under the RSP, Westpac shares may be allocated to eligible employees at no cost with vesting subject to remaining employed with Westpac for a period determined by the Board. The fair value of the shares allocated is the share price on the date of the grant. Shares in the RSP are held in the name of the employee and are restricted until satisfaction of the vesting conditions. Shares in the RSP rank equally with Westpac ordinary shares for dividends and voting rights. For awards made prior to October 2009, shares may be held in the RSP for up to 10 years from the date they are granted. For awards made from October 2009, shares are released from the RSP on vesting.

 

Outstanding RSP awards

 

The following table details outstanding awards of shares issued under the RSP:

 

 Allocation date

 

Outstanding at
1 October 2013

 

Granted During
the Year

 

Released

 

Forfeited During
the Year

 

Outstanding at
30 September 2014

 

October – December 2006

 

272,095

 

 

-

 

 

39,001

 

 

-

 

 

233,094

 

January – March 2007

 

598

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

598

 

April – June 2007

 

15,161

 

 

-

 

 

1,838

 

 

-

 

 

13,323

 

July – September 2007

 

2,453

 

 

-

 

 

1,867

 

 

-

 

 

586

 

October – December 2007

 

438,069

 

 

-

 

 

62,759

 

 

-

 

 

375,310

 

January – March 2008

 

8,263

 

 

-

 

 

1,782

 

 

-

 

 

6,481

 

April – June 2008

 

17,416

 

 

-

 

 

2,203

 

 

-

 

 

15,213

 

July – September 2008

 

8,412

 

 

-

 

 

1,705

 

 

-

 

 

6,707

 

October – December 2008

 

876,756

 

 

-

 

 

124,553

 

 

-

 

 

752,203

 

January – March 2009

 

75,955

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

75,955

 

April – June 2009

 

8,734

 

 

-

 

 

562

 

 

-

 

 

8,172

 

October – December 2010

 

1,747,662

 

 

-

 

 

1,747,662

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

January – March 2011

 

1,692

 

 

-

 

 

1,692

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

April – June 2011

 

2,187

 

 

-

 

 

2,187

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

July – September 2011

 

21,612

 

 

-

 

 

21,612

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

October – December 2011

 

3,002,817

 

 

-

 

 

921,188

 

 

67,032

 

 

2,014,597

 

January – March 2012

 

7,616

 

 

-

 

 

6,136

 

 

-

 

 

1,480

 

April – June 2012

 

30,781

 

 

-

 

 

14,228

 

 

-

 

 

16,553

 

July – September 2012

 

226,615

 

 

-

 

 

192,760

 

 

1,008

 

 

32,847

 

October – December 2012

 

2,490,359

 

 

-

 

 

421,395

 

 

47,048

 

 

2,021,916

 

January – March 2013

 

66,074

 

 

-

 

 

30,501

 

 

-

 

 

35,573

 

April – June 2013

 

76,497

 

 

-

 

 

25,894

 

 

2,332

 

 

48,271

 

July – September 2013

 

40,967

 

 

-

 

 

4,046

 

 

-

 

 

36,921

 

October – December 2013

 

-

 

 

1,949,492

 

 

22,093

 

 

65,858

 

 

1,861,541

 

January – March 2014

 

-

 

 

21,976

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

21,976

 

April – June 2014

 

-

 

 

53,749

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

53,749

 

July – September 2014

 

-

 

 

45,095

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

45,095

 

 Total 2014

 

9,438,791

 

 

2,070,312

 

 

3,647,664

 

 

183,278

 

 

7,678,161

 

 Total 2013

 

10,583,524

 

 

2,742,017

 

 

3,666,622

 

 

220,128

 

 

9,438,791

 

 

(vii)     Other Group share-based plans

 

Westpac also provides plans for small, specialised parts of the Group. The benefits under these plans are directly linked to growth and performance of the relevant part of the business. The plans individually and in aggregate are not material to the Group.

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

199

 

 



 

 

 

Note 25. Share-based payments (continued)

 

General information on Executive and Senior Officer share plans

 

The market price of Westpac’s ordinary shares as at the close of business on 30 September 2014 was $32.14 (2013: $32.73). Details of the shares issued on exercise of options and share rights under each of the Executive and Senior Officer share plans during the year ended 30 September 2014 are set out below:

 

 Plan/Agreement

 

Dates on which Options or
Share Rights Were Exercised

 

Exercise Price
$

 

Total Number of
Shares Issued/
Allocated

 

Weighted
Average Share
Price at Date of 
Exercise
$

 

Consideration
Received
($’000)

 

 2014

 

WRP and WPP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options

 

October – December 2013

 

 

16.34 - 30.10

 

 

634,317

 

 

32.61

 

 

13,888

 

 

 

 

 

 

January – March 2014

 

 

16.34 - 30.10

 

 

477,322

 

 

32.61

 

 

11,507

 

 

 

 

 

 

April – June 2014

 

 

18.98 - 30.10

 

 

732,040

 

 

34.70

 

 

17,201

 

 

 

 

 

 

July – September 2014

 

 

18.98 - 30.10

 

 

298,708

 

 

34.33

 

 

6,689

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share rights

 

October – December 2013

 

 

-

 

 

918,685

 

 

32.76

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

January – March 2014

 

 

-

 

 

44,210

 

 

32.95

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

April – June 2014

 

 

-

 

 

65,301

 

 

34.22

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

July – September 2014

 

 

-

 

 

39,864

 

 

34.35

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chief Executive Officer Performance Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share rights

 

October – December 2013

 

 

-

 

 

158,513

 

 

34.27

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 2013

 

WRP and WPP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options

 

October – December 2012

 

 

13.59 - 23.98

 

 

384,428

 

 

25.40

 

 

7,225

 

 

 

 

 

 

January – March 2013

 

 

16.34 - 23.98

 

 

1,136,987

 

 

28.02

 

 

24,740

 

 

 

 

 

 

April – June 2013

 

 

16.34 - 30.10

 

 

1,655,486

 

 

32.76

 

 

40,826

 

 

 

 

 

 

July – September 2013

 

 

16.34 - 30.10

 

 

210,427

 

 

30.81

 

 

4,576

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share rights

 

October – December 2012

 

 

-

 

 

816,804

 

 

25.36

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

January – March 2013

 

 

-

 

 

72,518

 

 

27.54

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

April – June 2013

 

 

-

 

 

197,001

 

 

31.92

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

July – September 2013

 

 

-

 

 

107,865

 

 

30.96

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chief Executive Officer Performance Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options

 

April – June 2013

 

 

16.80 - 25.89

 

 

400,043

 

 

33.09

 

 

10,033

 

 

 

 

Share rights

 

April – June 2013

 

 

-

 

 

128,174

 

 

33.09

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chief Executive Securities Agreement 2003 (David Morgan)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options

 

October 2012 – June 2013

 

 

19.17 - 24.18

 

 

1,649,407

 

 

29.44

 

 

36,519

 

 

 

Shares allotted to satisfy the exercise of options or share rights under the employee equity plans will rank equally with all other issued Westpac ordinary shares and qualify for the payment of dividends and shareholder voting rights from the day of allotment.

 

The employee equity plans are operated in compliance with ASIC Regulatory Guide 49 which provides relief from the disclosure and licensing provisions of the Corporations Act. Included in the ASIC regulatory guide is a five percent limit on the number of shares that can be issued under an employee equity plan without issuing a prospectus.

 

 

 

200

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 25. Share-based payments (continued)

 

Under the regulatory guide, the number of shares (including shares that are the subject of options and share rights) to be offered to employees at any particular time cannot, at the time the offer is made and when aggregated with the number of shares the subject of previously issued unexercised options and share rights issued to employees under those plans and with the number of shares issued during the previous five years under all employee share schemes, exceed 5% of the total number of shares on issue at the time that offer is made.

 

The names of all persons who hold options and/or share rights currently on issue are entered in Westpac’s register of option holders which may be inspected at Link Market Services, Level 12, 680 George Street, Sydney, New South Wales.

 

Employee Share Plan

 

Under the Employee Share Plan (ESP), Westpac ordinary shares may be allocated at no cost to employees to recognise their contribution to Westpac’s financial performance over the previous financial year. The maximum annual award value under the ESP is $1,000 per employee per year. However, the number of shares employees receive (if any) depends on Westpac’s share price performance over the 12 months to 30 September or a combination of customer-centric measures, and is subject to Board discretion.

 

The shares must normally remain within the ESP for three years unless the employee leaves Westpac. Participants are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution attaching to shares held under the ESP. Participants are also entitled to exercise voting rights attaching to the shares.

 

Westpac’s Australian permanent employees (including part-time employees) who have been in six months continuous employment as at 30 September each year are eligible to participate in the ESP. Executives and senior management who participate in any Westpac long-term incentive plan or deferred short-term incentive plan are not eligible to participate in the ESP during the same year. The number of shares employees receive is calculated by dividing the award value by the prevailing market price of Westpac’s ordinary shares when the shares are granted.

 

The 2013 ESP award was satisfied through the purchase of shares on market. The following table provides details of shares issued under the ESP during the years ended 30 September:

 

 

 

Allocation
Date

 

Number of
Participants

 

Average Number
of Shares Allocated
per Participant

 

Total Number
of Shares
Allocated

 

Market
Price per Share

 

Total
Fair Value

 2014

 

5 December 2013

 

26,877

 

30

 

806,310

 

$32.93

 

$26,551,788

 2013

 

4 December 2012

 

26,990

 

39

 

1,052,610

 

$25.23

 

$26,557,350

 

The liability accrued in respect of the ESP at 30 September 2014 is $28 million (2013: $28 million) and is provided for as other employee benefits.

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

201

 

 



 

 

 

Note 26. Average balance sheet and interest rates

 

The following table lists the average balances and related interest for the major categories of the Group’s interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities. Averages used are predominantly daily averages:

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

Year Ended

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

 

30 September 2014

 

30 September 2013

 

30 September 2012

 

 

 

 

Average

 

Interest

 

Average

 

Average

 

Interest

 

Average

 

Average

 

Interest

 

Average

 

 

 

 

Balance

 

Income

 

Rate

 

Balance

 

Income

 

Rate

 

Balance

 

Income

 

Rate

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receivables due from other financial institutions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

2,433

 

60

 

2.5

%

 

2,852

 

86

 

3.0

%

3,215

 

135

 

4.2%

 

New Zealand

 

 

294

 

5

 

1.7

%

 

338

 

5

 

1.5

%

220

 

4

 

1.8%

 

Other overseas

 

 

5,151

 

19

 

0.4

%

 

5,959

 

22

 

0.4

%

4,935

 

49

 

1.0%

 

Trading securities and other financial assets designated at fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

32,877

 

1,226

 

3.7

%

 

38,506

 

1,560

 

4.1

%

37,790

 

1,973

 

5.2%

 

New Zealand

 

 

4,358

 

132

 

3.0

%

 

3,309

 

88

 

2.7

%

4,538

 

123

 

2.7%

 

Other overseas

 

 

10,134

 

124

 

1.2

%

 

6,262

 

84

 

1.3

%

5,383

 

103

 

1.9%

 

Available-for-sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

27,222

 

1,230

 

4.5

%

 

21,475

 

1,107

 

5.2

%

16,240

 

1,006

 

6.2%

 

New Zealand

 

 

2,384

 

107

 

4.5

%

 

2,085

 

93

 

4.5

%

1,784

 

80

 

4.5%

 

Other overseas

 

 

1,351

 

49

 

3.6

%

 

1,089

 

26

 

2.4

%

1,062

 

30

 

2.8%

 

Regulatory deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other overseas

 

 

1,369

 

18

 

1.3

%

 

1,512

 

23

 

1.5

%

1,460

 

24

 

1.6%

 

Loans and other receivables1:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

474,570

 

25,498

 

5.4

%

 

449,405

 

26,712

 

5.9

%

440,416

 

30,202

 

6.9%

 

New Zealand

 

 

59,240

 

3,449

 

5.8

%

 

50,801

 

2,924

 

5.8

%

46,416

 

2,870

 

6.2%

 

Other overseas

 

 

25,979

 

331

 

1.3

%

 

16,276

 

279

 

1.7

%

14,286

 

274

 

1.9%

 

Total interest earning assets and interest income

 

 

647,362

 

32,248

 

5.0

%

 

599,869

 

33,009

 

5.5

%

577,745

 

36,873

 

6.4%

 

Non-interest earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash, receivables due from other financial institutions and regulatory deposits

 

 

1,513

 

 

 

 

 

 

723

 

 

 

 

 

2,745

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

28,866

 

 

 

 

 

 

33,967

 

 

 

 

 

36,688

 

 

 

 

 

Life insurance assets

 

 

13,687

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,713

 

 

 

 

 

11,694

 

 

 

 

 

All other assets2

 

 

45,696

 

 

 

 

 

 

41,023

 

 

 

 

 

36,932

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-interest earning assets

 

 

89,762

 

 

 

 

 

 

88,426

 

 

 

 

 

88,059

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

 

737,124

 

 

 

 

 

 

688,295

 

 

 

 

 

665,804

 

 

 

 

 

 

1            Loans and receivables are stated net of provisions for impairment charges on loans. Other receivables include other assets and cash with central banks that are interest earning.

 

2            Includes property, plant and equipment, goodwill and intangibles, other assets, deferred tax and non-interest bearing loans relating to mortgage offset accounts.

 

 

 

202

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 26. Average balance sheet and interest rates (continued)

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

Year Ended

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

 

30 September 2014

 

30 September 2013

 

30 September 2012

 

 

 

 

Average

 

Interest

 

Average

 

Average

 

Interest

 

Average

 

Average

 

Interest

 

Average

 

 

 

 

Balance

 

Expense

 

Rate

 

Balance

 

Expense

 

Rate

 

Balance

 

Expense

 

Rate

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payables due to other financial institutions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

10,253

 

250

 

2.4

%

 

4,218

 

131

 

3.1

%

4,072

 

186

 

4.6%

 

New Zealand

 

 

547

 

11

 

2.0

%

 

458

 

7

 

1.5

%

336

 

6

 

1.8%

 

Other overseas

 

 

4,767

 

39

 

0.8

%

 

4,648

 

52

 

1.1

%

4,837

 

52

 

1.1%

 

Deposits and other borrowings:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

342,385

 

9,850

 

2.9

%

 

325,634

 

11,141

 

3.4

%

302,412

 

13,301

 

4.4%

 

New Zealand

 

 

42,444

 

1,453

 

3.4

%

 

35,674

 

1,214

 

3.4

%

30,324

 

1,066

 

3.5%

 

Other overseas

 

 

29,347

 

196

 

0.7

%

 

25,368

 

200

 

0.8

%

27,367

 

235

 

0.9%

 

Loan capital:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

8,729

 

424

 

4.9

%

 

7,183

 

414

 

5.8

%

5,129

 

327

 

6.4%

 

Other overseas

 

 

1,358

 

66

 

4.9

%

 

2,436

 

115

 

4.7

%

2,455

 

127

 

5.2%

 

Other interest bearing liabilities1:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

151,742

 

5,824

 

n/a

 

144,777

 

6,353

 

n/a

 

151,204

 

8,426

 

n/a

 

New Zealand

 

 

12,364

 

552

 

n/a

 

10,073

 

561

 

n/a

 

11,841

 

616

 

n/a

 

Other overseas

 

 

2,617

 

41

 

n/a

 

1

 

-

 

n/a

 

550

 

29

 

n/a

 

Total interest bearing liabilities and interest expense

 

 

606,553

 

18,706

 

3.1

%

 

560,470

 

20,188

 

3.6

%

540,527

 

24,371

 

4.5%

 

Non-interest bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits and payables due to other financial institutions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

23,826

 

 

 

 

 

 

19,173

 

 

 

 

 

15,920

 

 

 

 

 

New Zealand

 

 

3,169

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,578

 

 

 

 

 

2,237

 

 

 

 

 

Other overseas

 

 

812

 

 

 

 

 

 

783

 

 

 

 

 

657

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

31,172

 

 

 

 

 

 

35,542

 

 

 

 

 

37,788

 

 

 

 

 

Life insurance policy liabilities

 

 

12,359

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,574

 

 

 

 

 

10,586

 

 

 

 

 

All other liabilities2

 

 

11,894

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,853

 

 

 

 

 

13,520

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-interest bearing liabilities

 

 

83,232

 

 

 

 

 

 

81,503

 

 

 

 

 

80,708

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

 

689,785

 

 

 

 

 

 

641,973

 

 

 

 

 

621,235

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

46,477

 

 

 

 

 

 

44,350

 

 

 

 

 

42,605

 

 

 

 

 

Non-controlling interests

 

 

862

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,972

 

 

 

 

 

1,964

 

 

 

 

 

Total equity

 

 

47,339

 

 

 

 

 

 

46,322

 

 

 

 

 

44,569

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

 

 

737,124

 

 

 

 

 

 

688,295

 

 

 

 

 

665,804

 

 

 

 

 

 

1            Includes net impact of Treasury balance sheet management activities.

 

2    Includes other liabilities, provisions, current and deferred tax liabilities.

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

203

 

 



 

 

 

Note 26. Average balance sheet and interest rates (continued)

 

The following table allocates changes in net interest income between changes in volume and changes in rate for the last two fiscal years. Volume and rate variances have been calculated on the movement in average balances and the change in the interest rates on average interest earning assets and average interest bearing liabilities. The variance caused by change in both volume and rate has been allocated in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amount of each change to the total.

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

Change Due to

 

 

Change Due to

 

 

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

Total

 

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Interest earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receivables due from other financial institutions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

(13

)

(13

)

(26

)

 

(15

)

(34

)

(49

)

New Zealand

 

(1

)

1

 

-

 

 

2

 

(1

)

1

 

Other overseas

 

(3

)

-

 

(3

)

 

10

 

(37

)

(27

)

Trading securities and other financial assets designated at fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

(229

)

(105

)

(334

)

 

36

 

(449

)

(413

)

New Zealand

 

28

 

16

 

44

 

 

(33

)

(2

)

(35

)

Other overseas

 

54

 

(14

)

40

 

 

16

 

(35

)

(19

)

Available-for-sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

296

 

(173

)

123

 

 

324

 

(223

)

101

 

New Zealand

 

13

 

1

 

14

 

 

13

 

-

 

13

 

Other overseas

 

6

 

17

 

23

 

 

1

 

(5

)

(4

)

Regulatory deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other overseas

 

(2

)

(3

)

(5

)

 

1

 

(2

)

(1

)

Loans and other receivables:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

1,496

 

(2,710

)

(1,214

)

 

616

 

(4,106

)

(3,490

)

New Zealand

 

486

 

39

 

525

 

 

271

 

(217

)

54

 

Other overseas

 

166

 

(114

)

52

 

 

38

 

(33

)

5

 

Total change in interest income

 

2,297

 

(3,058

)

(761

)

 

1,280

 

(5,144

)

(3,864

)

Interest bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payables due to other financial institutions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

187

 

(68

)

119

 

 

7

 

(62

)

(55

)

New Zealand

 

1

 

3

 

4

 

 

2

 

(1

)

1

 

Other overseas

 

1

 

(14

)

(13

)

 

(2

)

2

 

-

 

Deposits and other borrowings:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

573

 

(1,864

)

(1,291

)

 

1,021

 

(3,181

)

(2,160

)

New Zealand

 

230

 

9

 

239

 

 

188

 

(40

)

148

 

Other overseas

 

31

 

(35

)

(4

)

 

(17

)

(18

)

(35

)

Loan capital:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

89

 

(79

)

10

 

 

131

 

(44

)

87

 

Other overseas

 

(51

)

2

 

(49

)

 

(1

)

(11

)

(12

)

Other interest bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

306

 

(835

)

(529

)

 

(358

)

(1,715

)

(2,073

)

New Zealand

 

128

 

(137

)

(9

)

 

(92

)

37

 

(55

)

Other overseas

 

-

 

41

 

41

 

 

(29

)

-

 

(29

)

Total change in interest expense

 

1,495

 

(2,977

)

(1,482

)

 

850

 

(5,033

)

(4,183

)

Change in net interest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

395

 

(155

)

240

 

 

160

 

190

 

350

 

New Zealand

 

167

 

182

 

349

 

 

155

 

(216

)

(61

)

Other overseas

 

240

 

(108

)

132

 

 

115

 

(85

)

30

 

Total change in net interest income

 

802

 

(81

)

721

 

 

430

 

(111

)

319

 

 

 

 

204

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 27. Financial risk

 

Westpac’s risk appetite is set by the Board. The risk appetite cannot be defined by a single metric. It has many dimensions and is an amalgam of top-down requirements (including Westpac’s target debt rating and complying with regulatory requirements) and bottom-up aggregates (such as risk concentration limits). Westpac uses an economic capital model as the basis of risk measurement, calibrated to its target debt rating.

 

Westpac’s appetite for risk is influenced by a range of factors, including whether a risk is considered consistent with its strategy (core risk) and whether an appropriate return can be achieved from taking that risk. Westpac has a lower appetite for risks that are not part of its core strategy. Westpac seeks to achieve an appropriate return on risk and prices its products accordingly.

 

Westpac seeks to maximise total shareholder returns over the longer term by achieving an appropriate balance between growth and volatility of returns and by ultimately returning that value to shareholders.

 

Westpac distinguishes the following types of risk, and takes an integrated approach towards managing them. These risks are:

 

 

 

Type of risk

 

Description

 

 

Key risks

 

§    credit risk – the risk of financial loss where a customer or counterparty fails to meet their financial obligations to Westpac;

 

§    liquidity risk – the risk that the Group will be unable to fund assets and meet obligations as they become due;

 

§    market risk – the risk of an adverse impact on earnings resulting from changes in market factors, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates, commodity prices and equity prices. This includes interest rate risk in the banking book – the risk to interest income from a mismatch between the duration of assets and liabilities that arises in the normal course of business activities;

 

§    operational risk – operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. The definition is aligned to the regulatory (Basel II) definition, including legal and regulatory risk but excluding strategic and reputation risk; and

 

§    compliance risk – the risk of legal or regulatory sanction, financial or reputation loss, arising from our failure to abide by the compliance obligations required of us.

 

 

Other related risks

 

§    business risk – the risk associated with the vulnerability of a line of business to changes in the business environment;

 

§    environmental, social and governance risks – the risk that the Group damages its reputation or financial performance due to failure to recognise or address material existing or emerging sustainability related environmental, social or governance issues;

 

§    equity risk – the potential for financial loss arising from movements in equity values. Equity risk may be direct, indirect or contingent;

 

§    insurance risk – the risk of mis-estimation of the expected cost of insured events, volatility in the number or severity of insured events, and mis-estimation of the cost of incurred claims;

 

§    related entity (contagion) risk – the risk that problems arising in other Westpac Group members compromise the financial and operational position of the authorised deposit-taking institutions in the Westpac Group; and

 

§    reputation risk – the risk to earnings or capital arising from negative public opinion resulting from the loss of reputation or public trust and standing.

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

205

 

 



 

 

Note 27. Financial risk (continued)

 

Note 27 provides a summary of Westpac’s risk management framework, as well as a discussion of Westpac’s financial risk management policies and practices and quantitative information on some of its principal financial risk exposures. The information contained in Note 27 comprises the following:

 

27.1    Approach to risk management

 

27.2    Credit risk management

 

27.2.1 Credit risk management policy

 

27.2.2 Provision and impairment policy

 

27.2.3 Internal credit risk ratings system

 

27.2.4 Credit risk mitigation, collateral and other credit enhancements

 

27.2.5 Credit risk concentrations

 

27.2.6 Credit quality of financial assets

 

27.2.7 Financial assets that are neither past due nor impaired

 

27.2.8 Financial assets that are past due, but not impaired

 

27.2.9 Items 90 days past due, or otherwise in default, but well secured and not impaired

 

27.2.10 Impaired loans

 

27.3    Funding and Liquidity Risk Management

 

27.3.1 Sources of liquidity

 

27.3.2 Liquidity reporting

 

27.3.3 Market developments

 

27.3.4 Contractual maturity of financial liabilities

 

27.3.5 Expected maturity

 

27.4    Market risk

 

27.4.1 Traded market risk

 

27.4.2 Non-traded market risk

 

27.1 Approach to risk management

The Board is responsible for reviewing and approving our overall risk management strategy, including determining our appetite for risk. The Board has delegated to the BRCC responsibility for providing recommendations to the Board on the Westpac Group’s risk-reward strategy, setting risk appetite, approving frameworks, policies and processes for managing risk, and determining whether to accept risks beyond management’s approval discretion.

 

The BRCC monitors the alignment of our risk profile with our risk appetite, which is defined in the Board Statement of Risk Appetite, and with our current and future capital requirements. The BRCC receives regular reports from management on the effectiveness of our management of Westpac’s material business risks. More detail about the role of the BRCC is set out in the Westpac risk management governance structure table.

 

The CEO and Executive Team are responsible for implementing our risk management strategy and frameworks, and for developing policies, controls, processes and procedures for identifying and managing risk in all of Westpac’s activities.

 

Westpac manages the risks that affect our business as they influence our performance, reputation and future success. Effective risk management involves taking an integrated approach to risk and reward, and enables us to both increase financial growth opportunities and mitigate potential loss or damage. We adopt a Three Lines of Defence approach to risk management which reflects our culture of ‘risk is everyone’s business’ and that all employees are responsible for identifying and managing risk and operating within the Group’s desired risk profile. We embed risk culture and maintain an awareness of risk management responsibilities through regular communication, training and other targeted approaches that support our risk management framework.

 

The 1st Line of Defence – risk identification, risk management and self-assurance

Divisional business units are responsible for identifying, evaluating and managing the risks that they originate within approved risk appetite and policies. They are required to establish and maintain appropriate risk management controls, resources and self-assurance processes.

 

The 2nd Line of Defence – establishment of risk management frameworks and policies and risk management oversight

Our 2nd Line of Defence is a separate risk advisory, control and monitoring function which establishes frameworks, policies, limits and processes for the management, monitoring and reporting of risk. It also evaluates and opines on the adequacy and effectiveness of 1st Line controls and application of frameworks and policies and, where necessary, requires improvement and monitors the 1st Line’s progress toward remediation of identified deficiencies.

 

 

 

 

206

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 27. Financial risk (continued)

 

Our 2nd Line of Defence has three layers:

 

§    our executive risk committees lead the optimisation of risk-reward by overseeing the development of risk appetite statements, risk management frameworks, policies and risk concentration controls, and monitoring Westpac’s risk profile for alignment with approved appetites and strategies;

 

§    our Group Risk function is independent from the business divisions, reports to the CRO, and establishes and maintains the Group-wide risk management frameworks, policies and concentration limits that are approved by the BRCC. It also reports on Westpac’s risk profile to executive risk committees and the BRCC; and

 

§    divisional risk areas are responsible for developing division-specific risk appetite statements, policies, controls, procedures, monitoring and reporting capability, which align to the Board’s Statement of Risk Appetite and the risk management frameworks approved by the BRCC. These risk areas are independent of the Divisions’ 1st Line business areas, with each divisional CRO having a direct reporting line to the CRO, as well as to their Division’s Group Executive.

 

The 3rd Line of Defence – independent assurance

 

Our Group Assurance function independently evaluates the adequacy and effectiveness of the Group’s overall risk management framework and controls.

 

This approach allows risks within our risk appetite to be balanced against appropriate rewards.

 

Westpac’s risk management governance structure is set out in more detail in the following table:

 

Board

 

§       reviews and approves our overall risk management strategy.

 

Board Risk & Compliance Committee (BRCC)

 

§       provides recommendations to the Board on the Westpac Group’s risk-reward strategy;

§       sets risk appetite;

§       approves frameworks and key policies for managing risk;

§       monitors our risk profile, performance, capital levels, exposures against limits and management and control of our risks;

§       monitors changes anticipated in the economic and business environment and other factors relevant to our risk profile;

§       oversees the development and ongoing review of key policies that support our frameworks for managing risk; and

§       determines whether to accept risks beyond the approval discretion provided to management.

 

Other Board Committees with a risk focus

 

 

Board Audit Committee

§       oversees the integrity of financial statements and financial reporting systems, and matters relating to taxation risks.

 

Board Remuneration Committee

§       reviews any matters raised by the BRCC with respect to risk-adjusted remuneration.

 

Board Technology Committee

§       oversees the technology strategy, implementation, and risks associated with major technology programs.

 

Executive Team

 

§       executes the Board-approved strategy;

§       assists with the development of the Board Statement of Risk Appetite;

§       delivers the Group’s various strategic and performance goals within the approved risk appetite; and

§       monitors key risks within each business unit, capital adequacy and the Group’s reputation.

 

Executive risk committees

 

 

Westpac Group Executive Risk Committee

§       leads the optimisation of credit, operational, compliance, and market risk-reward across the Group;

§       oversees the embedding of the Risk Management Strategy in the Group’s approach to risk governance;

§       oversees risk-related management frameworks and key supporting policies;

§       oversees the Group’s credit, operational, compliance, and market risk profiles;

§       oversees reputation risk and Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) risk management frameworks and key supporting policies; and

§       identifies emerging credit, operational, compliance and market risks and allocates responsibility for assessing impacts and implementing appropriate actions to address these.

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

207

 

 



 

 

Note 27. Financial risk (continued)

 

Executive risk committees (continued)

 

 

Westpac Group Asset & Liability Committee

§       leads the optimisation of funding and liquidity risk-reward across the Group;

§       reviews the level and quality of capital to ensure that it is commensurate with the Group’s risk profile, business strategy and risk appetite;

§       oversees the Liquidity Risk Management Framework and key policies;

§       oversees the funding and liquidity risk profile and balance sheet risk profile; and

§       identifies emerging funding and liquidity risks and appropriate actions to address these.

 

Westpac Group Remuneration Oversight Committee

§       provides assurance that the remuneration arrangements across the Group have been examined from a People, Risk and Finance perspective;

§       responsible for ensuring that risk is embedded in all key steps in our remuneration framework;

§       reviews and makes recommendations to the CEO for recommendation to the Board Remuneration Committee on the Group Remuneration Policy and provides assurance that remuneration arrangements across the Group encourage behaviour that supports Westpac’s long-term financial soundness and the risk management framework;

§       reviews and monitors the remuneration arrangements (other than for Group Executives) for Responsible Persons (as defined in the Group’s Statutory Officers Fit and Proper Policy), risk and financial control personnel, and all other employees for whom a significant portion of total remuneration is based on performance and whose activities, either individually or collectively, may affect the financial soundness of Westpac; and

§       reviews and recommends to the CEO for recommendation to the Board Remuneration Committee the criteria and rationale for determining the total quantum of the Group variable reward pool.

 

Group and divisional risk management

 

 

Group Risk

§       develops the Group-level risk management frameworks for approval by the BRCC;

§       directs the review and development of key policies supporting the risk management frameworks;

§       establishes risk concentration limits and monitors risk concentrations; and

§       monitors emerging risk issues.

 

Compliance Function

§       develops the Group-level compliance framework for approval by the BRCC;

§       directs the review and development of compliance policies, compliance plans, controls and procedures;

§       monitors compliance and regulatory obligations and emerging regulatory developments; and

§       reports on compliance standards.

 

Divisional risk management

§       develops division-specific policies, risk appetite statements, controls, procedures, and monitoring and reporting capability that align to the frameworks approved by the BRCC.

Independent internal review

 

 

Group Assurance

§       reviews the adequacy and effectiveness of management controls for risk.

 

Divisional business units

 

 

Business Units

§       responsible for identifying, evaluating and managing the risks that they originate within approved risk appetite policies; and

§       establish and maintain appropriate risk management controls, resources and self-assurance processes.

 

 

 

 

 

208

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 27. Financial risk (continued)

 

27.2 Credit risk management

Credit risk is the potential for financial loss where a customer or counterparty fails to meet their financial obligations.

 

27.2.1 Credit risk management policy

Westpac maintains a credit risk management framework and a number of supporting policies that define roles and responsibilities, acceptable practices, limits and key controls:

 

§    the Credit Risk Management Framework describes the principles, methodologies, systems, roles and responsibilities, reports and key controls that exist for managing credit risk in Westpac;

 

§    the Credit Risk Rating System policy describes the credit risk rating system philosophy, design, key features and uses of rating outcomes; and

 

§    Westpac has established policies governing the management of three key types of concentration risk:

 

–   individual customers or groups of related customers;

 

–   specific industries (e.g. property); and

 

–   individual countries.

 

Westpac has an established policy governing the delegation of credit approval authorities and a set of formal limits for the extension of credit. These limits represent the delegation of credit approval authority to responsible individuals throughout the organisation.

 

Credit manuals exist in each business unit to govern the extension of credit. These manuals include general policies covering the origination, evaluation, approval, documentation, settlement and ongoing management of credit risks including management of problem loans. These manuals are regularly updated by the business units, with significant changes approved by Enterprise Risk.

 

Sector policies exist to guide the extension of credit where industry-specific guidelines are considered necessary (e.g. acceptable financial ratios or types of collateral). These policies are maintained by the business unit risk management teams.

 

Westpac has a related entity risk management framework and supporting policies, which include governance of credit exposures to related entities, so as to minimise contagion risk for the extended licensed entity and to ensure compliance with the prudential requirements prescribed by APRA.

 

27.2.2 Provision and impairment policy

 

Provisions for loan impairment represent management’s best estimate of the losses incurred in the loan portfolios as at the balance date. There are two components of Westpac’s loan impairment provisions: individually assessed provisions and collectively assessed provisions. In determining the individually assessed provisions, relevant considerations that have a bearing on the expected future cash flows are taken into account, for example, the business prospects of the customer, the realisable value of collateral, Westpac’s position relative to other claimants, the reliability of customer information and the likely cost and duration of the work-out process. These judgments and estimates can change with time as new information becomes available or as work-out strategies evolve, resulting in revisions to the impairment provision as individual decisions are made.

 

The collectively assessed provisions are established on a portfolio basis taking into account the level of arrears, collateral, past loss experience and expected defaults based on portfolio trends. The most significant factors in establishing these provisions are estimated loss rates and related emergence periods. The provisions also take into account management’s assessment of changes or events that have recently occurred in sectors of the economy or in the economy as a whole that are not yet reflected in underlying provisioning factors. The future credit quality of these portfolios is subject to uncertainties that could cause actual credit losses to differ from reported loan impairment provisions. These uncertainties include the economic environment, notably interest rates, unemployment levels, repayment behaviour and bankruptcy rates.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

209

 

 



 

 

Note 27. Financial risk (continued)

 

27.2.3 Internal credit risk ratings system

 

The principal objective of the credit risk rating system is to produce a reliable assessment of the credit risk to which the Group is exposed.

 

Westpac’s internal credit risk rating system for transaction-managed customers assigns a Customer Risk Grade (CRG) to each customer, corresponding to their expected probability of default (PD). Each facility is assigned a loss given default (LGD). The Westpac risk rating system has a tiered scale of risk grades for both non-defaulted customers and defaulted customers.
Non-defaulted CRGs are mapped to Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s (S&P) external senior ranking unsecured ratings.

 

Customers that are not transaction-managed (referred to as the program-managed portfolio) are segmented into pools of similar risk. Segments are created by analysing characteristics that have historically proven predictive in determining if an account is likely to go into default. Customers are then grouped according to these predictive characteristics and each segment assigned a PD and LGD.

 

The table below shows the current alignment between Westpac’s CRGs and the corresponding external rating. Note that only high-level CRG groupings are shown.

 

 

Financial Statement Disclosure

Westpac CRG

Moody’s Rating

S&P Rating

Strong

A

Aaa – Aa3

AAA – AA–

 

B

A1 – A3

A+ – A–

 

C

Baa1 – Baa3

BBB+ – BBB–

Good/satisfactory

D

Ba1 – B1

BB+ – B+

 

 

Financial Statement Disclosure

Westpac CRG

Definitions

Weak

E

Watchlist

 

F

Special Mention

Weak/default/non-performing

G – H

Substandard/Default

 

 

Control mechanisms for the credit risk rating system

 

Westpac’s credit risk rating system is reviewed annually to confirm that the rating criteria and procedures are appropriate given the current portfolio and external conditions. The BRCC and RISKCO monitor the risk profile, performance and management of Westpac’s credit portfolio and development and review of key credit risk policies. All models materially impacting the risk rating process are periodically reviewed in accordance with Westpac’s model risk policies. Specific credit risk estimates (including PD, LGD and exposure at default (EAD) levels) are overseen, reviewed annually and approved by the Credit Risk Estimates Committee (a subcommittee of RISKCO).

 

 

 

 

210

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 27. Financial risk (continued)

 

27.2.4 Credit risk mitigation, collateral and other credit enhancements

 

Westpac uses a variety of techniques to reduce the credit risk arising from its lending activities. Enforceable legal documentation establishes Westpac’s direct, irrevocable and unconditional recourse to any collateral, security or other credit enhancements provided.

 

The table below describes the nature of collateral held for financial asset classes:

 

Cash and other balances held with central banks, including regulatory deposits

 

These exposures are generally considered to be low risk due to the nature of the counterparties. Collateral is generally not sought on these balances.

 

 

 

Receivables due from other financial institutions

 

These exposures are mainly to relatively low risk banks (Rated A+, AA– or better). Collateral is generally not sought on these balances.

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

Master netting agreements are typically used to enable the effects of derivative assets and liabilities with the same counterparty to be offset when measuring these exposures. Additionally, collateralisation agreements are also typically entered into with major institutional counterparties to avoid the potential build up of excessive mark-to-market positions. Derivative transactions are increasingly being performed through clearing houses.

 

 

 

Trading securities and other financial assets designated at fair value

 

These exposures are carried at fair value which reflects the credit risk. No collateral is sought directly from the issuer or counterparty; however this may be implicit in the terms of the instrument (such as an asset-backed security). The terms of debt securities may include collateralisation.

 

 

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

Collateral is not sought directly with respect to these exposures; however collateralisation may be implicit in the structure of the asset.

 

 

 

Loans – housing and personal1

 

Housing loans are secured by a mortgage over property, and additional security may take the form of guarantees and deposits. Personal lending (including credit cards and overdrafts) is predominantly unsecured. Where security is taken, it is restricted to eligible motor vehicles.

 

 

 

Loans – business1

 

Loans – business may be secured, partially secured or unsecured. Security is typically taken by way of a mortgage over property and/or a general security agreement over business assets, or other assets. Other forms of credit protection may also be sought or taken out if warranted.

 

 

 

Life insurance assets

 

These assets are carried at fair value, which reflects the credit risk. Collateral is typically not held other than for investments in Australian mortgages where recourse to a charge over the underlying properties is held.

 

 

 

Due from subsidiaries

 

These exposures are generally considered to be low risk due to the nature of the counterparties. Collateral is generally not sought on these balances.

 

 

 

 

1      This includes collateral held in relation to associated credit commitments.

 

Risk reduction

 

Westpac recognises the following as eligible collateral for credit risk mitigation:

 

§         cash, primarily in Australian dollars (AUD), New Zealand dollars (NZD), US dollars (USD), Canadian dollars (CAD), British pounds (GBP) or European Union euro (EUR);

 

§         bonds issued by Australian Commonwealth, State and Territory governments or their Public Sector Enterprises, provided these attract a zero risk-weighting under Australian Prudential Standard (APS) 112;

 

§         securities issued by other specified AA– / Aa3 or better rated sovereign governments; and

 

§         credit-linked notes (provided the proceeds are invested in cash or other eligible collateral described above).

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

211

 

 



 

 

Note 27. Financial risk (continued)

 

Risk transfer

 

For mitigation by way of risk transfer, Westpac only recognises unconditional irrevocable guarantees or standby letters of credit issued by, or eligible credit derivative protection bought from, the following entities provided they are not related to the underlying obligor:

 

§         sovereign entities;

 

§         public sector entities in Australia and New Zealand;

 

§         ADIs and overseas banks; and

 

§         other entities with a minimum risk grade equivalent of A3 / A–.

 

Management of risk mitigation

 

Westpac facilitates the management of these risks through controls covering:

 

§         collateral valuation and management;

 

§         credit portfolio management; and

 

§        netting.

 

Collateral valuation and management

 

Westpac revalues collateral related to financial markets positions on a daily basis to monitor the net risk position, and has formal processes in place so that calls for collateral top-up or exposure reduction are made promptly. An independent operational unit has responsibility for monitoring these positions. The collaterisation arrangements are documented via the Credit Support Annex of the International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) dealing agreements.

 

Credit Portfolio Management

 

Credit Portfolio Management (CPM) is a division that manages the overall risk in Westpac’s corporate, sovereign and bank credit portfolios. CPM includes a dedicated portfolio trading desk with the specific mandate of actively monitoring the underlying exposure and any offsetting hedge positions. Specific reporting is maintained and monitored on the matching of hedges with underlying facilities, with any adjustments to hedges (including unwinds or extensions) managed dynamically. CPM purchases credit protection from entities meeting our acceptability criteria as described under the Risk reduction and Risk transfer sections above. CPM also sells protection to diversify risk.

 

Netting

 

Risk reduction by way of current account set-off is recognised for exposures to creditworthy customers domiciled in Australia and New Zealand only. Customers are required to enter into formal agreements giving Westpac the unfettered right to set-off gross credit and debit balances in their nominated accounts to determine Westpac’s net exposure within each of these two jurisdictions. Cross-border set-offs are not permitted.

 

Close-out netting is undertaken for off balance sheet financial market transactions with counterparties with whom Westpac has entered into a single bilateral master netting agreement which allows such netting in specified jurisdictions, and is supported by a written and reasoned legal opinion on the enforceability of that agreement. Close-out netting effectively aggregates pre-settlement risk exposure at time of default, thus reducing overall exposure.

 

27.2.5 Credit risk concentrations

 

A concentration of credit risk exists when a number of counterparties are engaged in similar activities and have similar economic characteristics that would cause their ability to meet contractual obligations to be similarly affected by changes in economic or other conditions.

 

Westpac monitors its credit portfolio to manage risk concentrations. Exposures are actively managed from a portfolio perspective, with risk mitigation techniques used to rebalance the portfolio.

 

Individual customers or groups of related customers

 

Westpac has large exposure limits governing the aggregate size of credit exposure normally acceptable to individual customers and groups of related customers. These limits are tiered by customer risk grade.

 

Specific industries

 

Exposures to businesses, governments and other financial institutions are classified into a number of industry clusters based on groupings of related Australian and New Zealand Standard Industrial Classification (ANZSIC) codes and are monitored against industry risk appetite limits. The level of industry risk is measured on a dynamic basis.

 

Individual countries

 

Westpac has limits governing risks related to individual countries, such as political situations, government policies, economic conditions or other country-specific events, that may adversely affect either a customer’s ability to purchase or transfer currency to meet its obligations to Westpac, or Westpac’s ability to realise its assets in a particular country. Such risks include, but are not limited to, exchange control events, nationalisation, war, disaster, economic meltdown or government failure.

 

 

 

 

212

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 27. Financial risk (continued)

 

The table below sets out the maximum exposure to credit risk (excluding any collateral received) and the credit risk concentrations to which the Group and the Parent Entity are exposed. The total will not reconcile to the Group or Parent Entity’s total assets on the balance sheet as cash, non-financial assets and other financial assets have been excluded from the table below. Investments in subsidiaries and amounts due from subsidiaries have also been excluded from the Parent Entity’s disclosure.

 

 

 

Consolidated 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trading
Securities and
Other Financial
Assets
Designated at
Fair Value

Available-
For-
Sale
Securities

Loans -
Housing and
Personal

Loans -
Business

Derivatives1

Life
Insurance
Assets

Total (On
Balance
Sheet)

Credit
Commit-
ments

 

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

-

-

185

7,262

11

69

7,527

1,081

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

-

-

124

7,100

19

-

7,243

1,699

Construction

3

-

474

5,942

31

31

6,481

3,648

Finance and insurance

10,824

11,746

2,295

12,349

33,883

7,143

78,240

11,838

Government, administration and defence

24,126

19,492

4

780

371

-

44,773

1,366

Manufacturing

73

-

189

9,080

484

1,185

11,011

7,114

Mining

81

-

39

3,254

168

599

4,141

2,948

Property, property services and business services

54

2

4,178

50,972

477

703

56,386

17,149

Services2

187

9

841

10,033

131

403

11,604

6,162

Trade3

114

-

562

15,054

223

206

16,159

8,241

Transport and storage

47

191

91

9,239

544

63

10,175

4,824

Utilities4

427

125

36

3,236

867

389

5,080

3,744

Retail lending

140

-

365,334

488

43

-

366,005

75,427

Other

-

8

-

2,114

115

6

2,243

1,077

Total Australia

36,076

31,573

374,352

136,903

37,367

10,797

627,068

146,318

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

-

-

275

160

-

1

436

80

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

2

-

474

5,999

27

2

6,504

685

Construction

-

-

702

362

2

1

1,067

452

Finance and insurance

1,659

555

715

1,159

3,059

137

7,284

1,754

Government, administration and defence

1,392

2,100

5

349

147

53

4,046

916

Manufacturing

4

-

357

1,848

55

4

2,268

1,611

Mining

-

-

18

484

-

1

503

60

Property, property services and business services

3

-

6,034

5,984

163

-

12,184

2,340

Services2

8

-

1,075

998

4

2

2,087

799

Trade3

-

-

1,001

1,878

10

-

2,889

1,363

Transport and storage

12

-

173

868

26

-

1,079

415

Utilities4

60

39

59

1,004

241

9

1,412

1,473

Retail lending

-

-

26,300

51

-

-

26,351

6,982

Other

1

37

3

135

1

-

177

248

Total New Zealand

3,141

2,731

37,191

21,279

3,735

210

68,287

19,178

 

1      Derivatives give rise to credit risk where there is a positive current fair value. Credit derivatives also expose the writer of the contract to the risk of default of the referenced entity. See Note 29 for further details regarding credit derivative exposures.

2      Services includes education, health and community services, cultural and recreational services and personal and other services.

3      Trade includes wholesale trade and retail trade.

4      Utilities includes electricity, gas and water and communication services.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

213

 

 



 

 

Note 27. Financial risk (continued)

 

 

Consolidated 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trading
Securities and
Other Financial
Assets
Designated at
Fair Value

Available-
For-
Sale
Securities

Loans -
Housing and
Personal

Loans -
Business

Derivatives1

Life
Insurance
Assets

Total (On
Balance
Sheet)

Credit
Commit-
ments

 

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Other overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

-

-

3

124

-

-

127

32

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

-

-

1

464

-

-

465

179

Construction

-

-

8

112

-

-

120

157

Finance and insurance

2,188

717

1

2,005

285

-

5,196

2,437

Government, administration and defence

4,418

986

1

34

4

-

5,443

51

Manufacturing

31

-

3

1,818

11

-

1,863

4,264

Mining

43

-

-

4,083

2

-

4,128

1,188

Property, property services and business services

-

-

58

372

-

-

430

368

Services2

-

-

6

407

-

-

413

21

Trade3

-

-

8

1,730

-

-

1,738

1,455

Transport and storage

-

-

4

685

-

-

689

187

Utilities4

12

17

-

701

-

-

730

203

Retail lending

-

-

1,052

59

-

-

1,111

38

Other

-

-

12

40

-

-

52

76

Total other overseas

6,692

1,720

1,157

12,634

302

-

22,505

10,656

Other risk concentrations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts due from financial institutions

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,424

 

Regulatory deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,528

 

Total gross credit risk

45,909

36,024

412,700

170,816

41,404

11,007

726,812

176,152

 

1      Derivatives give rise to credit risk where there is a positive current fair value. Credit derivatives also expose the writer of the contract to the risk of default of the referenced entity. See Note 29 for further details regarding credit derivative exposures.

2      Services includes education, health and community services, cultural and recreational services and personal and other services.

3      Trade includes wholesale trade and retail trade.

4      Utilities includes electricity, gas and water and communication services.

 

 

 

 

214

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 27. Financial risk (continued)

 

 

Consolidated 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trading
Securities and
Other Financial
Assets
Designated at
Fair Value

Available-
For-
Sale
Securities

Loans -
Housing and
Personal

Loans -
Business

Derivatives1

Life
Insurance
Assets
2

Total (On
Balance
Sheet)

Credit
Commit-
ments

 

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

-

-

157

6,951

19

38

7,165

1,218

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

-

-

115

7,189

29

-

7,333

1,615

Construction

-

-

442

5,607

26

-

6,075

3,980

Finance and insurance

15,043

8,725

1,944

11,315

21,568

10,771

69,366

16,151

Government, administration and defence

20,513

17,464

3

878

192

-

39,050

1,483

Manufacturing

51

-

198

9,217

423

159

10,048

8,005

Mining

34

-

39

2,300

232

513

3,118

3,006

Property, property services and business services

49

3

3,358

45,672

489

585

50,156

13,698

Services3

327

9

777

8,938

121

283

10,455

5,291

Trade4

53

-

524

14,095

255

361

15,288

7,078

Transport and storage

46

188

94

8,774

593

46

9,741

3,186

Utilities5

304

123

34

2,968

891

179

4,499

2,979

Retail lending

106

-

340,139

-

33

-

340,278

70,435

Other

-

-

-

2,416

88

3

2,507

288

Total Australia

36,526

26,512

347,824

126,320

24,959

12,938

575,079

138,413

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

-

-

307

148

-

1

456

78

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

16

1

528

5,602

30

4

6,181

635

Construction

-

-

784

411

1

1

1,197

364

Finance and insurance

2,624

590

681

1,033

2,564

162

7,654

1,496

Government, administration and defence

1,169

1,863

6

602

119

28

3,787

917

Manufacturing

-

-

405

1,661

48

4

2,118

1,369

Mining

-

-

23

455

2

-

480

145

Property, property services and business services

7

-

5,225

5,638

122

-

10,992

1,936

Services3

-

-

1,261

1,218

23

4

2,506

868

Trade4

1

-

1,118

1,706

17

-

2,842

1,162

Transport and storage

37

-

203

885

35

-

1,160

501

Utilities5

39

-

74

1,103

299

7

1,522

1,324

Retail lending

-

-

24,417

46

-

-

24,463

6,376

Other

-

-

1

44

-

-

45

257

Total New Zealand

3,893

2,454

35,033

20,552

3,260

211

65,403

17,428

 

1      Derivatives give rise to credit risk where there is a positive current fair value. Credit derivatives also expose the writer of the contract to the risk of default of the referenced entity. See Note 29 for further details regarding credit derivative exposures.

2      Comparative information has been revised to conform to presentation with the current year.

3      Services includes education, health and community services, cultural and recreational services and personal and other services.

4      Trade includes wholesale trade and retail trade.

5      Utilities includes electricity, gas and water and communication services.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

215

 

 



 

 

Note 27. Financial risk (continued)

 

 

 

Consolidated 2013

 

 

 

Trading
Securities and
Other Financial
Assets
Designated at
Fair Value

 

Available-
For-Sale
Securities

 

Loans -
Housing and
Personal

 

Loans -
Business

 

Derivatives1

 

Life
Insurance
Assets
2

 

Total (On
Balance
Sheet)

 

Credit
Commit-
ments

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Other overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

 

-

 

-

 

6

 

124

 

-

 

-

 

130

 

34

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

-

 

-

 

1

 

375

 

-

 

-

 

376

 

164

 

Construction

 

-

 

-

 

6

 

166

 

-

 

-

 

172

 

112

 

Finance and insurance

 

3,857

 

428

 

1

 

1,245

 

128

 

-

 

5,659

 

1,297

 

Government, administration and defence

 

4,813

 

608

 

1

 

30

 

9

 

-

 

5,461

 

3

 

Manufacturing

 

-

 

-

 

4

 

1,249

 

-

 

-

 

1,253

 

3,512

 

Mining

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

2,443

 

-

 

-

 

2,443

 

1,817

 

Property, property services and business services

 

-

 

-

 

52

 

310

 

-

 

-

 

362

 

217

 

Services3

 

-

 

-

 

4

 

168

 

-

 

-

 

172

 

20

 

Trade4

 

-

 

-

 

10

 

2,180

 

-

 

-

 

2,190

 

1,544

 

Transport and storage

 

-

 

-

 

4

 

436

 

-

 

-

 

440

 

160

 

Utilities5

 

-

 

9

 

-

 

299

 

-

 

-

 

308

 

170

 

Retail lending

 

-

 

-

 

848

 

52

 

-

 

-

 

900

 

127

 

Other

 

-

 

-

 

9

 

54

 

-

 

-

 

63

 

-

 

Total other overseas

 

8,670

 

1,045

 

946

 

9,131

 

137

 

-

 

19,929

 

9,177

 

Other risk concentrations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts due from financial institutions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,210

 

 

 

Regulatory deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,571

 

 

 

Total gross credit risk

 

49,089

 

30,011

 

383,803

 

156,003

 

28,356

 

13,149

 

673,192

 

165,018

 

 

1                Derivatives give rise to credit risk where there is a positive current fair value. Credit derivatives also expose the writer of the contract to the risk of default of the referenced entity. See Note 29 for further details regarding credit derivative exposures.

 

2                Comparative information has been revised to conform to presentation with the current year.

 

3                Services includes education, health and community services, cultural and recreational services and personal and other services.

 

4                Trade includes wholesale trade and retail trade.

 

5                Utilities includes electricity, gas and water and communication services.

 

 

 

 

216

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 27. Financial risk (continued)

 

 

 

Parent Entity 2014

 

 

 

Trading
Securities and
Other Financial
Assets
Designated at
Fair Value

 

Available-
For-Sale
Securities

 

Loans -
Housing and
Personal

 

Loans -
Business

 

Derivatives1

 

Life
Insurance
Assets

 

Total (On
Balance
Sheet)

 

Credit
Commit-
ments

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

 

-

 

-

 

185

 

6,855

 

11

 

-

 

7,051

 

1,080

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

-

 

-

 

124

 

6,586

 

19

 

-

 

6,729

 

1,699

 

Construction

 

3

 

-

 

474

 

4,966

 

31

 

-

 

5,474

 

3,647

 

Finance and insurance

 

10,373

 

11,736

 

2,295

 

12,054

 

33,879

 

-

 

70,337

 

11,838

 

Government, administration and defence

 

24,119

 

19,491

 

4

 

708

 

371

 

-

 

44,693

 

1,366

 

Manufacturing

 

73

 

-

 

189

 

8,595

 

484

 

-

 

9,341

 

7,114

 

Mining

 

65

 

-

 

40

 

3,113

 

168

 

-

 

3,386

 

2,947

 

Property, property services and business services

 

54

 

2

 

4,177

 

48,605

 

477

 

-

 

53,315

 

17,144

 

Services2

 

187

 

9

 

841

 

9,137

 

130

 

-

 

10,304

 

6,156

 

Trade3

 

114

 

-

 

562

 

14,004

 

223

 

-

 

14,903

 

8,095

 

Transport and storage

 

23

 

15

 

91

 

8,553

 

544

 

-

 

9,226

 

4,819

 

Utilities4

 

427

 

-

 

37

 

3,199

 

867

 

-

 

4,530

 

3,744

 

Retail Lending

 

140

 

-

 

358,167

 

462

 

43

 

-

 

358,812

 

75,427

 

Other

 

-

 

8

 

-

 

1,404

 

115

 

-

 

1,527

 

1,071

 

Total Australia

 

35,578

 

31,261

 

367,186

 

128,241

 

37,362

 

-

 

599,628

 

146,147

 

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

2

 

-

 

-

 

6

 

27

 

-

 

35

 

14

 

Construction

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

4

 

2

 

-

 

6

 

11

 

Finance and insurance

 

873

 

-

 

-

 

1

 

2,992

 

-

 

3,866

 

74

 

Government, administration and defence

 

1,129

 

-

 

-

 

4

 

147

 

-

 

1,280

 

113

 

Manufacturing

 

4

 

-

 

-

 

81

 

55

 

-

 

140

 

120

 

Mining

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Property, property services and business services

 

3

 

-

 

-

 

4

 

163

 

-

 

170

 

30

 

Services2

 

8

 

-

 

-

 

5

 

4

 

-

 

17

 

5

 

Trade3

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

196

 

10

 

-

 

206

 

231

 

Transport and storage

 

12

 

-

 

-

 

4

 

26

 

-

 

42

 

43

 

Utilities4

 

22

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

241

 

-

 

263

 

226

 

Retail lending

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

13

 

Other

 

1

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

1

 

-

 

2

 

1

 

Total New Zealand

 

2,054

 

-

 

-

 

305

 

3,668

 

-

 

6,027

 

881

 

 

1                Derivatives give rise to credit risk where there is a positive current fair value. Credit derivatives also expose the writer of the contract to the risk of default of the referenced entity. See Note 29 for further details regarding credit derivative exposures.

 

2                Services includes education, health and community services, cultural and recreational services and personal and other services.

 

3                Trade includes wholesale trade and retail trade.

 

4                Utilities includes electricity, gas and water and communication services.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

217

 

 



 

 

Note 27. Financial risk (continued)

 

 

 

Parent Entity 2014

 

 

 

Trading
Securities and
Other Financial
Assets
Designated at
Fair Value

 

Available-
For-Sale
Securities

 

Loans -
Housing and
Personal

 

Loans -
Business

 

Derivatives1

 

Life
Insurance
Assets

 

Total (On
Balance
Sheet)

 

Credit
Commit-
ments

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Other overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

 

-

 

-

 

3

 

92

 

-

 

-

 

95

 

32

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

-

 

-

 

1

 

461

 

-

 

-

 

462

 

178

 

Construction

 

-

 

-

 

5

 

84

 

-

 

-

 

89

 

150

 

Finance and insurance

 

2,188

 

377

 

1

 

1,970

 

271

 

-

 

4,807

 

2,436

 

Government, administration and defence

 

4,418

 

371

 

-

 

34

 

4

 

-

 

4,827

 

51

 

Manufacturing

 

31

 

-

 

2

 

1,752

 

-

 

-

 

1,785

 

4,147

 

Mining

 

43

 

-

 

-

 

4,076

 

2

 

-

 

4,121

 

1,173

 

Property, property services and business services

 

-

 

-

 

25

 

178

 

-

 

-

 

203

 

349

 

Services2

 

-

 

-

 

3

 

373

 

-

 

-

 

376

 

20

 

Trade3

 

-

 

-

 

5

 

1,602

 

-

 

-

 

1,607

 

1,325

 

Transport and storage

 

-

 

-

 

3

 

509

 

-

 

-

 

512

 

166

 

Utilities4

 

12

 

-

 

-

 

665

 

-

 

-

 

677

 

202

 

Retail lending

 

-

 

-

 

543

 

28

 

-

 

-

 

571

 

30

 

Other

 

-

 

-

 

9

 

37

 

-

 

-

 

46

 

3

 

Total other overseas

 

6,692

 

748

 

600

 

11,861

 

277

 

-

 

20,178

 

10,262

 

Other risk concentrations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts due from financial institutions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,483

 

 

 

Regulatory deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,389

 

 

 

Total gross credit risk

 

44,324

 

32,009

 

367,786

 

140,407

 

41,307

 

-

 

632,705

 

157,290

 

 

1                Derivatives give rise to credit risk where there is a positive current fair value. Credit derivatives also expose the writer of the contract to the risk of default of the referenced entity. See Note 29 for further details regarding credit derivative exposures.

 

2                Services includes education, health and community services, cultural and recreational services and personal and other services.

 

3                Trade includes wholesale trade and retail trade.

 

4                Utilities includes electricity, gas and water and communication services.

 

 

 

 

218

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 27. Financial risk (continued)

 

 

 

Parent Entity 2013

 

 

 

Trading
Securities and
Other Financial
Assets
Designated at
Fair Value

 

Available-
For-Sale
Securities

 

Loans -
Housing and
Personal

 

Loans -
Business

 

Derivatives1

 

Life
Insurance
Assets

 

Total (On
Balance
Sheet)

 

Credit
Commit-
ments

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

 

-

 

-

 

155

 

6,857

 

19

 

-

 

7,031

 

1,218

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

-

 

-

 

114

 

7,007

 

29

 

-

 

7,150

 

1,615

 

Construction

 

-

 

-

 

437

 

4,877

 

26

 

-

 

5,340

 

3,978

 

Finance and insurance

 

14,451

 

8,713

 

1,924

 

11,088

 

21,623

 

-

 

57,799

 

16,151

 

Government, administration and defence

 

20,501

 

17,464

 

3

 

801

 

192

 

-

 

38,961

 

1,483

 

Manufacturing

 

51

 

-

 

196

 

8,920

 

423

 

-

 

9,590

 

8,005

 

Mining

 

4

 

-

 

38

 

2,175

 

232

 

-

 

2,449

 

3,005

 

Property, property services and business services

 

39

 

2

 

3,328

 

44,801

 

489

 

-

 

48,659

 

13,697

 

Services2

 

327

 

9

 

770

 

8,215

 

121

 

-

 

9,442

 

5,290

 

Trade3

 

53

 

-

 

519

 

13,601

 

255

 

-

 

14,428

 

7,056

 

Transport and storage

 

21

 

15

 

93

 

8,217

 

593

 

-

 

8,939

 

3,184

 

Utilities4

 

304

 

-

 

34

 

2,944

 

891

 

-

 

4,173

 

2,980

 

Retail Lending

 

106

 

-

 

336,253

 

-

 

33

 

-

 

336,392

 

70,434

 

Other

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

2,046

 

86

 

-

 

2,132

 

288

 

Total Australia

 

35,857

 

26,203

 

343,864

 

121,549

 

25,012

 

-

 

552,485

 

138,384

 

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

16

 

-

 

-

 

8

 

30

 

-

 

54

 

14

 

Construction

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

3

 

1

 

-

 

4

 

11

 

Finance and insurance

 

1,468

 

-

 

-

 

22

 

2,561

 

-

 

4,051

 

60

 

Government, administration and defence

 

924

 

-

 

-

 

73

 

119

 

-

 

1,116

 

118

 

Manufacturing

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

2

 

48

 

-

 

50

 

103

 

Mining

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

2

 

-

 

2

 

-

 

Property, property services and business services

 

7

 

-

 

-

 

3

 

122

 

-

 

132

 

23

 

Services2

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

186

 

23

 

-

 

209

 

11

 

Trade3

 

1

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

17

 

-

 

18

 

202

 

Transport and storage

 

37

 

-

 

-

 

11

 

35

 

-

 

83

 

39

 

Utilities4

 

39

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

299

 

-

 

338

 

253

 

Retail lending

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

1

 

Other

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

2

 

-

 

2

 

-

 

Total New Zealand

 

2,492

 

-

 

-

 

308

 

3,259

 

-

 

6,059

 

835

 

 

 

1                Derivatives give rise to credit risk where there is a positive current fair value. Credit derivatives also expose the writer of the contract to the risk of default of the referenced entity. See Note 29 for further details regarding credit derivative exposures.

 

2                Services includes education, health and community services, cultural and recreational services and personal and other services.

 

3                Trade includes wholesale trade and retail trade.

 

4                Utilities includes electricity, gas and water and communication services.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

219

 

 



 

 

Note 27. Financial risk (continued)

 

 

 

Parent Entity 2013

 

 

 

Trading
Securities and
Other Financial
Assets
Designated at
Fair Value

 

Available-
For-Sale
Securities

 

Loans -
Housing and
Personal

 

Loans -
Business

 

Derivatives1

 

Life
Insurance
Assets

 

Total (On
Balance
Sheet)

 

Credit
Commit-
ments

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Other overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

 

-

 

-

 

6

 

99

 

-

 

-

 

105

 

33

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

-

 

-

 

1

 

370

 

-

 

-

 

371

 

162

 

Construction

 

-

 

-

 

3

 

146

 

-

 

-

 

149

 

108

 

Finance and insurance

 

3,857

 

186

 

1

 

1,241

 

125

 

-

 

5,410

 

1,297

 

Government, administration and defence

 

4,812

 

5

 

-

 

30

 

9

 

-

 

4,856

 

3

 

Manufacturing

 

-

 

-

 

3

 

1,184

 

-

 

-

 

1,187

 

3,366

 

Mining

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

2,427

 

-

 

-

 

2,427

 

1,803

 

Property, property services and business services

 

-

 

-

 

20

 

166

 

-

 

-

 

186

 

205

 

Services2

 

-

 

-

 

2

 

156

 

-

 

-

 

158

 

19

 

Trade3

 

-

 

-

 

5

 

2,028

 

-

 

-

 

2,033

 

1,493

 

Transport and storage

 

-

 

-

 

3

 

283

 

-

 

-

 

286

 

144

 

Utilities4

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

271

 

-

 

-

 

271

 

169

 

Retail lending

 

-

 

-

 

358

 

34

 

-

 

-

 

392

 

35

 

Other

 

-

 

-

 

8

 

47

 

-

 

-

 

55

 

-

 

Total other overseas

 

8,669

 

191

 

410

 

8,482

 

134

 

-

 

17,886

 

8,837

 

Other risk concentrations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts due from financial institutions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,317

 

 

 

Regulatory deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,463

 

 

 

Total gross credit risk

 

47,018

 

26,394

 

344,274

 

130,339

 

28,405

 

-

 

587,210

 

148,056

 

 

1                Derivatives give rise to credit risk where there is a positive current fair value. Credit derivatives also expose the writer of the contract to the risk of default of the referenced entity. See Note 29 for further details regarding credit derivative exposures.

 

2                Services includes education, health and community services, cultural and recreational services and personal and other services.

 

3                Trade includes wholesale trade and retail trade.

 

4                Utilities includes electricity, gas and water and communication services.

 

 

 

 

220

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 27. Financial risk (continued)

 

27.2.6 Credit quality of financial assets

 

The tables below segregate the financial assets of the Group and Parent Entity between financial assets that are neither past due nor impaired, past due but not impaired and impaired. Non-financial assets of the Group and Parent Entity are excluded from the tables below and therefore the total will not reconcile to total assets on the balance sheets.

 

An asset is considered to be past due when any payment under the contractual terms has been missed. The amount included as past due is the entire contractual balance, rather than the overdue portion. The breakdown in the tables below does not always align with the underlying basis by which credit risk is managed within Westpac.

 

Financial assets of the Group at 30 September can be disaggregated as follows:

 

 

Consolidated 2014

 

Neither Past

Past Due

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

Due Nor

But Not

 

 

 

Impairment

 

Carrying

 

Impaired

Impaired

Impaired

 

Total

Provision

 

Value

 

$m

$m

$m

 

$m

$m

 

$m

Cash and balances with central banks

25,760

-

-

 

25,760

-

 

25,760

Receivables due from other financial institutions

7,424

-

-

 

7,424

-

 

7,424

Trading securities and other financial assets designated at fair value

45,908

-

1

 

45,909

-

 

45,909

Derivative financial instruments

41,404

-

-

 

41,404

-

 

41,404

Available-for-sale securities

36,024

-

-

 

36,024

-

 

36,024

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans – housing and personal

397,583

14,649

468

 

412,700

(1,117

)

411,583

Loans – business

165,458

3,486

1,872

 

170,816

(2,056

)

168,760

Life insurance assets

11,002

5

-

 

11,007

-

 

11,007

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

1,528

-

-

 

1,528

-

 

1,528

Other financial assets

5,049

39

5

 

5,093

-

 

5,093

Total

737,140

18,179

2,346

 

757,665

(3,173

)

754,492

 

 

 

Consolidated 2013

 

Neither Past

Past Due

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

Due Nor

But Not

 

 

 

Impairment

 

Carrying

 

Impaired

Impaired

Impaired

 

Total

Provision

 

Value

 

$m

$m

$m

 

$m

$m

 

$m

Cash and balances with central banks

11,699

-

-

 

11,699

-

 

11,699

Receivables due from other financial institutions

11,210

-

-

 

11,210

-

 

11,210

Trading securities and other financial assets designated at fair value

49,087

-

2

 

49,089

-

 

49,089

Derivative financial instruments

28,356

-

-

 

28,356

-

 

28,356

Available-for-sale securities

30,010

-

1

 

30,011

-

 

30,011

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans – housing and personal

369,740

13,455

608

 

383,803

(1,101

)

382,702

Loans – business

149,272

3,739

2,992

 

156,003

(2,541

)

153,462

Life insurance assets

13,144

5

-

 

13,149

-

 

13,149

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

1,571

-

-

 

1,571

-

 

1,571

Other financial assets

3,697

44

9

 

3,750

-

 

3,750

Total

667,786

17,243

3,612

 

688,641

(3,642

)

684,999

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

221

 

 



 

 

Note 27. Financial risk (continued)

 

Financial assets of the Parent Entity at 30 September can be disaggregated as follows:

 

 

 

Parent Entity 2014

 

Neither Past

Past Due

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

Due Nor

But Not

 

 

 

Impairment

 

Carrying

 

Impaired

Impaired

Impaired

 

Total

Provision

 

Value

 

$m

$m

$m

 

$m

$m

 

$m

Cash and balances with central banks

23,400

-

-

 

23,400

-

 

23,400

Receivables due from other financial institutions

5,483

-

-

 

5,483

-

 

5,483

Trading securities and other financial assets designated at fair value

44,323

-

1

 

44,324

-

 

44,324

Derivative financial instruments

41,307

-

-

 

41,307

-

 

41,307

Available-for-sale securities

32,009

-

-

 

32,009

-

 

32,009

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans – housing and personal

354,597

12,809

380

 

367,786

(889

)

366,897

Loans – business

135,897

2,994

1,516

 

140,407

(1,700

)

138,707

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

1,389

-

-

 

1,389

-

 

1,389

Due from subsidiaries

140,098

-

-

 

140,098

-

 

140,098

Other financial assets

4,490

33

4

 

4,527

-

 

4,527

Total

782,993

15,836

1,901

 

800,730

(2,589

)

798,141

 

 

 

Parent Entity 2013

 

Neither Past

Past Due

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

Due Nor

But Not

 

 

 

Impairment

 

Carrying

 

Impaired

Impaired

Impaired

 

Total

Provision

 

Value

 

$m

$m

$m

 

$m

$m

 

$m

Cash and balances with central banks

9,509

-

-

 

9,509

-

 

9,509

Receivables due from other financial institutions

9,317

-

-

 

9,317

-

 

9,317

Trading securities and other financial assets designated at fair value

47,016

-

2

 

47,018

-

 

47,018

Derivative financial instruments

28,405

-

-

 

28,405

-

 

28,405

Available-for-sale securities

26,394

-

-

 

26,394

-

 

26,394

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans – housing and personal

332,173

11,649

452

 

344,274

(867

)

343,407

Loans – business

124,650

3,271

2,418

 

130,339

(2,089

)

128,250

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

1,463

-

-

 

1,463

-

 

1,463

Due from subsidiaries

119,038

-

-

 

119,038

-

 

119,038

Other financial assets

3,179

38

7

 

3,224

-

 

3,224

Total

701,144

14,958

2,879

 

718,981

(2,956

)

716,025

 

 

 

 

222

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 27. Financial risk (continued)

 

27.2.7 Financial assets that are neither past due nor impaired

 

The credit quality of financial assets of the Group that are neither past due nor impaired have been assessed by reference to the credit risk rating system adopted internally:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

2014

2013

 

Strong

Good/
Satisfactory

Weak

Total

Strong

Good/
Satisfactory

Weak

Total

 

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Cash and balances with central banks

25,760

-

-

25,760

11,699

-

-

11,699

Receivables due from other financial institutions

7,380

44

-

7,424

11,210

-

-

11,210

Trading securities and other financial assets designated at fair value

45,684

222

2

45,908

48,941

145

1

49,087

Derivative financial instruments

40,105

1,253

46

41,404

27,246

1,060

50

28,356

Available-for-sale securities

35,355

652

17

36,024

29,403

606

1

30,010

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans – housing and personal

312,648

83,672

1,263

397,583

288,940

79,425

1,375

369,740

Loans – business

74,323

86,438

4,697

165,458

63,197

80,703

5,372

149,272

Life insurance assets1

10,934

68

-

11,002

13,072

72

-

13,144

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

1,303

142

83

1,528

1,378

116

77

1,571

Other financial assets2

4,665

371

13

5,049

3,270

410

17

3,697

Total financial assets

558,157

172,862

6,121

737,140

498,356

162,537

6,893

667,786

 

1      Life insurance assets include $8,951 million (2013: $9,296 million) of unit linked investment contract assets and $170 million (2013: $183 million) of unrated investments in managed schemes and mortgages. The Group has no direct exposure to unit linked investments as the liability to policy holders is directly linked to the performance of these assets. The investments in managed schemes and mortgages are predominantly managed by the BT Financial Group.

 

2      Other financial assets includes accrued interest of $1,214 million (2013: $1,325 million) which is allocated to the relevant credit quality classifications in proportion to the loan balances to which it relates. Securities sold not yet delivered of $2,768 million (2013: $1,416 million) is also included in this balance which is allocated proportionately based on the trading securities balance classifications.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

223

 

 



 

 

Note 27. Financial risk (continued)

 

 

 

Parent Entity

 

2014

2013

 

Strong

Good/
Satisfactory

Weak

Total

Strong

Good/
Satisfactory

Weak

Total

 

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Cash and balances with central banks

23,400

-

-

23,400

9,509

-

-

9,509

Receivables due from other financial institutions

5,439

44

-

5,483

9,317

-

-

9,317

Trading securities and other financial assets designated at fair value

44,134

187

2

44,323

46,912

103

1

47,016

Derivative financial instruments

40,008

1,253

46

41,307

27,295

1,060

50

28,405

Available-for-sale securities

31,974

18

17

32,009

26,377

16

1

26,394

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans – housing and personal

298,686

54,892

1,019

354,597

278,576

52,498

1,099

332,173

Loans – business

66,898

65,217

3,782

135,897

55,752

64,569

4,329

124,650

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

1,300

6

83

1,389

1,379

7

77

1,463

Due from subsidiaries

140,098

-

-

140,098

119,038

-

-

119,038

Other financial assets1

4,225

255

10

4,490

2,868

297

14

3,179

Total financial assets

656,162

121,872

4,959

782,993

577,023

118,550

5,571

701,144

 

1   Other financial assets includes accrued interest of $1,029 million (2013: $1,159 million) which is allocated to the relevant credit quality classifications in proportionate to the loan balances to which it relates. Securities sold not yet delivered of $2,765 million (2013: $1,383 million) is also included in this balance which is allocated proportionately based on the trading securities balance classifications.

 

The following analysis shows our assessment of the coverage provided by collateral held in support of financial assets that are neither past due nor impaired. The estimated realisable value of collateral held is based on a combination of:

 

§    formal valuations currently held in respect of such collateral; and

 

§    management’s assessment of the estimated realisable value of all collateral held given its experience with similar types of assets in similar situations and the circumstances peculiar to the subject collateral.

 

This analysis also takes into consideration any other relevant knowledge available to management at the time. It is our practice to obtain updated valuations when either management considers that it cannot satisfactorily estimate a realisable value or when it is determined to be necessary to move to a forced sale of the collateral.

 

In the table below, a financial asset that is neither past due nor impaired is deemed to be ‘fully secured’ where the ratio of the asset amount to our current estimated net present value of the realisable collateral is less than or equal to 100%. Such assets are deemed to be ‘partially secured’ when this ratio exceeds 100% but not more than 150%, and ‘unsecured’ when either no security is held (e.g. can include credit cards, personal loans, and exposure to highly rated corporate entities) or where the secured loan to estimated recoverable value exceeds 150%.

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

Loans –

 

 

 

 

 

Loans –

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Housing and

 

Loans –

 

 

 

Housing and

 

Loans –

 

 

 

 

 

Personal

 

Business

 

Total

 

Personal

 

Business

 

Total

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

Fully secured

 

95.5

 

52.3

 

82.8

 

95.8

 

54.3

 

83.8

 

Partially secured

 

1.8

 

24.5

 

8.5

 

1.3

 

24.3

 

7.9

 

Unsecured

 

2.7

 

23.2

 

8.7

 

2.9

 

21.4

 

8.3

 

Total

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

 

 

 

 

224

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 27. Financial risk (continued)

 

 

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

Loans –

 

 

 

 

 

Loans –

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Housing and

 

Loans –

 

 

 

Housing and

 

Loans –

 

 

 

 

 

Personal

 

Business

 

Total

 

Personal

 

Business

 

Total

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

Fully secured

 

97.3

 

52.5

 

84.9

 

97.3

 

54.0

 

85.5

 

Partially secured

 

0.4

 

23.5

 

6.8

 

0.4

 

25.2

 

7.2

 

Unsecured

 

2.3

 

24.0

 

8.3

 

2.3

 

20.8

 

7.3

 

Total

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

 

27.2.8 Financial assets that are past due, but not impaired

An age analysis of financial assets that are past due, but not impaired is set out in the table below. For the purposes of this analysis an asset is considered to be past due when any payment under the contractual terms has been missed. The amount included is the entire contractual amount, rather than the overdue amount.

 

The Group expends considerable effort in monitoring overdue assets. Assets may be overdue for a number of reasons, including late payments or incomplete documentation. Late payment may be influenced by factors such as the holiday periods and the timing of weekends.

 

Financial assets that were past due, but not impaired can be disaggregated based on days overdue at 30 September as follows:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

1–5 days

 

6–89 days

 

90+ days

 

Total

 

1–5 days

 

6–89 days

 

90+ days

 

Total

 

 

 

 $m 

 

 $m 

 

 $m 

 

$m

 

 $m 

 

 $m 

 

 $m 

 

 $m

 

Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans – housing and personal

 

4,253

 

8,872

 

1,524

 

14,649

 

3,919

 

8,028

 

1,508

 

13,455

 

Loans – business

 

780

 

2,274

 

432

 

3,486

 

760

 

2,289

 

690

 

3,739

 

Life insurance assets

 

-

 

5

 

-

 

5

 

-

 

5

 

-

 

5

 

Other financial assets

 

11

 

24

 

4

 

39

 

12

 

26

 

6

 

44

 

Total

 

5,044

 

11,175

 

1,960

 

18,179

 

4,691

 

10,348

 

2,204

 

17,243

 

 

 

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

1–5 days

 

6–89 days

 

90+ days

 

Total

 

1–5 days

 

6–89 days

 

90+ days

 

Total

 

 

 

 $m 

 

 $m 

 

 $m 

 

$m

 

 $m 

 

 $m 

 

 $m 

 

 $m

 

Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans – housing and personal

 

3,797

 

7,557

 

1,455

 

12,809

 

3,403

 

6,811

 

1,435

 

11,649

 

Loans – business

 

570

 

2,052

 

372

 

2,994

 

605

 

2,071

 

595

 

3,271

 

Other financial assets

 

9

 

20

 

4

 

33

 

10

 

23

 

5

 

38

 

Total

 

4,376

 

9,629

 

1,831

 

15,836

 

4,018

 

8,905

 

2,035

 

14,958

 

 

The following analysis shows our assessment of the coverage provided by collateral held in support of financial assets that are past due but not impaired. The estimated realisable value of collateral held is based on a combination of:

 

§    formal valuations currently held in respect of such collateral; and

 

§    management’s assessment of the estimated realisable value of all collateral held given its experience with similar types of assets in similar situations and the circumstances peculiar to the subject collateral.

 

This analysis also takes into consideration any other relevant knowledge available to management at the time. It is our practice to obtain updated valuations when either management considers that it cannot satisfactorily estimate a realisable value or when it is determined to be necessary to move to a forced sale of the collateral.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

225

 

 



 

 

Note 27. Financial risk (continued)

 

In the table below, a financial asset that is past due but not impaired is deemed to be ‘fully secured’ where the ratio of the asset amount to our current estimated net present value of the realisable collateral is less than or equal to 100%. Such assets are deemed to be ‘partially secured’ when this ratio exceeds 100% but not more than 150%, and ‘unsecured’ when either no security is held (e.g. can include credit cards, personal loans, and exposure to highly rated corporate entities) or where the secured loan to estimated recoverable value exceeds 150%.

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

Loans –

 

 

 

 

 

Loans –

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Housing and

 

Loans –

 

 

 

Housing and

 

Loans –

 

 

 

 

 

Personal

 

Business

 

Total

 

Personal

 

Business

 

Total

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

Fully secured

 

91.2

 

52.1

 

83.8

 

90.7

 

51.2

 

82.1

 

Partially secured

 

3.1

 

27.2

 

7.7

 

2.3

 

25.7

 

7.4

 

Unsecured

 

5.7

 

20.7

 

8.5

 

7.0

 

23.1

 

10.5

 

Total

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

 

 

 

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

Loans –

 

 

 

 

 

Loans –

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Housing and

 

Loans –

 

 

 

Housing and

 

Loans –

 

 

 

 

 

Personal

 

Business

 

Total

 

Personal

 

Business

 

Total

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

Fully secured

 

95.3

 

51.0

 

87.0

 

94.9

 

48.2

 

84.7

 

Partially secured

 

0.7

 

27.8

 

5.8

 

0.9

 

27.7

 

6.8

 

Unsecured

 

4.0

 

21.2

 

7.2

 

4.2

 

24.1

 

8.5

 

Total

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

 

27.2.9 Items 90 days past due, or otherwise in default, but well secured and not impaired

 

These include financial assets that are:

 

§         currently 90 days or more past due but well secured;

 

§         assets that were, but are no longer 90 days past due however are yet to satisfactorily demonstrate sustained improvement to allow reclassification; and

 

§         other assets in default, but well secured and not impaired, such as where an order for bankruptcy or similar legal action has been instituted in respect of credit obligations (e.g. appointment of an Administrator or Receiver).

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

Australia

 

New Zealand

 

Other Overseas

 

Total

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Gross amount

 

2,134

 

2,329

 

2,528

 

85

 

136

 

121

 

22

 

22

 

37

 

2,241

 

2,487

 

2,686

 

 

 

 

 

226

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 27. Financial risk (continued)

 

27.2.10 Impaired loans

 

Financial assets assessed as impaired

 

The gross amount of impaired loans, along with the provision for impairment, by class of asset at 30 September, is summarised in the tables below:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

Loans –

 

 

 

 

 

Loans –

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Housing and

 

Loans –

 

 

 

Housing and

 

Loans –

 

 

 

 

 

Personal

 

Business

 

Total

 

Personal

 

Business

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Individually impaired

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross amount

 

202

 

1,785

 

1,987

 

266

 

2,887

 

3,153

 

Impairment provision

 

(96

)

(771

)

(867

)

(124

)

(1,240

)

(1,364

)

Carrying amount

 

106

 

1,014

 

1,120

 

142

 

1,647

 

1,789

 

Collectively impaired

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross amount

 

266

 

87

 

353

 

342

 

105

 

447

 

Impairment provision

 

(150

)

(30

)

(180

)

(156

)

(34

)

(190

)

Carrying amount

 

116

 

57

 

173

 

186

 

71

 

257

 

Total gross amount

 

468

 

1,872

 

2,340

 

608

 

2,992

 

3,600

 

Total impairment provision

 

(246

)

(801

)

(1,047

)

(280

)

(1,274

)

(1,554

)

Total carrying amount

 

222

 

1,071

 

1,293

 

328

 

1,718

 

2,046

 

 

 

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

Loans –

 

 

 

 

 

Loans –

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Housing and

 

Loans –

 

 

 

Housing and

 

Loans –

 

 

 

 

 

Personal

 

Business

 

Total

 

Personal

 

Business

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Individually impaired

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross amount

 

153

 

1,430

 

1,583

 

173

 

2,324

 

2,497

 

Impairment provision

 

(72

)

(647

)

(719

)

(87

)

(1,036

)

(1,123

)

Carrying amount

 

81

 

783

 

864

 

86

 

1,288

 

1,374

 

Collectively impaired

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross amount

 

227

 

86

 

313

 

279

 

94

 

373

 

Impairment provision

 

(127

)

(24

)

(151

)

(127

)

(29

)

(156

)

Carrying amount

 

100

 

62

 

162

 

152

 

65

 

217

 

Total gross amount

 

380

 

1,516

 

1,896

 

452

 

2,418

 

2,870

 

Total impairment provision

 

(199

)

(671

)

(870

)

(214

)

(1,065

)

(1,279

)

Total carrying amount

 

181

 

845

 

1,026

 

238

 

1,353

 

1,591

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

227

 

 



 

 

Note 27. Financial risk (continued)

 

The following analysis shows our assessment of the coverage provided by collateral held in support of impaired financial assets. The estimated realisable value of collateral held is based on a combination of:

 

§         formal valuations currently held in respect of such collateral; and

 

§         management’s assessment of the estimated realisable value of all collateral held given its experience with similar types of assets in similar situations and the circumstances peculiar to the subject collateral.

 

This analysis also takes into consideration any other relevant knowledge available to management at the time. It is our practice to obtain updated valuations when either management considers that it cannot satisfactorily estimate a realisable value or when it is determined to be necessary to move to a forced sale of the collateral.

 

In the table below, an individually impaired financial asset is deemed to be ‘fully secured’ where the ratio of the impaired asset amount to our current estimated net present value of realisable collateral is less than or equal to 100%. Such assets are deemed to be ‘partially secured’ when this ratio exceeds 100% but not more than 150%, and ‘unsecured’ when either no security is held (e.g. can include credit cards, personal loans and exposure to corporate entities) or where the secured loan to recoverable value exceeds 150%.

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

Loans –

 

 

 

 

 

Loans –

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Housing and

 

Loans –

 

 

 

Housing and

 

Loans –

 

 

 

 

 

Personal

 

Business

 

Total

 

Personal

 

Business

 

Total

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

Fully secured

 

61.1

 

25.1

 

32.3

 

63.3

 

24.8

 

31.3

 

Partially secured

 

10.9

 

24.8

 

22.0

 

11.2

 

24.4

 

22.2

 

Unsecured

 

28.0

 

50.1

 

45.7

 

25.5

 

50.8

 

46.5

 

Total

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

 

 

 

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

Loans –

 

 

 

 

 

Loans –

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Housing and

 

Loans –

 

 

 

Housing and

 

Loans –

 

 

 

 

 

Personal

 

Business

 

Total

 

Personal

 

Business

 

Total

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

Fully secured

 

66.2

 

25.9

 

33.6

 

73.3

 

23.4

 

31.3

 

Partially secured

 

8.6

 

23.3

 

20.5

 

7.1

 

23.9

 

21.3

 

Unsecured

 

25.2

 

50.8

 

45.9

 

19.6

 

52.7

 

47.4

 

Total

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

 

Impaired loans comprise non-performing loans, overdrafts, personal loans, revolving credit facilities greater than 90 days past due and restructured loans.

 

Non-performing loans

 

Non-performing loans are loans with an impaired internal risk grade, excluding restructured assets. These were attributed to the following geographical segments:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

Australia

 

New Zealand

 

Other Overseas

 

Total

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Gross amount

 

1,580

 

2,574

 

3,212

 

397

 

586

 

743

 

53

 

89

 

79

 

2,030

 

3,249

 

4,034

 

Impairment provision

 

(697

)

(1,099

)

(1,199

)

(130

)

(210

)

(224

)

(35

)

(54

)

(40

)

(862

)

(1,363

)

(1,463

)

Net

 

883

 

1,475

 

2,013

 

267

 

376

 

519

 

18

 

35

 

39

 

1,168

 

1,886

 

2,571

 

 

 

 

 

228

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 27. Financial risk (continued)

 

Overdrafts, personal loans and revolving credit facilities greater than 90 days past due

 

Overdrafts, personal loans and revolving credit facilities greater than 90 days past due for the Group were attributed to the following geographical segments:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

Australia

 

New Zealand

 

Other Overseas

 

Total

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Gross amount

 

203

 

181

 

186

 

13

 

14

 

12

 

1

 

-

 

1

 

217

 

195

 

199

 

Impairment provision

 

(132

)

(126

)

(126

)

(9

)

(9

)

(7

)

-

 

-

 

(1

)

(141

)

(135

)

(134

)

Net

 

71

 

55

 

60

 

4

 

5

 

5

 

1

 

-

 

-

 

76

 

60

 

65

 

 

Restructured financial assets

 

Assets are deemed to be restructured financial assets when the original contractual terms have been formally modified to provide for concessions of interest or principal for reasons related to the financial difficulties of the customer.

 

Restructured financial assets for the Group were attributed to the following geographical segments:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

Australia

 

New Zealand

 

Other Overseas

 

Total

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Gross amount

 

34

 

34

 

43

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

59

 

122

 

110

 

93

 

156

 

153

 

Impairment provision

 

(23

)

(23

)

(19

)

-

 

-

 

-

 

(21

)

(33

)

(25

)

(44

)

(56

)

(44

)

Net

 

11

 

11

 

24

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

38

 

89

 

85

 

49

 

100

 

109

 

 

Restructured financial assets of the Parent Entity as at 30 September were:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

Gross amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

92

 

153

 

Impairment provision

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(44

)

(56

)

Net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

48

 

97

 

 

The following table summarises the interest received and forgone on impaired and restructured financial assets:

 

 

 

 

Consolidated 2014

 

 

 

Australia

 

Overseas

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Interest received

 

13

 

16

 

29

 

Interest forgone

 

165

 

5

 

170

 

 

27.3 Funding and liquidity risk management

 

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will be unable to fund assets and meet obligations as they become due. This risk could potentially arise as a result of:

 

§         an inability to meet both expected and unexpected current and future cashflows and collateral needs without affecting either daily operations or the financial condition of the bank; and/or

 

§         inadequate market depth or market disruption impacting the ability to offset or eliminate a position at the market price.

 

Liquidity risk is managed through our BRCC-approved Liquidity Risk Management Framework.

 

Responsibility for liquidity management is delegated to Treasury, under the oversight of ALCO. Daily liquidity risk reports are circulated to, and reviewed by, local and senior staff in both Treasury and the independent Liquidity Risk team. Summary liquidity reports are submitted to senior staff weekly, ALCO and APRA monthly, and to BRCC quarterly. Treasury is also responsible for monitoring and managing our funding base so that it is prudently maintained, stable and adequately diversified.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

229

 

 



 

 

Note 27. Financial risk (continued)

 

We model our ability to fund under both normal conditions and during a crisis situation, with models run globally and for specific geographical regions. This approach is designed to ensure that our funding framework is sufficiently flexible to accommodate a wide range of market conditions. The annual review of the Liquidity Risk Management Framework encompasses the funding scenarios modelled, the modelling approach, wholesale funding capacity, limit determination and minimum holdings of liquid assets. The Liquidity Risk Management Framework is reviewed by ALCO prior to approval by the BRCC.

 

Treasury also undertakes an annual funding review that outlines the funding strategy for the coming year. This review encompasses trends in global markets, peer analysis, wholesale funding capacity, expected funding requirements and a funding risk analysis. This strategy is continuously reviewed to take account of changing market conditions, investor sentiment and estimations of asset and liability growth rates. The annual funding strategy is reviewed and supported by ALCO prior to approval by the BRCC.

 

We maintain a contingency funding plan that details the broad actions to be taken in response to severe disruptions in our ability to fund some or all of our activities in a timely manner and at a reasonable cost. This document is reviewed annually by the BRCC and defines a committee of senior executives to manage a crisis and allocates responsibility to individuals for key tasks.

 

27.3.1 Sources of liquidity

 

Sources of liquidity are regularly reviewed to maintain a wide diversification by currency, geography, product and term. Sources include, but are not limited to:

 

§        deposits;

 

§        debt issues;

 

§        proceeds from sale of marketable securities;

 

§        repurchase agreements with central banks;

 

§        principal repayments on loans;

 

§        interest income;

 

§        fee income; and

 

§        an interbank deposit agreement.

 

The Group does not rely on committed funding lines as a source of liquidity.

 

Wholesale funding

 

The Group monitors the composition and stability of its funding base so it is maintained within the Group’s funding and liquidity risk appetite. This includes a target of greater than 75% for the Stable Funding Ratio (SFR). Stable funding includes customer deposits, wholesale term funding with residual maturity greater than 12 months, equity and securitisation.

 

At 30 September 2014, the Group’s SFR was 83% (30 September 2013: 84%). Asset growth over the 12 month period, including the acquisition of the Lloyds business in December 2013, was funded primarily through customer deposits and new term wholesale funding. An increase in short term funding was used to fund an increase in short term assets, mainly trade finance in Asia.

 

The Group’s funding composition has remained relatively stable over recent periods. Customer deposits represented 60% of the Group’s total funding at 30 September 2014, little changed from 30 September 2013 (61%). A further 2% of total funding came from securitisation, 14% from long term funding with a residual maturity greater than one year and 7% from equity. The proportion of total funding from wholesale sources maturing within one year was 17%. These components were little changed over 2014.

 

In 2014, customer deposits increased by 7.0% or $26.6 billion. At the same time, net loans increased by 8.2% or $44.2 billion, with the acquisition of the Lloyds business adding $7.9 billion in lending but little in deposit balances. As a result, the Group’s customer deposit to loan ratio was 70.5% at 30 September 2014, 85bps lower than at 30 September 2013.

 

Maintaining a diverse funding base and ensuring the Group has capacity and flexibility to access a wide range of funding markets, debt investors and products is an important part of managing liquidity risk. Stronger loan growth during the year saw the Group more active in wholesale funding markets compared to 2013. The Group raised $33 billion in wholesale term funding in 2014, with a weighted average maturity of 4.7 years, excluding securitisation. This included $2.3 billion in Basel III compliant Additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital securities.

 

The Group continued to benefit from its broad wholesale funding capabilities which provide access to a range of debt instruments, currencies and investors. Westpac is the only major Australian bank with an active Auto ABS capability, the only Australian bank with access to the US SEC registered market and one of only two major Australian banks active in RMBS. The Group has taken advantage of these capabilities, issuing successful ABS, RMBS and SEC registered trades in 2014, as well as transactions in senior unsecured and covered bond format.

 

 

 

 

230

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 27. Financial risk (continued)

 

Borrowings and outstandings from existing debt programs and issuing shelves at 30 September 2014 can be found in various notes to the financial statements including Note 17, Note 18, Note 22 and Note 23.

 

Credit ratings

 

As at 30 September 2014 the Parent Entity’s credit ratings were:

 

 

 

 

2014

 

 

 

Short-term

 

Long-term

 

Outlook

 

Standard & Poor’s

 

A–1+

 

AA–

 

Stable

 

Moody’s Investors Services

 

P–1

 

Aa2

 

Stable

 

Fitch Ratings

 

F1+

 

AA–

 

Stable

 

 

As of 30 September 2014, approximately 33% of the Group’s total funding originated from wholesale funding markets, principally in Australia, the United States, Europe and Japan. Investors in these markets have historically relied significantly upon credit ratings issued by independent credit rating organisations in making their investment decisions. If Westpac’s credit ratings were to be lowered from current levels, the Group’s borrowing costs and capacity may be adversely affected. A downgrade in Westpac’s credit ratings from current levels is likely to require the Group to pay higher interest rates than we do currently on our wholesale borrowings. This would increase the Group’s funding costs and could reduce net interest margins. In addition, the Group’s borrowing capacity could be diminished, which may adversely affect the Group’s ability to fund the growth of our balance sheet or reduce our liquidity.

 

A credit rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold Westpac securities. Such ratings are subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating agency. Investors are cautioned to evaluate each rating independently of any other rating.

 

Liquid assets

 

Treasury holds a portfolio of high-quality liquid assets as a buffer against unforeseen funding requirements. These assets are 100% eligible for repurchase agreements with the Reserve Bank of Australia or another central bank and are held in cash, Government, State Government and highly rated investment grade paper. The level of liquid asset holdings is reviewed frequently and is consistent with both the requirements of the balance sheet and market conditions.

 

Liquid assets that qualify as eligible collateral for repurchase agreements with an applicable central bank (including internal securitisation) have increased by $8.8 billion to $134.4 billion over the last 12 months, as the Group prepares for the introduction of the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR). The LCR requires banks to hold sufficient high-quality liquid assets, as defined, to withstand 30 days under a regulator-defined acute stress scenario. The Group is required to meet a LCR of at least 100% when it comes into effect from 1 January 2015. In preparation for the LCR, Westpac has received approval from APRA for a Committed Liquidity Facility (CLF) of $66 billion in 2015. At 30 September 2014, the Group’s pro-forma LCR, including the CLF of $66 billion for 2015, was 103%. As the Group transitions towards LCR implementation, it plans to implement further initiatives designed to deliver a suitable buffer above 100%.

 

WIB also has holdings of trading securities which arise from its daily business operations. These assets are typically high quality investment grade names and stock is generally very liquid. While these assets are excluded from the Group’s liquidity portfolio, we do consider them as a source of funds in our crisis scenario analysis.

 

A summary of liquid asset holdings is as follows:

 

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

Actual

 

Average

 

Actual

 

Average

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Cash

 

22,497

 

19,017

 

8,522

 

9,047

 

Receivables due from other financial institutions

 

655

 

1,090

 

1,370

 

1,308

 

Trading securities and other financial assets designated at fair value

 

18,272

 

24,317

 

32,711

 

35,142

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

34,205

 

31,097

 

27,845

 

24,947

 

Loans1

 

58,448

 

55,650

 

54,536

 

45,542

 

Regulatory deposits with central banks

 

368

 

449

 

663

 

627

 

Total liquid assets

 

134,445

 

131,620

 

125,647

 

116,613

 

 

1            Loans are self-originated AAA rated mortgage backed securities which are eligible for repurchase with the Reserve Bank of Australia and Reserve Bank of New Zealand.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

231

 

 



 

 

Note 27. Financial risk (continued)

 

27.3.2 Liquidity reporting

 

Scenario analysis

 

In fulfilling our obligations under APRA’s liquidity prudential standard, the Group performs scenario analysis on a daily basis. The ‘going concern’ and ‘crisis’ scenarios present the maturity profiles of cash flows, based on assumptions agreed with APRA.

 

The ‘going concern’ model measures our liquidity requirements under normal business conditions. Wholesale debt maturities are added to planned net asset growth to provide an estimate of the wholesale funding task across a range of time horizons. The cumulative liquidity mismatch is managed within a Board approved limit structure; with limits set at intervals from one week, to 15 months.

 

The ‘crisis’ scenario measures liquidity requirements during the first week of a name-specific crisis. The crisis model reflects normal model flows plus expected sources and applications of funds under crisis conditions. Under a crisis scenario Westpac is expected to experience large customer and wholesale outflows against which liquid assets are held to ensure continued solvency. In this scenario, the cumulative mismatch must be positive out to five business days.

 

Liquidity review

 

The table below outlines the review performed in managing our liquidity:

 

 

 Frequency

Liquidity report

 

 

 Daily

¡   Produced by WIB Finance

 

 

 

¡   Reviewed by Group Risk

 

 

 

¡   Monitored within Treasury

 

 

 

 

 Monthly

¡   Submitted to ALCO

 

 

 

¡   Submitted to APRA

 

 

 

 

 Quarterly

¡   Submitted to the BRCC

 

 

 

27.3.3 Market developments

 

APRA released a revised liquidity standard in December 2013 which includes the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) requirement. The LCR requires banks to hold sufficient high-quality liquid assets, as defined, to withstand 30 days under a regulator-defined acute stress scenario. Given the limited amount of government debt in Australia, the Reserve Bank of Australia (RBA) has announced, jointly with the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA), that it will make available to Australian institutions a Committed Liquidity Facility (CLF) that subject to satisfaction of qualifying conditions, can be accessed to help meet the LCR requirement. In order to access the CLF, Australian banks are required to pay a fee of 15 basis points (0.15%) per annum to the RBA on the approved facility from 1 January 2015. On 30 September 2014, APRA approved Westpac’s access to the CLF for the 2015 calendar year for $66 billion.

 

 

 

232

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 27. Financial risk (continued)

 

27.3.4 Contractual maturity of financial liabilities

 

The tables below present cash flows associated with financial liabilities including derivative liabilities, payable at the balance sheet date, by remaining contractual maturity. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows, whereas the Group manages inherent liquidity risk based on expected cash flows.

 

Cash flows associated with liabilities include both principal payments as well as fixed or variable interest payments incorporated into the relevant coupon period. Principal payments reflect the earliest contractual maturity date. Derivative liabilities designed for hedging purposes are expected to be held for their remaining contractual lives, and reflect gross cash flows derived as the fixed rate and/or the expected variable rate applied to the notional principal over the remaining contractual term and where relevant includes the receipt and payment of the notional amount under the contract.

 

Foreign exchange obligations have been translated to Australian dollars using the closing spot rates at the end of the financial year.

 

The balances in the tables below will not necessarily agree to amounts presented on the face of the balance sheet as amounts in the table incorporate cash flows on an undiscounted basis and include both principal and associated future interest payments.

 

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement are not all managed for liquidity purposes on the basis of their contractual maturity. The liabilities that we manage based on their contractual maturity are presented on a contractual undiscounted basis in the tables below:

 

 

 

Consolidated 2014

 

 

 

 

 

Over

 

Over

 

Over

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Up to

 

1 Month to

 

3 Months to

 

1 Year to

 

Over

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 Month

 

3 Months

 

1 Year

 

5 Years

 

5 Years

 

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payables due to other financial institutions

 

14,716

 

2,865

 

859

 

242

 

-

 

 

18,682

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

290,569

 

79,225

 

79,770

 

15,145

 

377

 

 

465,086

 

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

 

17,811

 

1,436

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

19,247

 

Derivative financial instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held for trading

 

33,928

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

33,928

 

Held for hedging purposes (net settled)

 

103

 

154

 

456

 

1,945

 

316

 

 

2,974

 

Held for hedging purposes (gross settled):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash outflow

 

113

 

4,601

 

3,853

 

19,926

 

2,103

 

 

30,596

 

Cash inflow

 

(80

)

(3,899

)

(3,314

)

(17,405

)

(1,888

)

 

(26,586

)

Debt issues

 

2,751

 

10,710

 

47,730

 

81,488

 

20,758

 

 

163,437

 

Other financial liabilities

 

1,395

 

462

 

2,078

 

-

 

-

 

 

3,935

 

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

 

361,306

 

95,554

 

131,432

 

101,341

 

21,666

 

 

711,299

 

Loan capital1

 

3,897

 

64

 

218

 

7,087

 

599

 

 

11,865

 

Total undiscounted financial liabilities

 

365,203

 

95,618

 

131,650

 

108,428

 

22,265

 

 

723,164

 

Total contingent liabilities and commitments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments to extend credit

 

159,131

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

159,131

 

Other commitments

 

763

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

763

 

Total undiscounted contingent liabilities and commitments

 

159,894

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

159,894

 

 

 

1            Where the terms of loan capital instruments include contingent settlement clauses, amounts due have been disclosed as up to one month.

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

233

 

 



 

 

Note 27. Financial risk (continued)

 

 

 

Consolidated 2013

 

 

 

 

 

Over

 

Over

 

Over

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Up to

 

1 Month to

 

3 Months to

 

1 Year to

 

Over

 

 

 

 

 

1 Month

 

3 Months

 

1 Year

 

5 Years

 

5 Years

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payables due to other financial institutions

 

6,176

 

1,642

 

554

 

491

 

-

 

8,863

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

271,597

 

67,642

 

73,161

 

16,870

 

367

 

429,637

 

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

 

10,302

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

10,302

 

Derivative financial instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held for trading

 

26,029

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

26,029

 

Held for hedging purposes (net settled)

 

99

 

238

 

699

 

1,599

 

247

 

2,882

 

Held for hedging purposes (gross settled):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash outflow

 

1,602

 

5,175

 

7,508

 

21,103

 

146

 

35,534

 

Cash inflow

 

(1,488

)

(4,793

)

(5,457

)

(17,812

)

(115

)

(29,665

)

Debt issues

 

6,167

 

10,013

 

43,540

 

82,639

 

12,065

 

154,424

 

Other financial liabilities

 

1,972

 

516

 

2,321

 

-

 

-

 

4,809

 

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

 

322,456

 

80,433

 

122,326

 

104,890

 

12,710

 

642,815

 

Loan capital1

 

3,450

 

63

 

175

 

6,073

 

616

 

10,377

 

Total undiscounted financial liabilities

 

325,906

 

80,496

 

122,501

 

110,963

 

13,326

 

653,192

 

Total contingent liabilities and commitments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments to extend credit

 

148,368

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

148,368

 

Other commitments

 

44

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

44

 

Total undiscounted contingent liabilities and commitments

 

148,412

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

148,412

 

 

1   Where the terms of loan capital instruments include contingent settlement clauses, amounts due have been disclosed as up to one month. Comparative information has been revised to conform to presentation with the current year.

 

 

 

234

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 27. Financial risk (continued)

 

 

 

Parent Entity 2014

 

 

 

 

 

Over

 

Over

 

Over

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Up to

 

1 Month to

 

3 Months to

 

1 Year to

 

Over

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 Month

 

3 Months

 

1 Year

 

5 Years

 

5 Years

 

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payables due to other financial institutions

 

14,526

 

2,865

 

859

 

207

 

-

 

 

18,457

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

263,657

 

71,248

 

69,240

 

13,222

 

377

 

 

417,744

 

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

 

17,811

 

1,436

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

19,247

 

Derivative financial instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held for trading

 

34,392

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

34,392

 

Held for hedging purposes (net settled)

 

86

 

132

 

426

 

1,862

 

308

 

 

2,814

 

Held for hedging purposes (gross settled):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash outflow

 

49

 

4,424

 

2,467

 

10,746

 

1,796

 

 

19,482

 

Cash inflow

 

(28

)

(3,748

)

(1,958

)

(8,950

)

(1,600

)

 

(16,284

)

Debt issues

 

1,676

 

8,669

 

44,071

 

67,528

 

14,440

 

 

136,384

 

Due to subsidiaries

 

135,066

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

135,066

 

Other financial liabilities

 

1,248

 

381

 

1,715

 

-

 

-

 

 

3,344

 

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

 

468,483

 

85,407

 

116,820

 

84,615

 

15,321

 

 

770,646

 

Loan capital1

 

3,897

 

64

 

218

 

7,087

 

599

 

 

11,865

 

Total undiscounted financial liabilities

 

472,380

 

85,471

 

117,038

 

91,702

 

15,920

 

 

782,511

 

Total contingent liabilities and commitments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments to extend credit

 

140,909

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

140,909

 

Other commitments

 

763

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

763

 

Total undiscounted contingent liabilities and commitments

 

141,672

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

141,672

 

 

 

1   Where the terms of loan capital instruments include contingent settlement clauses, amounts due have been disclosed as up to one month.

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

235

 

 



 

 

Note 27. Financial risk (continued)

 

 

 

Parent Entity 2013

 

 

 

 

 

Over

 

Over

 

Over

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Up to

 

1 Month to

 

3 Months to

 

1 Year to

 

Over

 

 

 

 

 

1 Month

 

3 Months

 

1 Year

 

5 Years

 

5 Years

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payables due to other financial institutions

 

6,078

 

1,642

 

554

 

491

 

-

 

8,765

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

246,524

 

59,694

 

62,747

 

15,408

 

367

 

384,740

 

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

 

10,302

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

10,302

 

Derivative financial instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held for trading

 

26,180

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

26,180

 

Held for hedging purposes (net settled)

 

74

 

227

 

656

 

1,543

 

241

 

2,741

 

Held for hedging purposes (gross settled):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash outflow

 

1,525

 

4,025

 

7,078

 

15,742

 

146

 

28,516

 

Cash inflow

 

(1,431

)

(3,760

)

(5,122

)

(13,281

)

(115

)

(23,709

)

Debt issues

 

4,695

 

7,111

 

37,867

 

69,771

 

10,745

 

130,189

 

Due to subsidiaries

 

120,553

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

120,553

 

Other financial liabilities

 

1,937

 

445

 

2,006

 

-

 

-

 

4,388

 

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

 

416,437

 

69,384

 

105,786

 

89,674

 

11,384

 

692,665

 

Loan capital1

 

3,450

 

63

 

175

 

6,073

 

616

 

10,377

 

Total undiscounted financial liabilities

 

419,887

 

69,447

 

105,961

 

95,747

 

12,000

 

703,042

 

Total contingent liabilities and commitments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments to extend credit

 

132,271

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

132,271

 

Other commitments

 

44

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

44

 

Total undiscounted contingent liabilities and commitments

 

132,315

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

132,315

 

 

 

1   Where the terms of loan capital instruments include contingent settlement clauses, amounts due have been disclosed as up to one month. Comparative information has been revised to conform to presentation with the current year.

 

 

 

236

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 27. Financial risk (continued)

 

27.3.5 Expected maturity

 

The tables below present the balance sheet based on expected maturity dates. The liability balances in the following tables will not agree to the contractual maturity tables (27.3.4 Contractual maturity of financial liabilities) due to the analysis below being based on expected rather than contractual maturities, the impact of discounting and the exclusion of interest accruals beyond the reporting period. Included in the tables below are equity securities classified as trading securities, available-for-sale investments and life insurance assets that have no specific maturity. These assets have been classified based on the expected period of disposal. Deposits are presented in the table below on a contractual basis, however as part of our normal banking operations we would expect a large proportion of these balances to be retained.

 

 

 

Consolidated 2014

 

 

 

Due within

 

Greater than

 

 

 

 

 

12 Months

 

12 Months

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

 

25,760

 

-

 

25,760

 

Receivables due from other financial institutions

 

7,424

 

-

 

7,424

 

Trading securities and other financial assets designated at fair value

 

31,234

 

14,675

 

45,909

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

32,248

 

9,156

 

41,404

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

2,101

 

33,923

 

36,024

 

Loans (net of provisions)

 

83,089

 

497,254

 

580,343

 

Life insurance assets

 

2,518

 

8,489

 

11,007

 

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

 

529

 

999

 

1,528

 

All other assets

 

6,278

 

15,165

 

21,443

 

Total assets

 

191,181

 

579,661

 

770,842

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payables due to other financial institutions

 

18,394

 

242

 

18,636

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

446,099

 

14,723

 

460,822

 

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

 

19,236

 

-

 

19,236

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

29,514

 

10,025

 

39,539

 

Debt issues

 

59,203

 

93,048

 

152,251

 

Life insurance policy liabilities

 

8

 

9,629

 

9,637

 

All other liabilities

 

9,480

 

1,046

 

10,526

 

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

 

581,934

 

128,713

 

710,647

 

Loan capital

 

-

 

10,858

 

10,858

 

Total liabilities

 

581,934

 

139,571

 

721,505

 

Net assets/(net liabilities)

 

(390,753

)

440,090

 

49,337

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

237

 

 



 

 

Note 27. Financial risk (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated 2013

 

 

 

 

Due within  

 

Greater than

 

 

 

 

 

12 Months

 

12 Months

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

 

11,699

 

-

 

11,699

 

Receivables due from other financial institutions

 

11,210

 

-

 

11,210

 

Trading securities and other financial assets designated at fair value

 

25,847

 

23,242

 

49,089

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

21,026

 

7,330

 

28,356

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

1,434

 

28,577

 

30,011

 

Loans (net of provisions)

 

82,247

 

453,917

 

536,164

 

Life insurance assets

 

4,576

 

8,573

 

13,149

 

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

 

975

 

596

 

1,571

 

All other assets

 

4,999

 

14,849

 

19,848

 

Total assets

 

164,013

 

537,084

 

701,097

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payables due to other financial institutions

 

8,347

 

489

 

8,836

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

408,651

 

15,831

 

424,482

 

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

 

10,288

 

14

 

10,302

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

22,278

 

10,712

 

32,990

 

Debt issues

 

54,479

 

89,654

 

144,133

 

Life insurance policy liabilities

 

-

 

11,938

 

11,938

 

All other liabilities

 

10,306

 

1,243

 

11,549

 

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

 

514,349

 

129,881

 

644,230

 

Loan capital

 

-

 

9,330

 

9,330

 

Total liabilities

 

514,349

 

139,211

 

653,560

 

Net assets/(net liabilities)

 

(350,336

)

397,873

 

47,537

 

 

 

 

 

238

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 27. Financial risk (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

Parent Entity 2014

 

 

 

 

Due within  

 

Greater than

 

 

 

 

 

12 Months

 

12 Months

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

 

23,400

 

-

 

23,400

 

Receivables due from other financial institutions

 

5,483

 

-

 

5,483

 

Trading securities and other financial assets designated at fair value

 

29,989

 

14,335

 

44,324

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

32,219

 

9,088

 

41,307

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

743

 

31,266

 

32,009

 

Loans (net of provisions)

 

67,949

 

437,655

 

505,604

 

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

 

389

 

1,000

 

1,389

 

Due from subsidiaries

 

140,098

 

-

 

140,098

 

Investments in subsidiaries

 

-

 

4,687

 

4,687

 

All other assets

 

5,349

 

11,818

 

17,167

 

Total assets

 

305,619

 

509,849

 

815,468

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payables due to other financial institutions

 

18,204

 

207

 

18,411

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

401,236

 

12,947

 

414,183

 

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

 

19,155

 

-

 

19,155

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

29,451

 

9,690

 

39,141

 

Debt issues

 

52,802

 

75,044

 

127,846

 

Due to subsidiaries

 

135,066

 

-

 

135,066

 

All other liabilities

 

7,478

 

948

 

8,426

 

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

 

663,392

 

98,836

 

762,228

 

Loan capital

 

-

 

10,858

 

10,858

 

Total liabilities

 

663,392

 

109,694

 

773,086

 

Net assets/(net liabilities)

 

(357,773

)

400,155

 

42,382

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

239

 

 



 

 

Note 27. Financial risk (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

Parent Entity 2013

 

 

 

 

Due within  

 

Greater than

 

 

 

 

 

12 Months

 

12 Months

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

 

9,509

 

-

 

9,509

 

Receivables due from other financial institutions

 

9,317

 

-

 

9,317

 

Trading securities and other financial assets designated at fair value

 

24,435

 

22,583

 

47,018

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

21,029

 

7,376

 

28,405

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

503

 

25,891

 

26,394

 

Loans (net of provisions)

 

68,475

 

403,182

 

471,657

 

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

 

867

 

596

 

1,463

 

Due from subsidiaries

 

119,038

 

-

 

119,038

 

Investments in subsidiaries

 

-

 

4,880

 

4,880

 

All other assets

 

4,173

 

11,852

 

16,025

 

Total assets

 

257,346

 

476,360

 

733,706

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payables due to other financial institutions

 

8,250

 

488

 

8,738

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

365,728

 

14,480

 

380,208

 

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

 

10,288

 

14

 

10,302

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

22,202

 

10,236

 

32,438

 

Debt issues

 

47,544

 

74,011

 

121,555

 

Due to subsidiaries

 

120,553

 

-

 

120,553

 

All other liabilities

 

8,796

 

834

 

9,630

 

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

 

583,361

 

100,063

 

683,424

 

Loan capital

 

-

 

9,330

 

9,330

 

Total liabilities

 

583,361

 

109,393

 

692,754

 

Net assets/(net liabilities)

 

(326,015

)

366,967

 

40,952

 

 

27.4 Market risk

Market risk is the risk of an adverse impact on earnings resulting from changes in market factors, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates, commodity prices and equity prices. This includes interest rate risk in the banking book — the risk to interest income from a mismatch between the duration of assets and liabilities that arises in the normal course of business activities.

 

27.4.1 Traded market risk

Approach

Westpac’s exposure to traded market risk arises out of the trading activities of Financial Markets and Treasury. These activities are controlled by a Board-approved market risk framework that incorporates a Board-approved Value at Risk (VaR) limit. VaR is the primary mechanism for measuring and controlling market risk. Market risk is managed using VaR and structural risk limits (including volume limits and basis point value limits) in conjunction with scenario analysis and stress testing. Market risk limits are allocated to business managers based upon business strategies and experience, in addition to the consideration of market liquidity and concentration of risks. All trades are fair valued daily, using the appropriate fair value methodology as described in Note 28. Rates that have limited independent sources are reviewed at least on a monthly basis.

 

Financial Market’s trading book activity represents dealings that encompass book running and distribution activity. The types of market risk arising from these activities include interest rate, foreign exchange, commodity, equity price, credit spread and volatility risk.

 

Treasury’s trading activity represents dealings that include the management of interest rate, foreign exchange and credit spread risk associated with wholesale funding, liquid asset portfolios and foreign exchange repatriations.

 

 

 

 

240

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 27. Financial risk (continued)

 

VaR limits

Market risk arising from trading book activities is primarily measured using VaR based on an historical simulation methodology. VaR is the potential loss in earnings from adverse market movements calculated over a one-day time horizon to a 99% confidence level using a minimum of one year of historical data. VaR seeks to take account of all material market variables that may cause a change in the value of the trading portfolio, including interest rates, foreign exchange rates, price changes, volatility and the correlations between these variables.

 

In addition to the Board approved market risk VaR limit for trading activities, RISKCO has approved separate VaR sub-limits for the trading activities of Financial Markets and Treasury.

 

Backtesting

Daily backtesting of VaR results is performed to support model integrity. A review of both the potential profit or loss outcomes is also undertaken to monitor any skew created by the historical data.

 

Stress testing

Daily stress testing against pre-determined scenarios is carried out to analyse potential losses arising from extreme or unexpected movements beyond the 99% confidence level. An escalation framework around selective stress tests has been approved by RISKCO. Stress and scenario tests include historical market movements, those defined by RISKCO or Financial Markets and Treasury Risk (FMTR) and independent scenarios developed by Westpac’s economics department.

 

Profit or loss notification framework

The BRCC has approved a profit or loss notification framework. Included in this framework are levels of escalation in accordance with the size of the profit or loss. Triggers are applied to both a 1-day and a rolling 20-day cumulative total.

 

Risk reporting

Daily monitoring of current exposure and limit utilisation is conducted independently by the FMTR unit, which monitors market risk exposures against VaR and structural limits. Daily VaR position reports are produced by risk type, by product lines and by geographic region. These are supplemented by structural risk reporting, advice of profit or loss trigger levels and stress testing escalation trigger points. Model accreditation has been granted by APRA to use the internal model for the determination of regulatory capital for the key classes of interest rate (general market), foreign exchange, commodity and equity risks (including specific risk). Under the model, regulatory capital is derived from both the current VaR window (market data is based upon the most recent 12 months of historical data) and a Stressed VaR window (12 months of market data that includes a period of significant financial stress), where these VaR measures are calculated as a 10-day, 99th percentile, one-tailed confidence interval. Specific risk refers to the variations in individual security prices that cannot be explained by general market movements and event and default risk. Interest rate specific risk capital (specific issuer risk) is calculated using the Standard method and is added to the VaR regulatory capital measure.

 

Risk mitigation

Market risk positions are managed by the trading desks consistent with delegated trading and product authorities. Risks are consolidated into portfolios based on product and risk types. Risk management is carried out by suitably qualified personnel with varying levels of seniority commensurate with the nature and scale of market risks under management.

 

Determination of fair value

Refer to Note 28 for the basis for determining fair value.

 

The following controls allow for continuous monitoring of market risk by management:

 

¡        trading authorities and responsibilities are clearly delineated at all levels to provide accountability;

 

¡        a structured system of limits and reporting of exposures;

 

¡        all new products and significant product variations undergo an approval process to confirm business risks have been identified prior to launch;

 

¡        models that are used to determine risk or profit or loss for Westpac’s financial statements are independently reviewed;

 

¡        duties are segregated so that employees involved in the origination, processing and valuation of transactions operate under separate reporting lines, minimising the opportunity for collusion;

 

¡        legal counsel approves documentation for compliance with relevant laws and regulations;

 

¡        daily profit and loss reviews/attribution; and

 

¡        reconciliations.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

241

 

 



 

 

Note 27. Financial risk (continued)

 

The table below depicts the aggregate VaR, by risk type, for the year ended 30 September:

 

 

 

Consolidated and Parent Entity

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

High

 

Low

 

Average

 

High

 

Low

 

Average

 

High

 

Low

 

Average

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Interest rate risk

 

30.7

 

6.3

 

15.6

 

30.8

 

9.1

 

16.7

 

29.0

 

10.5

 

18.4

 

Foreign exchange risk

 

7.6

 

1.2

 

3.0

 

5.7

 

0.5

 

2.1

 

8.0

 

0.8

 

3.3

 

Equity risk

 

0.7

 

0.1

 

0.3

 

0.8

 

0.1

 

0.3

 

1.8

 

0.2

 

0.5

 

Commodity risk1

 

2.9

 

1.3

 

2.0

 

6.1

 

1.2

 

2.9

 

5.1

 

1.0

 

2.5

 

Other market risks2

 

11.3

 

5.4

 

9.2

 

13.0

 

5.8

 

7.9

 

21.6

 

7.8

 

16.6

 

Diversification effect

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

(8.2

)

n/a

 

n/a

 

(10.7

)

n/a

 

n/a

 

(12.5

)

Net market risk

 

40.2

 

9.5

 

22.0

 

35.4

 

12.5

 

19.2

 

41.2

 

16.8

 

28.8

 

1      Includes electricity risk.

2      Includes prepayment risk and credit spread risk (exposure to movements in generic credit rating bands).

 

Commodity, Carbon and Energy trading

Commodity, Carbon and Energy trading (CCE) activity is part of our Financial Markets business. All trades are marked-to-market daily, using independently sourced or reviewed rates. Rates are compared to Australian Financial Market Association published prices, brokers’ quotes, and futures prices as appropriate. Rates that have limited independent sources are reviewed on a regular basis by the WIB Revaluation Committee. The CCE business is managed within market risk structural and VaR limits. Credit risk is controlled by pre-settlement risk limits by counterparty.

 

CCE trading activities include electricity, gas, oil, emission, agricultural products, base metals and precious metals. These activities involve dealings in swaps, options, swaptions, Asian options and futures. Energy trading also includes Settlement Residue Auctions (SRAs). Carbon trading activities includes Australian, New Zealand and European carbon units and Renewable Energy Certificates (RECs).

 

CCE also includes the Structured Commodities Finance (SCF) desk which facilitates financing for commodity clients.

 

The total fair value of commodity, carbon and energy contracts outstanding as at 30 September 2014 were $14 million (2013: $9 million).

 

27.4.2 Non-traded market risk

Approach

The banking book activities that give rise to market risk include lending activities, balance sheet funding and capital management. Interest rate risk, currency risk and funding and liquidity risk are inherent in these activities. Treasury’s Asset and Liability Management (ALM) unit is responsible for managing the interest rate risk arising from these activities.

 

All material regions, business lines and legal entities are included in Westpac’s IRRBB framework.

 

Asset and Liability Management

ALM manages the structural interest rate mismatch associated with the transfer priced balance sheet, including the investment of Westpac’s capital to its agreed benchmark duration. A key risk management objective is to achieve reasonable stability of net interest income (NII) over time. These activities are overseen by the independent FMTR unit, reviewed by RISKCO and conducted within a risk framework and appetite set down by the BRCC.

 

Material non-traded interest rate risk is managed in five centres: Sydney manages risk associated with the Australian balance sheet, the Auckland office manages risk associated with the New Zealand balance sheet, the Singapore office manages risk associated with the Asian balance sheet, while New York and London centres manage risk associated with those locations respectively. The risk from these five centres is monitored both at a local and aggregate level.

 

NII sensitivity

NII sensitivity is managed in terms of the net interest income-at-risk (NaR) modelled over a three year time horizon using a 99% confidence interval for movements in wholesale market interest rates. The position managed covers the Australian and New Zealand banking books, where the banking book is defined as the entire banking balance sheet less the trading book. A simulation model is used to calculate Westpac’s potential NaR. The NII simulation framework combines the underlying balance sheet data with assumptions about run off and new business, expected repricing behaviour and changes in wholesale market interest rates. Simulations using a range of interest rate scenarios are used to provide a series of potential future NII outcomes. The interest rate scenarios modelled include those projected using historical market interest rate volatility as well as 100 and 200 basis point shifts up and down from the current market yield curves in Australia and New Zealand. Additional stressed interest rate scenarios are also considered and modelled.

 

A comparison between the NII outcomes from these modelled scenarios indicates the sensitivity to interest rate changes.

 

 

 

 

242

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 27. Financial risk (continued)

 

NaR limit

The BRCC has approved a NaR limit. This limit is managed by the Group Treasurer and is expressed as a deviation from benchmark hedge levels over a one-year rolling time frame, to a 99% confidence level. This limit is monitored by FMTR.

 

VaR limit

The BRCC has also approved a VaR limit for ALM activities. This limit is managed by the Group Treasurer and monitored by FMTR. Additionally, FMTR sets structural risk limits to prevent undue concentration of risk.

 

Structural foreign exchange risk

Structural foreign exchange rate risk results from the generation of foreign currency denominated earnings and from the foreign currency capital that we have deployed in offshore branches and subsidiaries with functional currencies other than Australian dollars.

 

As a result of the requirement to translate earnings and net assets of the foreign operations into our Australian dollar consolidated financial statements, movements in exchange rates could lead to changes in the Australian dollar equivalent of offshore earnings and capital which could introduce variability to our reported financial results. This is referred to as translation risk. In order to minimise this exposure, we manage the foreign exchange rate risk associated with offshore earnings and capital as follows:

 

¡        foreign currency denominated earnings that are generated during the current financial year are hedged;

 

¡        capital that is defined to be permanently employed in an offshore jurisdiction (for example to meet regulatory or prudential requirements) and which has no fixed term is hedged;

 

¡        capital or profits that are denominated in currencies to which we have an immaterial exposure are not hedged; and

 

¡        ALCO determines the appropriateness of the foreign exchange earnings hedges and associated limits.

 

Risk reporting

IRRBB risk measurement systems and personnel are centralised in Sydney. These include front office product systems, which capture all treasury funding and derivative transactions; the transfer pricing system, which captures all retail transactions in Australia and New Zealand; non-traded VaR systems; and the NII system, which calculates NII and NaR for the Australian and New Zealand balance sheets.

 

Daily monitoring of current exposure and limit utilisation is conducted independently by FMTR, which monitors market risk exposures against VaR and NaR limits. Reports detailing structural positions and VaR are produced and distributed daily for use by dealers and management across all stakeholder groups. Monthly and quarterly reports are produced for the senior management market risk forums of RISKCO and the BRCC respectively to provide transparency of material market risks and issues.

 

Risk mitigation

IRRBB stems from the ordinary course of banking activities, including structural interest rate risk (the mismatch between the duration of assets and liabilities) and capital management. Hedging Westpac’s exposure to interest rate risk is undertaken using derivatives. The hedge accounting strategy adopted is to utilise a combination of cash flow, fair value and net investment hedge approaches. Some derivatives held for economic hedging purposes do not meet the criteria for hedge accounting as defined under AASB 139 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement, and therefore are accounted for in the same way as derivatives held for trading.

 

The same controls as used to monitor traded market risk allow for the continuous monitoring by management of IRRBB.

 

Value at Risk — IRRBB

The table below depicts VaR for IRRBB:

 

 

 

30 September 2014

 

 

30 September 2013

 

 

 

As at

 

High

 

Low

 

Average

 

 

As at

 

High

 

Low

 

Average

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Consolidated

 

3.1

 

10.7

 

1.2

 

4.7

 

 

8.8

 

21.0

 

6.7

 

11.8

 

 

As at 30 September 2014 the Value at Risk — IRRBB for the Parent Entity was $25.1 million (2013: $7.6 million).

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

243

 

 



 

 

 

Note 27. Financial risk (continued)

 

Net interest income-at-risk (NaR)

 

The table below depicts NaR assuming a 100 basis point shock (decrease) over the next 12 months as a percentage of reported net interest income:

 

 

 

30 September 2014

 

30 September 2013

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum

 

Minimum

 

Average

 

 

 

Maximum

 

Minimum

 

Average

 

 

 

As at

 

Exposure

 

Exposure

 

Exposure

 

As at

 

Exposure

 

Exposure

 

Exposure

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

Consolidated

 

0.27

 

0.66

 

(0.12

)

0.20

 

0.52

 

0.98

 

0.24

 

0.64

 

Parent Entity

 

0.10

 

0.82

 

(0.25

)

0.17

 

0.54

 

1.03

 

0.20

 

0.68

 

 

Equity risk

Financial assets classified as available-for-sale are subject to market risk which is not captured by the market risk VaR. Regular reviews are performed to substantiate the valuation of equity investments and are regularly reviewed by management. Whilst the fair value of individual equity securities classified as available-for-sale can fluctuate considerably, the overall impact to the Group is not material.

 

Note 28. Fair values of financial assets and liabilities

 

Fair Valuation Control Framework

The Group’s control environment uses a well-established Fair Valuation Control Framework to ensure that fair value is either determined or validated by a function independent of the party that undertakes the transaction. This framework formalises the policies and procedures used by the Group to achieve compliance with relevant accounting, industry and regulatory standards. The framework includes specific controls relating to the revaluation of financial instruments, independent price verification, fair value adjustments and financial reporting.

 

A key element of the Fair Valuation Control Framework is the WIB Revaluation Committee, comprising senior finance and risk valuation experts from within the Group. The WIB Revaluation Committee review the application of the agreed policies and procedures to ensure a fair value measurement basis is applied.

 

The method of determining fair value according to the Fair Valuation Control Framework differs depending on the information available.

 

Quoted price in an active market

The best evidence of fair value is a quoted price in an active market. Wherever possible the Group determines the fair value of a financial instrument based on the quoted price.

 

Valuation techniques

Where no direct quoted price in an active market is available, the Group applies present value estimates or other market accepted valuation techniques. The use of a market accepted valuation technique will typically involve the use of a valuation model and appropriate inputs to the model.

 

The majority of models used by the Group employ only observable market data as inputs. However, for certain financial instruments data may be employed which is not readily observable in current markets. Typically in these instances valuation inputs will be derived using alternative means (including extrapolation from other relevant market data) and tested against historic transactions. The use of these inputs will require a high degree of management judgment.

 

In order to determine a reliable fair value, where appropriate, management may apply adjustments to the techniques used above. These adjustments reflect the Group’s assessment of factors that market participants would consider in setting the fair value.

 

When determining the fair value of financial instruments, adjustments are made to the mid-market valuations to cover credit risk and bid-offer spreads.

 

§         Counterparty Valuation Adjustment

 

Westpac uses a Monte Carlo simulation methodology to calculate the expected future credit exposure for all derivative exposures including inputs regarding probabilities of default (PDs) and loss given default (LGD). PDs are derived from market observed credit spreads by reference to credit default swap (CDS) for individual or sector curves for the relevant tenors to calculate the credit valuation adjustment (CVA), and Westpac’s CDS curve for the relevant tenors to calculate the debit valuation adjustment (DVA). PDs are then applied to the horizon of potential exposures to derive both the CVA and DVA.

 

 

 

 

244

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 28. Fair values of financial assets and liabilities (continued)

 

§         Bid-offer spreads

 

The fair value of financial assets and liabilities should reflect bid prices for assets and offer prices for liabilities. Prices are adjusted to reflect current bid-offer spreads.

 

The fair values of large holdings of financial instruments are based on a multiple of the estimated value of a single instrument, and do not include block adjustments for the size of the holding.

 

Fair value hierarchy

The Group categorises all fair value instruments according to the following hierarchy:

 

§         Level 1

 

Financial instruments valued using recent unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. An active market is one in which prices are readily and regularly available and those prices represent actual and regularly occurring market transactions on an arm’s length basis.

 

Valuation of Level 1 instruments require little or no management judgment.

 

Financial instruments included in this class are Commonweath of Australia and New Zealand Government bonds, spot and exchange traded derivatives for equities, foreign exchange, commodities and interest rate products.

 

§         Level 2

 

Valuation techniques utilising observable market prices applied to these assets or liabilities include the use of market standard discounting methodologies, option pricing models and other valuation techniques widely used and accepted by market participants.

 

The financial instruments included in this category are mainly over the counter (OTC) derivatives with observable market inputs and financial instruments with fair value derived from consensus pricing with sufficient contributors. Financial instruments included in the Level 2 category are:

 

        trading securities – including government bonds (excluding Australian and New Zealand government bonds), Australian state government bonds, corporate fixed rate bonds and floating rate bonds; and

 

        derivatives – including interest rate swaps, credit default swaps, foreign exchange swaps, foreign exchange options and equity options.

 

§         Level 3

 

Financial instruments valued using at least one input that could have a significant effect on the instrument’s valuation which is not based on observable market data (unobservable input). Unobservable inputs are those not readily available in an active market due to illiquidity or complexity of the product. These inputs are generally derived and extrapolated from other relevant market data and calibrated against current market trends and historic transactions.

 

These valuations are calculated using a high degree of management judgment.

 

Financial instruments included in the Level 3 category include some asset-backed products and non-Australian dollar-denominated government securities issued by governments where there are no observable secondary markets.

 

A financial instrument’s categorisation within the valuation hierarchy is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

 

Valuation techniques

The specific valuation techniques, the observability of the inputs used in valuation models and the subsequent classification for each significant product category are outlined below:

 

§         Interest rate derivative products

 

These are products linked to interest rates (e.g. Bank Bills Swap Rate (BBSW) or London Interbank Offer Rate (LIBOR)) or inflation indices. This includes exchange traded interest rate futures, interest rate and inflation swaps, swaptions, caps, floors, exchange traded interest rate options on futures, inflation options, collars and other non-vanilla interest rate derivatives.

 

Exchange traded interest rate futures and options on futures are traded in liquid, active markets where prices are readily observable. No modelling or assumptions are used in the valuation. Exchange traded interest rate futures and options on futures are classified as Level 1 instruments.

 

Interest rate derivative cash flows are valued using interest rate curves whereby observable market data is used to construct the term structure of forward rates. This term structure is used to project and discount future cash flows based on the terms of the trade. Instruments with optionality are valued using market observable or consensus provided volatilities. Non-vanilla interest rate derivatives are valued using industry standard models based on market observable inputs which are determined separately for each parameter. Where unobservable, inputs will be set with reference to an observable proxy.

 

In general, interest rate derivatives are classified as Level 2 instruments.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

245

 

 



 

 

 

Note 28. Fair values of financial assets and liabilities (continued)

 

§         Foreign exchange products

 

These are products linked to the foreign exchange market. This includes FX spot and futures contracts, FX forward contracts, FX swaps, FX options and other non-vanilla FX derivatives.

 

There are observable markets for futures and spot contracts in major global currencies. No modelling or assumptions are used in valuation of these instruments. FX spot and future contracts are classified as Level 1 instruments.

 

FX swap and forward valuations are derived from market observable inputs or consensus pricing providers using industry standard models. FX swaps and forwards are classified as Level 2 instruments.

 

FX options and other FX derivatives are valued using industry standard models and market observable inputs. Where unobservable, inputs will be set with reference to an observable proxy. In general, FX options and other FX derivatives are classified as Level 2 instruments.

 

§         Asset backed products

 

These are debt and derivative products that are linked to the cash flows of a pool of referenced assets via securitisation. This category includes residential mortgage backed securities (RMBS), collateralised debt obligations (CDOs), collateralised loan obligations (CLOs) and other asset backed securities (ABS).

 

Australian RMBS denominated in Australian dollars are valued using a market accepted model with observable inputs sourced from a consensus data provider. The main inputs to the model are the trading margin and the weighted average life of the security. They are classified as Level 2 instruments.

 

Despite the availability of an RMBS model in Westpac, input data for the trading margin on Australian issued RMBS, denominated in foreign currency, is considered unobservable. Trading volumes in these instruments are low. Proxy data from the Australian denominated RMBS market is used to derive the fair value for these instruments. Australian issued RMBS denominated in foreign currency are classified as Level 3 instruments.

 

The fair value of Offshore RMBS is determined using consensus data. These are classified as Level 2 instruments.

 

As synthetic CDO prices are not generally available, Synthetic CDOs are valued using a model. The model uses a combination of established analytic and numerical approaches. The model calculates fair value based on observable and unobservable parameters including credit spreads, recovery rates, correlations and interest rates. As some of the model inputs (e.g. correlations) are indirectly implied or unobservable, synthetic CDOs are classified as Level 3 instruments.

 

Where available, cash CDO, CLO and ABS products are valued using prices obtained from consensus data providers and classified as Level 2 instruments. Where consensus prices are not available, these products are valued using quotes provided by a third party broker or independent lead manager and classified as Level 3 instruments. The Group has no material exposure to CDOs.

 

§         Other credit products

 

These products are linked to the credit spread of a referenced entity or index and include Single Name and Index CDS.

 

CDS are valued using an industry standard model that incorporates the credit spread as its principal input. Credit spreads are obtained from consensus market data providers. Single name and index CDS are classified as Level 2 instruments.

 

§         Non-asset backed debt instruments

 

There are observable markets for Australian and New Zealand government bonds in which Westpac is a primary dealer. Australian government bonds are valued using unadjusted quoted market yields. New Zealand government bonds are valued using unadjusted quoted market prices. These products are classified as Level 1 instruments.

 

Other government bonds, state government bonds, corporate bonds and commercial paper are valued using observable market prices which are sourced from consensus pricing services, broker quotes or inter-dealer prices. These products are classified as Level 2 instruments, with the exception of government securities where there are no observable secondary markets which are classified as Level 3 instruments.

 

§         Equity products

 

This category includes cash equities and equity indices, exchange traded equity options, OTC equity options and OTC equity warrants.

 

Cash equities and equity indices are traded on major global exchanges in liquid markets. No modelling or assumptions are used in valuation. These are categorised as Level 1 instruments.

 

Exchange traded equity options, OTC equity options and equity warrants are valued using industry standard models. The models calculate fair value based on input parameters such as stock prices, dividends, volatilities and interest rates. In general, input parameters are deemed observable. These are classified as Level 2 instruments.

 

 

 

 

246

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 28. Fair values of financial assets and liabilities (continued)

 

§         Commodity products

 

These products are exchange traded and OTC derivatives based on underlying commodities such as energy, carbon, agriculture, metals, crude oil and refined products, power and natural gas.

 

Commodity spot and futures, energy spot and futures together with carbon futures are traded on major global exchanges in liquid markets. No modelling or assumptions are used in the valuation of these instruments. These are classified as Level 1 instruments.

 

The valuation of commodity, carbon and energy derivatives are determined using industry standard models incorporating discounting of cash flows and other industry standard modelling techniques. Valuation inputs include forward curves, volatilities implied from market observable inputs, discount curves and underlying spot and futures prices. The significant inputs are market observable or available through a consensus data service. Where unobservable, inputs will be set with reference to an observable proxy.

 

In general, commodity, carbon and energy derivatives are classified as Level 2 instruments.

 

§         Certificates of deposit

 

The fair value of certificates of deposit is determined using a discounted cash flow analysis using markets rates offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities. Certificates of deposit are classified as Level 2 instruments.

 

§         Debt issues at fair value

 

Where a quoted price is not available the fair value of debt issues is determined using a discounted cash flow approach, using a discount rate which reflects the terms of the instrument and the timing of cash flows adjusted for market observable changes in the applicable credit rating of Westpac. These instruments are classified as Level 2 instruments.

 

§         Life insurance assets

 

These assets represent investments which back life insurance policy liabilities. This includes listed equities, exchange traded and over the counter derivatives, investment grade corporate bonds and units in unlisted unit trusts.

 

Listed equities and exchange traded derivatives are traded in liquid, active markets where prices are readily observable. No modelling or assumptions are used in the valuation. They are classified as Level 1 instruments.

 

Investment grade corporate bonds, over the counter derivatives, units in unlisted unit trusts and certain listed equities subject to transfer restrictions are valued utilising observable market prices or other widely used and accepted valuation techniques utilising observable market inputs. They are classified as Level 2 instruments.

 

§         Life insurance liabilities

 

Life insurance liabilities consist of life insurance contract liabilities, life investment contract liabilities and external liabilities of managed investment schemes controlled by statutory life funds. These are valued utilising observable market prices or other widely used and accepted valuation techniques utilising observable market inputs. They are classified as Level 2 instruments.

 

§         Loans at fair value

 

Where a quoted price is not available the fair value of fixed rate bills is determined using a discounted cash flow approach, using a discount rate which reflects the terms of the instrument and the timing of cash flows, adjusted for creditworthiness based on market observable inputs. These are classified as Level 2 instruments.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

247

 

 



 

 

 

Note 28. Fair values of financial assets and liabilities (continued)

 

The table below summarises the attribution of financial instruments to the fair value hierarchy based on the measurement basis after initial recognition:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

Valuation

 

Valuation

 

 

 

 

 

Valuation

 

Valuation

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted

 

Techniques

 

Techniques

 

 

 

Quoted

 

Techniques

 

Techniques

 

 

 

 

 

Market

 

(Market

 

(Non-Market

 

 

 

Market

 

(Market

 

(Non-Market

 

 

 

 

 

Prices

 

Observable)

 

Observable)

 

 

 

Prices

 

Observable)

 

Observable)

 

 

 

 

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

Total

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trading securities and other financial assets designated at fair value

 

5,258

 

39,663

 

988

 

45,909

 

60

 

48,491

 

538

 

49,089

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

51

 

41,348

 

5

 

41,404

 

12

 

28,340

 

4

 

28,356

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

1,765

 

33,421

 

822

 

36,008

 

90

 

29,119

 

790

 

29,999

 

Loans

 

-

 

9,330

 

-

 

9,330

 

-

 

10,876

 

-

 

10,876

 

Life insurance assets

 

4,472

 

6,535

 

-

 

11,007

 

5,567

 

7,582

 

-

 

13,149

 

Total assets carried at fair value

 

11,546

 

130,297

 

1,815

 

143,658

 

5,729

 

124,408

 

1,332

 

131,469

 

Financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits and other borrowings at fair value

 

-

 

49,636

 

-

 

49,636

 

-

 

42,015

 

-

 

42,015

 

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

 

1,134

 

18,102

 

-

 

19,236

 

44

 

10,258

 

-

 

10,302

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

37

 

39,472

 

30

 

39,539

 

14

 

32,952

 

24

 

32,990

 

Debt issues at fair value

 

-

 

9,524

 

18

 

9,542

 

-

 

14,127

 

13

 

14,140

 

Life insurance liabilities

 

-

 

9,637

 

-

 

9,637

 

-

 

11,938

 

-

 

11,938

 

Total liabilities carried at fair value

 

1,171

 

126,371

 

48

 

127,590

 

58

 

111,290

 

37

 

111,385

 

 

 

 

 

248

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 28. Fair values of financial assets and liabilities (continued)

 

 

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

Valuation

 

Valuation

 

 

 

 

 

Valuation

 

Valuation

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted

 

Techniques

 

Techniques

 

 

 

Quoted

 

Techniques

 

Techniques

 

 

 

 

 

Market

 

(Market

 

(Non-Market

 

 

 

Market

 

(Market

 

(Non-Market

 

 

 

 

 

Prices

 

Observable)

 

Observable)

 

 

 

Prices

 

Observable)

 

Observable)

 

 

 

 

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

Total

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trading securities and other financial assets designated at fair value

 

5,260

 

38,285

 

779

 

44,324

 

 

57

 

46,669

 

292

 

47,018

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

51

 

41,251

 

5

 

41,307

 

 

12

 

28,389

 

4

 

28,405

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

-

 

31,823

 

170

 

31,993

 

 

-

 

26,190

 

200

 

26,390

 

Loans

 

-

 

9,330

 

-

 

9,330

 

 

-

 

10,876

 

-

 

10,876

 

Total assets carried at fair value

 

5,311

 

120,689

 

954

 

126,954

 

 

69

 

112,124

 

496

 

112,689

 

Financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits and other borrowings at fair value

 

-

 

48,661

 

-

 

48,661

 

 

-

 

40,653

 

-

 

40,653

 

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

 

1,134

 

18,021

 

-

 

19,155

 

 

44

 

10,258

 

-

 

10,302

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

37

 

39,074

 

30

 

39,141

 

 

14

 

32,400

 

24

 

32,438

 

Debt issues at fair value

 

-

 

6,315

 

-

 

6,315

 

 

-

 

11,151

 

-

 

11,151

 

Total liabilities carried at fair value

 

1,171

 

112,071

 

30

 

113,272

 

 

58

 

94,462

 

24

 

94,544

 

 

In the current financial year, as a primary dealer the Group has seen and participated in increased liquidity in the Government bond markets as part of the Group's broader financial markets strategy. Australian and New Zealand Government bonds have therefore been transferred from Level 2 to Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Significant unobservable inputs

Sensitivities to reasonably possible changes in non-market observable valuation assumptions would not have a material impact on the Group’s or Parent Entity’s reported results.

 

The following table summarises significant unobservable inputs used in the Level 3 valuations and the valuation techniques used to measure fair value of the instrument.

 

 

 

As at 30 September 2014

 

 

 

Assets

 

Liabilities

 

Valuation

 

Unobservable

 

Minimum

 

Maximum

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

Technique(s)

 

Inputs

 

Value

 

Value

 

Non-asset backed debt instruments

 

785

 

-

 

Pricing model

 

Yield to maturity

 

4.5%

 

8.0%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pricing model

 

Discount margin

 

70 bps 

 

110 bps

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Third-party pricing

 

n/a

 

n/a 

 

n/a

 

Asset backed products

 

699

 

24

 

Pricing model

 

Discount margin

 

60 bps

 

91 bps

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pricing model

 

Correlation

 

32.3%

 

46.9%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Third-party pricing

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

Equity and equity linked products

 

329

 

-

 

Pricing model

 

Interest rate margin

 

1.0%

 

15.4%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pricing model

 

Earnings multiple

 

3.3

 

7.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discounted cash flows

 

Discount rate

 

14.5%

 

20.0%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Third-party pricing

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

Interest rate products

 

2

 

24

 

Pricing Model

 

Volatility

 

22.5%

 

30.0%

 

Total

 

1,815

 

48

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

249

 

 



 

 

Note 28. Fair values of financial assets and liabilities (continued)

 

Reconciliation of non-market observables

 

The following tables summarise the changes in financial instruments carried at fair value derived from non-market observable valuation techniques (Level 3):

 

 

 

Consolidated 2014

 

Trading Securities
and Other
Financial Assets
Designated at Fair
Value

 

Derivatives

 

Available-
for-Sale
Securities

 

Total Assets

 

Derivatives

 

Debt Issues
at Fair Value

 

Total
Liabilities

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Balance as at beginning of year

 

538

 

4

 

790

 

1,332

 

24

 

13

 

37

 

Gains/(losses) on assets/ (gains)/losses on liabilities recognised in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income statements

 

(7

)

-

 

-

 

(7)

 

(16

)

6

 

(10)

 

Available-for-sale reserve

 

-

 

-

 

18

 

18

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Acquisitions

 

634

 

2

 

1,524

 

2,160

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Issues

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

24

 

-

 

24

 

Disposals

 

(192

)

(1

)

(1,583

)

(1,776)

 

(2

)

(1

)

(3)

 

Settlements

 

(12

)

-

 

-

 

(12)

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Transfers into or out of non-market observables

 

24

 

-

 

-

 

24

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Others1

 

3

 

-

 

73

 

76

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Balance as at end of year

 

988

 

5

 

822

 

1,815

 

30

 

18

 

48

 

Unrealised gains/(losses) recognised in the income statements for financial instruments held as at 30 September 2014

 

14

 

1

 

-

 

15

 

(8

)

6

 

(2)

 

 

1            Includes foreign currency translation impacts.

 

 

 

Consolidated 2013

 

Trading Securities
and Other
Financial Assets
Designated at Fair
Value

 

Derivatives

 

Available-
for-Sale
Securities

 

Total Assets

 

Derivatives

 

Debt Issues
at Fair Value

 

Total
Liabilities

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Balance as at beginning of year

 

438

 

12

 

826

 

1,276

 

73

 

27

 

100

 

Gains/(losses) on assets/ (gains)/losses on liabilities recognised in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income statements

 

51

 

(2

)

-

 

49

 

(9

)

6

 

(3

)

Available-for-sale reserve

 

-

 

1

 

2

 

3

 

1

 

-

 

1

 

Acquisitions

 

41

 

1

 

1,642

 

1,684

 

8

 

-

 

8

 

Issues

 

20

 

-

 

-

 

20

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Disposals

 

(245

)

(1

)

(1,625

)

(1,871

)

(23

)

(20

)

(43

)

Settlements

 

(28

)

(5

)

-

 

(33

)

(10

)

-

 

(10

)

Transfers into or out of non-market observables

 

251

 

(2

)

10

 

259

 

(16

)

-

 

(16

)

Others1

 

10

 

-

 

(65

)

(55

)

-

 

-

 

-

 

Balance as at end of year

 

538

 

4

 

790

 

1,332

 

24

 

13

 

37

 

Unrealised gains/(losses) recognised in the income statements for financial instruments held as at 30 September 2013

 

9

 

(2

)

-

 

7

 

2

 

11

 

13

 

 

1            Includes foreign currency translation impacts.

 

 

 

 

250

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 28. Fair values of financial assets and liabilities (continued)

 

 

 

 

Parent Entity 2014

 

Trading Securities
and Other
Financial Assets
Designated at Fair
Value

 

Derivatives

 

Available-
for-Sale
Securities

 

Total Assets

 

Derivatives

 

Debt Issues
at Fair Value

 

Total
Liabilities

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Balance as at beginning of year

 

292

 

4

 

200

 

496

 

24

 

-

 

24

 

Gains/(losses) on assets/ (gains)/losses on liabilities recognised in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income statements

 

5

 

-

 

-

 

5

 

(16

)

-

 

(16)

 

Available-for-sale reserve

 

-

 

-

 

(2

)

(2)

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Acquisitions

 

628

 

2

 

72

 

702

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Issues

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

24

 

-

 

24

 

Disposals

 

(162

)

(1

)

(108

)

(271)

 

(2

)

-

 

(2)

 

Settlements

 

(12

)

-

 

-

 

(12)

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Transfers into or out of non-market observables

 

24

 

-

 

-

 

24

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Others1

 

4

 

-

 

8

 

12

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Balance as at end of year

 

779

 

5

 

170

 

954

 

30

 

-

 

30

 

Unrealised gains/(losses) recognised in the income statements for financial instruments held as at 30 September 2014

 

5

 

1

 

-

 

6

 

(8

)

-

 

(8)

 

 

1            Includes foreign currency translation impacts.

 

 

 

Parent Entity 2013

 

Trading Securities
and Other
Financial Assets
Designated at Fair
Value

 

Derivatives

 

Available-
for-Sale
Securities

 

Total Assets

 

Derivatives

 

Debt Issues
at Fair Value

 

Total
Liabilities

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Balance as at beginning of year

 

400

 

12

 

129

 

541

 

73

 

-

 

73

 

Gains/(losses) on assets/ (gains)/losses on liabilities recognised in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income statements

 

42

 

(2

)

-

 

40

 

(9

)

-

 

(9

)

Available-for-sale reserve

 

-

 

1

 

2

 

3

 

1

 

-

 

1

 

Acquisitions

 

38

 

1

 

104

 

143

 

8

 

-

 

8

 

Issues

 

20

 

-

 

-

 

20

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Disposals

 

(199

)

(1

)

(63

)

(263

)

(23

)

-

 

(23

)

Settlements

 

(28

)

(5

)

-

 

(33

)

(10

)

-

 

(10

)

Transfers into or out of non-market observables

 

11

 

(2

)

9

 

18

 

(16

)

-

 

(16

)

Others1

 

8

 

-

 

19

 

27

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Balance as at end of year

 

292

 

4

 

200

 

496

 

24

 

-

 

24

 

Unrealised gains/(losses) recognised in the income statements for financial instruments held as at 30 September 2013

 

5

 

(2

)

-

 

3

 

2

 

-

 

2

 

 

1            Includes foreign currency translation impacts.

 

Transfers into and out of Level 3 have occurred due to changes in observability in the significant inputs into the valuation models used to determine the fair value of the related financial instruments. Transfers in and transfers out are reported using the end of period fair values.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

251

 

 



 

 

Note 28. Fair values of financial assets and liabilities (continued)

 

Day one profit or loss

 

For financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value through the profit or loss, when the transaction price is different to the fair value from other observable current market transactions in the same instrument or based on a valuation technique whose inputs include only data from observable markets, Westpac recognises the difference between the transaction price and the fair value (‘day one’ profit or loss) in the income statement as non-interest income. In cases where use is made of data which is not observable, day one profit or loss is only recognised in the income statement when the inputs become observable, or over the life of the instrument.

 

The following table summarises the deferral and recognition of day one profit or loss for the Group and the Parent Entity, where a valuation technique has been applied for which not all the inputs are observable in the market:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Balance at the beginning of the year

 

6

 

6

 

6

 

5

 

Deferral on new transactions

 

5

 

5

 

5

 

5

 

Recognised in the income statements during the year

 

(5)

 

(4

)

(5)

 

(3

)

Subsequent to observability

 

-

 

(1

)

-

 

(1

)

Balance at the end of the period

 

6

 

6

 

6

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

252

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 28. Fair values of financial assets and liabilities (continued)

 

Fair value of financial instruments

 

Financial assets and financial liabilities are measured on an ongoing basis either at fair value or at amortised cost. AASB 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures requires the disclosure of the fair value of those financial instruments not already carried at fair value in the balance sheet. The fair value is the amount for which an asset could be exchanged, or a liability settled, in an arm’s length transaction between knowledgeable, willing parties. The fair value disclosure does not cover those instruments that are not considered to be financial instruments from an accounting perspective, such as income tax and intangible assets.

 

The following table summarises the estimated fair values and fair value hierarchy of the Group and the Parent Entity financial instruments not measured at fair value as at 30 September 2014:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Valuation

 

Valuation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted

 

Techniques

 

Techniques

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Market

 

(Market

 

(Non-Market

 

 

 

2013

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Prices

 

Observable)

 

Observable)

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Fair

 

 

 

Amount

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

Total

 

Amount

 

Value

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Financial assets not measured at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

 

25,760

 

25,760

 

-

 

-

 

25,760

 

11,699

 

11,699

 

Receivables due from other financial institutions

 

7,424

 

3,830

 

2,177

 

1,417

 

7,424

 

11,210

 

11,210

 

Available for sale securities

 

16

 

-

 

-

 

16

 

16

 

12

 

12

 

Loans

 

571,013

 

-

 

-

 

571,273

 

571,273

 

525,288

 

525,947

 

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

 

1,528

 

-

 

1,528

 

-

 

1,528

 

1,571

 

1,571

 

Other financial assets

 

5,093

 

-

 

5,093

 

-

 

5,093

 

3,750

 

3,750

 

Total financial assets

 

610,834

 

29,590

 

8,798

 

572,706

 

611,094

 

553,530

 

554,189

 

Financial liabilities not measured at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payables due to other financial institutions

 

18,636

 

3,876

 

14,760

 

-

 

18,636

 

8,836

 

8,836

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

411,186

 

-

 

408,398

 

3,434

 

411,832

 

382,467

 

383,669

 

Debt issues

 

142,709

 

-

 

144,337

 

-

 

144,337

 

129,993

 

132,058

 

Loan capital

 

10,858

 

-

 

10,858

 

-

 

10,858

 

9,330

 

9,374

 

Other financial liabilities

 

6,852

 

-

 

6,852

 

-

 

6,852

 

7,780

 

7,780

 

Total financial liabilities

 

590,241

 

3,876

 

585,205

 

3,434

 

592,515

 

538,406

 

541,717

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

253

 

 



 

 

Note 28. Fair values of financial assets and liabilities (continued)

 

 

 

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Valuation

 

Valuation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted

 

Techniques

 

Techniques

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Market

 

(Market

 

(Non-Market

 

 

 

2013

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Prices

 

Observable)

 

Observable)

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Fair

 

 

 

Amount

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

Total

 

Amount

 

Value

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Financial assets not measured at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

 

23,400

 

23,400

 

-

 

-

 

23,400

 

9,509

 

9,509

 

Receivables due from other financial institutions

 

5,483

 

3,686

 

1,797

 

-

 

5,483

 

9,317

 

9,317

 

Available for sale securities

 

16

 

-

 

-

 

16

 

16

 

4

 

4

 

Loans

 

496,274

 

-

 

-

 

496,485

 

496,485

 

460,781

 

461,376

 

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

 

1,389

 

-

 

1,389

 

-

 

1,389

 

1,463

 

1,463

 

Due from subsidiaries

 

140,098

 

-

 

-

 

140,098

 

140,098

 

119,038

 

119,038

 

Other financial assets

 

4,527

 

-

 

4,527

 

-

 

4,527

 

3,224

 

3,224

 

Total financial assets

 

671,187

 

27,086

 

7,713

 

636,599

 

671,398

 

603,336

 

603,931

 

Financial liabilities not measured at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payables due to other financial institutions

 

18,411

 

3,842

 

14,569

 

-

 

18,411

 

8,738

 

8,738

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

365,522

 

-

 

364,946

 

1,183

 

366,129

 

339,555

 

340,692

 

Debt issues

 

121,531

 

-

 

123,024

 

-

 

123,024

 

110,404

 

112,266

 

Due to subsidiaries

 

135,066

 

-

 

-

 

135,066

 

135,066

 

120,553

 

120,553

 

Loan capital

 

10,858

 

-

 

10,858

 

-

 

10,858

 

9,330

 

9,374

 

Other financial liabilities

 

5,948

 

-

 

5,948

 

-

 

5,948

 

7,044

 

7,044

 

Total financial liabilities

 

657,336

 

3,842

 

519,345

 

136,249

 

659,436

 

595,624

 

598,667

 

 

For financial instruments not measured at fair value on a recurring basis in the balance sheet, fair value has been derived as follows:

 

Loans

 

The carrying value of loans is net of individually and collectively assessed provisions for impairment charges. The fair value of loans is based on observable market transactions, where available. In the absence of observable market transactions, fair value is estimated using discounted cash flow models. For variable rate loans, the discount rate used is the current effective interest rate. The discount rate applied for fixed rate loans reflects the market rate for the maturity of the loan and the credit worthiness of the borrower.

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

Deposits by customers’ accounts are grouped by maturity. Fair values of deposit liabilities payable on demand (interest free, interest bearing and savings deposits) approximate their carrying value. Fair values for term deposits are estimated using discounted cash flows, applying market rates offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

 

Debt issues and loan capital

 

Fair values are calculated using a discounted cash flow model. The discount rates applied reflect the terms of the instruments, the timing of the estimated cash flows and are adjusted for any changes in Westpac’s credit spreads.

 

Other financial assets and liabilities

 

For all other financial assets and liabilities, the carrying value approximates to the fair value. These items are either short-term in nature, re-price frequently or are of a high credit rating.

 

 

 

 

254

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 29. Derivative financial instruments

 

Derivative contracts include forwards, futures, swaps and options, whose values derive from the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index. Derivatives are flexible and cost-effective tools for assisting in the management of interest rate, exchange rate, commodity, credit and equity exposures.

 

The Group uses derivatives in two distinct capacities: as a trader, and as an end-user as part of its asset and liability management activities.

 

Trading

As a trader, the Group’s primary objective is to derive income as a market maker from the sale of derivatives to meet Westpac’s customers’ needs. The Group also undertakes risk management activities to manage risks arising from the balance sheet. The market making process provides liquidity in key markets in which the Group operates. The Group also trades on its own account to take advantage of market opportunities. These activities represent a limited part of the Group’s derivative activities.

 

The Group uses hedge accounting techniques where possible to eliminate the volatility which would otherwise arise due to accounting mismatches.

 

Hedging

Hedging the Group’s exposures to interest rate, credit and foreign exchange rate risk is undertaken in the normal course of business by using derivatives. This activity is principally carried out by Treasury within the risk management framework of limits, practices and procedures set and overseen by RISKCO.

 

The hedge accounting strategy adopted by Westpac is to utilise a combination of cash flow, fair value and net investment hedge approaches. Some hedging relationships do not meet the criteria for hedge accounting as defined under AASB 139 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. Derivatives used in these relationships are accounted for in the same way as derivatives held for trading. This includes the management of risks associated with future New Zealand dollar earnings and the management of credit risk exposures in Westpac’s lending portfolio.

 

a.             Fair value hedges

 

The Group hedges a proportion of its interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk from debt issuances using single currency and cross-currency interest rate derivatives. The Group also hedges part of its interest rate risk from fixed rate assets denominated both in local and foreign currencies using interest rate derivatives designated as fair value hedges.

 

For the Group, the change in the fair value of hedging instruments designated in fair value hedges was $287 million gain (2013: $249 million gain) while the change in the fair value of hedged items attributed to the hedge risk was a $323 million loss (2013: $244 million loss).

 

For the Parent Entity, the change in the fair value of hedging instruments designated in fair value hedges was $304 million gain (2013: $205 million gain) while the change in the fair value of hedged items attributed to the hedge risk was $342 million loss (2013: $202 million loss).

 

All gains or losses associated with the ineffective portion of fair value hedge relationships are recognised as ‘interest income’ in the income statement. The amount recognised for this period was $36 million loss (2013: $6 million gain) for the Group and $38 million loss (2013: $4 million gain) for the Parent Entity.

 

b.             Cash flow hedges

 

Exposure to the volatility of interest cash flows from floating rate customer deposits, at call balances and loans is hedged through the use of interest rate derivatives.

 

Exposure to foreign currency principal and interest cash flows from floating rate debt issuances is hedged through the use of cross-currency derivatives.

 

Underlying cash flows from cash flow hedges are, as a proportion of total cash flows, expected to occur in the following periods:

 

 

 

Less Than

 

1 Month to

 

3 Months

 

1 Year to

 

2 Years to

 

3 Years to

 

4 Years to

 

Over

 

 

 

1 Month

 

3 Months

 

to 1 Year

 

2 Years

 

3 Years

 

4 Years

 

5 Years

 

5 Years

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash inflows (assets)

 

1.5%

 

14.9%

 

30.5%

 

19.0%

 

24.2%

 

4.7%

 

2.9%

 

2.2%

 

Cash outflows (liabilities)

 

1.5%

 

16.9%

 

29.7%

 

18.9%

 

23.9%

 

4.6%

 

2.6%

 

1.9%

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash inflows (assets)

 

6.8%

 

6.5%

 

35.4%

 

29.8%

 

10.3%

 

5.8%

 

3.5%

 

1.8%

 

Cash outflows (liabilities)

 

6.5%

 

6.8%

 

36.1%

 

30.2%

 

9.9%

 

5.7%

 

3.4%

 

1.4%

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

255

 

 



 

 

Note 29. Derivative financial instruments (continued)

 

For the Group, a loss on cashflow hedges of $22 million was recognised due to hedge ineffectiveness (2013: $25 million gain). For the Parent Entity, a loss on cashflow hedges of $23 million was recognised due to hedge ineffectiveness (2013: $25 million gain). Both were recognised immediately in interest income in the income statement.

 

c.              Dual fair value and cash flow hedges

 

Fixed rate foreign currency denominated debt is hedged using cross-currency interest rate derivatives, designated as fair value hedges of foreign interest rates and cash flow hedges of foreign exchange rates.

 

d.             Net investment hedges

 

For both the Group and Parent Entity, ineffectiveness arising from hedges of net investments in foreign operations and recognised in non-interest income in the income statement amounted to nil (2013: nil). The Group hedges the majority of the currency translation risk of net investments in foreign operations through foreign exchange forward contracts.

 

The notional amount and fair value of derivative instruments held for trading and designated in hedge relationships are set out in the following tables:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

30 September 2014

 

30 September 2013

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

Notional

 

Asset

 

Liability

 

Notional

 

Asset

 

Liability

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Held for trading

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Futures1

 

94,187

 

-

 

-

 

 

137,682

 

-

 

-

 

Forwards

 

159,695

 

15

 

(14

)

 

175,276

 

35

 

(49

)

Swaps

 

1,845,234

 

14,722

 

(13,888

)

 

1,290,282

 

13,313

 

(13,194

)

Options

 

106,950

 

311

 

(339

)

 

78,677

 

152

 

(109

)

Foreign exchange:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forwards

 

747,207

 

10,092

 

(8,873

)

 

473,838

 

4,193

 

(4,889

)

Swaps

 

339,902

 

11,592

 

(9,964

)

 

285,218

 

6,038

 

(6,938

)

Options

 

34,144

 

498

 

(486

)

 

31,003

 

416

 

(440

)

Commodities

 

3,426

 

133

 

(137

)

 

3,466

 

117

 

(106

)

Equities

 

313

 

6

 

(4

)

 

378

 

9

 

(8

)

Credit

 

32,684

 

205

 

(223

)

 

50,741

 

266

 

(296

)

Total held for trading derivatives

 

3,363,742

 

37,574

 

(33,928

)

 

2,526,561

 

24,539

 

(26,029

)

Fair value hedges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Swaps2

 

46,933

 

402

 

(2,199

)

 

40,704

 

606

 

(1,945

)

Foreign exchange:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Swaps2,3

 

34,534

 

2,279

 

(1,789

)

 

27,821

 

1,586

 

(2,418

)

Total fair value hedging derivatives

 

81,467

 

2,681

 

(3,988

)

 

68,525

 

2,192

 

(4,363

)

Cash flow hedges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Swaps2

 

106,618

 

996

 

(591

)

 

107,075

 

1,464

 

(829

)

Foreign exchange:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Swaps2,3

 

10,974

 

94

 

(980

)

 

10,545

 

153

 

(1,692

)

Total cash flow hedging derivatives

 

117,592

 

1,090

 

(1,571

)

 

117,620

 

1,617

 

(2,521

)

Net investment hedges

 

6,540

 

59

 

(52

)

 

5,674

 

8

 

(77

)

Total derivatives

 

3,569,341

 

41,404

 

(39,539

)

 

2,718,380

 

28,356

 

(32,990

)

1      The fair value differential of futures contracts are settled daily with the exchange. The notional balance represents open contracts as at 30 September.

2      The unrealised foreign exchange gains or loss on derivatives in hedge relationships are substantially offset by the retranslation at spot exchange rates of the foreign currency denominated debt being hedged, which affects profit and loss in the current year.

3      Included within foreign exchange swaps in fair value hedging derivatives are derivatives designated in both cash flow and fair value hedge relationships under the dual designation strategy.

 

 

 

 

256

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 29. Derivative financial instruments (continued)

 

 

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

30 September 2014

 

30 September 2013

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

Notional

 

Asset

 

Liability

 

Notional

 

Asset

 

Liability

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Held for trading

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Futures1

 

94,187

 

-

 

-

 

 

137,682

 

-

 

-

 

Forwards

 

159,695

 

15

 

(14

)

 

175,276

 

35

 

(49

)

Swaps

 

1,863,530

 

14,764

 

(13,953

)

 

1,301,903

 

13,373

 

(13,227

)

Options

 

106,925

 

311

 

(339

)

 

78,677

 

152

 

(109

)

Foreign exchange:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forwards

 

744,871

 

10,073

 

(8,831

)

 

474,535

 

4,191

 

(4,893

)

Swaps

 

347,181

 

11,789

 

(10,405

)

 

285,883

 

6,046

 

(7,052

)

Options

 

34,144

 

498

 

(486

)

 

31,003

 

416

 

(440

)

Commodities

 

3,425

 

133

 

(137

)

 

3,466

 

117

 

(106

)

Equities

 

313

 

6

 

(4

)

 

378

 

9

 

(8

)

Credit

 

32,684

 

205

 

(223

)

 

50,741

 

266

 

(296

)

Total held for trading derivatives

 

3,386,955

 

37,794

 

(34,392

)

 

2,539,544

 

24,605

 

(26,180

)

Fair value hedges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Swaps2

 

42,190

 

398

 

(2,109

)

 

36,848

 

633

 

(1,838

)

Foreign exchange:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Swaps2,3

 

25,562

 

2,015

 

(1,360

)

 

24,868

 

1,578

 

(2,230

)

Total fair value hedging derivatives

 

67,752

 

2,413

 

(3,469

)

 

61,716

 

2,211

 

(4,068

)

Cash flow hedges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Swaps2

 

90,105

 

952

 

(532

)

 

97,567

 

1,428

 

(801

)

Foreign exchange:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Swaps2,3

 

7,126

 

94

 

(698

)

 

8,246

 

153

 

(1,318

)

Total cash flow hedging derivatives

 

97,231

 

1,046

 

(1,230

)

 

105,813

 

1,581

 

(2,119

)

Net investment hedges

 

5,975

 

54

 

(50

)

 

4,977

 

8

 

(71

)

Total derivatives

 

3,557,913

 

41,307

 

(39,141

)

 

2,712,050

 

28,405

 

(32,438

)

1            The fair value differential of futures contracts are settled daily with the exchange. The notional balance represents open contracts as at 30 September.

2            The unrealised foreign exchange gains or loss on derivatives in hedge relationships are substantially offset by the retranslation at spot exchange rates of the foreign currency denominated debt being hedged, which affects profit and loss in the current year.

3            Included within foreign exchange swaps in fair value hedging derivatives are derivatives designated in both cash flow and fair value hedge relationships under the dual designation strategy.

 

Credit derivatives

Through the use of credit derivatives, the Group is exposed to or protected from the risk of default of the underlying entity referenced by the derivative, dependant on whether the Group is a purchaser or seller of credit protection. The primary credit derivatives used by the Group are CDSs, which are predominantly executed with other financial institutions.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

257

 

 



 

 

Note 29. Derivative financial instruments (continued)

 

Credit derivatives are primarily entered into to facilitate institutional customer transactions and to manage our credit risk exposures. The notional amount and fair value of credit derivatives are presented in the following tables:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

Notional

 

Asset

 

Liability

 

Notional

 

Asset

 

Liability

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Credit protection bought1

 

16,703

 

6

 

(212

)

 

25,576

 

22

 

(256

)

Credit protection sold

 

15,981

 

199

 

(11

)

 

25,165

 

244

 

(40

)

Total2

 

32,684

 

205

 

(223

)

 

50,741

 

266

 

(296

)

1      Counterparties to derivatives relating to credit protection bought are predominantly financial institutions.

2      The table above does not include total return swaps included with credit derivatives in the previous table.

 

 

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

Notional

 

Asset

 

Liability

 

Notional

 

Asset

 

Liability

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Credit protection bought1

 

16,703

 

6

 

(212

)

 

25,576

 

22

 

(256

)

Credit protection sold

 

15,981

 

199

 

(11

)

 

25,165

 

244

 

(40

)

Total2

 

32,684

 

205

 

(223

)

 

50,741

 

266

 

(296

)

1      Counterparties to derivatives relating to credit protection bought are predominantly financial institutions.

2      The table above does not include total return swaps included with credit derivatives in the previous table.

 

 

 

 

258

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 30. Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

 

Financial assets and financial liabilities are presented on a net basis on the balance sheet when they meet the offsetting criteria described in Note 1(e)(ii).

 

The following tables provide information on the impact of offsetting, as well as amounts subject to enforceable master netting agreements or similar arrangements that do not qualify for offsetting in the balance sheets. The tables exclude amounts not subject to offsetting or enforceable netting arrangements and therefore may not tie back to the balance sheet.

 

The amounts presented in this note do not represent the credit risk exposure of the Consolidated or Parent Entity. Refer to Note 27.2 for information on credit risk management.

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

Effects of
Offsetting on Balance Sheet

 

Amounts Subject to Enforceable
Netting Arrangements But Not Offset

 

 

 

 

 

Gross
Amounts

 

Amounts
Offset

 

Net
Amounts
Reported on
the Balance
Sheet

 

Other
Recognised
Financial
Instruments

 

Cash
Collateral

 

Financial
Instrument
Collateral

 

Net Amount

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receivables due from other financial institutions1

 

28

 

-

 

28

 

-

 

-

 

(26

)

2

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

41,404

 

-

 

41,404

 

(27,241

)

(3,866

)

(92

)

10,205

 

Securities purchased under agreement to resell2

 

6,275

 

-

 

6,275

 

-

 

(22

)

(6,253

)

-

 

Loans3

 

11,898

 

(11,801

)

97

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

97

 

Total assets

 

59,605

 

(11,801

)

47,804

 

(27,241

)

(3,888

)

(6,371

)

10,304

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

39,539

 

-

 

39,539

 

(27,241

)

(3,861

)

(1,638

)

6,799

 

Securities sold under agreement to repurchase4

 

23,520

 

-

 

23,520

 

-

 

(33

)

(23,487

)

-

 

Deposits and other borrowings3

 

18,031

 

(11,801

)

6,230

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

6,230

 

Total liabilities

 

81,090

 

(11,801

)

69,289

 

(27,241

)

(3,894

)

(25,125

)

13,029

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receivables due from other financial institutions1

 

46

 

-

 

46

 

-

 

-

 

(44

)

2

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

28,356

 

-

 

28,356

 

(20,453

)

(1,136

)

(36

)

6,731

 

Securities purchased under agreement to resell2

 

6,882

 

-

 

6,882

 

-

 

(81

)

(6,801

)

-

 

Loans3

 

14,096

 

(13,920

)

176

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

176

 

Total assets

 

49,380

 

(13,920

)

35,460

 

(20,453

)

(1,217

)

(6,881

)

6,909

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

32,990

 

-

 

32,990

 

(20,453

)

(7,001

)

(177

)

5,359

 

Securities sold under agreement to repurchase4

 

7,966

 

-

 

7,966

 

-

 

(9

)

(7,957

)

-

 

Deposits and other borrowings3

 

19,090

 

(13,920

)

5,170

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

5,170

 

Total liabilities

 

60,046

 

(13,920

)

46,126

 

(20,453

)

(7,010

)

(8,134

)

10,529

 

 

1                Consists of stock borrowing arrangements, reported as part of cash collateral in Receivables due from other financial institutions (Note 8).

 

2                Securities purchased under agreement to resell forms part of trading securities and other financial assets designated at fair value (Note 9).

 

3                Consists of debt and interest set-off accounts which meet the requirements for offsetting as described in Note 1(e)(ii). These accounts form part of overdrafts in Loans (Note 11) and deposits and other borrowings at amortised costs in Deposits and other borrowings (Note 18).

 

4                Securities sold under agreement to repurchase forms part of Payables due to other financial institutions, recognised at amortised cost (Note 17) and Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement (Note 19).

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

259

 

 



 

 

Note 30. Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities (continued)

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

Effects of
Offsetting on Balance Sheet

 

Amounts Subject to Enforceable
Netting Arrangements But Not Offset

 

 

 

 

 

Gross
Amounts

 

Amounts
Offset

 

Net
Amounts
Reported on
the Balance
Sheet

 

Other
Recognised
Financial
Instruments

 

Cash
Collateral

 

Financial
Instrument
Collateral

 

Net Amount

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receivables due from other financial institutions1

 

28

 

-

 

28

 

-

 

-

 

(26

)

2

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

41,307

 

-

 

41,307

 

(27,086

)

(3,831

)

(92

)

10,298

 

Securities purchased under agreement to resell2

 

6,275

 

-

 

6,275

 

-

 

(22

)

(6,253

)

-

 

Loans3

 

11,898

 

(11,801

)

97

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

97

 

Total assets

 

59,508

 

(11,801

)

47,707

 

(27,086

)

(3,853

)

(6,371

)

10,397

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

39,141

 

-

 

39,141

 

(27,086

)

(3,717

)

(1,638

)

6,700

 

Securities sold under agreement to repurchase4

 

23,439

 

-

 

23,439

 

-

 

(33

)

(23,406

)

-

 

Deposits and other borrowings3

 

18,031

 

(11,801

)

6,230

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

6,230

 

Total liabilities

 

80,611

 

(11,801

)

68,810

 

(27,086

)

(3,750

)

(25,044

)

12,930

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receivables due from other financial institutions1

 

46

 

-

 

46

 

-

 

-

 

(44

)

2

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

28,405

 

-

 

28,405

 

(20,448

)

(1,136

)

(36

)

6,785

 

Securities purchased under agreement to resell2

 

6,882

 

-

 

6,882

 

-

 

(81

)

(6,801

)

-

 

Loans3

 

14,096

 

(13,920

)

176

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

176

 

Total assets

 

49,429

 

(13,920

)

35,509

 

(20,448

)

(1,217

)

(6,881

)

6,963

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

32,438

 

-

 

32,438

 

(20,448

)

(6,850

)

(177

)

4,963

 

Securities sold under agreement to repurchase4

 

7,966

 

-

 

7,966

 

-

 

(9

)

(7,957

)

-

 

Deposits and other borrowings3

 

19,090

 

(13,920

)

5,170

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

5,170

 

Total liabilities

 

59,494

 

(13,920

)

45,574

 

(20,448

)

(6,859

)

(8,134

)

10,133

 

 

1            Consists of stock borrowing arrangements, reported as part of cash collateral in Receivables due from other financial institutions (Note 8).

 

2            Securities purchased under agreement to resell forms part of trading securities and other financial assets designated at fair value (Note 9).

 

3            Consists of debt and interest set-off accounts which meet the requirements for offsetting as described in Note 1(e)(ii). These accounts form part of overdrafts in Loans (Note 11) and deposits and other borrowings at amortised costs in Deposits and other borrowings (Note 18).

 

4            Securities sold under agreement to repurchase forms part of Payables due to other financial institutions, recognised at amortised cost (Note 17) and Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement (Note 19).

 

Effects of offsetting on balance sheet

 

Amounts are offset in accordance with the criteria described in Note 1(e)(ii) and are limited to the gross carrying values of the financial instrument.

 

 

 

 

260

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 30. Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities (continued)

 

Amounts subject to enforceable netting arrangements but not offset

 

Other recognised financial instruments discloses financial assets and liabilities recognised on balance sheet that are not offset but are subject to enforceable master netting agreements whereby the rights of set-off and close-out netting can be applied in the event of default, or if other predetermined events occur.

 

Cash collateral and financial instrument collateral discloses amounts received or pledged in relation to the gross amount of assets and liabilities. Financial instrument collateral is reflected at its fair value. These forms of collateral are also subject to enforceable netting arrangements but are not offset due to the collateral being realised only in the event of default or if other predetermined events occur.

 

For the purposes of disclosure, the amounts subject to enforceable netting arrangements but not offset has been limited to the net amounts of financial assets/(liabilities) presented on the balance sheet so to not include over-collateralisation. As a result, the amounts for cash collateral and financial instruments collateral may not equal the tables disclosed in the ‘Assets pledged’ and ‘Collateral received’ sections under Note 37.

 

The offsetting and collateral arrangements and other credit risk mitigation strategies used by the Group are further explained in the ‘Management of risk mitigation’ section under Note 27.

 

Note 31. Capital adequacy

 

APRA has responsibility for the prudential supervision of ADIs, life and general insurance companies and superannuation funds in Australia. Westpac is an ADI.

 

Australia’s risk-based capital adequacy guidelines are generally consistent but not completely aligned with the approach agreed upon by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS). APRA has exercised its discretion in applying the Basel framework to Australian ADIs, resulting in a more conservative approach than the minimum standards published by the BCBS. APRA also introduced the new standards from 1 January 2013 with no phasing in of higher capital requirements as allowed by BCBS. The application of these discretions act to reduce reported capital ratios relative to those reported in other jurisdictions.

 

Under APRA’s implementation of Basel III, Australian banks are required to maintain a minimum Common Equity Tier 1 Capital ratio of at least 4.5%, Tier 1 Capital ratio of 6.0% and Total Regulatory Capital ratio of 8.0%. Subject to certain limitations, Common Equity Tier 1 capital consists of paid-up share capital, retained profits and certain reserves, less the deduction of certain intangible assets, capitalised expenses and software, and investments and retained earnings in insurance and funds management subsidiaries that are not consolidated for capital adequacy purposes. Tier 1 Capital is the sum of Common Equity Tier 1 Capital and Additional Tier 1 Capital. Additional Tier 1 Capital comprises high quality components of capital that consists of securities not included in Common Equity Tier 1 Capital but which include loss absorbing characteristics. Total Regulatory Capital is the sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 Capital. Tier 2 Capital includes other components of capital that, to varying degrees, fall short of the quality of Tier 1 Capital, but nonetheless contribute to the overall strength of an ADI and its capacity to absorb losses.

 

Westpac’s capital ratios are significantly above APRA minimum capital adequacy requirements. Westpac is required to inform APRA immediately of any breach or potential breach of its minimum prudential capital adequacy requirements, including details of remedial action taken or planned to be taken.

 

Capital management strategy

 

Westpac’s approach seeks to balance the fact that capital is an expensive form of funding with the need to be adequately capitalised as an ADI. Westpac considers the need to balance efficiency, flexibility and adequacy when determining sufficiency of capital and when developing capital management plans.

 

Westpac evaluates these considerations through an Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP), the key features of which include:

 

¡        the development of a capital management strategy, including preferred capital range, capital buffers and contingency plans;

 

¡        consideration of both economic and regulatory capital requirements;

 

¡        a process that challenges the capital measures, coverage and requirements which incorporates amongst other things, the impact of adverse economic scenarios; and

 

¡        consideration of the perspectives of external stakeholders including rating agencies and equity and debt investors.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

261

 

 



 

 

Note 32. Securitisation and covered bonds

 

Westpac derives rewards and has exposure to risks from various forms of securitisation structures:

 

¡        own asset securitisation; and

 

¡        customer funding conduits.

 

Own assets securitised

 

Securitisation is a funding, liquidity and capital management tool. Securitisation provides Westpac the option to liquefy a pool of assets and increase the Group’s wholesale funding capacity. Westpac may provide arm’s length facilities to the securitisation vehicles. The facilities entered into typically include the provision of liquidity, funding and derivative contracts.

 

Where the Parent Entity and the Group have continuing involvement with the securitisation vehicle, through ongoing exposure to the risks and rewards associated with the assets, the provision of derivatives, liquidity facilities and trust management and operational services, the originated assets remain recognised on the balance sheet for accounting purposes. These securitisation vehicles are consolidated as Westpac is exposed or has the right to variable returns and has the ability to effect its returns through its power over these securitisation vehicles.

 

Customer funding conduits

 

The Group arranges funding for certain customer transactions through a securitisation conduit (Waratah Receivables Corporation Limited and other related structured entities) that provides customers with access to funding from commercial paper markets. Given that Westpac provides liquidity, credit enhancements, foreign exchange facilities and management and operational services, it is deemed to have exposure to the associated risks and rewards. The conduits are consolidated as the Group is exposed or has the right to variable returns and has the ability to effect its returns through its power over the conduits.

 

Revenue from securitisation structures

 

Fee income

 

Westpac receives a market-based fee or margin in return for its services as trust manager, servicer, foreign exchange counterparty and facilities provider.

 

Securitisation risk management

 

Credit exposure

 

Where relevant, counterparty exposure arising from funding, liquidity, credit support and funding facilities, foreign exchange and swap arrangements for both own asset securitisation and customer funding conduits are approved within the Group’s normal credit process and are captured and monitored in key source systems along with other facilities and derivatives entered into by Westpac.

 

Market risk

 

Exposures arising from transactions with securitisation conduits and other counterparties are captured as part of Westpac’s traded and non-traded market risk reporting and limit management framework.

 

The interest rate and basis risk generated by Westpac’s provision of hedge arrangements to securitisation vehicles are captured and managed in Westpac’s ALM framework. The risk generated by Westpac’s provision of liquidity and redraw facilities to own asset vehicles is captured and managed within Treasury’s liquidity risk policies along with all other contingent liquidity facilities.

 

Funding and liquidity management

 

Exposure to and the impact of securitisation transactions are managed under the Market and Liquidity Risk Management Framework and are integrated into routine reporting for capital and liquidity positions, net interest margin analysis, balance sheet forecasting and funding scenario testing. The Group’s funding plan incorporates consideration of overall liquidity risk limits and the level of securitisation of Westpac originated assets. Westpac provided undrawn liquidity facilities to the customer funding conduit of $1,416 million at 30 September 2014 (30 September 2013: $1,784 million). Similarly undrawn funding and liquidity facilities of $371 million were provided by Westpac (30 September 2013: $532 million) for the securitisation of its own assets.

 

 

 

 

262

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 32. Securitisation and covered bonds (continued)

 

The table below presents assets securitised by the Group:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

Customer

 

 

 

 

 

Customer

 

 

 

 

 

Own Assets

 

Conduits

 

Total

 

Own Assets

 

Conduits

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Residential mortgage

 

9,572

 

1,417

 

10,989

 

 

9,483

 

1,710

 

11,193

 

Auto and equipment finance

 

1,348

 

-

 

1,348

 

 

925

 

-

 

925

 

Other assets securitised

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

-

 

75

 

75

 

Other1

 

665

 

-

 

665

 

 

412

 

-

 

412

 

Total

 

11,585

 

1,417

 

13,002

 

 

10,820

 

1,785

 

12,605

 

1      This reflects cash held by the own asset securitisation vehicles.

 

The table below presents assets securitised by the Parent Entity:

 

 

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

Customer

 

 

 

 

 

Customer

 

 

 

 

 

Own Assets1

 

Conduits

 

Total

 

Own Assets1

 

Conduits

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Residential mortgage

 

83,090

 

-

 

83,090

 

 

71,658

 

-

 

71,658

 

Other2

 

7,326

 

-

 

7,326

 

 

5,532

 

-

 

5,532

 

Total

 

90,416

 

-

 

90,416

 

 

77,190

 

-

 

77,190

 

1      Own assets securitised by the Parent Entity include internal mortgage backed securitisation of $79,500 million (2013: $66,535 million) which are available for external issuance and $73,950 million (2013: $61,845 million) qualifies for repurchase with the RBA.

2      This reflects cash held by the own asset securitisation vehicles.

 

The table below presents the underlying liabilities of the Group as a result of the securitisation of assets:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

Customer

 

 

 

 

 

Customer

 

 

 

 

 

Own Assets

 

Conduits

 

Total

 

Own Assets

 

Conduits

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Notes issued

 

11,276

 

1,418

 

12,694

 

 

10,372

 

1,772

 

12,144

 

 

The table below presents the underlying liabilities of the Parent Entity as a result of the securitisation of assets:

 

 

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

Customer

 

 

 

 

 

Customer

 

 

 

 

 

Own Assets

 

Conduits

 

Total

 

Own Assets

 

Conduits

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Due to subsidiaries

 

89,135

 

-

 

89,135

 

 

76,741

 

-

 

76,741

 

 

Certain own asset securitisation and customer funding conduit notes have been issued in foreign currencies and have been translated to Australian dollars using the spot foreign exchange rate on the balance sheet date. These foreign exchange exposures are fully hedged with foreign exchange derivatives. Associated derivatives are not presented in the tables above and explain the mismatch between assets securitised and notes issued.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

263

 

 



 

 

Note 32. Securitisation and covered bonds (continued)

 

The table below presents the fair value of own assets securitised and underlying liabilities as a result of the securitisation of assets for the Consolidated Group and Parent Entity:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Residential mortgage

 

9,580

 

 

9,495

 

83,143

 

 

71,753

 

Auto and equipment finance

 

1,374

 

 

943

 

-

 

 

-

 

Other

 

665

 

 

412

 

7,326

 

 

5,532

 

Fair value of assets securitised

 

11,619

 

 

10,850

 

90,469

 

 

77,285

 

Notes issued

 

11,295

 

 

10,353

 

90,232

 

 

76,159

 

Fair value of underlying liabilities

 

11,295

 

 

10,353

 

90,232

 

 

76,159

 

Net fair value

 

324

 

 

497

 

237

 

 

1,126

 

 

Covered bonds

The Group has two covered bond programs: one utilises Australian residential mortgages (Australian Program) and one utilises New Zealand residential mortgages (New Zealand Program). Pursuant to these programs, selected pools of residential mortgages are assigned to bankruptcy remote structured entities. These provide unconditional and irrevocable guarantees of the related covered bonds that are issued by members of the Group. As such, the covered bondholders have recourse to the issuer of the covered bond and, in the event that the issuer fails to make a payment when due, to the covered bond structured entities.

 

The Group has continuing involvement with the covered bond structured entities as it is exposed to the risks and rewards associated with the pools of residential mortgages (including by way of the derivatives it has entered into with the structured entities). Accordingly, for accounting purposes, the structured entities are consolidated entities of the Group.

 

As at 30 September 2014, the carrying value of covered bonds on issue was $26,168 million (2013: $18,140 million) for the Group and $23,167 million (2013: $16,229 million) for the Parent Entity. The carrying value of assets pledged for the covered bond programs was $39,314 million (2013: $34,244 million) for the Group and $35,276 million (2013: $30,232 million) for the Parent Entity. The difference between the carrying value of covered bonds on issue and the carrying value of assets pledged for the covered bond programs includes the amount of over-collateralisation required to maintain the ratings of the covered bonds on issue and additional assets primarily to allow for future issuance of covered bonds without delay. The additional assets that allow for future issuance can be repurchased by Westpac at its discretion, subject to the conditions set out in the transaction documents.

 

 

 

 

264

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 33. Group segment information

 

The accounting standard AASB 8 Operating Segments requires segment results to be presented on a basis that is consistent with information provided internally to Westpac’s key decision makers.

 

In assessing financial performance, including divisional results, Westpac uses a measure of performance referred to as ‘cash earnings’.

 

Cash earnings is not a measure of cash flow or net profit determined on a cash accounting basis, as it includes non-cash items reflected in net profit determined in accordance with AAS. The specific adjustments include both cash and non-cash items. Cash earnings, as calculated by Westpac, is viewed as a measure of the level of profit that is generated by ongoing operations and is therefore available for distribution to shareholders.

 

Management believes this allows the Group to more effectively assess performance for the current period against prior periods and to compare performance across business divisions and across peer companies.

 

Three categories of adjustments are made to statutory results to determine cash earnings:

 

¡        material items that key decision makers at Westpac believe do not reflect ongoing operations;

 

¡        items that are not considered when dividends are recommended, such as the amortisation of intangibles, impact of Treasury shares and economic hedging impacts; and

 

¡        accounting reclassifications between individual line items that do not impact statutory results, such as policyholder tax recoveries1.

 

The basis of segment reporting reflects the management of the business, rather than the legal structure of the Group. The operating segment results have been presented on a management reporting basis and consequently internal charges and transfer pricing adjustments have been reflected in the performance of each operating segment. Inter-segment pricing is determined on an arm’s length basis.

 

Reportable operating segments

The operating segments are defined by the customers they service and the services they provide:

 

¡        Australian Financial Services (AFS) is responsible for the Westpac Group’s Australian retail banking, business banking and wealth operations. It incorporates the operations of:

 

–  Westpac Retail & Business Banking (Westpac RBB), which is responsible for sales and service for consumer, small-to-medium enterprise (SME), commercial and agribusiness customers (with turnover of up to $100 million) in Australia under the Westpac brand;

–  St.George Banking Group (St.George), which is responsible for sales and service to consumer, SME and corporate customers (businesses with facilities up to $150 million) in Australia under the St.George, BankSA, Bank of Melbourne and RAMS2 brands;

–  BT Financial Group (Australia) (BTFG), which is Westpac’s Australian wealth division. Its operations include funds management and insurance solutions. BTFG’s brands include Advance Asset Management, Ascalon, Asgard, BT, BT Investment Management (BTIM)3, Licensee Select, BT Select, Securitor, and the advice, private banking and insurance operations of Bank of Melbourne, BankSA, St.George and Westpac.

 

AFS also includes the product, marketing and risk management responsibilities for Australian retail banking and wealth.

 

¡        Westpac Institutional Bank (WIB) delivers a broad range of financial services to commercial, corporate, institutional and government customers with connections to Australia and New Zealand. Customers are supported through branches and subsidiaries located in Australia, New Zealand, Asia, US and UK;

 

¡        Westpac New Zealand is responsible for sales and service of banking, wealth and insurance products for consumers, business and institutional customers in New Zealand. Banking products are provided under the Westpac and WIB brands while insurance and wealth products are provided under Westpac Life and BT brands respectively.

 

Other divisions in the Group include:

 

¡        Westpac Pacific, which provides banking services for retail and business customers in seven Pacific Island Nations;

¡        Group Services, which encompasses technology, banking operations, compliance, legal and property services;

¡        Treasury, which is primarily focused on the management of the Group’s interest rate risk and funding requirements by managing the mismatch between Group assets and liabilities;

¡        Core Support, which comprises those functions performed centrally including finance, risk and human resources; and

¡       Group items, including earnings on capital not allocated to divisions, accounting entries for certain intra-group transactions that facilitate the presentation of the performance of our operating segments, earnings from non core asset sales and certain other head office items such as centrally raised provisions.

 


1       Policyholder tax recoveries — income and tax amounts that are grossed up to comply with the Australian Accounting Standard covering Life Insurance Business (policyholder tax recoveries) are reversed in deriving income and taxation expense on a cash earnings basis.

2       RAMS is a financial services group specialising in mortgages and online deposits.

3       BTIM is 61% owned by the Westpac Group and consolidated in BTFG’s Funds Management business.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

265

 

 



 

 

Note 33. Group segment information (continued)

 

Comparative changes

Prior period comparatives were restated to reflect the following:

 

¡        Updated revenue sharing arrangements

 

–  during the year the Group transferred responsibility for financial markets sales operations undertaken in St.George to WIB. All financial markets operations in Australia are now managed in WIB. In conjunction with this change, the Group simplified the allocation of revenue and expenses from institutional partnership products across the Group; and

 

–  during the year BTFG simplified revenue and expense allocation with St.George and Westpac RBB. Revenue and expense allocations for wealth partnership products sold to AFS customers are included in BTFG financial results.

 

¡        Inter-company loan margin charge

 

An update to funds transfer pricing within Westpac New Zealand Limited (WNZL) has seen a change in income recognised between Westpac New Zealand and other divisions.

 

¡        Changes to accounting policies

 

The transitional impacts arising from changes to accounting policies as a result of the adoption of new and amended Australian Accounting Standards. A summary of quantitative impacts arising from these changes are set out in Note 1 ‘Summary of quantitative impacts’.

 

The tables below present the segment results on a cash earnings basis:

 

 

 

Consolidated 2014

 

 

 

Westpac

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail &

 

St.George

 

BT Financial

 

 

 

Westpac

 

Westpac

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business

 

Banking

 

Group

 

 

 

Institutional

 

New

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

Banking

 

Group

 

(Australia)

 

AFS

 

Bank

 

Zealand

 

Divisions

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Net interest income

 

5,958

 

3,537

 

410

 

9,905

 

 

1,643

 

1,455

 

493

 

13,496

 

Non-interest income

 

1,403

 

518

 

2,244

 

4,165

 

 

1,518

 

438

 

203

 

6,324

 

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

 

7,361

 

4,055

 

2,654

 

14,070

 

 

3,161

 

1,893

 

696

 

19,820

 

Operating expenses

 

(3,233

)

(1,560

)

(1,322

)

(6,115

)

 

(1,207

)

(776

)

(148

)

(8,246

)

Impairment charges

 

(437

)

(236

)

2

 

(671

)

 

136

 

(24

)

(91

)

(650

)

Profit before income tax

 

3,691

 

2,259

 

1,334

 

7,284

 

 

2,090

 

1,093

 

457

 

10,924

 

Income tax expense

 

(1,109

)

(679

)

(400

)

(2,188

)

 

(622

)

(300

)

(120

)

(3,230

)

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

 

-

 

-

 

(39

)

(39

)

 

-

 

(3

)

(24

)

(66

)

Cash earnings for the year

 

2,582

 

1,580

 

895

 

5,057

 

 

1,468

 

790

 

313

 

7,628

 

Net cash earnings adjustments

 

-

 

(125

)

(22

)

(147

)

 

-

 

-

 

80

 

(67

)

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

2,582

 

1,455

 

873

 

4,910

 

 

1,468

 

790

 

393

 

7,561

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation, amortisation and impairments

 

(76

)

(50

)

(45

)

(171

)

 

(84

)

(80

)

(468

)

(803

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

276,496

 

175,424

 

31,803

 

483,723

 

 

118,922

 

65,874

 

102,323

 

770,842

 

Total liabilities

 

177,006

 

94,818

 

34,288

 

306,112

 

 

129,453

 

57,568

 

228,372

 

721,505

 

Acquisition of property, plant and equipment, goodwill and other intangible assets

 

68

 

325

 

72

 

465

 

 

196

 

80

 

799

 

1,540

 

 

 

 

 

266

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 33. Group segment information (continued)

 

 

 

Consolidated 2013

 

 

 

Westpac

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail &

 

St.George

 

BT Financial

 

 

 

Westpac

 

Westpac

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business

 

Banking

 

Group

 

 

 

Institutional

 

New

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

Banking

 

Group

 

(Australia)

 

AFS

 

Bank

 

Zealand

 

Divisions

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Net interest income

 

5,655

 

3,216

 

406

 

9,277

 

 

1,630

 

1,281

 

724

 

12,912

 

Non-interest income

 

1,320

 

469

 

1,917

 

3,706

 

 

1,633

 

389

 

193

 

5,921

 

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

 

6,975

 

3,685

 

2,323

 

12,983

 

 

3,263

 

1,670

 

917

 

18,833

 

Operating expenses

 

(3,124

)

(1,402

)

(1,206

)

(5,732

)

 

(1,115

)

(697

)

(215

)

(7,759

)

Impairment charges

 

(486

)

(293

)

(1

)

(780

)

 

89

 

(97

)

(59

)

(847

)

Profit before income tax

 

3,365

 

1,990

 

1,116

 

6,471

 

 

2,237

 

876

 

643

 

10,227

 

Income tax expense

 

(1,010

)

(598

)

(325

)

(1,933

)

 

(662

)

(241

)

(252

)

(3,088

)

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

 

-

 

-

 

(18

)

(18

)

 

-

 

(3

)

(55

)

(76

)

Cash earnings for the year

 

2,355

 

1,392

 

773

 

4,520

 

 

1,575

 

632

 

336

 

7,063

 

Net cash earnings adjustments

 

-

 

(128

)

(22

)

(150

)

 

-

 

-

 

(162

)

(312

)

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

2,355

 

1,264

 

751

 

4,370

 

 

1,575

 

632

 

174

 

6,751

 

Additional information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation, amortisation and impairments

 

(68

)

(45

)

(44

)

(157

)

 

(48

)

(50

)

(428

)

(683

)

Balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

261,880

 

159,770

 

32,210

 

453,860

 

 

97,247

 

61,469

 

88,521

 

701,097

 

Total liabilities

 

167,005

 

90,141

 

33,932

 

291,078

 

 

115,347

 

53,882

 

193,253

 

653,560

 

Acquisition of property, plant and equipment, goodwill and other intangible assets

 

66

 

28

 

82

 

176

 

 

104

 

117

 

645

 

1,042

 

 

 

 

Consolidated 2012

 

 

 

Westpac

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail &

 

St.George

 

BT Financial

 

 

 

Westpac

 

Westpac

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business

 

Banking

 

Group

 

 

 

Institutional

 

New

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

Banking

 

Group

 

(Australia)

 

AFS

 

Bank

 

Zealand

 

Divisions

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Net interest income

 

5,309

 

2,966

 

424

 

8,699

 

 

1,701

 

1,201

 

962

 

12,563

 

Non-interest income

 

1,214

 

492

 

1,693

 

3,399

 

 

1,454

 

367

 

293

 

5,513

 

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

 

6,523

 

3,458

 

2,117

 

12,098

 

 

3,155

 

1,568

 

1,255

 

18,076

 

Operating expenses

 

(3,052

)

(1,328

)

(1,131

)

(5,511

)

 

(1,030

)

(653

)

(233

)

(7,427

)

Impairment charges

 

(429

)

(433

)

(1

)

(863

)

 

(127

)

(148

)

(74

)

(1,212

)

Profit before income tax

 

3,042

 

1,697

 

985

 

5,724

 

 

1,998

 

767

 

948

 

9,437

 

Income tax expense

 

(884

)

(508

)

(292

)

(1,684

)

 

(580

)

(211

)

(329

)

(2,804

)

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

 

-

 

-

 

(8

)

(8

)

 

-

 

(3

)

(58

)

(69

)

Cash earnings for the year

 

2,158

 

1,189

 

685

 

4,032

 

 

1,418

 

553

 

561

 

6,564

 

Net cash earnings adjustments

 

-

 

(129

)

(22

)

(151

)

 

-

 

-

 

(477

)

(628

)

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

2,158

 

1,060

 

663

 

3,881

 

 

1,418

 

553

 

84

 

5,936

 

Additional information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation, amortisation and impairments

 

(70

)

(44

)

(41

)

(155

)

 

(37

)

(51

)

(382

)

(625

)

Balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

255,268

 

154,642

 

30,538

 

440,448

 

 

97,823

 

48,648

 

91,693

 

678,612

 

Total liabilities

 

159,120

 

82,421

 

32,221

 

273,762

 

 

110,389

 

33,970

 

214,226

 

632,347

 

Acquisition of property, plant and equipment, goodwill and other intangible assets

 

122

 

105

 

366

 

593

 

 

56

 

84

 

456

 

1,189

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

267

 

 



 

 

Note 33. Group segment information (continued)

 

Reconciliation of cash earnings to net profit

 

Consolidated 2014

 

 

 

Cash Earnings
for the Year

 

 

Policyholder
Tax Recoveries

 

Treasury
Shares
2

 

Ineffective
Hedges
3

 

Fair Value
Gain/(Loss) on
Economic Hedges
4

 

Buyback of
Government
Guaranteed
Debt
5

 

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Net interest income

 

13,496

 

 

-

 

-

 

(67

)

77

 

60

 

Non-interest income

 

6,324

 

 

4

 

(6

)

-

 

73

 

-

 

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

 

19,820

 

 

4

 

(6

)

(67

)

150

 

60

 

Operating expenses

 

(8,246

)

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Impairment charges

 

(650

)

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Profit before income tax

 

10,924

 

 

4

 

(6

)

(67

)

150

 

60

 

Income tax expense

 

(3,230

)

 

(4

)

(1

)

21

 

(45

)

(18

)

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

 

(66

)

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Cash earnings for the year

 

7,628

 

 

-

 

(7

)

(46

)

105

 

42

 

 

Consolidated 2013

 

 

 

Cash Earnings
for the Year

 

 

Policyholder
Tax Recoveries

 

TPS
Revaluations
1

 

Treasury
Shares
2

 

Ineffective Hedges3

 

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Net interest income

 

12,912

 

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

29

 

Non-interest income

 

5,921

 

 

35

 

(67

)

(49

)

(1

)

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

 

18,833

 

 

35

 

(67

)

(49

)

28

 

Operating expenses

 

(7,759

)

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Impairment charges

 

(847

)

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Profit before income tax

 

10,227

 

 

35

 

(67

)

(49

)

28

 

Income tax expense

 

(3,088

)

 

(35

)

58

 

7

 

(8

)

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

 

(76

)

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Cash earnings for the year

 

7,063

 

 

-

 

(9

)

(42

)

20

 

 

Consolidated 2012

 

 

 

Cash Earnings
for the Year

 

 

Policyholder
Tax Recoveries

 

TPS
Revaluations
1

 

Treasury
Shares
2

 

Ineffective
Hedges
3

 

Fair Value
Gain/(Loss) on
Economic Hedges
4

 

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Net interest income

 

12,563

 

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

8

 

(10

)

Non-interest income

 

5,513

 

 

12

 

(17

)

(30

)

3

 

-

 

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

 

18,076

 

 

12

 

(17

)

(30

)

11

 

(10

)

Operating expenses

 

(7,427

)

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Impairment charges

 

(1,212

)

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Profit before income tax

 

9,437

 

 

12

 

(17

)

(30

)

11

 

(10

)

Income tax expense

 

(2,804

)

 

(12

)

(10

)

3

 

(4

)

3

 

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

 

(69

)

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Cash earnings for the year

 

6,564

 

 

-

 

(27

)

(27

)

7

 

(7

)

 

 

 

268

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 33. Group segment information (continued)

 

Fair Value
Amortisation of
Financial
Instruments
6

 

Amortisation of
Intangible Assets
7

 

Acquisition
Transaction and 
Integration
Expenses
8

 

Bell Litigation
Provision
9

 

Westpac
Bicentennial
Foundation
Grant
10

 

Prior Period
Tax
Provisions
11

 

Total Cash
Earnings
Adjustments

 

 

Net Profit
for the Year

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

(24

)

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

46

 

 

13,542

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

71

 

 

6,395

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(24

)

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

117

 

 

19,937

 

-

 

(212

)

(64

)

75

 

(100

)

-

 

(301

)

 

(8,547

)

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

(650

)

(24

)

(212

)

(64

)

75

 

(100

)

-

 

(184

)

 

10,740

 

7

 

63

 

13

 

(21

)

30

 

70

 

115

 

 

(3,115

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

2

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

2

 

 

(64

)

(17

)

(147

)

(51

)

54

 

(70

)

70

 

(67

)

 

7,561

 

 

Fair Value
Gain/(Loss) on
Economic Hedges
4

 

Buyback of Government
Guaranteed Debt
5

 

Fair Value Amortisation of
Financial Instruments
6

 

Amortisation of
Intangible Assets
7

 

Total Cash
Earnings
Adjustments

 

 

Net Profit
for the Year

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

37

 

(62

)

(95

)

-

 

(91

)

 

12,821

 

(65)

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

(147

)

 

5,774

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(28)

 

(62

)

(95

)

-

 

(238

)

 

18,595

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

(217

)

(217

)

 

(7,976

)

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

(847

)

(28)

 

(62

)

(95

)

(217

)

(455

)

 

9,772

 

7

 

19

 

28

 

65

 

141

 

 

(2,947

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

2

 

2

 

 

(74

)

(21)

 

(43

)

(67

)

(150

)

(312

)

 

6,751

 

 

Buyback of
Government
Guaranteed Debt
5

 

Fair Value
Amortisation of
Financial
Instruments
6

 

Amortisation
of Intangible
Assets
7

 

Bell Litigation 
Provision
9

 

Supplier
Program
12

 

TOFA Tax
Consolidation
Adjustment
13

 

Total Cash
Earnings
Adjustments

 

 

Net Profit
for the Year

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

7

 

(66

)

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

(61

)

 

12,502

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

(32

)

 

5,481

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

(66

)

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

(93

)

 

17,983

 

-

 

-

 

(220

)

(111

)

(199

)

-

 

(530

)

 

(7,957

)

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

(1,212

)

7

 

(66

)

(220

)

(111

)

(199

)

-

 

(623

)

 

8,814

 

(2)

 

20

 

66

 

33

 

60

 

(165

)

(8

)

 

(2,812

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

-

 

3

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

3

 

 

(66

)

5

 

(46

)

(151

)

(78

)

(139

)

(165

)

(628

)

 

5,936

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

269

 

 



 

 

Note 33. Group segment information (continued)

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

Year Ended

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

30 September 2014

 

 

30 September 2013

 

30 September 2012

 

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

Cash earnings for the year

 

7,628

 

 

7,063

 

6,564

 

Cash earnings adjustments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TPS revaluations1

 

-

 

 

(9

)

(27

)

Treasury shares2

 

(7

)

 

(42

)

(27

)

Ineffective hedges3

 

(46

)

 

20

 

7

 

Fair value gain/(loss) on economic hedges4

 

105

 

 

(21

)

(7

)

Buyback of government guaranteed debt5

 

42

 

 

(43

)

5

 

Fair value amortisation of financial instruments6

 

(17

)

 

(67

)

(46

)

Amortisation of intangible assets7

 

(147

)

 

(150

)

(151

)

Acquisition transaction and integration expenses8

 

(51

)

 

-

 

-

 

Bell litigation provision9

 

54

 

 

-

 

(78

)

Westpac Bicentennial Foundation grant10

 

(70

)

 

-

 

-

 

Prior period tax provisions11

 

70

 

 

-

 

-

 

Supplier program12

 

-

 

 

-

 

(139

)

TOFA tax consolidation adjustment13

 

-

 

 

-

 

(165

)

Total cash earnings adjustments

 

(67

)

 

(312

)

(628

)

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

7,561

 

 

6,751

 

5,936

 

 

1        This adjustment related to TPS 2003 securities which were redeemed on 30 September 2013. Historically this adjusted for movements in economic hedges, including associated tax effects impacting the foreign currency translation reserve, relating to hybrid instruments classified as non-controlling interests. The adjustment was required as these hybrid instruments were not fair valued, however, the hedges were fair valued and therefore there was a mismatch in the timing of income recognition in the statutory results. The mismatch was added back to statutory results in deriving cash earnings as it did not affect the Group’s profits over time.

 

2        Under AAS, Westpac shares held by the Group in the managed funds and life businesses are deemed to be Treasury shares and the results of holding these shares are not permitted to be recognised as income in the statutory results. In deriving cash earnings, these results are included to ensure there is no asymmetrical impact on the Group’s profits because the Treasury shares support policyholder liabilities and equity derivative transactions which are re-valued in determining income.

 

3        The (gain)/loss on ineffective hedges is reversed in deriving cash earnings for the period because the gain or loss arising from the fair value movement in these hedges reverses over time and does not affect the Group’s profits over time.

 

4        Fair value on economic hedges (which do not qualify for hedge accounting under AAS) comprise:

 

§             the unrealised fair value gain/(loss) on foreign exchange hedges of future New Zealand earnings impacting non-interest income is reversed in deriving cash earnings as they may create a material timing difference on statutory results but do not affect the Group’s cash earnings during the life of the hedge;

 

§             the unrealised fair value gain/(loss) on foreign exchange hedges of fees payable for the use of the Government guarantee on foreign denominated wholesale funding is reversed in deriving cash earnings as they may create a material timing difference on statutory results but do not affect the Group’s cash earnings during the life of the hedge; and

 

§             the unrealised fair value gain/(loss) on hedges of accrual accounted term funding transactions are reversed in deriving cash earnings as they may create a material timing difference on statutory results but do not affect the Group’s cash earnings during the life of the hedge.

 

5        The Group has bought back certain Government guaranteed debt issues which reduces Government guarantee fees (70 basis points) paid. In undertaking the buybacks, a cost was incurred reflecting the difference between current interest rates and the rate at which the debt was initially issued. In the statutory result, the cost incurred is recognised at the time of the buyback. In cash earnings, the cost incurred is being amortised over the original term of the debt that was bought back consistent with a 70 basis point saving being effectively spread over the remaining life of the issue. The cash earnings adjustment gives effect to the timing difference between statutory results and cash earnings.

 

6        The accounting for the merger with St.George resulted in the recognition of fair value adjustments on the St.George retail bank loans, deposits, wholesale funding and associated hedges, with these fair value adjustments being amortised over the life of the underlying transactions. The amortisation of these adjustments is considered to be a timing difference relating to non-cash flow items that do not affect cash distributions available to shareholders and therefore, have been treated as a cash earnings adjustment.

 

7        The merger with St.George and the acquisitions of J O Hambro Capital Management (JOHCM) and Lloyds resulted in the recognition of identifiable intangible assets. These assets include intangibles related to core deposits, customer relationships, management contracts and distribution relationships. These intangible items are amortised over their useful lives, ranging between four and twenty years. The amortisation of intangible assets (excluding capitalised software) is a cash earnings adjustment because it is a non-cash flow item and does not affect cash distributions available to shareholders.

 

8        Costs associated with the acquisition of Lloyds have been treated as a cash earnings adjustment as they do not impact the earnings expected from the acquired businesses following the integration period.

 

9        During the year ended 30 September 2012, the Group recognised additional provisions in respect of the long running Bell litigation. This was treated as a cash earnings adjustment at the time due to its size, historical nature and because it did not reflect ongoing operations. In the current year, the Bell litigation has been settled and the release of provisions no longer required has also been treated as a cash earnings adjustment. There are no matters outstanding with the Bell case.

 

10      The Group provided a grant to establish the Westpac Bicentennial Foundation. The $100 million grant ($70 million after tax) has been treated as a cash earnings adjustment due to its size and because it does not reflect ongoing operations.

 

 

 

 

270

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 33. Group segment information (continued)

 

11      During the year ended 30 September 2011, the Group raised provisions in respect of certain tax positions for transactions previously undertaken by the Group. A number of these matters have now been resolved, resulting in a release of the provisions which are no longer required. As the provisions raised were treated as a cash earnings adjustment, the release has been treated in a consistent manner.

 

12      During the year ended 30 September 2012, the Group incurred and provisioned for expenses as part of its program to increase the use of global specialists in certain technology and back office operations. These expenses included costs associated with streamlining and better documenting systems and processes, technology costs to enable infrastructure and enhance interaction with suppliers, and costs associated with restructuring the workforce. Given these significant expenses were not considered in determining dividends they were treated as cash earnings adjustments.

 

13      During the year ended 30 September 2012, taxation legislation was introduced that included retrospective amendments to the income tax law as it applies to the Taxation of Financial Arrangements (TOFA) and tax consolidated groups. The amendments had an adverse application to certain liabilities that were consolidated as part of the merger with St.George. This gave rise to an additional income tax expense of $165 million for the year ended 30 September 2012. Consistent with other tax adjustments relating to the merger with St.George, this adjustment was treated as a cash earnings adjustment due to its size and because it did not reflect ongoing operations.

 

Revenue from products and services

 

Details of revenue from external customers by product or service are disclosed in Notes 2 and 3. No single customer amounts to greater than 10% of the Group’s revenue.

 

Geographic segments

 

Geographic segments are based on the location of the office in which the following items are recognised:

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

$m

 

%

 

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

%

 

Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

32,880

 

85.1

 

 

34,159

 

88.1

 

38,195

 

90.2

 

New Zealand

 

4,738

 

12.3

 

 

3,885

 

10.0

 

3,676

 

8.7

 

Other1

 

1,025

 

2.6

 

 

739

 

1.9

 

483

 

1.1

 

Total

 

38,643

 

100.0

 

 

38,783

 

100.0

 

42,354

 

100.0

 

Non-current assets2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

12,828

 

91.2

 

 

12,324

 

91.2

 

12,250

 

92.3

 

New Zealand

 

797

 

5.7

 

 

786

 

5.8

 

650

 

4.9

 

Other1

 

433

 

3.1

 

 

405

 

3.0

 

371

 

2.8

 

Total

 

14,058

 

100.0

 

 

13,515

 

100.0

 

13,271

 

100.0

 

 

1      Other includes Pacific Islands, Asia, the Americas and Europe.

 

2      Non-current assets includes property, plant and equipment, goodwill and other intangible assets.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

271

 

 



 

 

Note 34. Auditor’s remuneration

 

During the financial year, the auditor of the Group and Parent Entity, PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC), and its related practices earned the following remuneration including goods and services tax:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

$’000

 

 

$’000

 

$’000

 

 

$’000

 

PwC – Australian firm

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Audit and review of financial reports of Westpac Banking Corporation or any entity in the Group

 

16,459

 

 

16,139

 

15,910

 

 

15,395

 

Other audit-related work

 

917

 

 

669

 

877

 

 

669

 

Total audit and other assurance services

 

17,376

 

 

16,808

 

16,787

 

 

16,064

 

Taxation

 

600

 

 

141

 

600

 

 

141

 

Other services

 

2,407

 

 

1,353

 

2,226

 

 

1,353

 

Total remuneration paid to PwC – Australian firm

 

20,383

 

 

18,302

 

19,613

 

 

17,558

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Related practices of PwC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Audit and review of financial reports of Westpac Banking Corporation or any entity in the Group

 

3,446

 

 

2,709

 

444

 

 

355

 

Other audit-related work

 

310

 

 

159

 

126

 

 

-

 

Total audit and other assurance services

 

3,756

 

 

2,868

 

570

 

 

355

 

Taxation

 

11

 

 

20

 

-

 

 

-

 

Other services

 

81

 

 

-

 

37

 

 

-

 

Total remuneration paid to related practices of PwC

 

3,848

 

 

2,888

 

607

 

 

355

 

Total remuneration paid to PwC

 

24,231

 

 

21,190

 

20,220

 

 

17,913

 

 

For compliance with SEC disclosure requirements, remuneration to the external auditor, including goods and services tax, for the years ended 30 September 2014 and 2013 is summarised from the table above as follows:

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

$’000

 

 

$’000

 

Audit fees

 

19,905

 

 

18,848

 

Non-audit fees:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Audit-related fees

 

1,227

 

 

828

 

Tax fees

 

611

 

 

161

 

All other fees

 

2,488

 

 

1,353

 

Total non-audit fees

 

4,326

 

 

2,342

 

Total fees paid to PwC

 

24,231

 

 

21,190

 

 

It is Westpac’s policy to engage the external auditors on assignments additional to their statutory audit duties, only if their independence is not impaired or seen to be impaired, and where their expertise and experience with Westpac is important. All services were approved by the Audit Committee in accordance with the pre-approval policy and procedures.

 

In the tables above, audit services include the year end audit and review of the half year statutory reports and comfort letters associated with debt issues and capital raisings for the Parent Entity, its controlled entities and the consolidated Group.

 

Audit-related services include consultations regarding accounting standards and reporting requirements and regulatory compliance reviews.

 

Taxation services include tax compliance and tax advisory services.

 

Other services include assurance on the development of an upgraded wealth platform and mortgage product system, due diligence on the acquisition of select Australian businesses of Lloyds Banking Group, a review of the Enterprise Project Investments and Delivery model and a review of the Wealth Business.

 

The external auditor, PwC, also provides audit and non-audit services to non-consolidated entities sponsored by the Group, non-consolidated trusts of which a Westpac Group entity is trustee, manager or responsible entity and non-consolidated superannuation funds or pension funds. The fees in respect of their services were approximately $7.9 million in total (2013: $7.7 million). PwC may also provide audit and non-audit services to other entities in which Westpac holds a minority interest, and which are not consolidated. Westpac is not aware of the amount of any fees paid by those entities.

 

 

 

 

272

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 35. Expenditure commitments

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

Lease commitments (all leases are classified as operating leases)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premises and sites

 

3,480

 

 

3,883

 

3,112

 

 

3,513

 

Furniture and equipment

 

26

 

 

22

 

20

 

 

16

 

Total lease commitments

 

3,506

 

 

3,905

 

3,132

 

 

3,529

 

Due within one year

 

528

 

 

509

 

452

 

 

444

 

Due after one year but not later than five years

 

1,534

 

 

1,712

 

1,323

 

 

1,512

 

Due after five years

 

1,444

 

 

1,684

 

1,357

 

 

1,573

 

Total lease commitments

 

3,506

 

 

3,905

 

3,132

 

 

3,529

 

Other expenditure commitments1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payable within one year

 

687

 

 

713

 

614

 

 

622

 

Payable later than one year but not later than five years

 

1,109

 

 

1,462

 

836

 

 

1,291

 

Payable after five years

 

-

 

 

29

 

-

 

 

29

 

Total other expenditure commitments

 

1,796

 

 

2,204

 

1,450

 

 

1,942

 

 

1      Amounts presented for other expenditure commitments represent the estimated spend on Westpac’s significant contracts over their remaining term. This would differ from the contractually committed amount.

 

As at 30 September 2014, the total future minimum lease payments expected to be received by the Group and Parent Entity from non-cancellable sub-leases was $14 million (2013: $17 million) and $14 million (2013: $17 million) respectively.

 

Operating lease arrangements

 

Operating leases are entered into to meet the business needs of entities in the Group. Leases are primarily over commercial and retail premises and plant and equipment. Lease rentals are determined in accordance with market conditions when leases are entered into or on rental review dates.

 

Leased premises that have become excess to the Group’s business needs have been sublet where possible and any expected rental shortfalls fully provided for. There are no restrictions imposed on the Group by lease arrangements other than in respect of the specific premises being leased.

 

The Group has lease commitments resulting from the sale and lease back of various premises. These leases are generally for a term of five years with an option to extend for another five years. In most instances, other than the lease arrangement, the Group has no ongoing interests in the premises.

 

Significant long term agreements

 

On 15 August 2014, Westpac extended its agreement with IBM New Zealand Limited for a further two years, commencing 1 March 2015 to 28 February 2019. IBM is responsible for Westpac’s IT infrastructure services in New Zealand including mainframes and midrange systems, storage, security, data centre network services and workplace printing.

 

On 15 June 2014, Westpac renewed its agreement with Computer Associates (Pacific) Pty Limited for 4.5 years. The renewed agreement relates to mainframe software and it also incorporates a new enterprise licence for testing tools.

 

On 31 March 2014, Westpac entered into a five year contract with Telstra Corporation Limited for the provision of telecommunication services in Australia and the Pacific Islands.

 

On 31 March 2014, Westpac entered into a five year contract with Optus Network Pty Ltd for the provision of telecommunication services in Australia and Westpac offices internationally.

 

On 25 February 2014, the agreement between Westpac and IBM Australia Limited for the provision of business process outsourcing services was novated to Concentrix Services Pty Ltd following the sale of IBM’s customer care business (including business process outsourcing) to the Synnex Group.

 

On 1 January 2014, Westpac entered into a two year master service agreement with Unisys Mortgage Processing (No.1) Pty Ltd (UMP). Pursuant to this agreement UMP provides a range of credit and deposit services and sub-contract services, including administrative services and technology, to RAMS.

 

On 1 July 2013, Westpac renewed its agreement with Microsoft Australia Pty Limited for a further three years, to June 2016. The renewed agreement relates to the provision of software licences, software support and consulting services to all brands and divisions of Westpac in Australia and internationally, including the Pacific Islands, New Zealand, Asia and Europe.

 

On 30 June 2013, Westpac and IBM Australia Limited executed an Enterprise Licensing Agreement for five years. This agreement renews current IBM software licences held by Westpac and provides the flexibility for Westpac to substitute existing licences for alternative products of the same value.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

273

 

 



 

 

Note 35. Expenditure commitments (continued)

 

On 30 July 2012, Westpac entered into a five year agreement with Linfox Armaguard Pty Limited for the provision of cash-in-transit services.

 

On 30 June 2012, Westpac entered into a 4.5 year agreement with Toll Transport Pty Ltd for the provision of freight and courier services.

 

On 25 June 2012, Westpac commenced a five year agreement with InfoSys Technologies Limited to provide maintenance and development support within the testing and corporate systems areas of technology. On 12 November 2012, Westpac commenced an additional five year agreement to provide maintenance and development support within the group customer master and customer assisted services areas of technology.

 

On 25 June 2012, Westpac commenced a five year agreement with Tata Consultancy Services to provide maintenance and development support within the information systems area of technology. On 12 November 2012, Westpac commenced an additional five year agreement to provide maintenance and development support within the customer self service area of technology.

 

On 18 May 2011, Westpac entered an agreement with HP Enterprise Services BPA Limited (HP) to amend and extend its loan processing service agreement for a further four years, with the option of extending for a further year. On 20 December 2012, the agreement was novated from HP Enterprise Services BPA Limited to HP Australia Pty Limited.

 

On 19 November 2010, Westpac entered into an agreement with IBM Australia Limited which relates to the core banking technology operations in Australia and has an initial term of five years.

 

Westpac entered into an agreement with Fujitsu Australia Limited to lease a purpose-built data centre from 21 September 2010 for 15 years with three further five year options and a services agreement for 15 years with two further five year options.

 

On 28 June 2010, Westpac extended its agreement with FD Australia Limited for cards processing until 2019. This involves managing the application within the Westpac/IBM environment. Westpac retains control of its cards sales, credit, collections and customer service functions.

 

On 3 November 2006, Westpac entered into a master relationship agreement with Genpact U.S. LLC (subsequently novated to Genpact International Inc) for the provision of back office administrative support services. On 2 May 2013, Westpac extended the term of the Genpact master relationship agreement by five years to May 2018.

 

On 4 February 2005, Westpac, in conjunction with the National Australia Bank and the Commonwealth Bank of Australia, entered into a 12 year agreement with Fiserv Solutions of Australia Pty Limited for the provision of voucher (cheque) processing services.

 

Commitments in relation to long-term contracts are included in other expenditure commitments above.

 

Note 36. Superannuation commitments

 

Westpac had the following defined benefit plans at 30 September 2014:

 

Name of Plan

 

Type

 

Form of Benefit

 

Date of Last Actuarial Assessment of the Funding Status

 

Westpac Group Plan (WGP)

 

Defined benefit and accumulation

 

Indexed pension and lump sum

 

30 June 2012

 

Westpac New Zealand Superannuation Scheme (WNZS)

 

Defined benefit and accumulation

 

Indexed pension and lump sum

 

30 June 2014

 

Westpac Banking Corporation UK Staff Superannuation Scheme (UKSS)

 

Defined benefit

 

Indexed pension and lump sum

 

5 April 2012

 

Westpac UK Medical Benefits Scheme

 

Defined benefit

 

Medical benefits

 

Not applicable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All of the defined benefit sections of the schemes are closed to new members.

 

WGP is the Group’s principal defined benefit plan. The WGP is an employer sub-plan within BT Super for Life, which is itself a plan within retirement Wrap. The Trustee of WGP is BT Funds Management Limited.

 

Members of the WGP are either Accumulation Members or Defined Benefit Members depending on the nature of their entitlements. Defined Benefit Members include pensioners. The defined benefit liabilities are primarily influenced by member contribution rates, salary growth and length of membership in case of active members, and price inflation in the case of pensioners.

 

The WGP is managed and administered in accordance with the terms of its trust deed and relevant legislation in Australia.

 

 

 

 

274

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 36. Superannuation commitments (continued)

 

The growth of supporting assets depends on a range of factors including the level of contribution and level of investment return. In respect of defined benefit liabilities, the Group bears the investment risk. An investment strategy which is framed to take a long-term view will often adopt relatively high levels of equity investment in order to:

 

§         secure attractive long term investment returns; and

 

§         provide an opportunity for capital appreciation and dividend growth, which gives some protection against inflation.

 

There are a number of risks that the WGP exposes the Group to. The more significant risks are:

 

§         investment risk – the risk that investment returns will be lower than assumed and the Group will need to increase contributions to offset the shortfall;

 

§         mortality risk – the risk that members of the plan will live longer than assumed, increasing the number of pension payments and thereby requiring additional contributions by the Group; and

 

§         legislative risk – the risk that legislative changes could be made which increase the cost of providing defined benefits.

 

Contributions (per AAS 25)

 

Funding recommendations are made based on the Attained Age Method, which impacts the timing of contribution requirements and assumes that the plans will not be discontinued.

 

The specific contributions for each of the plans are set out below:

 

§         WGP – contributions are made to the WGP at the rate of 11.8% of members’ salaries;

 

§         WNZS – contributions are made to the WNZS at the rate of 12% of members’ salaries; and

 

§         UKSS – contributions are made to the UKSS at the rate of £4.27 million per annum.

 

The table below summarises the calculation of the surplus/(deficit) used to make funding recommendations, based on the guidance in Australian Accounting Standard AAS 25 Financial Reporting by Superannuation Plans:

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014¹

 

 

2013²

 

2014¹

 

 

2013²

 

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

Market value of assets

 

1,760

 

 

1,747

 

1,692

 

 

1,679

 

Present value of accrued benefits

 

1,722

 

 

1,710

 

1,654

 

 

1,638

 

Surplus/(deficit)

 

38

 

 

37

 

38

 

 

41

 

 

1            Calculated as at 30 June 2012 (WGP), 5 April 2012 (UKSS) and 30 June 2014 (WNZS).

2            Calculated as at 30 June 2012 (WGP), 5 April 2012 (UKSS) and 30 June 2013 (WNZS).

 

The following economic assumptions applied for the funding calculations differ to assumptions used in the accounting calculations due to different valuation dates, discount rates and assumptions linked to expected returns on assets.

 

 

 

WGP

 

WNZS

 

UKSS

 

Discount rate

 

7.3%

 

5.5%

 

5.2%

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

7.3%

 

5.5%

 

5.2%

 

Expected increase in average salary of plan members

 

4.0%

 

3.0%

 

4.8%

 

 

Defined benefit superannuation expense (per AASB 119)

 

The amount recognised in the income statement is as follows:

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

 $m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Current service cost

 

46

 

 

53

 

63

 

46

 

 

52

 

Net interest cost on net benefit liability

 

11

 

 

17

 

24

 

10

 

 

18

 

Total defined benefit expense

 

57

 

 

70

 

87

 

56

 

 

70

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

275

 

 



 

 

Note 36. Superannuation commitments (continued)

 

Change in benefit obligation (per AASB 119)

 

The change in the present value of the defined benefit obligation is as follows:

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

 $m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Benefit obligation at beginning of the period

 

2,216

 

 

2,293

 

2,134

 

 

2,205

 

Service cost

 

46

 

 

53

 

46

 

 

52

 

Interest cost

 

97

 

 

86

 

94

 

 

84

 

Member contributions

 

14

 

 

15

 

14

 

 

14

 

Actuarial losses/(gains) from changes in demographic assumptions

 

-

 

 

(1

)

-

 

 

1

 

Actuarial losses/(gains) from changes in financial assumptions

 

148

 

 

(129

)

145

 

 

(118

)

Actuarial losses/(gains) from changes in experience

 

27

 

 

27

 

28

 

 

29

 

Benefits paid

 

(158

)

 

(164

)

(149

)

 

(156

)

Exchange and other items

 

18

 

 

36

 

20

 

 

23

 

Benefit obligation at end of the period

 

2,408

 

 

2,216

 

2,332

 

 

2,134

 

 

Change in plan assets (per AASB 119)

 

The change in the fair value of plan assets is as follows:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

 $m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of the period

 

1,971

 

 

1,736

 

1,901

 

 

1,677

 

Interest income

 

86

 

 

69

 

84

 

 

66

 

Return on plan assets excluding interest income

 

115

 

 

235

 

112

 

 

230

 

Employer contributions

 

49

 

 

53

 

48

 

 

49

 

Member contributions

 

14

 

 

15

 

14

 

 

14

 

Benefits paid

 

(158

)

 

(164

)

(149

)

 

(156

)

Exchange and other items

 

16

 

 

27

 

16

 

 

21

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of the period

 

2,093

 

 

1,971

 

2,026

 

 

1,901

 

Net surplus/(obligation)

 

(315

)

 

(245

)

(306

)

 

(233

)

 

The asset ceiling has no impact on the net defined benefit surplus/(obligation).

 

Assumptions used in the AASB 119 accounting calculations

 

 

 

Consolidated and Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

Australian

 

Overseas

 

Australian

 

Overseas

 

 

 

Funds

 

Funds

 

Funds

 

Funds

 

Discount rate

 

4.0%

 

4.2–4.6%

 

 

4.6%

 

3.4–4.4%

 

Expected increase in average salary of plan members

 

3.4%

 

3.0–5.1%

 

 

3.5%

 

3.0–5.1%

 

Rate of increase for pensions

 

2.4%

 

2.3–3.6%

 

 

2.5%

 

2.5–3.4%

 

 

The sensitivity of the Group’s defined benefit obligation to the significant financial assumptions as at 30 September 2014 is shown in the table below. In the table, a negative percentage change represents a reduction in the defined benefit obligation.

 

 

 

 

Change in assumption

 

 

 

0.5%

 

(0.5%)

 

 

 

Change in obligation

 

Discount rate

 

(6.3%

)

7.1%

 

Expected increase in average salary of plan members

 

1.4%

 

(1.3%

)

Rate of increase for pensions

 

5.6%

 

(5.1%

)

 

 

 

 

276

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 36. Superannuation commitments (continued)

 

In addition to the financial assumptions presented above, the mortality assumptions for our principal fund the WGP for 2014 are that a 60-year-old male pensioner is assumed to have a remaining life expectancy of 30.7 and a 60-year-old female pensioner is assumed to have a remaining life expectancy of 33.8. These assumptions are age related and allowances are made for future mortality improvements.

 

Asset allocation

 

Asset allocation at 30 September was:

 

 

 

Consolidated and Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

Australian

 

Overseas

 

Australian

 

Overseas

 

 

 

Funds

 

Funds

 

Funds

 

Funds

 

Cash

 

2%

 

4%

 

 

5%

 

-    

 

Equity instruments

 

51%

 

47%

 

 

50%

 

52%

 

Debt instruments

 

21%

 

39%

 

 

20%

 

44%

 

Property

 

8%

 

8%

 

 

7%

 

4%

 

Other assets1

 

18%

 

2%

 

 

18%

 

-    

 

 

 

100%

 

100%

 

 

100%

 

100%

 

 

1         Other assets comprise alternative asset classes including investments in infrastructure funds and private equity funds.

 

Investments held in Westpac and related entities

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

Value of plan assets invested in debt and equity securities of Westpac

 

11

 

 

9

 

-

 

 

-

 

Value of plan assets invested in related parties of Westpac

 

1

 

 

7

 

1

 

 

7

 

Total

 

12

 

 

16

 

1

 

 

7

 

 

Post-retirement health care

 

The effect of a one percentage point change in assumed health care trend rates, assuming all other assumptions remain constant, would not be material on either the current service costs or the accumulated benefit obligation of the Westpac UK Medical Benefits Scheme at 30 September 2014.

 

Note 37. Contingent liabilities, contingent assets and credit commitments

 

The Group is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet credit risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers and in managing its own risk profile. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, bill endorsements, financial guarantees, standby letters of credit and underwriting facilities.

 

The Group’s exposure to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the other party is represented by the contract or notional amount of those financial instruments. However, some commitments to extend credit and provide underwriting facilities can be cancelled or revoked at any time at the Group’s option.

 

The Group uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.

 

The Group takes collateral where it is considered necessary to support both on- and off-balance sheet financial instruments with credit risk. The Group evaluates each customer’s credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral taken, if deemed necessary, on the provision of a financial facility is based on management’s evaluation of the credit risk of the counterparty.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

277

 

 



 

 

Note 37. Contingent liabilities, contingent assets and credit commitments (continued)

 

Off-balance sheet credit risk-related financial instruments excluding derivatives at 30 September are as follows:

 

 

 

 

Contract or Notional Amount

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

Credit risk-related instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees1

 

4,092

 

 

4,334

 

4,005

 

 

4,252

 

Trade letters of credit2

 

2,961

 

 

3,218

 

2,914

 

 

3,172

 

Non-financial guarantees3

 

9,205

 

 

9,054

 

8,699

 

 

8,317

 

Commitments to extend credit4

 

159,131

 

 

148,368

 

140,909

 

 

132,271

 

Other commitments5

 

763

 

 

44

 

763

 

 

44

 

Total credit risk-related instruments

 

176,152

 

 

165,018

 

157,290

 

 

148,056

 

 

1           Standby letters of credit are undertakings to pay, against presentation documents, an obligation in the event of a default by a customer. Guarantees are unconditional undertakings given to support the obligations of a customer to third parties. The Group may hold cash as collateral for certain guarantees issued.

2           Trade letters of credit are undertakings by the Group to pay or accept drafts drawn by an overseas supplier of goods against presentation of documents in the event of default by a customer.

3           Non-financial guarantees include undertakings that oblige the Group to pay third parties should a customer fail to fulfil a contractual non-monetary obligation.

4           Commitments to extend credit include all obligations on the part of the Group to provide credit facilities. As facilities may expire without being drawn upon, the notional amounts do not necessarily reflect future cash requirements. In addition to the commercial commitments disclosed above at 30 September 2014, the Group offered $8.0 billion (2013: $12.4 billion) of facilities to customers, which had not yet been accepted.

5           Other commitments include underwriting facilities.

 

 

 

 

Consolidated 2014

 

 

 

Up to

 

Over 1

 

Over 3

 

Over

 

 

 

 

 

1 Year

 

to 3 Years

 

to 5 Years

 

5 Years

 

Total

 

 

 

 $m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees

 

1,645

 

1,517

 

209

 

721

 

4,092

 

Trade letters of credit

 

2,783

 

178

 

-

 

-

 

2,961

 

Non-financial guarantees

 

5,221

 

1,718

 

357

 

1,909

 

9,205

 

Commitments to extend credit

 

60,719

 

33,309

 

17,003

 

48,100

 

159,131

 

Other commitments

 

513

 

134

 

-

 

116

 

763

 

Total commercial commitments

 

70,881

 

36,856

 

17,569

 

50,846

 

176,152

 

 

Contingent assets

 

The credit commitments shown in the table above also constitute assets. These commitments would be classified as loans and other assets in the balance sheet on the contingent event occurring.

 

 

 

 

278

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 37. Contingent liabilities, contingent assets and credit commitments (continued)

 

Additional liabilities and commitments

 

Legislative liabilities

 

The Group had the following assessed liabilities as at 30 September 2014:

 

§    $19 million (2013: $24 million) based on an actuarial assessment as a self-insurer under the Workers’ Compensation Act 1987 and the Workplace Injury Management and Workers’ Compensation Act 1998 (New South Wales);

 

§    $13 million (2013: $11 million) based on actuarial assessment as a self-insurer under the Accident Compensation Act 1985 (Victoria);

 

§    $7 million (2013: $6 million) based on actuarial assessment as a self-insurer under the Workers’ Rehabilitation and Compensation Act 1986 (South Australia);

 

§    $2 million (2013: $2 million) based on an actuarial assessment as a self-insurer under the Workers’ Compensation and Rehabilitation Act 2003 (Queensland); and

 

§    $2 million (2013: $1 million) based on an actuarial assessment as a self-insurer under the Workers’ Compensation Act 1951 (Australian Capital Territory).

 

§    $1 million (2013: nil) based on an actuarial assessment as a self-insurer under the Workers’ Compensation and Injury Management Act 1981 (Western Australia).

 

§    $1 million (2013: nil) based on an actuarial assessment as a self-insurer under the Workers’ Rehabilitation and Compensation Act 1988 (Tasmania).

 

Adequate provision has been made for these liabilities in the provision for annual leave and other employee benefits (refer to Note 20).

 

Litigation

 

Contingent liabilities exist in respect of actual and potential claims and proceedings. An assessment of the Group’s likely loss has been made on a case-by-case basis for the purpose of the financial statements and specific provisions have been made where appropriate.

 

§    Westpac has been served with three class action proceedings brought on behalf of customers seeking to recover exception fees paid by those customers. The first set of proceedings was commenced in December 2011 by certain named customers of the Westpac brand; the second was commenced in February 2012 by certain named customers of the St.George Bank and BankSA brands; the third was commenced in August 2014 on behalf of all other customers of the Westpac Banking Group. Similar class actions have been commenced against several other Australian banks. Westpac has agreed with the plaintiffs to put the proceedings against Westpac on hold until at least December 2014, pending further developments in the litigation against one of those other banks.

 

§    Westpac has been served with a class action proceeding brought on behalf of Westpac customers who borrowed money to invest in Storm Financial-badged investments. Westpac intends to defend these proceedings. As the two named applicants have not quantified the damages that they seek, and given the preliminary nature of these proceedings, it is not possible to estimate any potential liability at this stage.

 

Liquidity support

 

Westpac is a participant to the Interbank Deposit Agreement along with three other Australian banks. In accordance with the Interbank Deposit Agreement, a deposit notice may be served upon the other participants by a bank which is experiencing liquidity problems. The other participants are then required to deposit equal amounts of up to $2 billion each for a period of 30 days. At the end of 30 days the deposit holder has the option to repay the deposit in cash or by way of assignment of mortgages to the value of the deposit.

 

Financial Claims Scheme

 

Under the Financial Claims Scheme (FCS) the Australian Government provides depositors a free guarantee of deposits in eligible ADIs up to and including $250,000. The FCS applies to an eligible ADI if APRA has applied for the winding up of the ADI and the responsible Australian Government minister has declared that the FCS applies to the ADI.

 

The Financial Claims Scheme (ADIs) Levy Act 2008 provides for the imposition of a levy to fund the excess of certain APRA FCS costs connected to an ADI. The levy would be imposed on liabilities of eligible ADIs to their depositors and cannot be more than 0.5% of the amount of those liabilities.

 

Service agreements

 

The maximum contingent liability for termination benefits in respect of service agreements with the CEO and other Group Key Management Personnel at 30 September 2014 was $16 million (2013: $14.2 million).

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

279

 

 



 

 

Note 37. Contingent liabilities, contingent assets and credit commitments (continued)

 

Contingent tax risk

The ATO is reviewing the taxation treatment of certain transactions undertaken by the Group in the course of normal business activities.

 

Risk reviews and audits are also being undertaken by revenue authorities in other jurisdictions, as part of normal revenue authority activity in those countries.

 

The Group has assessed these and other taxation claims arising in Australia and elsewhere, including seeking independent advice where appropriate, and considers it holds appropriate provisions.

 

Assets pledged

In addition to assets supporting securitisation and covered bond programs disclosed in Note 32, the Group and Parent Entity have provided collateral to secure liabilities as part of standard terms of transaction with other financial institutions. The carrying value of financial assets pledged as collateral to secure liabilities is:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

Cash

 

3,894

 

 

7,091

 

 

3,750

 

 

6,941

 

Cash deposit on stock borrowed

 

28

 

 

46

 

 

28

 

 

46

 

Securities (including certificates of deposit)

 

1,638

 

 

177

 

 

1,638

 

 

177

 

Securities pledged under repurchase agreements

 

25,978

 

 

8,101

 

 

25,897

 

 

8,101

 

Total amount pledged to secure liabilities

 

31,538

 

 

15,415

 

 

31,313

 

 

15,265

 

 

Collateral received

All collateral received from counterparties to secure liabilities, besides residential mortgages, is received in the form of cash or securities. Cash held as collateral, recognised on the Group’s and Parent Entity’s balance sheets as at 30 September 2014 was $3,888 million (2013: $1,285 million). Securities received as collateral under reverse repurchase agreements as at 30 September 2014 was $6,463 million (2013: $6,882 million).

 

Parent Entity guarantees and undertakings

The following guarantees and undertakings are extended to entities in the Group by the Parent Entity:

 

§    issue of letters of comfort in respect of certain subsidiaries in the normal course of business. The letters recognise that Westpac has a responsibility to ensure that those subsidiaries continue to meet their obligations;

 

§    guarantees to Westpac Bank Samoa Limited subsidiaries that support loans made to customers in this jurisdiction, to the extent that the loans exceed prescribed limits; and

 

§    guarantees to certain wholly owned subsidiaries that are Australian financial services or credit licensees to comply with legislative requirements. Each guarantee provided does not exceed $40 million per annum. The guarantees will only give rise to a liability where the entity concerned becomes legally obliged to pay on account of a claim under the relevant licence. The Parent Entity has a right of indemnity to recover funds payable under the guarantees.

 

Note 38. Fiduciary activities

 

Certain controlled entities within the Group conduct investment management and other fiduciary activities as responsible entity or manager on behalf of individuals, trusts, retirement benefit plans and other institutions. These activities involve the management of assets in investment schemes and superannuation funds, and the holding or placing of assets on behalf of third parties.

 

Where controlled entities, as responsible entities, incur liabilities in respect of these activities, a right of indemnity exists against the assets of the applicable investment schemes or funds. As these assets are sufficient to cover liabilities, and it is not probable that the controlled entities will be required to settle them, the liabilities are not included in the consolidated financial statements.

 

The Group also manages life insurance statutory fund assets that are included in the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

 

280

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 39. Group entities

 

The consolidated Group as at 30 September 2014 includes the following controlled entities1:

 

Name

Country of Incorporation

 

Name

Country of Incorporation

Westpac Banking Corporation

Australia

 

Hastings Funds Management (USA) Inc.

USA

1925 Advances Pty Limited

Australia

 

Hastings Advisers, LLC

USA

General Credits Holdings Pty Limited

Australia

 

Hastings Investments GP LLC

USA

General Credits Pty Limited

Australia

 

Hastings Investment Capital, LP

USA

G.C.L. Investments Pty Limited

Australia

 

Hastings Investment Management Pty Limited

Australia

Australian Loan Processing Security Company Pty Limited

Australia

 

Hastings Korea Company Limited2

Korea

Australian Loan Processing Security Trust

Australia

 

Infrastructure Research and Advisory Services Private Limited2

India

Bill Acceptance Corporation Pty Limited

Australia

 

Hickory Trust

Australia

Mortgage Management Pty Limited

Australia

 

Nationwide Management Pty Limited

Australia

BLE Capital Limited

Australia

 

St.George Custodial Pty Limited

Australia

BLE Capital Investments Pty Limited

Australia

 

North Ryde Office Trust2

Australia

BLE Development Pty Limited

Australia

 

Partnership Pacific Pty Limited

Australia

BT Short Term Income Fund

Australia

 

Partnership Pacific Securities Pty Limited

Australia

Capital Finance Australia Limited2

Australia

 

Reinventure Fund, I.L.P.2,6

Australia

Bella Trust

Australia

 

RMS Warehouse Trust 2007-1

Australia

Bella Trust No. 2

Australia

 

Series 2007-1G WST Trust

Australia

Capital Corporate Finance Limited

Australia

 

Series 2008-1M WST Trust

Australia

Capital Finance New Zealand Limited

New Zealand

 

Series 2009-1 WST Trust

Australia

SIE-LEASE (New Zealand) Pty Limited

New Zealand

 

Series 2011-1 WST Trust

Australia

Capital Finance (NZ) Limited

Australia

 

Series 2011-2 WST Trust

Australia

Capital Fleetlease Limited

Australia

 

Series 2011-3 WST Trust

Australia

Capital Motor Finance Limited

Australia

 

Series 2012-1 WST Trust

Australia

Capital Rent Group Limited

Australia

 

Series 2013-1 WST Trust

Australia

SIE-LEASE (Australia) Limited

Australia

 

Series 2013-2 WST Trust2

Australia

Castlereagh Trust

Australia

 

Series 2014-1 WST Trust2

Australia

CBA Limited

Australia

 

Sixty Martin Place (Holdings) Pty Limited

Australia

Belliston Pty Limited

Australia

 

1925 (Commercial) Pty Limited

Australia

Challenge Limited

Australia

 

1925 (Industrial) Pty Limited

Australia

Crusade CP Management Pty Limited

Australia

 

Halcyon Securities Pty Limited5

Australia

Crusade CP No.1 Pty Limited8

Australia

 

Packaging Properties 1 Pty Limited

Australia

Crusade CP Trust No. 52

Australia

 

Packaging Properties 2 Pty Limited

Australia

Crusade CP Trust No. 53

Australia

 

Packaging Properties 3 Pty Limited

Australia

Crusade CP Trust No. 55

Australia

 

Pashley Investments Pty Limited

Australia

Crusade CP Trust No. 56

Australia

 

Westpac Investment Vehicle No.3 Pty Limited

Australia

Crusade CP Trust No. 57

Australia

 

Sallmoor Pty Limited

Australia

Crusade CP Trust No. 58

Australia

 

Teuton Pty Limited

Australia

Crusade Management Limited

Australia

 

Westpac Administration Pty Limited

Australia

Crusade Euro Trust 1 E of 2006

Australia

 

Westpac Asian Lending Pty Limited

Australia

Crusade Euro Trust 1 E of 2007

Australia

 

Westpac Debt Securities Pty Limited

Australia

Crusade Global Trust 2 of 2005

Australia

 

Westpac Direct Equity Investments Pty Limited

Australia

Crusade Global Trust 1 of 2006

Australia

 

Westpac Equipment Finance Limited

Australia

Crusade Global Trust 2 of 2006

Australia

 

Westpac Equipment Finance (No.1) Pty Limited

Australia

Crusade Global Trust 1 of 2007

Australia

 

Westpac Global Capital Markets Pty Limited

Australia

Crusade Trust 1A of 2005

Australia

 

Westpac Group Investments Australia Pty Limited

Australia

Crusade Trust No.2P of 2008

Australia

 

Westpac Investment Vehicle Pty Limited

Australia

Danaby Pty Limited

Australia

 

Westpac Funds Financing Holdco Pty Limited

Australia

Hastings Management Pty Limited6

Australia

 

Westpac Funds Financing Pty Limited

Australia

Hastings Funds Management Asia Pte. Limited

Singapore

 

Westpac Investment Vehicle No.2 Pty Limited

Australia

Hastings Funds Management Limited

Australia

 

Westpac Cook Cove Trust I

Australia

Hastings Forestry Investments Limited

New Zealand

 

Westpac Cook Cove Trust II

Australia

Hastings Forests Australia Pty Limited

Australia

 

Westpac Pacific Limited Partnership

Australia

Hastings Private Equity Fund IIA Pty Limited

Australia

 

Westpac Syndications Management Pty Limited

Australia

Hastings Funds Management (UK) Limited

UK

 

St.George Business Finance Pty Limited

Australia

Hastings Investment Management (Europe) Limited2

UK

 

St.George Equity Finance Limited

Australia

Core Infrastructure Income Feeder 1 L.P.2

Scotland

 

St.George Finance Holdings Limited

Australia

Core Infrastructure Income Feeder 2 L.P.2

Scotland

 

St.George Finance Limited

Australia

Core Infrastructure Income Master L.P.2

UK

 

Crusade ABS Series 2012-1 Trust

Australia

Europe Infrastructure Debt LP

UK

 

Crusade ABS Series 2013 -1 Trust2

Australia

Hastings Infrastructure 1 Limited

UK

 

St.George Motor Finance Limited6

Australia

Hastings Infrastructure 2 Limited

UK

 

St.George Procurement Management Pty Limited

Australia

Infrastructure GP LLP

UK

 

St.George Security Holdings Pty Limited

Australia

Infrastructure GP2 LLP2

UK

 

Tavarua Funding Trust IV

USA

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

281

 



 

 

 

Note 39. Group entities (continued)

 

Name

 

Country of Incorporation

 

Name

 

Country of Incorporation

The Mortgage Company Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

BT Long Term Income Fund

 

Australia

Value Nominees Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Equity Pty Limited

 

Australia

Waratah Securities Australia Limited8

 

Australia

 

Westpac Lenders Mortgage Insurance Limited3

 

Australia

Sydney Capital Corporation Inc8

 

USA

 

Westpac Life Insurance Services Limited

 

Australia

Waratah Receivables Corporation Pty Limited8

 

Australia

 

Westpac RE Limited

 

Australia

Westpac Administration 2 Limited2,5

 

Australia

 

Westpac Securities Administration Limited

 

Australia

Westpac Administration 3 Limited5

 

Australia

 

Westpac Financial Services Group-NZ-Limited3

 

New Zealand

Westpac Administration 4 Pty Limited5

 

Australia

 

Westpac Life-NZ-Limited

 

New Zealand

Westpac Altitude Rewards Trust

 

Australia

 

Westpac Nominees-NZ-Limited

 

New Zealand

Westpac Bank of Tonga

 

Tonga

 

HLT Custodian Trust

 

New Zealand

Westpac Bank Samoa Limited6

 

Samoa

 

MIF Custodian Trust

 

New Zealand

Westpac Bank-PNG-Limited6

 

Papua New Guinea

 

Westpac Superannuation Nominees-NZ-Limited

 

New Zealand

Westpac Capital Holdings Inc.

 

USA

 

Westpac Securities Limited

 

Australia

Westpac Capital Trust IV

 

USA

 

Net Nominees Limited

 

Australia

Westpac Covered Bond Trust

 

Australia

 

Westpac Securitisation Management Pty Limited

 

Australia

Westpac Delta LLC

 

USA

 

Westpac Europe Limited

 

UK

Westpac Equity Holdings Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Financial Holdings Pty Limited

 

Australia

Altitude Administration Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

BT Securities Limited

 

Australia

Altitude Rewards Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

BT (Queensland) Pty Limited

 

Australia

BT Financial Group (NZ) Limited3

 

New Zealand

 

Westpac Funding Holdings Pty Limited

 

Australia

BT Funds Management (NZ) Limited

 

New Zealand

 

Westpac Investments U.K. Limited

 

UK

Hastings Group Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Leasing Nominees-Vic.-Pty Limited

 

Australia

Qvalent Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Overseas Holdings No. 2 Pty Limited

 

Australia

RAMS Financial Group Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac New Zealand Group Limited

 

New Zealand

Westpac Financial Consultants Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac New Zealand Limited

 

New Zealand

Westpac Financial Services Group Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Cash PIE Fund8

 

New Zealand

Advance Asset Management Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac NZ Operations Limited

 

New Zealand

Ascalon Capital Managers Limited3

 

Australia

 

Aotearoa Financial Services Limited

 

New Zealand

Ascalon Capital Managers (Asia) Limited

 

Hong Kong

 

Number 120 Limited

 

New Zealand

Canning Park Capital Pte Ltd

 

Singapore

 

The Home Mortgage Company Limited

 

New Zealand

Ascalon Funds Seed Pool Trust3

 

Australia

 

The Warehouse Financial Services Limited6

 

New Zealand

Asgard Wealth Solutions Limited3

 

Australia

 

Westpac (NZ) Investments Limited

 

New Zealand

Asgard Capital Management Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac NZ Securitisation Holdings Limited6

 

New Zealand

Hitton Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac NZ Securitisation Limited

 

New Zealand

eQR Securities Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac NZ Securitisation No.2 Limited

 

New Zealand

Securitor Financial Group Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac NZ Covered Bond Holdings Limited6

 

New Zealand

BT Financial Group Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac NZ Covered Bond Limited

 

New Zealand

BT Australia Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Securities NZ Limited

 

New Zealand

BT Funds Management Limited3

 

Australia

 

Westpac Term PIE Fund8

 

New Zealand

Oniston Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Overseas Holdings Pty Limited

 

Australia

BT Funds Management No.2 Limited

 

Australia

 

A.G.C. (Pacific) Limited

 

Papua New Guinea

BT Investment Management Limited6

 

Australia

 

Westpac Americas Inc.

 

USA

BT Investment Management (Fund Services) Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Investment Capital Corporation

 

USA

BT Investment Management (Institutional) Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac USA Inc.

 

USA

BTIM UK Limited

 

UK

 

Westpac Capital Markets Holding Corp

 

USA

J O Hambro Capital Management Holdings Limited

 

UK

 

Westpac Capital Markets LLC

 

USA

J O Hambro Capital Management Limited

 

UK

 

Westpac Finance (HK) Limited

 

Hong Kong

JOHCM (Singapore) Pty Limited

 

Singapore

 

Westpac Group Investment-NZ-Limited

 

New Zealand

JOHCM (USA) Inc

 

USA

 

Westpac Holdings-NZ-Limited

 

New Zealand

BT Portfolio Services Limited3

 

Australia

 

Westpac Capital-NZ-Limited

 

New Zealand

BT Private Nominees Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Equity Investments NZ Limited

 

New Zealand

Magnitude Group Pty Limited3

 

Australia

 

Westpac Singapore Limited

 

Singapore

Seed Pool Trust No 23

 

Australia

 

Westpac Properties Limited

 

Australia

St.George Life Limited3

 

Australia

 

Westpac Securitisation Holdings Pty Limited

 

Australia

Westpac Custodian Nominees Pty Limited5

 

Australia

 

Westpac Structured Products Limited

 

Australia

Westpac Financial Services Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac TPS Trust

 

Australia

Westpac General Insurance Limited3

 

Australia

 

Westpac Unit Trust

 

Australia

Westpac General Insurance Services Limited3

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

282

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 39. Group entities (continued)

 

Notes

1

Controlled entities shown in bold type are owned directly by Westpac Banking Corporation. Overseas companies predominantly carry on business in the country of incorporation. For unincorporated entities, ‘Country of Incorporation’ refers to the country where business is carried on. The financial years of all controlled entities are the same as that of Westpac unless otherwise stated. From time to time, the Group consolidates a number of unit trusts where the group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the trusts, and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the trusts.

2

The following controlled entities were acquired, created, or incorporated during the financial year:

 

§

Capital Finance Australia Limited and its controlled entities

 

Acquired

 

31 December 2013

 

§

Core Infrastructure Income Feeder 1 L.P.

 

Created

 

12 December 2013

 

§

Core Infrastructure Income Feeder 2 L.P.

 

Created

 

12 December 2013

 

§

Core Infrastructure Income Master L.P.

 

Created

 

16 December 2013

 

§

Crusade ABS Series 2013-1 Trust

 

Created

 

12 December 2013

 

§

Hastings Korea Company Limited

 

Incorporated

 

23 December 2013

 

§

Hastings Investment Management (Europe) Limited

 

Incorporated

 

18 July 2014

 

§

Infrastructure GP2 LLP

 

Created

 

10 December 2013

 

§

Infrastructure Research and Advisory Services Private Limited

 

Incorporated

 

7 July 2014

 

§

North Ryde Office Trust

 

Acquired

 

28 February 2014

 

§

Reinventure Fund, I.L.P.

 

Created

 

15 January 2014

 

§

Series 2013-2 WST Trust

 

Created

 

1 October 2013

 

§

Series 2014-1 WST Trust

 

Created

 

2 June 2014

 

§

Westpac Administration 2 Limited and its controlled entities

 

Acquired

 

31 December 2013

3

The following controlled entities changed their ownership during the financial year:

 

 

 

 

 

§

Ascalon Capital Managers Limited

 

 

 

31 October 2013

 

§

Ascalon Funds Seed Pool Trust

 

 

 

31 October 2013

 

§

Asgard Wealth Solutions Limited

 

 

 

31 October 2013

 

§

BT Financial Group (NZ) Limited

 

 

 

31 October 2013

 

§

BT Funds Management Limited

 

 

 

31 October 2013

 

§

BT Portfolio Services Limited

 

 

 

31 October 2013

 

§

Magnitude Group Pty Limited

 

 

 

31 October 2013

 

§

Seed Pool Trust No. 2

 

 

 

31 October 2013

 

§

St.George Life Limited

 

 

 

31 October 2013

 

§

Westpac Financial Services Group-NZ-Limited

 

 

 

31 October 2013

 

§

Westpac General Insurance Limited

 

 

 

31 October 2013

 

§

Westpac General Insurance Services Limited

 

 

 

31 October 2013

 

§

Westpac Lenders Mortgage Insurance Limited

 

 

 

31 October 2013

4

The following controlled entities were deregistered, terminated or amalgamated during the financial year:

 

 

 

 

 

§

BLE Holdings Pty Limited

 

Deregistered

 

4 September 2014

 

§

BT Life Limited

 

Deregistered

 

2 October 2013

 

§

Codrington S.a.r.l.

 

Deregistered

 

16 August 2014

 

§

Crusade CP Trust No. 41

 

Terminated

 

17 September 2014

 

§

Crusade CP Trust No. 44

 

Terminated

 

17 September 2014

 

§

Crusade CP Trust No. 48

 

Terminated

 

17 September 2014

 

§

Crusade CP Trust No. 49

 

Terminated

 

17 September 2014

 

§

Crusade CP Trust No. 50

 

Terminated

 

17 September 2014

 

§

Crusade CP Trust No. 54

 

Terminated

 

17 September 2014

 

§

Crusade CP Trust No. 60

 

Terminated

 

17 September 2014

 

§

Crusade Global Trust No. 1 of 2005

 

Terminated

 

26 June 2014

 

§

Crusade Global Trust No. 2 of 2004

 

Terminated

 

3 April 2014

 

§

JOHCM (USA) General Partner Inc

 

Terminated

 

1 December 2013

 

§

Southern Cross Inc

 

Deregistered

 

3 January 2014

 

§

Tavarua Funding Trust III

 

Terminated

 

24 April 2014

 

§

W1 Investments Pty Limited

 

Deregistered

 

25 September 2014

 

§

Westpac Capital Trust III

 

Terminated

 

24 April 2014

 

§

Westpac NZ Leasing Limited

 

Amalgamated

 

15 September 2014

5

The following controlled entities changed their name during the financial year:

 

 

 

 

 

§

BOS International (Australia) Limited to Westpac Administration 2 Limited

 

 

 

16 May 2014

 

§

BOS International (Securites) Pty Limited to Westpac Administration 4 Pty Limited

 

 

 

16 May 2014

 

§

BOSI Security Services Limited to Westpac Administration 3 Limited

 

 

 

16 May 2014

 

§

Halcyon Securities Limited to Halcyon Securities Pty Limited

 

 

 

8 August 2014

 

§

Westpac Custodian Nominees Limited to Westpac Custodian Nominees Pty Limited

 

 

 

8 August 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

283

 

 



 

 

 

Note 39. Group entities (continued)

 

6

The following controlled entities are not wholly owned:

 

 

 

Percentage Owned

 

 

 

2014 

 

2013

 

BT Investment Management Limited

 

60.8%

 

62.1%

 

Hastings Management Pty Limited

 

97.2%

 

100.0%

 

Reinventure Fund, I.L.P.

 

99.0%

 

n/a

 

St.George Motor Finance Limited

 

75.0%

 

75.0%

 

The Warehouse Financial Services Limited

 

51.0%

 

51.0%

 

Westpac Bank-PNG-Limited

 

89.9%

 

89.9%

 

Westpac Bank Samoa Limited

 

93.5%

 

93.5%

 

Westpac NZ Covered Bond Holdings Limited7

 

19.0%

 

19.0%

 

Westpac NZ Securitisation Holdings Limited7

 

19.0%

 

19.0%

 

 

7

9.5% of the equity in both Westpac NZ Securitisation Holdings Limited (WNZSHL) and Westpac NZ Covered Bond Holdings Limited (WNZCBHL) is held directly by Westpac Holdings–NZ–Limited and another 9.5% is held directly by Westpac NZ Operations Limited. Although WBC and its controlled entities only own a total of 19%, due to contractual and structural arrangements, each of WNZSHL and WNZCBHL is considered to be a controlled entity within WBC.

8

The Group has funding agreements in place with these entities and is deemed to have exposure to the associated risks and rewards. These entities are consolidated where the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity.

9

The following unit trusts, which are investment vehicles of Westpac Life Insurance Services Limited, are consolidated by the Group and not wholly owned where stated:

 

 

 

Percentage Owned

 

 

 

2014 

 

2013

 

1940’s Lifestage Fund - B

 

100.0%

 

n/a

 

1950’s Lifestage Fund - B

 

100.0%

 

n/a

 

1960’s Lifestage Fund - B

 

100.0%

 

n/a

 

1970’s Lifestage Fund - B

 

100.0%

 

n/a

 

1980’s Lifestage Fund - B

 

100.0%

 

n/a

 

1990’s Lifestage Fund - B

 

100.0%

 

n/a

 

2000’s Lifestage Fund - B

 

100.0%

 

n/a

 

BT Defensive Equity Income Fund

 

87.9%

 

92.9%

 

BT Enhanced Fixed Interest Sector Trust

 

91.0%

 

92.0%

 

BT Global Emerging Markets Opportunities Fund-Institutional

 

50.9%

 

n/a

 

BT Institutional Enhanced Australian Shares Fund

 

97.8%

 

97.9%

 

BT Institutional Enhanced Cash Fund

 

75.0%

 

n/a

 

BT Institutional Enhanced Global Fixed Interest Fund

 

46.9%

 

34.5%

 

BT Institutional Enhanced Property Securities Fund

 

61.3%

 

67.5%

 

BT Institutional Global Share Fund

 

98.0%

 

97.7%

 

BT Institutional Liquidity Management Trust

 

n/a

 

47.8%

 

BT Institutional Managed Cash Fund

 

n/a

 

75.6%

 

BT Medium Term Income Fund

 

100.0%

 

n/a

 

BT Stable Cash Plus Fund

 

56.1%

 

n/a

 

BT Total Return Fund

 

56.9%

 

48.4%

 

BT Wholesale Active Balanced Fund

 

75.5%

 

75.7%

 

BT Wholesale Cash Plus Fund

 

52.0%

 

n/a

 

Westpac International Share Index Trust

 

57.0%

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

284

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 40. Other group investments

 

The Group had a significant non-controlling shareholding in the following entities as at 30 September 2014:

 

 

 

Country Where

 

Beneficial

 

 

 

 

 

Business is

 

Interest

 

 

 

 

 

Carried On

 

%

 

Nature of Business

 

Above The Index Asset Management Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

33.3

 

Funds management

 

Alleron Investment Management Limited

 

Australia

 

39.7

 

Funds management

 

Angusknight Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

50.0

 

Employment and training

 

Athos Capital Limited

 

Hong Kong

 

35.0

 

Funds management

 

Boyd Cook Cove Unit Trust

 

Australia

 

50.0

 

Investment fund

 

Cardlink Services Limited

 

Australia

 

25.0

 

Card clearing system

 

Cards NZ Limited

 

New Zealand

 

18.8

 

Credit card provider

 

Cash Services Australia Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

25.0

 

Cash logistics

 

Cook Cove Investment Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

50.0

 

Investment company

 

Cook Cove Investment Trust

 

Australia

 

50.0

 

Investment fund

 

Cook Cove Pty Limited and its controlled entities

 

Australia

 

50.0

 

Investment company

 

Epicfrog Pty Ltd

 

Australia

 

40.0

 

Technology

 

Exact Mining Group Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

25.5

 

Services to mining

 

Morphic Asset Management Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

35.0

 

Funds management

 

Paymark Limited

 

New Zealand

 

25.0

 

Electronic payments processing

 

Payments NZ Limited

 

New Zealand

 

23.0

 

Electronic payments processing

 

Regal Funds Management Asia Limited

 

Singapore

 

30.0

 

Funds management

 

Regal Funds Management Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

30.0

 

Funds management

 

RV Capital Pte Limited

 

Singapore

 

30.0

 

Funds management

 

SocietyOne Holdings Pty Ltd

 

Australia

 

16.7

 

Technology platform

 

Sydney Harbour Bridge Holdings Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

49.0

 

Intellectual property

 

Vipro Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

33.3

 

Voucher processing

 

Westpac Employee Assistance Foundation Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

50.0

 

Corporate trustee

 

Westpac Essential Services Trust I and II and their controlled and non-controlled entities

 

Australia

 

36.8

 

Asset management

 

 

The total carrying amount of the Group’s significant non-controlling shareholding was $158 million (2013: $191 million).

 

In terms of the contribution to the results of the Group, the above investments are not material either individually or in aggregate.

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

285

 

 



 

 

 

Note 41. Structured entities

 

A structured entity is one which has been designed such that voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in determining who controls the entity (for example, when voting rights relate to administrative tasks only and the relevant activities are directed by means of contractual arrangements). Structured entities are generally created to achieve a specific and well defined objective with restrictions over their ongoing activities. Where structured entities are used to facilitate the purchase of specific assets, they are commonly financed by issuing debt or equity securities that are collateralised by and/or indexed to those underlying assets. The debt and equity securities issued by structured entities may include tranches with varying levels of subordination.

 

The Group engages in various transactions with both consolidated and unconsolidated structured entities that are mainly involved in securitisations, asset-backed and other financing structures and managed investment funds.

 

Structured entities are assessed for consolidation in accordance with the accounting policy set out in Note 1(h)(vii).

 

Consolidated structured entities

 

Securitisation and asset-backed conduit vehicles

 

The Group uses structured entities as conduits for the purposes of providing its customers with access to funding from commercial paper markets and to undertake securitisation of its own pool of financial assets. For further details, refer to Note 32.

 

Covered bonds

 

The Group has two covered bond programs whereby selected pools of residential mortgages it originates are assigned to bankruptcy remote structured entities. For further details, refer to Note 32.

 

Group managed funds

 

The Group has established a number of investment management funds for which it acts as the responsible entity and/or fund manager. The Group consolidates those funds where it is deemed to be acting as a principal rather than agent in its role of investment manager. The principal vs. agent decision requires judgment to be exercised in concluding whether the Group has sufficient exposure to variable returns.

 

Unconsolidated structured entities

 

The Group enters into transactions with unconsolidated structured entities in the normal course of business to facilitate customer transactions, for liquidity management purposes and for specific investment opportunities.

 

Its interests in structured entities comprise any form of contractual or non-contractual involvement which creates variability in returns arising from the performance of the entity for the Group. These include holdings of debt or equity instruments, guarantees, liquidity and other credit support arrangements, loan commitments, derivatives that transfer financial risks from the entity to the Group and investment management agreements.

 

Interests do not include plain vanilla derivatives (e.g. interest rate swaps and currency swaps), instruments that are deemed to create rather than absorb variability in the unconsolidated structured entity (e.g. purchase of credit protection under a credit default swap), and lending arrangements to a structured entity where recourse on default is to a wider operating entity rather than secured only on the underlying assets of the entity.

 

The main types of interests held by the Group in unconsolidated structured entities generally comprise the following:

 

§         trading securities: the Group buys and sells interests in structured entities as part of its normal trading activities and includes mortgage or other asset-backed securities. These securities are typically held as part of a larger trading portfolio and the Group would normally have no other involvement with the structured entity. The Group derives interest income on these securities, and also recognises realised and unrealised gains or losses arising from a change in fair value through trading income;

 

§         available-for-sale securities: the Group holds mortgage-backed securities as part of its liquidity portfolio which provides a buffer against unforseen funding requirements. These assets are highly rated investment grade paper and are 100% eligible for repurchase agreements with the Reserve Bank of Australia or another central bank. As with its securities held in trading portfolios, the Group would normally have no other involvement with the issuing structured entity. The Group recognises interest income on these securities and net gains or losses arising from the sale of these assets (recorded as part of non-interest income);

 

 

 

286

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 41. Structured entities (continued)

 

§         loans and other credit commitments: the Group provides lending facilities to unconsolidated structured entities in the normal course of its lending business to earn income in the form of interest and lending fees. The structured entities mainly comprise property trusts, and those associated with project and property financing transactions where the primary source of debt service, security and repayment is derived from the underlying assets of the entity. Other structured entities include those unconsolidated securitisation trusts established as part of the Group’s customer securitisation program. All loans and credit commitments are subject to the Group’s credit approval process with collateral specific to the circumstances of each loan; and

 

§         investment management agreements: as part of its normal funds management activities, the Group establishes and manages a number of funds that provide customers with investment opportunities. The Group also manages superannuation funds established for its employees. As the fund manager, the Group is entitled to receive on-going management and performance fee income based on the value of the assets under management.

 

The Group may also retain units in these funds, which are primarily held by its consolidated life insurance entities. The Group derives fund distribution income from these holdings and recognises fair value movements (through non-interest income) where the instruments are held at fair value through the income statement.

 

The table below shows the Group’s interests in unconsolidated structured entities and its maximum exposure to loss in relation to those interests. The maximum exposure to loss represents the maximum loss that the Group could incur as a result of its involvement in the structured entities regardless of the probability of the loss being incurred. The amount does not take into account the effects of any collateral or hedges undertaken to reduce the risk of loss. In this respect:

 

§         for debt and equity instruments in and loans to unconsolidated structured entities, the maximum exposure to loss is the carrying value of these interests at reporting date; and

 

§         for off-balance sheet instruments including liquidity facilities, loan and other credit commitments and guarantees, the maximum exposure to loss is reflected by the notional amounts.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated 2014

 

 

 

 

 

Investment in
Third Party
Mortgage and
Other Asset-
Backed
Securities
1

 

Financing to
Securitisation
Vehicles

 

Group
Managed
Funds
2

 

Interests in

Other
Structured
Entities

 

 

Total

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receivables due from other financial institutions

 

-

 

1,417

 

-

 

-

 

 

1,417

Trading securities

 

1,673

 

-

 

-

 

2,865

 

 

4,538

Other financial assets designated at fair value

 

1,589

 

-

 

123

 

109

 

 

1,821

Available-for-sale securities

 

4,428

 

-

 

104

 

-

 

 

4,532

Loans

 

127

 

13,478

 

57

 

23,638

 

 

37,300

Life insurance assets

 

-

 

-

 

2,209

 

1,544

 

 

3,753

Other assets

 

11

 

-

 

39

 

4

 

 

54

Total on-balance sheet exposures

 

7,828

 

14,895

 

2,532

 

28,160

 

 

53,415

Total notional amounts of off-balance sheet exposures

 

-

 

4,543

 

78

 

7,377

 

 

11,998

Maximum exposure to loss

 

7,828

 

19,438

 

2,610

 

35,537

 

 

65,413

Size of structured entities3

 

111,350

 

19,438

 

87,084

 

144,873

 

 

362,745

 

1            Of the Group’s total interests held in third party mortgage and other asset-backed securities, $7,809 million represents the senior tranche of notes issued and $19 million represents the subordinated tranche of notes issued. All notes are investment grade rated.

2            Includes unconsolidated trusts established and managed by the Group in New Zealand which hold securitised assets transferred from Westpac NZ Limited. The amount of assets transferred from the Group to these entities during the period was $103 million.

3            Represented either by the total assets or market capitalisation of the entity, or if not available the Group’s total committed exposure (for lending arrangements and external debt and equity holdings), funds under management (for Group managed funds) or the total value of notes on issue (for investments in third-party asset-backed securities).

 

Non-contractual financial support

The Group has not provided any non-contractual financial support during the period to unconsolidated structured entities and does not anticipate providing such support in the future.

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

287

 

 



 

 

 

Note 41. Structured entities (continued)

 

Sponsored entities

 

The Group would be deemed to sponsor an entity where it is involved in its creation or establishment and promotion (including use of the Group’s name in the name of the entity or on the products issued by the entity), and facilitates its on-going success through the transfer of assets (if any), or the provision of explicit or implicit financial, operational or other support.

 

In addition to the sponsored entities in which the Group has an interest, the Group also sponsors entities in which it has no interest. These primarily comprise the Group’s charitable trusts. No income is earned from these entities nor does the Group transfer any assets to them.

 

During the period, the Group established and launched the Westpac Bicentennial Foundation to which it made a one-off $100 million contribution. This charitable Foundation will have an exclusive focus on the education and advancement of Australians and the Group’s contribution will be used to fund 100 scholarships every year in perpetuity.

 

Note 42. Related party disclosures

 

Ultimate parent

 

Westpac Banking Corporation is the ultimate parent company of the Group.

 

Subsidiaries

 

Transactions between the Parent Entity and its subsidiaries during 2014 have included the provision of a wide range of banking and other financial facilities, some of which have been on commercial terms and conditions; others have been on terms and conditions which represented a concession to the subsidiaries. Details of amounts paid to or received from related parties, in the form of dividends or interest, are set out in Note 2 and Note 3.

 

Other intragroup transactions, which may or may not be on commercial terms, include the provision of management and administration services, staff training, data processing facilities, transfer of tax losses, and the leasing of property, plant and equipment. Similar transactions between Group entities and other related parties have been almost invariably on commercial terms and conditions as agreed between the parties.

 

Director and other key management personnel

 

Total compensation of all key management personnel, including Non-executive Directors, the CEO and other key management personnel:

 

 

 

 

Short-term
 Benefits

 

Post Employment
Benefits

 

Termination
Benefits

 

Share-based
Payments

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

32,629,048

 

433,456

 

-

 

19,010,878

 

52,073,382

 

2013

 

31,937,697

 

373,290

 

-

 

15,465,959

 

47,776,946

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

31,449,374

 

429,955

 

-

 

18,632,631

 

50,511,960

 

2013

 

29,981,809

 

369,824

 

-

 

14,600,171

 

44,951,804

 

 

Detailed remuneration disclosures of Non-executive Directors, CEO and other key management personnel are included in the Remuneration report.

 

Loans to Directors and other key management personnel disclosures

 

All financial instrument transactions that have occurred during the financial year between the Directors and the Group are in the ordinary course of business on normal terms and conditions (including interest and collateral) as apply to other employees and certain customers. These transactions consisted principally of normal personal banking and financial investment services.

 

Details of loans to Directors and other key management personnel (including their related parties) of the Group are:

 

 

 

Balance at
Start of Year
$

 

Interest Paid
and Payable
 for the Year
$

 

Interest Not
Charged
$

 

Balance at
 End of Year
$

 

Number in
Group at End of
Year

 

2014

 

14,837,949

 

884,631

 

-

 

18,442,040

 

10

 

2013

 

15,800,908

 

778,689

 

-

 

14,837,949

 

11

 

 

 

 

288

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 42. Related party disclosures (continued)

 

Options and share rights holdings1

 

The following table sets out the details of the performance options, performance share rights and unhurdled share rights held at 30 September 2014 by the CEO and other key management personnel (including their related parties):

 

 

 

Latest Date

 

Number of

 

Number of

 

Exercise Price

 

 

 

for Exercise

 

Share Rights

 

Options

 

of Options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gail Kelly

 

21 Dec 2019

 

49,801

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

1 Oct 2020

 

17,612

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

1 Oct 2021

 

272,929

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

1 Oct 2022

 

213,101

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

1 Oct 2023

 

159,821

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Philip Coffey

 

1 Oct 2019

 

3,595

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

1 Oct 2020

 

3,914

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

1 Oct 2021

 

66,715

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

1 Oct 2022

 

67,087

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

1 Oct 2023

 

50,313

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

John Arthur

 

1 Oct 2019

 

1,917

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

1 Oct 2020

 

3,914

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

1 Oct 2021

 

40,433

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

1 Oct 2022

 

71,033

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

1 Oct 2023

 

53,273

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brad Cooper

 

17 Dec 2017

 

-

 

104,761

 

$30.10

 

 

 

1 Oct 2018

 

-

 

92,024

 

$23.40

 

 

 

1 Oct 2019

 

3,145

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

1 Oct 2020

 

4,892

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

1 Oct 2021

 

75,813

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

1 Oct 2022

 

59,194

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

1 Oct 2023

 

44,394

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

George Frazis

 

1 Oct 2019

 

2,996

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

1 Oct 2020

 

3,261

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

1 Oct 2021

 

55,596

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

1 Oct 2022

 

43,409

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

1 Oct 2023

 

32,555

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brian Hartzer

 

1 Oct 2022

 

30,780

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

1 Oct 2023

 

85,828

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alexandra Holcomb

 

17 Dec 2017

 

-

 

38,847

 

$30.10

 

 

 

1 Oct 2018

 

-

 

31,697

 

$23.40

 

 

 

1 Oct 2019

 

929

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

1 Oct 2020

 

1,011

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

1 Oct 2021

 

17,183

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

1 Oct 2022

 

16,573

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

1 Oct 2023

 

14,797

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter King

 

1 Oct 2019

 

689

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

1 Oct 2020

 

978

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

1 Oct 2021

 

15,162

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

1 Oct 2022

 

11,838

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

1 Oct 2023

 

8,878

 

-

 

n/a

 

1            David Curran has not yet been awarded any options or share rights.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

289

 

 



 

 

 

Note 42. Related party disclosures (continued)

 

 

 

Latest Date

 

Number of

 

Number of

 

Exercise Price

 

 

 

for Exercise

 

Share Rights

 

Options

 

of Options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Christine Parker

 

1 Oct 2019

 

338

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

1 Oct 2020

 

750

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

1 Oct 2021

 

11,927

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

1 Oct 2022

 

27,623

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

1 Oct 2023

 

20,717

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rob Whitfield

 

1 Oct 2019

 

3,595

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

1 Oct 2020

 

3,914

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

1 Oct 2021

 

60,650

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

1 Oct 2022

 

47,355

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

1 Oct 2023

 

35,515

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jason Yetton

 

1 Oct 2019

 

959

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

1 Oct 2020

 

1,044

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

1 Oct 2021

 

17,689

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

1 Oct 2022

 

51,301

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

1 Oct 2023

 

38,475

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

290

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 43. Notes to the cash flow statements

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Cash on hand

 

19,582

 

 

9,862

 

11,138

 

18,952

 

 

9,270

 

Balances with central banks

 

6,178

 

 

1,837

 

1,385

 

4,448

 

 

239

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

 

25,760

 

 

11,699

 

12,523

 

23,400

 

 

9,509

 

 

 

 

Reconciliation of net cash (used in)/provided by operating activities to net profit attributable to equity holders of Westpac Banking Corporation is set out below:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Reconciliation of net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities to net profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net profit

 

7,625

 

6,825

 

6,002

 

7,234

 

6,805

 

Adjustments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment

 

1,020

 

904

 

850

 

867

 

803

 

(Decrease)/increase in sundry provisions and other non-cash items

 

(565

)

1,660

 

1

 

(932

)

1,491

 

Impairment charges on loans

 

756

 

923

 

1,316

 

634

 

715

 

(Increase)/decrease in loans

 

(35,734

)

(15,667

)

(18,893

)

(33,659

)

(13,372

)

Increase/(decrease) in deposits and other borrowings

 

34,229

 

22,155

 

26,381

 

32,244

 

17,646

 

(Increase)/decrease in receivables due from other financial institutions

 

3,932

 

(511

)

(2,418

)

3,966

 

(1,544

)

(Decrease)/increase in payables due to other financial institutions

 

9,419

 

363

 

(6,807

)

9,280

 

345

 

(Increase)/decrease in trading and fair value assets

 

1,724

 

(319

)

4,271

 

1,083

 

(811

)

Increase/(decrease) in other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

 

9,079

 

266

 

155

 

8,992

 

266

 

(Increase)/decrease in derivative financial instruments

 

(3,329

)

9,126

 

3,679

 

(3,028

)

8,972

 

(Increase)/decrease in accrued interest receivable

 

(64

)

84

 

134

 

(47

)

90

 

Increase/(decrease) in accrued interest payable

 

(53

)

(376

)

54

 

(55

)

(378

)

(Decrease)/increase in current and deferred tax

 

332

 

147

 

820

 

(221

)

(209

)

Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities

 

28,371

 

25,580

 

15,545

 

26,358

 

20,819

 

 

Business acquired

 

 

Acquisition of selected business of Lloyds

 

On 31 December 2013 the Group acquired 100% of the share capital in Capital Finance Australia Ltd (CFAL) and BOS International Australia Ltd (BOSI). The business acquired adds scale and geographic diversity to the Group’s motor vehicle finance business, expands the Group’s capability and reach within equipment finance and creates opportunities to deepen customer relationships with the opportunity to cross sell other Westpac Group products. The provisional goodwill recognised of $225 million primarily reflects the value of synergies expected to arise as a result of the acquisition.

 

Acquisition and integration related costs of $64 million have been charged to operating expenses for the year ended 30 September 2014.

 

The fair value of receivables acquired was $7,895 million. The gross contractual amount of receivables acquired was $7,977 million, of which $111 million is expected to be uncollectible. Other fair value adjustments amount to $29 million.

 

Since 31 December 2013 CFAL and BOSI have contributed revenue of $234 million and an after-tax profit of $64 million to the Group. If the acquisition had occurred on 1 October 2013, it is estimated that CFAL and BOSI would have contributed revenue of $310 million and profit of $84 million to the Group.

 

In addition to acquiring the shares in CFAL and BOSI the Group purchased certain derivative contracts from Lloyds International Australian branches for $9 million. These derivatives have been accounted for as transactions in the normal course of business and in aggregate have no material impact on the Group.

 

Acquisition of J O Hambro Capital Management Limited

 

On 1 October 2011 BT Investment Management Limited (an entity controlled by Westpac) acquired 100% of the share capital of J O Hambro Capital Management Limited, a company incorporated in the United Kingdom.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

291

 

 



 

 

Note 43. Notes to the cash flow statements (continued)

 

Details of assets and liabilities of controlled entities and business acquired

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Fair value of assets and liabilities of controlled entities and businesses acquired1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets acquired:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

149

 

-

 

22

 

Trade and other receivables

 

-

 

-

 

24

 

Derivative assets

 

30

 

-

 

-

 

Available for sale financial assets

 

-

 

-

 

22

 

Loans and advances

 

7,895

 

-

 

-

 

Identifiable intangible assets

 

56

 

-

 

120

 

Operating lease assets

 

80

 

-

 

-

 

Other assets and prepayments

 

6

 

-

 

5

 

Total assets acquired

 

8,216

 

-

 

193

 

Liabilities acquired:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade creditors and other accrued expenses

 

24

 

-

 

30

 

Provisions

 

11

 

-

 

12

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

25

 

-

 

28

 

Debt securities on issue

 

488

 

-

 

-

 

Borrowings

 

6,368

 

-

 

-

 

Total liabilities acquired

 

6,916

 

-

 

70

 

Fair value of identifiable net assets acquired

 

1,300

 

-

 

123

 

Goodwill

 

225

 

-

 

214

 

Total

 

1,525

 

-

 

337

 

Cash consideration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of shares

 

1,525

 

-

 

292

 

Replacement of intergroup funding

 

6,368

 

-

 

-

 

Debt and equity instruments issued

 

-

 

-

 

45

 

Total consideration transferred

 

7,893

 

-

 

337

 

Cash consideration

 

7,893

 

-

 

292

 

Less cash and cash equivalents acquired

 

(149

)

-

 

(22

)

Cash paid (net of cash acquired)

 

7,744

 

-

 

270

 

1      Fair value of assets and liabilities are provisional amounts.

 

Non-cash financing activities

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Shares issued under the dividend reinvestment plan1

 

-

 

531

 

873

 

-

 

531

 

Issuance of loan capital2

 

529

 

332

 

-

 

529

 

332

 

Shares issued on redemption of Westpac SPS

 

-

 

173

 

-

 

-

 

173

 

 

1      The dividend reinvestment plan in respect of the 2014 interim and 2013 final and special dividends ($1,022 million) (2013: interim dividend $543 million) was satisfied in full through purchase of existing shares and transfer of shares to participating shareholders.

2      In 2014, amounts relate to holders of Westpac SPS II who participated in the reinvestment offer to subscribe for Westpac Capital Notes 2. In 2013, amounts relate to holders of Westpac SPS who participated in the reinvestment offer to subscribe for Westpac Subordinated Notes II.

 

Restricted cash

 

The amount of cash and cash equivalents not available for use at 30 September 2014 was $35 million (2013: nil) for the Group.

 

Note 44. Subsequent events

 

No matter of circumstance has arisen since the year ended 30 September 2014 which is not otherwise dealt with in this report, that has significantly affected or may significantly affect the operations of the Group, the results of its operations or the state of affairs of the Group in subsequent periods.

 

 

 

 

 

292

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Statutory statements

 

 

Directors’ declaration

 

In the Directors’ opinion:

 

a.             the financial statements and notes set out in ‘Section 3 – Financial report for the year ended 30 September 2014’ are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:

 

(i)           complying with Australian Accounting Standards, the Corporations Regulations 2001 and other mandatory professional reporting requirements; and

 

(ii)        giving a true and fair view of Westpac Banking Corporation and the Group’s financial position as at 30 September 2014 and of their performance, as represented by the results of their operations, changes in equity and their cash flows, for the financial year ended on that date; and

 

b.             there are reasonable grounds to believe that Westpac will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due and payable.

 

Note 1(a) confirms that the financial report also complies with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

 

The Directors have been given the declaration by the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer required by section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001.

 

This declaration is made in accordance with a resolution of the Directors.

 

For and on behalf of the Board.

 

 

 

 

GRAPHIC

Lindsay Maxsted

Chairman

Gail Kelly

Managing Director &

Chief Executive Officer

 

Sydney

3 November 2014

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

293

 

 



 

 

Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting

 

The following report is required by rules of the US Securities and Exchange Commission

 

The management of Westpac is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for Westpac as defined in Rule 13a — 15 (f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Westpac’s internal control system is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with applicable accounting standards.

 

Westpac’s internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that: pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of Westpac and its consolidated entities; provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with applicable accounting standards, and that receipts and expenditures of Westpac are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of Westpac and its consolidated entities; and provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the assets of Westpac and its consolidated entities that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

Westpac management, with the participation of the CEO and CFO, assessed the effectiveness of Westpac’s internal control over financial reporting as of 30 September 2014 based on the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework. Based on this assessment, management has concluded that Westpac’s internal control over financial reporting as of 30 September 2014 was effective.

 

The effectiveness of Westpac’s internal control over financial reporting as of 30 September 2014 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.

 

 

 

 

294

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Statutory statements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Independent auditor’s report to the members of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Report on the financial report

We have audited the accompanying financial report of Westpac Banking Corporation (the Corporation), which comprises the balance sheets as at 30 September 2014, the income statements, statements of comprehensive income, statements of changes in equity and cash flow statements for the year ended on that date, a summary of significant accounting policies, other explanatory notes and the directors’ declaration for both the Corporation and the Consolidated Entity. The Consolidated Entity comprises the Corporation and the entities it controlled at year’s end or from time to time during the financial year.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Directors’ responsibility for the financial report

 

 

 

The directors of the Corporation are responsible for the preparation of the financial report that gives a true and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001 and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the financial report that is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. In Note 1, the directors also state, in accordance with Accounting Standard AASB 101 Presentation of Financial Statements, that the financial statements comply with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auditor’s responsibility

 

 

 

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial report based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. Those standards require that we comply with relevant ethical requirements relating to audit engagements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial report is free from material misstatement.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial report. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgement, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial report, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial report in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by the directors, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial report.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Independence

 

 

 

In conducting our audit, we have complied with the independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auditor’s opinion

 

 

 

In our opinion:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.

the financial report of Westpac Banking Corporation is in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

giving a true and fair view of the Corporation’s and Consolidated Entity’s financial position as at 30 September 2014 and of their performance for the year ended on that date; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

complying with Australian Accounting Standards (including the Australian Accounting Interpretations) and the Corporations Regulations 2001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

b.

the financial report also complies with International Financial Reporting Standards as disclosed in Note 1.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers, ABN 52 780 433 757

 

 

 

Darling Park Tower 2, 201 Sussex Street, GPO BOX 2650, SYDNEY NSW 1171

 

 

 

T +61 2 8266 0000, F +61 2 8266 9999, www.pwc.com.au

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

295

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Report on the Remuneration Report

 

 

 

We have audited the Remuneration Report included in Section 1 of the Annual Report for the year ended 30 September 2014. The directors of the Corporation are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the Remuneration Report in accordance with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Remuneration Report, based on our audit conducted in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auditor’s opinion

 

 

 

In our opinion, the Remuneration Report of Westpac Banking Corporation for the year ended 30 September 2014 complies with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Codling

 

 

Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Craig Stafford

 

 

Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sydney

 

 

3 November 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers, ABN 52 780 433 757

 

 

Darling Park Tower 2, 201 Sussex Street, GPO BOX 2650, SYDNEY NSW 1171

 

 

T +61 2 8266 0000, F +61 2 8266 9999, www.pwc.com.au

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

296

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Statutory statements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Westpac Banking Corporation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated income statements, consolidated statements of comprehensive income, consolidated statements of changes in equity and consolidated cash flow statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Westpac Banking Corporation (the ‘Corporation’) and its subsidiaries at 30 September 2014 and 30 September 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 30 September 2014 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. Also in our opinion, the Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 30 September 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Corporation’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included under the heading ‘Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting’ in the accompanying financial statements. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and International Standards on Auditing. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Our audit of the consolidated financial statements of the Corporation and its subsidiaries was conducted for the purpose of forming an opinion on the consolidated financial statements taken as a whole. The Corporation has included parent entity only information on the face of the consolidated financial statements and other parent entity only disclosures in the notes to the financial statements. Such parent entity only information is presented for purposes of additional analysis and is not a required part of the consolidated financial statements presented in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. Such information has been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in the audit of the consolidated financial statements, and, in our opinion, is fairly stated in all material respects in relation to the consolidated financial statements taken as a whole.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers, ABN 52 780 433 757

 

 

 

Darling Park Tower 2, 201 Sussex Street, GPO BOX 2650, SYDNEY NSW 1171

 

 

 

T +61 2 8266 0000, F +61 2 8266 9999, www.pwc.com.au

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

297

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sydney

 

 

 

3 November 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers, ABN 52 780 433 757

 

 

 

Darling Park Tower 2, 201 Sussex Street, GPO BOX 2650, SYDNEY NSW 1171

 

 

 

T +61 2 8266 0000, F +61 2 8266 9999, www.pwc.com.au

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

298

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholding information

 

Additional information

 

Information for shareholders

 

Glossary of abbreviations and defined terms

 



 

Shareholding information

 

 

Westpac ordinary shares

 

Top 20 ordinary shareholders as at 3 October 2014

 

 

 

Number of
Fully Paid Ordinary Shares

 

% Held

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited

 

551,140,214

 

17.73

J P Morgan Nominees Australia Ltd

 

375,334,352

 

12.07

National Nominees Limited

 

305,321,294

 

9.82

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited

 

145,208,026

 

4.67

Cogent Nominees Pty Limited

 

65,041,583

 

2.09

RBC Dexia Investor Services Australia Nominees Pty Limited

 

37,264,064

 

1.20

AMP Life Limited

 

24,711,484

 

0.79

Australian Foundation Investment Company Limited

 

18,236,232

 

0.59

UBS Private Clients Australia Nominees Pty Ltd

 

14,977,769

 

0.48

Bond Street Custodians Limited

 

12,826,099

 

0.41

Milton Corporation Limited

 

10,451,306

 

0.34

Argo Investments Limited

 

10,251,594

 

0.33

BNP Paribas

 

10,225,951

 

0.33

Navigator Australia Limited

 

7,329,618

 

0.24

Questor Financial Services Limited

 

5,166,459

 

0.17

Nulis Nominees (Australia) Limited

 

4,888,606

 

0.16

Invia Custodian Pty Limited

 

4,559,441

 

0.15

UBS Nominees Pty Ltd

 

4,175,899

 

0.13

Share Direct Nominees Pty Limited

 

4,018,035

 

0.13

ANZ Executors & Trustee Company Limited

 

2,704,975

 

0.09

Total of Top 20 registered shareholders

 

1,613,833,001

 

51.92

 

As at 3 October 2014 there were 595,907 holders of our ordinary shares compared to 579,695 in 2013 and 563,072 in 2012. Ordinary shareholders with a registered address in Australia held approximately 98% of our fully paid share capital at 3 October 2014 (approximately 98% in 2013 and 98% in 2012).

 

Substantial shareholders as at 3 October 2014

 

As at 3 October 2014 there were no shareholders who had a ‘substantial holding’ of our shares within the meaning of the Corporations Act. A person has a substantial holding of our shares if the total votes attached to our voting shares in which they or their associates have relevant interests is 5% or more of the total number of votes attached to all our voting shares. The above table of the Top 20 ordinary shareholders includes shareholders that may hold shares for the benefit of third parties.

 

Significant changes in ordinary share ownership of substantial shareholders

 

On 17 May 2012, National Australia Bank Limited became a substantial shareholder having relevant interest in 178,904,696 ordinary shares (5.86% of total votes outstanding). They ceased to be a substantial shareholder on 18 May 2012.

 

Control of registrant

 

We are not directly or indirectly owned or controlled by any other corporation(s) or by any foreign government. Refer to the section ‘Exchange controls and other limitations affecting security holders’, which provides information on the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975, Corporations Act 2001 and Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act 1998, which impose limits on equity holdings.

 

At 30 September 2014, our Directors and Executive Officers owned beneficially, directly or indirectly, an aggregate of 3,086,467 (0.10%) of the fully paid ordinary shares outstanding.

 

 

 

 

300

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Shareholding information

 

 

Analysis by range of holdings of ordinary shares as at 3 October 2014

 

 

 

Number of Holders

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

 

Number of Holders

 

 

 of Fully Paid

 

 

 

Fully Paid

 

 

 

of Share Options

Number of Shares

 

Ordinary Shares

 

%

 

 Ordinary Shares

 

%

 

  and Rights

1

1,000

 

 

332,207

 

55.75

 

137,239,855

 

4.41

 

72

1,001

5,000

 

 

203,485

 

34.15

 

466,527,073

 

15.01

 

129

5,001

10,000

 

 

36,007

 

6.04

 

253,315,938

 

8.15

 

29

10,001

100,000

 

 

23,544

 

3.95

 

495,634,194

 

15.94

 

83

100,001 and over

 

664

 

0.11

 

1,756,331,249

 

56.49

 

14

Totals

 

595,907

 

100.00

 

3,109,048,309

 

100.00

 

327

 

There were 10,159 shareholders holding less than a marketable parcel ($500) based on a market price of $32.28 at the close of trading on 3 October 2014.

 

Voting rights of ordinary shares

Holders of our fully paid ordinary shares have, at general meetings (including special general meetings), one vote on a show of hands and, upon a poll, one vote for each fully paid ordinary share held by them.

 

Westpac Convertible Preference Shares (Westpac CPS)

 

Top 20 holders of Westpac CPS as at 3 October 2014

 

 

 

Number of
Westpac CPS

 

% Held

UBS Wealth Management Australia Nominees Pty Ltd

 

607,542

 

5.11

BT Portfolio Services Limited

 

256,028

 

2.15

Questor Financial Services Limited

 

213,450

 

1.79

Navigator Australia Limited

 

204,952

 

1.72

Nulis Nominees (Australia) Limited

 

197,268

 

1.66

National Nominees Limited

 

186,489

 

1.57

UCA Cash Management Fund Ltd

 

179,426

 

1.51

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited

 

137,934

 

1.16

Netwealth Investments Limited

 

125,326

 

1.05

J P Morgan Nominees Australia Ltd

 

120,278

 

1.01

Austrust Limited

 

92,564

 

0.78

Dimbulu Pty Ltd

 

70,000

 

0.59

Mrs Linda Anne van Lieshout

 

60,000

 

0.50

RBC Dexia Investor Services Australia Nominees Pty Limited

 

59,176

 

0.50

Asgard Capital Management Ltd

 

50,400

 

0.42

Eastcote Pty Ltd

 

50,000

 

0.42

Finot Pty Ltd

 

50,000

 

0.42

JMB Pty Ltd

 

50,000

 

0.42

Randazzo C&G Developments P/L

 

50,000

 

0.42

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited

 

41,018

 

0.34

Total of Top 20 registered holders

 

2,801,851

 

23.54

 

Analysis by range of holdings of Westpac CPS as at 3 October 2014

 

 

 

Number of Holders of

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

Number of Securities

 

Westpac CPS

 

%

 

Westpac CPS

 

%

1

1,000

 

 

18,170

 

93.11

 

5,416,955

 

45.55

1,001

5,000

 

 

1,207

 

6.18

 

2,689,478

 

22.61

5,001

10,000

 

 

83

 

0.43

 

641,247

 

5.39

10,001

100,000

 

 

47

 

0.24

 

1,334,283

 

11.22

100,001 and over

 

8

 

0.04

 

1,811,642

 

15.23

Totals

 

19,515

 

100.00

 

11,893,605

 

100.00

 

There were 9 security holders holding less than a marketable parcel ($500) of Westpac CPS based on a market price of $99.40 at the close of trading on 3 October 2014.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

301

 

 



 

 

Westpac Capital Notes

 

Top 20 holders of Westpac Capital Notes as at 3 October 2014

 

 

 

Number of
Westpac Capital Notes

 

% Held

UBS Wealth Management Australia Nominees Pty Ltd

 

1,063,432

 

7.69

BT Portfolio Services Limited

 

263,624

 

1.91

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited

 

259,779

 

1.88

National Nominees Limited

 

192,544

 

1.39

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited

 

175,501

 

1.27

Zashvin Pty Ltd

 

150,000

 

1.08

J P Morgan Nominees Australia Ltd

 

148,828

 

1.08

Questor Financial Services Limited

 

106,237

 

0.77

Austrust Limited

 

101,863

 

0.74

Tandom Pty Ltd

 

100,000

 

0.72

Willimbury Pty Ltd

 

100,000

 

0.72

Vinsun Custodians Pty Ltd

 

90,000

 

0.65

Cogent Nominees Pty Limited

 

74,350

 

0.54

Netwealth Investments Limited

 

73,358

 

0.53

Navigator Australia Limited

 

64,541

 

0.47

Nulis Nominees (Australia) Limited

 

56,197

 

0.41

Bond Street Custodians Limited

 

54,830

 

0.40

Northern Metropolitan Cemeteries

 

50,000

 

0.36

Royal Freemasons Benevolent Institution

 

50,000

 

0.36

Kept Safe Pty Ltd

 

50,000

 

0.36

Total of Top 20 registered holders

 

3,225,084

 

23.33

 

Analysis by range of holdings of Westpac Capital Notes as at 3 October 2014

 

 

 

Number of Holders of

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

 

Number of Securities

 

Westpac Capital Notes

 

%

 

Westpac Capital Notes

 

%

 

1

1,000

 

 

16,025

 

90.29

 

5,328,895

 

38.51

 

1,001

5,000

 

 

1,536

 

8.65

 

3,427,316

 

24.77

 

5,001

10,000

 

 

120

 

0.68

 

994,734

 

7.19

 

10,001

100,000

 

 

61

 

0.34

 

2,014,141

 

14.56

 

100,001 and over

 

7

 

0.04

 

2,070,604

 

14.97

 

Totals

 

17,749

 

100.00

 

13,835,690

 

100.00

 

 

There were 4 security holders holding less than a marketable parcel ($500) of Westpac Capital Notes based on a market price of $99.39 at the close of trading on 3 October 2014.

 

 

 

 

302

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Shareholding information

 

 

Westpac Capital Notes 2

 

Top 20 holders of Westpac Capital Notes 2 as at 3 October 2014

 

 

 

Number of
Westpac Capital Notes 2

 

% Held

UBS Wealth Management Australia Nominees Pty Ltd

 

723,684

 

5.52

BT Portfolio Services Limited

 

473,733

 

3.61

Navigator Australia Limited

 

155,559

 

1.19

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited

 

149,390

 

1.14

Invia Custodian Pty Limited

 

136,817

 

1.04

Nulis Nominees (Australia) Limited

 

124,890

 

0.95

Questor Financial Services Limited

 

113,984

 

0.87

National Nominees Limited

 

96,177

 

0.73

UCA Cash Management Fund Limited

 

80,969

 

0.62

Netwealth Investments Limited

 

72,961

 

0.56

J P Morgan Nominees Australia Ltd

 

72,554

 

0.55

Bond Street Custodians Limited

 

71,812

 

0.55

Rakio Pty Ltd

 

63,000

 

0.48

Alsop Pty Ltd

 

60,000

 

0.46

Dimbulu Pty Ltd

 

51,000

 

0.39

Bayswater Car Rental Pty Ltd

 

50,000

 

0.38

Domer Mining Co P/L

 

50,000

 

0.38

Ms Sarah Louise Haddrick

 

50,000

 

0.38

Royal Freemasons Benevolent Institution

 

50,000

 

0.38

Randazzo C&G Developments P/L

 

50,000

 

0.38

Total of Top 20 registered holders

 

2,696,530

 

20.56

 

Analysis by range of holdings of Westpac Capital Notes 2 as at 3 October 2014

 

 

 

Number of Holders of

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

 

Number of Securities

 

Westpac Capital Notes 2

 

%

 

Westpac Capital Notes 2

 

%

 

1

1,000

 

 

14,419

 

88.85

 

4,866,458

 

37.13

 

1,001

5,000

 

 

1,595

 

9.83

 

3,627,575

 

27.68

 

5,001

10,000

 

 

125

 

0.77

 

995,991

 

7.60

 

10,001

100,000

 

 

84

 

0.52

 

2,226,880

 

16.99

 

100,001 and over

 

5

 

0.03

 

1,388,801

 

10.60

 

Totals

 

16,228

 

100.00

 

13,105,705

 

100.00

 

 

There was 1 security holder holding less than a marketable parcel ($500) of Westpac Capital Notes 2 based on a market price of $98.15 at the close of trading on 3 October 2014.

 

Voting rights of Westpac CPS, Westpac Capital Notes and Westpac Capital Notes 2

 

In accordance with the terms of issue, holders of Westpac CPS have no right to vote at any general meeting of Westpac except in the following circumstances:

 

a.             on a proposal:

 

–  to reduce the share capital of Westpac;

 

–  that affects rights attached to Westpac CPS;

 

–  to wind up Westpac; or

 

–  for the disposal of the whole of the property, business and undertaking of Westpac;

 

b.             on a resolution to approve the terms of a share buy back agreement, other than a buy back agreement relating to Westpac CPS;

 

c.              during a period in which a dividend (or part of a dividend) in respect of Westpac CPS is in arrears; or

 

d.             during the winding up of Westpac.

 

When entitled to vote at a general meeting of Westpac in respect of the matters listed above, holders of Westpac CPS are entitled to exercise one vote on a show of hands and one vote for each Westpac CPS held on a poll.

 

Holders of Westpac CPS have the same rights as the holders of Westpac’s ordinary shares in relation to receiving notices, reports and financial statements, and attending and being heard at all general meetings of Westpac.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

303

 

 



 

 

In accordance with the terms of issue, holders of Westpac Capital Notes and Westpac Capital Notes 2 have no right to vote at any general meeting of Westpac before conversion into Westpac ordinary shares.

 

If conversion occurs (in accordance with the applicable terms of issue), holders of Westpac CPS, Westpac Capital Notes or Westpac Capital Notes 2 (as applicable) will become holders of Westpac ordinary shares and have the voting rights that attach to Westpac ordinary shares.

 

Westpac Subordinated Notes II

 

Westpac has received confirmation from the ASX that the ASX considers Westpac Subordinated Notes II to be debt securities for the purposes of the ASX Listing Rules. Therefore, shareholding information regarding Westpac Subordinated Notes II has not been included in this section of the Annual Report.

 

Domicile1 of ordinary shareholders as at 3 October 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of

 

% of

 

 

Number

 

 

 

Issued Shares

 

Issued Shares

 

 

of Holders

 

% of Holdings

 

and Options

 

and Options

Australia

 

567,178

 

95.19

 

3,050,176,243

 

98.10

New Zealand

 

24,440

 

4.10

 

42,272,845

 

1.36

United Kingdom

 

1,684

 

0.28

 

3,614,228

 

0.12

United States

 

554

 

0.09

 

1,544,069

 

0.05

Other overseas

 

2,051

 

0.34

 

11,440,924

 

0.37

Totals

 

595,907

 

100.00

 

3,109,048,309

 

100.00

 

Domicile1 of holders of Westpac CPS as at 3 October 2014

 

 

 

Number

 

 

 

Number of Issued

 

% of Issued

 

 

of Holders

 

% of Holdings

 

Westpac CPS

 

Westpac CPS

Australia

 

19,502

 

99.93

 

11,889,493

 

99.96

New Zealand

 

3

 

0.02

 

2,100

 

0.02

United Kingdom

 

4

 

0.02

 

1,225

 

0.01

United States

 

2

 

0.01

 

100

 

0.00

Other overseas

 

4

 

0.02

 

687

 

0.01

Total

 

19,515

 

100.00

 

11,893,605

 

100.00

 

Domicile1 of holders of Westpac Capital Notes as at 3 October 2014

 

 

 

Number

 

 

 

Number of Issued

 

% of Issued

 

 

of Holders

 

% of Holdings

 

Westpac Capital Notes

 

Westpac Capital Notes

Australia

 

17,733

 

99.91

 

13,824,518

 

99.92

New Zealand

 

2

 

0.01

 

5,250

 

0.04

United Kingdom

 

1

 

0.01

 

200

 

0.00

United States

 

1

 

0.01

 

1,980

 

0.01

Other overseas

 

12

 

0.06

 

3,742

 

0.03

Total

 

17,749

 

100.00

 

13,835,690

 

100.00

 

Domicile1 of holders of Westpac Capital Notes 2 as at 3 October 2014

 

 

 

Number

 

 

 

Number of Issued

 

% of Issued

 

 

of Holders

 

% of Holdings

 

Westpac Capital Notes 2

 

Westpac Capital Notes 2

Australia

 

16,220

 

99.94

 

13,066,126

 

99.70

New Zealand

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

United Kingdom

 

1

 

0.01

 

200

 

0.00

United States

 

1

 

0.01

 

782

 

0.01

Other overseas

 

6

 

0.04

 

38,597

 

0.29

Total

 

16,228

 

100.00

 

13,105,705

 

100.00

 

 

1            Based on registered address of holder.

 

 

 

 

304

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Shareholding information

 

Market price information

 

The principal listing of our ordinary shares is on the ASX. American Depositary Shares (ADS), each represent one ordinary share, listed on the NYSE1.

 

The tables below set forth, for the calendar periods indicated, the reported high and low market quotations for our ordinary shares on the ASX based on its daily official list and for our ADS on the NYSE.

 

 

 

Per Ordinary Share in A$2

 

            Per ADS in US$1

 

Financial year ending

 

High

 

Low

 

High

 

Low

 

September 2014

 

35.99

 

30.00

 

33.31

 

26.70

 

September 2013

 

34.79

 

24.23

 

175.29

 

27.98

 

September 2012

 

24.99

 

19.00

 

130.63

 

92.34

 

September 2011

 

25.6

 

17.84

 

138.40

 

91.63

 

September 2010

 

28.43

 

20.56

 

133.15

 

87.70

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per Ordinary Share in A$

 

            Per ADS in US$

 

Quarter ending

 

High

 

Low

 

High

 

Low

 

2014:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September

 

35.37

 

31.40

 

33.00

 

27.66

 

June

 

35.99

 

33.39

 

33.16

 

31.09

 

March

 

34.82

 

30.00

 

32.06

 

26.70

 

2013:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December

 

34.98

 

30.26

 

33.31

 

27.45

 

September

 

33.49

 

27.62

 

144.36

 

27.98

 

June

 

34.79

 

27.15

 

175.29

 

125.91

 

March

 

31.99

 

26.06

 

162.02

 

136.98

 

2012:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December

 

26.40

 

25.36

 

137.91

 

132.67

 

September

 

24.99

 

21.25

 

130.63

 

109.53

 

June

 

23.07

 

20.00

 

119.00

 

97.71

 

March

 

22.09

 

19.94

 

114.48

 

102.92

 

2011:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December

 

23.55

 

19.00

 

122.85

 

92.34

 

September

 

22.32

 

17.84

 

120.08

 

91.63

 

June

 

25.60

 

21.05

 

138.40

 

111.80

 

March

 

24.69

 

21.77

 

125.10

 

108.50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per Ordinary Share in A$

 

            Per ADS in US$

 

Month ending – 2014

 

High

 

Low

 

High

 

Low

 

September

 

35.37

 

31.40

 

33.00

 

27.66

 

August 

 

35.17

 

32.96

 

32.86

 

30.71

 

July

 

34.67

 

33.31

 

32.34

 

31.35

 

June

 

34.91

 

33.82

 

32.56

 

31.81

 

May

 

35.29

 

33.39

 

32.86

 

31.09

 

April

 

35.99

 

34.15

 

33.16

 

31.84

 

 

1      On 19 August 2013, the ratio changed from one ADS representing five Westpac fully paid ordinary share to one ADS representing one Westpac fully paid ordinary share.

 

2      Australian dollar (A$) market price information is intraday high and low trading prices. US dollar (US$) market price information is closing prices.

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

305

 

 



 

 

Fees and charges payable by a holder of Westpac ADS

 

The depositary for Westpac’s ADS program, The Bank of New York Mellon (the Depositary), collects fees for delivery and surrender of ADS directly from investors depositing ordinary shares or surrendering ADS for the purpose of withdrawal or from intermediaries acting for them. The Depositary may also collect fees for making distributions to investors by deducting those fees from the amounts distributed or by selling a portion of the distributable property to pay the fees.

 

The charges of the Depositary payable by investors are as follows:

 

Type of Service

 

Depositary Actions

 

Fee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depositing or substituting
the underlying shares.

 

Delivery of ADS against the deposit of ordinary shares, including deposits and issuances in respect of:

 

<              share distributions, stock splits, rights, mergers; and

 

<              exchange of securities or other transactions or events or other distribution affecting the ADS or deposited securities.

 

US$5.00 or less per 100 ADS (or portion thereof) evidenced by the new ADS delivered.

 

Receiving or distributing
cash dividends.

 

Distribution of cash dividends.

 

US$0.05 or less per ADS

 

Withdrawing an underlying ordinary share.

 

Acceptance of ADS surrendered for withdrawal of deposited ordinary shares.

 

US$5.00 or less for each 100 ADS (or portion thereof) evidenced by the ADS surrendered.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General depositary services, particularly those charged on an annual basis.

 

Other services performed by the Depositary in administering the ADS program.

 

US$0.05 or less per ADS

 

Expenses of the Depositary.

 

Expenses incurred on behalf of holders in connection with:

<              taxes and other governmental charges;

<              cable, telex and facsimile transmission/delivery;

<              transfer or registration fees, if applicable, for the registration of transfers or underlying ordinary shares; and

<              expenses of the Depositary in connection with the conversion of foreign currency into US dollars (which are paid out of such foreign currency).

 

Expenses payable at the sole discretion of the Depositary by billing holders or by deducting charges from one or more cash dividends or other cash distributions.

 

 

Fees and payments made by the Depositary to Westpac

 

The Depositary has agreed to reimburse certain Westpac expenses related to Westpac’s ADS program and incurred by Westpac in connection with the program, subject to certain limits. The Depositary has also agreed to waive certain of its fees for standard costs associated with the maintenance and administration of the ADS program. The following table shows reimbursements made and fees waived during the year.

 

 

 

 

Reimbursed or Waived for 2014

 

Category of Expense Reimbursed to Westpac or Fee Waived

 

US$’000s

 

Investor relations

 

345

 

NYSE listing fees

 

145

 

Total

 

490

 

 

Under certain circumstances, including removal of the Depositary or termination of the ADS program by Westpac, Westpac is required to repay the Depositary certain amounts reimbursed and/or expenses paid to or on behalf of Westpac.

 

 

 

 

306

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Shareholding information

 

 


Exchange controls and other limitations affecting security holders

 

Australian exchange controls

 

Australian laws control and regulate or permit the control and regulation of a broad range of payments and transactions involving non-residents of Australia. Pursuant to a number of exemptions, authorities and approvals, there are no general restrictions from transferring funds from Australia or placing funds to the credit of non-residents of Australia. However, Australian foreign exchange controls are implemented from time to time against prescribed countries, entities and persons. At the present time, these include:

 

a.             withholding taxes in relation to remittances or dividends (to the extent they are unfranked) and interest payments;

 

b.    the financial sanctions administered by the Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade (DFAT) in accordance with the Autonomous Sanctions Act 2011 and the Autonomous Sanctions Regulations 2011, specifically, in relation to transactions involving the transfer of funds or payments to, by the order of, or on behalf of:

 

      supporters of the former Federal Republic of Yugoslavia (the Milosevic regime) and certain persons identified by the International Criminal Tribunal for the former Yugoslavia;

 

      persons or entities associated with activities that seriously undermine democracy, respect for human rights and the rule of law in Zimbabwe;

 

      certain entities and individuals associated with the Democratic People’s Republic of Korea;

 

      persons or entities that have contributed to or are contributing to Iran’s nuclear or missile program;

 

      certain individuals and entities associated with the Burmese military;

 

      certain individuals and entities associated with the Republic of Fiji Military Forces and commodore Josaia Voreqe Bainimarama;

 

      certain individuals and entities associated with the former Qadhafi regime in Libya;

 

      certain individuals and entities associated with the Syrian regime; and

 

      persons who have been instrumental in the Russian threat to the sovereignty and territorial integrity of Ukraine,

 

without the prior approval of the Minister for Foreign Affairs.

 

c.     the United Nations Security Council (UNSC) financial sanctions administered by DFAT including:

 

      Terrorist Asset Freezing Regime
In accordance with the Charter of the United Nations Act 1945 and the Charter of the United Nations (Dealings with Assets) Regulations 2008, a person is prohibited from using or dealing with funds, financial assets or economic resources of persons or entities listed as terrorists by the Minister for Foreign Affairs in the Commonwealth of Australia Gazette. It is also a criminal offence to make assets available to such persons or entities.

 

      Country-based sanctions
Under the Charter of the United Nations Act 1945 and associated regulations, UNSC financial sanctions have been implemented. It is an offence to use or deal with funds, financial assets or economic resources of persons or entities associated with certain countries designated by the UNSC. It is also a criminal offence to make assets available to such persons or entities.

 

Limitations affecting security holders

 

The following Australian laws impose limitations on the right of non-residents or non-citizens of Australia to hold, own or vote Westpac shares. All these limitations apply to the holders of the American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) evidencing ADS, issued by our Depositary in the United States.

 

Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975

 

Acquisitions of interests in shares in Australian companies by foreign interests are subject to review and approval by the Treasurer of Australia under the Australian Government’s foreign investment policy, and where required, the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Cth). That legislation applies to any acquisition by a foreign person, including a corporation or group of associated foreign persons, which results in ownership of 15% or more of the issued shares of an Australian company or the ability to control 15% or more of the total voting power. In addition, the legislation applies to any acquisition by a foreign person that would result in non-associated foreign persons having, together with any associate or associates of any of them, in the aggregate, 40% or more of the total voting power or ownership of an Australian company. The legislation requires any persons proposing to make any such acquisition to first notify the Treasurer of their intention to do so. Where such an acquisition has already occurred, the Treasurer has the power to order divestment.

 

Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act 1998

 

The Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act 1998 (Cth) imposes restrictions on shareholdings in Australian financial sector companies (which includes Westpac). Under that legislation a person (including a corporation) may not hold more than a 15% ‘stake’ in a financial sector company without prior approval from the Treasurer of Australia. A person’s stake in a financial sector company is equal to the aggregate of the person’s voting power in the company and the voting power of the person’s associates. The concept of voting power is very broadly defined. The Treasurer may approve a higher percentage stake if the Treasurer is satisfied that it is in the national interest to do so.


 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

307

 

 



 

 


In addition, even if a person’s stake in a financial sector company does not exceed the 15% limit, the Treasurer has the power to declare that a person has ‘practical control’ of a financial sector company and require the person to relinquish that control or reduce their stake in that company.

 

Corporations Act 2001

 

The Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) prohibits any person (including a corporation) from acquiring a relevant interest in our voting shares if, after the acquisition, that person or any other person would be entitled to exercise more than 20% of the voting power in our shares. The prohibition is subject to certain limited exceptions. In addition, under the Corporations Act, a person is required to give a notice to us and to the ASX providing certain prescribed information, including their name, address and details of their relevant interests in our voting shares if they begin to have, or cease to have, a substantial holding in us, or if they already have a substantial holding and there is a movement of at least 1% in their holding. Such notice must, generally, be provided within two business days after the person becomes aware of that information.

 

A person will have a substantial holding if the total votes attached to our voting shares in which they or their associates have relevant interests is 5% or more of the total number of votes attached to all our voting shares. The concepts of ‘associate’ and ‘relevant interest’ are broadly defined in the Corporations Act and investors are advised to seek their own advice on their scope. In general terms, a person will have a relevant interest in a share if they:

 

a.             are the holder of that share;

 

b.             have power to exercise, or control the exercise of, a right to vote attached to that share; or

 

c.              have power to dispose of, or control the exercise of a power to dispose of, that share.

 

It does not matter how remote the relevant interest is or how it arises. If two or more persons can jointly exercise any one of these powers, each of them is taken to have that power. Nor does it matter that the power or control is express or implied, formal or informal, exercisable either alone or jointly with someone else.

 

The American Depositary Shares (ADSs) agreement

 

There is a Deposit Agreement between The Bank of New York Mellon as Depositary, and us, and the record holders from time to time of all ADSs. Holders of our ADSs are subject to the foregoing limitations on the rights of non-residents or non-citizens of Australia to own or vote Westpac shares. Record holders of ADSs are required by the Deposit Agreement to comply with our requests for information as to the capacity in which such holders own ADSs and related ordinary shares as well as to the identity of any other person interested in such ADSs and related ordinary shares and the nature of such interest.

 

Enforceability of foreign judgments in Australia

 

We are an Australian public corporation with limited liability. All of our Directors and Executive Officers reside outside the US. Substantially all or a substantial portion of the assets of all or many of such persons are located outside the US. As a result, it may not be possible for investors to effect service of process within the US upon such persons or to enforce against them judgments obtained in US courts predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the US. There may be doubt as to the enforceability in Australia, in original actions or in actions for enforcement of judgments of US courts, of civil liabilities predicated upon the federal securities laws of the US.

 

Taxation

 

Australian taxation

 

The following discussion is a summary of certain Australian taxation implications of the ownership and disposition of ordinary shares (including ADS) for shareholders holding their shares on capital account. This discussion is based on the laws in force at the date of the Annual Report and the Convention between the Government of Australia and the Government of the United States of America for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and The Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with respect to Taxes on Income (the Tax Treaty), and is subject to any changes in Australian law and any change in the Tax Treaty occurring after that date.

 

This discussion is intended only as a descriptive summary and does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential Australian tax implications of owning and disposing of ordinary shares. The specific tax position of each investor will determine the applicable Australian income tax implications for that investor and we recommend that investors consult their own tax advisers concerning the implications of owning and disposing of ordinary shares.

 

Taxation of dividends

 

Under the Australian dividend imputation system, Australian tax paid at the company level is imputed (or allocated) to shareholders by means of imputation credits which attach to dividends paid by the company to the shareholder. Such dividends are termed ‘franked dividends’.

 

When an Australian resident individual shareholder receives a franked dividend, the shareholder receives a tax offset to the extent of the franking credits, which can be offset against the Australian income tax payable by the shareholder. An Australian resident shareholder may, in certain circumstances, be entitled to a refund of excess franking.

 

The extent to which a dividend is franked typically depends upon a company’s available franking credits at the time of payment of the dividend. Accordingly, a dividend paid to a shareholder may be wholly or partly franked or wholly unfranked.


 

 

 

 

308

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Shareholding information

 

 


Fully franked dividends paid to non-resident shareholders are exempt from Australian dividend withholding tax. Dividends paid to a non-resident shareholder which are not fully franked are subject to dividend withholding tax at the rate of 30% (unless reduced by a double tax treaty) to the extent they are unfranked. In the case of residents of the US who are entitled to the benefits of the Tax Treaty and are beneficially entitled to the dividends, the rate is reduced to 15% under the Tax Treaty, provided the shares are not effectively connected with a permanent establishment or a fixed base of the non-resident in Australia through which the non-resident carries on business in Australia or provides independent personal services. In the case of residents of the US that have a permanent establishment or fixed base in Australia where the shares in respect of which the dividends are paid are attributable to that permanent establishment or fixed base, there is no dividend withholding tax. Rather, such dividends will be taxed on a net assessment basis and, where the dividends are franked, entitlement to a tax offset may arise.

 

Fully franked dividends paid to non-resident shareholders and dividends that have been subject to dividend withholding tax should not be subject to any further Australian income tax.

 

There are circumstances where a shareholder may not be entitled to the benefit of franking credits. The application of these rules depend upon the shareholder’s own circumstances, including the period during which the shares are held and the extent to which the shareholder is ‘at risk’ in relation to their shareholding.

 

Gain or loss on disposition of shares

 

Generally, any profit made by a resident shareholder on disposal of shares will be subject to capital gains tax. However, if the shareholder is regarded as a trader or speculator, or carries on a business of investing for profit, any profits may be taxed as ordinary income.

 

A discount may be available on capital gains on shares held for 12 months or more by individuals, trusts or complying superannuation entities. The discount is one half for individuals and trusts, and one third for complying superannuation entities. Companies are not eligible for the capital gains tax discount. For shares acquired prior to 21 September 1999, an alternative basis of calculation of the capital gain may be available which allows the use of an indexation formula.

 

Normal rates of income tax would apply to capital gains so calculated. Any capital loss can only be offset against capital gains. Excess capital losses can be carried forward for offset against future capital gains.

 

Generally, subject to two exceptions, a non-resident disposing of shares in an Australian public company who holds those shares on capital account will be free from income tax in Australia. The main exceptions are:

 

§         shares held as part of a trade or business conducted through a permanent establishment in Australia. In such a case, any profit on disposal would be assessable to tax. Losses may give rise to capital losses or be otherwise deductible; and

 

§         shares held in public companies where the shareholder and its associates have held at the time of disposal (or at least 12 months in the 24 months prior to disposal) a holding of 10% or more in the company and more than 50% of the company’s assets are represented by interests in Australian real property (which is unlikely to be the case for Westpac). In such a case, capital gains tax would apply.

 

United States taxation

 

The following discussion is a summary of certain US federal income tax implications of the ownership and disposition of ordinary shares (including ADS) by US holders (as defined below) that hold the ordinary shares as capital assets. This discussion is based on the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, its legislative history, existing and proposed regulations, published rulings and court decisions, and the Tax Treaty, all as currently in effect and all of which are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis.

 

This discussion is intended only as a descriptive summary. It does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential US federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of ordinary shares and does not address US federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to US holders subject to special treatment under US federal income tax law (such as banks, insurance companies, real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies, dealers in securities, tax-exempt entities, retirement plans, certain former citizens or residents of the US, persons holding ordinary shares as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction or other integrated investment, persons that have a ‘functional currency’ other than the US dollar, persons that own 10% or more (by voting power) of our stock, persons that generally mark their securities to market for US federal income tax purposes or persons that receive ordinary shares as compensation). As this is a complex area, we recommend investors consult their own tax advisers concerning the US federal, state and/or local implications of owning and disposing of ordinary shares.

 

For the purposes of this discussion you are a US holder if you are a beneficial owner of ordinary shares and you are for US federal income tax purposes:

 

§         an individual that is a citizen or resident of the US;

 

§         a corporation created or organised in or under the laws of the US or any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

§         an estate, the income of which is subject to US federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

§         a trust, if a US court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more US persons are authorised to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or certain electing trusts that were in existence on 19 August 1996 and were treated as domestic trusts on that date.

 

If an entity treated as a partnership for US federal income tax purposes owns the ordinary shares, the US federal income tax implications of the ownership and disposition of ordinary shares will generally depend upon the status and activities of such partnership and its partners. Such an entity should consult its own tax adviser concerning the US federal income tax implications to it and its partners of owning and disposing of ordinary shares.


 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

309

 

 



 

 


Taxation of dividends

 

If you are a US holder, you must include in your income as a dividend, the gross amount of any distributions paid by us out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for US federal income tax purposes) without reduction for any Australian tax withheld from such distribution. If you are a non-corporate US holder, dividends paid to you that constitute qualified dividend income may be taxable to you at a preferential tax rate so long as certain holding period and other requirements are met. Dividends we pay with respect to the ordinary shares generally will be qualified dividend income. Each non-corporate US holder should consult their own tax advisor regarding the possible applicability of the reduced tax rate and the related restrictions and special rules.

 

Dividends paid by us constitute ordinary income that must generally be included in income when actually or constructively received. Such dividends will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to corporate shareholders with respect to dividends received from US corporations. The amount of the dividend that you must include in your income as a US holder will be the US dollar value of the Australian dollar payments made, determined at the spot Australian dollar/US dollar rate on the date the dividend distribution is included in your income, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into US dollars. Generally, any gain or loss resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date you include the dividend payment in income to the date you convert the payment into US dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss and will not be eligible for the special tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income. This gain or loss generally will be income from sources within the US for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. Distributions on an ordinary share in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for US federal income tax purposes, will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of your basis in such ordinary share and thereafter as capital gain.

 

Subject to certain limitations, Australian tax withheld in accordance with the Tax Treaty and paid over to Australia may be claimed as a foreign tax credit against your US federal income tax liability. Special rules apply in determining the foreign tax credit limitation with respect to dividends that are subject to a preferential tax rate. A US holder that does not elect to claim a US foreign tax credit for Australian income tax withheld may instead claim a deduction for such withheld tax, but only for a taxable year in which the US holder elects to do so with respect to all non-US income taxes paid or accrued in such taxable year.

 

Dividends paid by us generally will be income from sources outside the US for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. Under the foreign tax credit rules, dividends will, depending on your circumstances, be ‘passive category’ or ‘general category’ income for purposes of computing the foreign tax credit.

 

The rules relating to US foreign tax credits are very complex, and each US holder should consult its own tax adviser regarding the application of such rules.

 

Taxation of capital gains

 

If you sell or otherwise dispose of your ordinary shares, you will generally recognise a capital gain or loss for US federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the US dollar value of the amount that you realise and your tax basis, determined in US dollars, in your ordinary shares. A capital gain of a non-corporate US holder is generally taxed at a reduced rate if the holder has a holding period greater than one year. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. Such capital gain or loss generally will be income from sources within the US, for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

 

Medicare tax

 

In addition to regular US federal income tax, certain US holders that are individuals, estates or trusts are subject to a 3.8% tax on all or a portion of their ‘net investment income’, which may include all or a portion of their dividend income and net gain from the sale, exchange or other disposition of their ordinary shares.

 

Passive foreign investment company considerations

 

We believe that we will not be treated as a passive foreign investment company (PFIC) for US federal income tax purposes, and this discussion assumes we are not a PFIC. However, the determination as to whether we are a PFIC is made annually at the end of each taxable year and therefore could change. If we were to be treated as a PFIC, a US holder of ordinary shares could be subject to certain adverse tax consequences.

 

Disclosure requirements for specified foreign financial assets

 

Individual US holders (and certain US entities specified in US Internal Revenue Service (IRS) guidance) who, during any taxable year, hold any interest in any specified foreign financial asset, generally will be required to file with their US federal income tax returns certain information on IRS Form 8938 if the aggregate value of all such assets exceeds certain specified amounts. ‘Specified foreign financial asset’ generally includes any financial account maintained with a non-US financial institution and may also include the ordinary shares if they are not held in an account maintained with a financial institution. Substantial penalties may be imposed, and the period of limitations on assessment and collection of US federal income taxes may be extended, in the event of a failure to comply. US holders should consult their own tax advisers as to the possible application to them of this filing requirement.

 

Information reporting and backup withholding

 

Under certain circumstances, information reporting and/or backup withholding may apply to US holders with respect to payments on or the proceeds from the sale, exchange or other disposition of the ordinary shares, unless an applicable exemption is satisfied.

 

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules generally will be allowed as a refund or credit against a US holder’s US federal income tax liability if the required information is furnished by the US holder on a timely basis to the IRS.


 

 

 

 

310

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Additional information

 


Our constitution

 

Overview

 

We were incorporated in 1850 under the Bank of New South Wales Act, a special piece of legislation passed by the New South Wales Parliament at a time when there was no general companies’ legislation in Australia. On 23 August 2002, Westpac became registered under the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) as a public company limited by shares.

 

As part of the process of becoming a company regulated under the Corporations Act, shareholders adopted a new constitution at the AGM on 15 December 2000, which came into operation on 23 August 2002. Our constitution has been subsequently amended by shareholders on 15 December 2005, 13 December 2007 and 13 December 2012.

 

Our objects and purposes

 

Our constitution does not contain a statement of our objects and purposes. As a company regulated by the Corporations Act, we have the legal capacity and powers of an individual both within and outside Australia, and all the powers of a body corporate, including the power to issue and cancel shares, to issue debentures, to distribute our property among our equity holders (either in kind or otherwise), to give security by charging our uncalled capital, to grant a floating charge over our property and to do any other act permitted by any law.

 

Directors’ voting powers

 

Under clause 9.11(a) of our constitution, subject to complying with the Corporations Act regarding disclosure of and voting on matters involving material personal interests, our Directors may:

 

a.             hold any office or place of profit in our company, except that of auditor;

 

b.             hold any office or place of profit in any other company, body corporate, trust or entity promoted by our company or in which it has an interest of any kind;

 

c.              enter into any contract or arrangement with our company;

 

d.             participate in any association, institution, fund, trust or scheme for past or present employees or directors of our company or persons dependent on or connected with them;

 

e.             act in a professional capacity (or be a member of a firm that acts in a professional capacity) for our company, except as auditor; and

 

f.                participate in, vote on and be counted in a quorum for any meeting, resolution or decision of the Directors and be present at any meeting where any matter is being considered by the Directors.

 

Under clause 9.11(b) of our constitution, a Director may do any of the above despite the fiduciary relationship of the Director’s office:

 

a.             without any liability to account to our company for any direct or indirect benefit accruing to the Director; and

b.             without affecting the validity of any contract or arrangement.

 

Under the Corporations Act, however, a Director who has a material personal interest in any matter to be considered at any Board meeting must not be present while the matter is being considered or vote on the matter, unless the other Directors resolve to allow that Director to be present and vote or a declaration is made by ASIC permitting that Director to participate and vote. These restrictions do not apply to a limited range of matters set out in section 191(2) of the Corporations Act, where the Director’s interest:

 

a.             arises because the Director is a shareholder of the company in common with other shareholders;

 

b.             arises in relation to the Director’s remuneration as a Director of the company;

 

c.              relates to a contract the company is proposing to enter into that is subject to shareholder approval and will not impose obligations on the company if not approved by shareholders;

 

d.             arises merely because the Director is a guarantor or has given an indemnity or security for all or part of a loan (or proposed loan) to the company;

 

e.             arises merely because the Director has a right of subrogation in relation to a guarantee or indemnity referred to in (d);

 

f.                relates to a contract that insures, or would insure, the Director against liabilities the Director incurs as an officer of the company (but only if the contract does not make the company or related body corporate the insurer);

 

g.             relates to any payment by the company or a related body corporate in respect of certain indemnities permitted by the Corporations Act or any contract relating to such an indemnity; or

 

h.             is in a contract or proposed contract with, or for the benefit of, or on behalf of, a related body corporate and arises merely because the Director is a Director of that related body corporate.

 

If there are not enough Directors to form a quorum for the Board meeting because of Directors’ interests in a particular matter, a general meeting for shareholders may be called to consider the matter and interested Directors are entitled to vote on any proposal to requisition such a meeting.

 

Under clause 9.7 of our constitution, the maximum aggregate amount of annual remuneration to be paid to our Non-executive Directors must be approved by our shareholders. This aggregate amount is paid to the Non-executive Directors in such manner as the Board from time to time determines. Directors’ remuneration is one of the exceptions under section 191 of the Corporations Act to the prohibitions against being present and voting on any matter in which a Director has a material personal interest.


 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

311

 

 



 

 


Directors’ borrowing powers

 

Clause 10.2 of our constitution empowers our Directors, as a Board, to exercise all the powers of Westpac to borrow or raise money, to charge any property or business of Westpac or all or any of its uncalled capital and to issue debentures or give any other security for a debt, liability or obligation of Westpac or of any other person. Such powers may only be changed by amending the constitution, which requires a special resolution (that is, a resolution passed by at least 75% of the votes cast by members entitled to vote on the resolution and for which notice has been given in accordance with the Corporations Act).

 

Minimum number of Directors

 

Our constitution requires that the minimum number of Directors is determined in accordance with the Corporations Act or other regulations. Currently the Corporations Act prescribes three as a minimum number of Directors and APRA governance standards specify five as the minimum number of Directors for APRA regulated entities. Westpac’s current number of Directors is above these prescribed minimums.

 

Share rights

 

The rights attaching to our ordinary shares are set out in the Corporations Act and in our constitution, and may be summarised as follows:

 

a)      Profits and dividends

 

Holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive such dividends on those shares as may be determined by our Directors from time to time. Dividends that are paid but not claimed may be invested by our Directors for the benefit of Westpac until required to be dealt with in accordance with any law relating to unclaimed monies.

 

Our constitution requires that dividends be paid out of our profits. In addition, under the Corporations Act, Westpac must not pay a dividend unless our assets exceed our liabilities immediately before the dividend is declared and the excess is sufficient for payment of the dividend. In addition, the payment must be fair and reasonable to the company’s shareholders and must not materially prejudice our ability to pay our creditors.

 

Subject to the Corporations Act, the constitution, the rights of persons (if any) entitled to shares with special rights to dividend and any contrary terms of issue of or applying to any shares, our Directors may determine that a dividend is payable, fix the amount and the time for payment and authorise the payment or crediting by Westpac to, or at the direction of, each shareholder entitled to that dividend.

 

If any dividends are returned unclaimed, we are generally obliged, under the Banking Act 1959 (Cth), to hold those amounts as unclaimed monies for a period of three years. If at the end of that period the monies remain unclaimed by the shareholder concerned, we must submit an annual unclaimed money return to the Australian Securities and Investment Commission by 31 March each year containing the unclaimed money as at 31 December of the previous year. Upon such payment being made, we are discharged from further liability in respect of that amount.

Our Directors may, before paying any dividend, set aside out of our profits such sums as they think proper as reserves, to be applied, at the discretion of our Directors, for any purpose for which the profits may be properly applied. Our Directors may carry forward so much of the profits remaining as they consider ought not to be distributed as dividends without transferring those profits to a reserve.

 

The following restrictions apply to our ability to declare and/or pay dividends:

 

(i)            if the payment of the dividend would breach or cause a breach by us of applicable capital adequacy or other supervisory requirements of APRA. Currently, one such requirement is that a dividend should not be paid without APRA’s prior consent if payment of that dividend, after taking into account all other dividends (if any) paid on our shares and payments on more senior capital instruments, in the preceding 12 consecutive months to which they relate, would cause the aggregate of such dividend payments to exceed our after tax earnings for the preceding 12 consecutive months, as reflected in our relevant audited consolidated financial statements; and

 

(ii)         if, under the Banking Act 1959 (Cth), we are directed by APRA not to pay a dividend;

 

(iii)      if the declaration or payment of the dividend would result in us becoming insolvent; or

 

(iv)      if any interest payment, dividend, redemption payment or other distribution on certain Additional Tier 1 securities issued by the Group is not paid in accordance with the terms of those securities, we may be restricted from declaring and/or paying dividends on ordinary shares (and certain Additional Tier 1 securities). This restriction is subject to a number of exceptions.

 

b)      Voting rights

 

Holders of our fully paid ordinary shares have, at general meetings (including special general meetings), one vote on a show of hands and, upon a poll, one vote for each fully paid share held by them.

 

c)      Voting and re-election of Directors

 

Under our constitution, at each AGM one-third of eligible Directors (or if their number is not a multiple of three, the number nearest to one-third) and any other Director who has held office for three years or more since the Director’s last election, must retire from office. In determining the number of Directors to retire, no account is to be taken of a Director who holds office in order to fill a casual vacancy or the Managing Director. A retiring Director holds office until the conclusion of the meeting at which that Director retires but is eligible for re-election at the meeting.

 

Under the ASX Listing Rules, no Executive or Non-executive Director of a listed entity, apart from the Managing Director, may continue to hold office, without offering himself or herself for re-election, past the third AGM following their appointment or three years, whichever is the longer.


 

 

 

312

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Additional information

 

 


Under the Corporations Act, the election or re-election of each Director by shareholders at a general meeting of a public company must proceed as a separate item, unless the shareholders first resolve that the elections or re-elections may be voted on collectively. A resolution to allow collective voting in relation to elections or re-elections is effective only if no votes are cast against that resolution. Any resolution electing or re-electing two or more Directors in contravention of this requirement is void.

 

d)      Winding up

 

Subject to any preferential entitlement of holders of preference shares on issue at the relevant time, holders of our ordinary shares are entitled to share equally in any surplus assets if we are wound up.

 

e)      Sinking fund provisions

 

We do not have any class of shares on issue that is subject to any sinking fund provisions.

 

Variation of rights attaching to our shares

 

Under the Corporations Act, unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of a class of shares, the terms of issue of a class of shares in Westpac can only be varied or cancelled in any way by a special resolution of Westpac and with either the written consent of our shareholders holding at least three quarters of the votes in that class of shares or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of that class of shares.

 

Convening general meetings

 

Under our constitution, our Directors may convene and arrange to hold a general meeting of Westpac whenever they think fit and must do so if required to do so under the Corporations Act and ASX Listing Rules. Under the Corporations Act, our Directors must call and arrange to hold a general meeting of Westpac if requested to do so by our shareholders who hold at least 5% of the votes that may be cast at the general meeting or 100 shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting. Shareholders who hold at least 5% of the votes that may be cast at a general meeting may also call and arrange to hold a general meeting of Westpac at their own expense.

 

At least 28 days notice must be given of a meeting of our shareholders. Written notice must be given to all shareholders entitled to attend and vote at the meeting. All ordinary shareholders are entitled to attend and, subject to the constitution and the Corporations Act, to vote at general meetings of Westpac.

 

Limitations on securities ownership

 

A number of limitations apply in relation to the ownership of our shares, and these are more fully described in the section ‘Limitations affecting security holders’.

 

Change in control restrictions

 

Restrictions apply under the Corporations Act, the Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act 1998 (Cth) and the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Cth).

 

For more detailed descriptions of these restrictions, refer to the sections ‘Limitations affecting security holders’, Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975, Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act 1998, and Corporations Act 2001.

Substantial shareholder disclosure

 

There is no provision in our constitution that requires a shareholder to disclose the extent of their ownership of our shares.

 

Under the Corporations Act, however, any person who begins or ceases to have a substantial holding of our shares must notify us within two business days after they become aware of that information. A further notice must be given to us if there is an increase or decrease of 1% in a person’s substantial holding. Copies of these notices must also be given to the ASX. A person has a substantial holding of our shares if the total votes attached to our voting shares in which they or their associates have relevant interests is 5% or more of the total number of votes attached to all our voting shares. For more details, refer to the section ‘Corporations Act 2001’.

 

We also have a statutory right under the Corporations Act to trace the beneficial ownership of our shares by giving a direction to a shareholder, or certain other persons, requiring disclosure to us of, among other things, their own relevant interest in our shares and the name and address of each other person who has a relevant interest in those shares, the nature and extent of that interest and the circumstances that gave rise to that other person’s interest. Such disclosure must, except in certain limited circumstances, be provided within two business days after the direction is received.

 

Australian Company and Business Numbers

 

All Australian companies have a unique nine-digit identifier, referred to as an Australian Company Number (ACN), which must be included on public documents, eligible negotiable instruments and the company’s common seal. In addition, entities can apply for registration on the Australian Business Register and be allocated a unique eleven-digit identifier known as an Australian Business Number (ABN). For Australian companies, the last nine digits of their ABN are identical to their ACN. The ABN may be quoted on documents in lieu of the ACN.

 

Our ACN is 007 457 141 and our ABN is 33 007 457 141.

 

Documents on display

 

We are subject to the disclosure requirements of the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In accordance with these requirements, we file Annual Reports with, and furnish other information to, the United States SEC. These materials and other information furnished by us may be inspected and copied at the SEC’s Conventional and Electronic Reading Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549 at prescribed rates. The public may obtain information on the operation of the SEC’s Conventional and Electronic Reading Room by calling the SEC in the United States at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. Since April 2002, we have filed our reports on Form 20-F and have furnished other information to the SEC in electronic format which may be accessed through this website.


 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

313

 

 



 

 

 

Exchange rates

 

For each of the years indicated, the high, low, average and year-end noon buying rates1 for Australian dollars were:

 

 

 

Year Ended 30 September

 

 

 

20152

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

(US$ per A$1.00)

 

High

 

0.8812

 

0.9705

 

1.0579

 

1.0806

 

1.1026

 

0.9714

 

Low

 

0.8675

 

0.8715

 

0.8901

 

0.9453

 

0.9594

 

0.8172

 

Average3

 

n/a

 

0.9155

 

0.9885

 

1.0371

 

1.0318

 

0.9003

 

Close (on 30 September)4

 

n/a

 

0.8737

 

0.9342

 

1.0388

 

0.9744

 

0.9640

 

 

For each of the months indicated, the high and low noon buying rates for Australian dollars were:

 

 

 

Month

 

 

 

October

 

September

 

August

 

July

 

June

 

May

 

 

 

2014²

 

2014

 

2014

 

2014

 

2014

 

2014

 

 

 

(US$ per A$1.00)

 

High

 

0.8812

 

0.9376

 

0.9352

 

0.9488

 

0.9430

 

0.9382

 

Low

 

0.8675

 

0.8737

 

0.9263

 

0.9301

 

0.9250

 

0.9215

 

 

1            The noon buying rate in New York City for cable transfers in Australian dollars as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.

2            Through to 24 October 2014. On 24 October 2014, the noon buying rate was A$1.00 = US$0.8812.

3            The average is calculated by using the average of the exchange rates on the last day of each month during the period.

4            The noon buying rate at such date may differ from the rate used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements at such date. Refer to Note 1(a)(vi) to the financial statements.

 

 

 

 

314

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Additional information

 

 

Signatures

 

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorised the undersigned to sign this Annual Report on its behalf.

 

 

WESTPAC BANKING CORPORATION

 

By:

/s/ Rebecca Lim

 

 

 

Rebecca Lim
Chief Compliance Officer & Group General Counsel
Dated November 3, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

315

 

 



 

Information for shareholders

 

Financial calendar

 


 

 

Westpac Ordinary Shares (ASX code: WBC)

 

 

Record date for final dividend

 

12 November 20141

 

 

Annual General Meeting

 

12 December 2014

 

 

Final dividend payable

 

19 December 2014

 

 

Financial Half Year end

 

31 March 2015

 

 

Interim results and dividend announcement

 

4 May 2015

 

 

Ex-dividend date for interim dividend

13 May 20153

 

 

Record date for interim dividend

 

15 May 20152,3

 

 

Interim dividend payable

 

2 July 20153

 

 

Financial Year end

 

30 September 2015

 

 

Final results and dividend announcement

 

2 November 2015

 

 

Ex-dividend date for final dividend

11 November 20154,7

 

 

Record date for final dividend

 

13 November 20155,7

 

 

Annual General Meeting

 

11 December 20156

 

 

Final dividend payable

 

21 December 20157

 

1 

Record date for 2014 final dividend in New York – 10 November 2014.

2 

Record date for 2015 interim dividend in New York – 14 May 2015.

3 

Dates will be confirmed at the time of announcing the 2015 interim results.

4 

Ex-dividend date for 2015 final dividend in New York – 10 November 2015.

5 

Record date for 2015 final dividend in New York – 12 November 2015.

6 

Details regarding the location of this meeting and the business to be dealt with will be contained in the separate Notice of Meeting sent to shareholders in November 2015.

7

Dates will be confirmed at the time of announcing the 2015 final results.

 

Westpac Convertible Preference Shares
(ASX Code: WBCPC)

 

 

Record date for semi-annual dividend

 

23 March 2015

 

 

Payment date for semi-annual dividend

 

31 March 2015

 

 

Record date for semi-annual dividend

 

22 September 2015

 

 

Payment date for semi-annual dividend

 

30 September 2015

 

Westpac Capital Notes (ASX code: WBCPD)

 

 

Record date for quarterly distribution

 

27 February 2015

 

 

Payment date for quarterly distribution

 

10 March 2015*

 

 

Record date for quarterly distribution

 

29 May 2015

 

 

Payment date for quarterly distribution

 

9 June 2015*

 

 

Record date for quarterly distribution

 

31 August 2015

 

 

Payment date for quarterly distribution

 

8 September 2015

 

 

Record date for quarterly distribution

 

30 November 2015

 

 

Payment date for quarterly distribution

 

8 December 2015

 

Westpac Capital Notes 2 (ASX Code: WBCPE)

 

 

Record date for quarterly distribution

 

13 March 2015

 

 

Payment date for quarterly distribution

 

23 March 2015

 

 

Record date for quarterly distribution

 

15 June 2015

 

 

Payment date for quarterly distribution

 

23 June 2015

 

 

Record date for quarterly distribution

 

15 September 2015

 

 

Payment date for quarterly distribution

 

23 September 2015

 

 

Record date for quarterly distribution

 

15 December 2015

 

 

Payment date for quarterly distribution

 

23 December 2015

 

Westpac Subordinated Notes (ASX code: WBCHA)

 

 

Record date for quarterly interest payment

 

13 February 2015

 

 

 

Payment date for quarterly interest payment

 

23 February 2015

 

 

Record date for quarterly interest payment

 

15 May 2015

 

 

Payment date for quarterly interest payment

 

25 May 2015*

 

 

Record date for quarterly interest payment

 

14 August 2015

 

 

Payment date for quarterly interest payment

 

24 August 2015*

 

 

Record date for quarterly interest payment

 

13 November 2015

 

 

Payment date for quarterly interest payment

 

23 November 2015

 

Westpac Subordinated Notes II (ASX code: WBCHB)

 

 

Record date for quarterly interest payment

 

13 February 2015

 

 

Payment date for quarterly interest payment

 

23 February 2015*

 

 

Record date for quarterly interest payment

 

14 May 2015

 

 

Payment date for quarterly interest payment

 

22 May 2015

 

 

Record date for quarterly interest payment

 

14 August 2015

 

 

Payment date for quarterly interest payment

 

24 August 2015*

 

 

Record date for quarterly interest payment

 

13 November 2015

 

 

Payment date for quarterly interest payment

 

23 November 2015*

 

*   Next business day when a payment date falls on a non-business day.

 


 

 

Annual General Meeting

The Westpac Annual General Meeting (AGM) will be held in the Plaza Ballroom at the Brisbane Convention and Exhibition Centre, corner of Merivale Street and Glenelg Street, South Bank, Brisbane, on Friday, 12 December 2014, commencing at 10:00 am (Brisbane time).

 

The AGM will be webcast live on the internet at www.westpac.com.au/investorcentre and an archived version of the webcast will be placed on the website to enable the AGM proceedings to be viewed at a later time.

 

 

 

 

316

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 


 

Information for shareholders

 

 

Useful information


Key sources of information for shareholders

 

We report our full year performance to shareholders, in late October or early November, in two forms: an Annual Review and Sustainability Report, and an Annual Report. We also report half-yearly to shareholders via a newsletter, in conjunction with the dividend payments in July and December.

 

 

Electronic communications

 

Shareholders can elect to receive the following communications electronically:

 

§ 

Annual Review and Annual Report;

§ 

Dividend statements when paid by direct credit or via Westpac’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP);

§ 

Notices of Meetings and proxy forms; and

§ 

Shareholder Newsletters and major company announcements.

 

Shareholders who wish to register their email address should go to www.westpac.com.au/investorcentre and click on ‘Register your email’ under ‘Shareholder News’, or contact the Westpac share Registrar. For Registrar contact details see opposite.

 

 

Online information

 

Australia

 

Westpac’s internet site www.westpac.com.au provides information for shareholders and customers, including:

 

§ 

access to internet banking and online investing services;

§ 

details on Westpac’s products and services;

§ 

company history, results, economic updates, market releases and news; and

§ 

corporate responsibility and Westpac in the community activities.

 

Investors can short cut to the Investor Centre at www.westpac.com.au/investorcentre. The Centre includes the current Westpac share price and charting, and links to the latest ASX announcements and Westpac’s share Registrars’ websites.

 

New Zealand

 

Westpac’s New Zealand internet site www.westpac.co.nz provides:

 

§ 

access to internet banking services;

§ 

details on products and services, including a comprehensive home buying guide;

§ 

economic updates, news and information, key financial results; and

§ 

sponsorships and other community activities.

 

 

 

 

Stock exchange listings

 

Westpac ordinary shares are listed on:

 

§ 

Australian Securities Exchange, (code WBC);

§ 

New York Stock Exchange (NYSE), as American Depositary Shares, (code WBK); and

§ 

New Zealand Exchange Limited, (code WBC).

 

Westpac Investor Relations

 

Information other than that relating to your shareholding can be obtained from:

 

Westpac Investor Relations
Level 20, 275 Kent Street
Sydney NSW 2000 Australia
Telephone: +61 2 8253 3143
Facsimile: +61 2 8253 1207
Email: investorrelations@westpac.com.au

 

 

Share registrars

 

For information about your shareholding or to notify a change of address etc., you should contact the appropriate share Registrar. Please note that, in Australia, broker sponsored holders are required to contact their broker to amend their address.

 

Australia – Ordinary shares on the main register

Link Market Services Limited
Level 12, 680 George Street
Sydney NSW 2000
Postal address: Locked Bag A6015,
Sydney South NSW 1235
Website: www.linkmarketservices.com.au

 

Shareholder enquiries:
Telephone: 1800 804 255 (toll free within Australia)
International: +61 1800 804 255
Facsimile: +61 2 9287 0303
Email: westpac@linkmarketservices.com.au

 

New Zealand – Ordinary shares on the New Zealand branch register

 

Link Market Services Limited
Level 7, Zurich House

21 Queens Street

Auckland 1010, New Zealand

Postal address: P.O. Box 91976, Auckland 1142,
New Zealand
Website: www.linkmarketservices.co.nz

 

Shareholder enquiries:
Telephone: 0800 002 727 (toll free within New Zealand)
International: +64 9 375 5998
Facsimile: +64 9 375 5990
Email: enquiries@linkmarketservices.co.nz

 

Depositary in USA for American Depositary Shares (ADS) 1

 

Listed on New York Stock Exchange
(code WBK - CUSIP 961214301)
The Bank of New York Mellon
PO Box 358516
Pittsburgh, PA 15252-8516, USA

 

ADS holder enquiries:
Telephone: 1-888-BNY-ADRS (1-888-269-2377)
(toll free number for domestic callers)
International: +1 201 680 6825
Email: shrrelations@bnymellon.com
Website: www.bnymellon.com/shareowner

 

1     Each ADS represents one fully paid ordinary share.


 

 

 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

317

 

 



 

Glossary of abbreviations and defined terms

 

 


 

6MMA

Six month moving average

 

 

AAS

Australian Accounting Standards

 

 

AASB

Australian Accounting Standards Board

 

 

ABN

Australian Business Number

 

 

ABS

Asset-backed securities

 

 

ACCC

Australian Competition and Consumer Commission

 

 

ACN

Australian Company Number

 

 

ADI

Authorised Deposit-taking Institution

 

 

ADRs

American Depositary Receipts

 

 

ADS

American Depositary Shares

 

 

AFS

Australian Financial Services

 

 

AGAAP

Australian Generally Accepted Accounting Principles

 

 

AGM

Annual General Meeting

 

 

AIRB

Advanced Internal Ratings Based

 

 

ALCO

Westpac Group Asset & Liability Committee

 

 

ALM

Asset and Liability Management

 

 

AMA

Advanced Measurement Approach

 

 

ANZSIC

Australian and New Zealand Standard Industrial Classification

 

 

APRA

Australian Prudential Regulation Authority

 

 

APS

Australian Prudential Standard

 

 

ASIC

Australian Securities and Investments Commission

 

 

ASX

Australian Securities Exchange

 

 

ASXCGC

ASX Limited’s Corporate Governance Council

 

 

ATMs

Automatic teller machines

 

 

ATO

Australian Taxation Office

 

 

AUSTRAC

Australian Transaction Reports and Analysis Centre

 

 

AUD

Australian dollar

 

 

BAC

Board Audit Committee

 

 

BCBS

Basel Committee on Banking Supervision

 

 

BankSA

Bank of South Australia

 

 

BBSW

Bank Bills Swap Rate

 

 

BOSI

BOS International Australia Limited

 

 

bps

Basis points

 

 

BRCC

Board Risk and Compliance Committee

 

 

BTFG

BT Financial Group Australia

 

 

BTIM

BT Investment Management Limited

 

 

Business customer satisfaction

Source:  DBM Consultants Business Financial Services Monitor, September 2014, 6MMA. MFI customers, all businesses. The Customer Satisfaction score is an average of customer satisfaction ratings of the customer’s MFI for business banking on a scale of 0 to 10 (0 means ‘extremely dissatisfied’ and 10 means ‘extremely satisfied’)

 

 

CAD

Canadian dollar

 

 

CAPs

Collectively assessed provisions

 

 

Capital Trust III

Westpac Capital Trust III

 

 

Capital Trust IV

Westpac Capital Trust IV

 

 

Cash EPS

Cash earnings per share

 

 

Cash EPS CAGR

Compound Annual Growth in Cash EPS

 

 

CCCFA

Credit Contracts and Consumer Finance Act 2003

 

 

CCE

Commodity, Carbon and Energy trading

 

 

CDO

Collateralised debt obligations

 

CDS

Credit default swap

 

 

CEO

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

CEOPP

Chief Executive Officer Performance Plan

 

 

CEO RSP

Chief Executive Officer Restricted Share Plan

 

 

CFAL

Capital Finance Australia Limited

 

 

CFO

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

CFTC

Commodity Futures Trading Commission

 

 

CGU

Cash-Generating Unit

 

 

CHF

Swiss franc

 

 

CLF

Committed Liquidity Facility

 

 

CLO

Collateralised loan obligations

 

 

Corporations Act

Australian Corporations Act 2001

 

 

COSO

Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission

 

 

CPM

Credit Portfolio Management

 

 

CRG

Customer Risk Grade

 

 

CRO

Chief Risk Officer

 

 

Customer satisfaction

Source: Roy Morgan Research, September 2014. 6MMA. MFI as defined by the customer. Satisfaction ratings are based on the relationship with the financial institution. Customers must have at least a Deposit/Transaction account relationship with the institution and are aged 14 or over. Satisfaction is the percentage of customers who answered 'Very' or 'Fairly satisfied' with their overall relationship with their MFI

 

 

CVA

Credit valuation adjustment

 

 

DFAT

Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade

 

 

Dodd-Frank Act

Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act

 

 

DRP

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

 

 

D-SIBS

Domestic Systemically Important Banks

 

 

DVA

Debit valuation adjustment

 

 

EAD

Exposure at default

 

 

EEO Act

Energy Efficiency Opportunities Act 2006 (Cth)

 

 

EFTPOS

Electronic Funds Transfer Point Of Sale

 

 

EMIR

European Market Infrastructure Regulations

 

 

EPS

Earnings per share

 

 

ESC

Energy Saving Certificate

 

 

ESG

Environmental, social and governance

 

 

ESP

Employee Share Plan

 

 

ESS

Energy Savings Scheme

 

 

EUR

European Union euro

 

 

FATCA

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

 

 

FCS

Financial Claims Scheme

 

 

FFIs

Foreign Financial Institutions

 

 

FMCA

Financial Markets Conduct Act

 

 

FMTR

Financial Markets and Treasury Risk

 

 

FOFA

Future of Financial Advice

 

 

FSB

Financial Stability Board

 

 

FTE

Full time equivalent employees

 

 

FUA

Funds under administration

 

 

FUM

Funds under management

 

 

Funding Trust III

Tavarua Funding Trust III

 

 

Funding Trust IV

Tavarua Funding Trust IV

 

 

FX

Foreign Exchange

 

 

GBP

British pound

 


 

 

 

318

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 




Glossary of abbreviations and defined terms

g4

 


GHG

Greenhouse gas

 

 

G-SIBS

Global Systemically Important Banks

 

 

Hastings

Hastings Funds Management Limited

 

 

HKD

Hong Kong dollar

 

 

IAPs

Individually Assessed Provisions

 

 

IASB

International Accounting Standards Board

 

 

IBA

US International Banking Act of 1978

 

 

ICAA

Institute of Chartered Accountants in Australia

 

 

ICAAP

Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process

 

 

IFRS

International Financial Reporting Standards

 

 

IGA

Intergovernmental Agreement

 

 

IRS

Internal Revenue Service

 

 

IOSCO

International Organization of Securities Commission

 

 

IRRBB

Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book

 

 

IRS

Internal Revenue Service

 

 

ISDA

International Swaps and Derivatives Association

 

 

JPY

Japanese Yen

 

 

JOHCM

J O Hambro Capital Management

 

 

KMP

Key management personnel

 

 

LCR

Liquidity Coverage Ratio

 

 

LGD

Loss given default

 

 

LIASB

Life Insurance Actuarial Standards Board

 

 

LIBOR

London InterBank Offer Rate

 

 

LMI

Lenders mortgage insurance

 

 

LTI

Long-term incentive

 

 

LTI Plan

Westpac Long Term Incentive Plan

 

 

LTIFR

Lost time injury frequency rate

 

 

LVR

Loan to value ratio

 

 

MFI

Main Financial Institution

 

 

MiFID II

Markets in Financial Instruments Directive

 

 

Moody’s

Moody’s Investors Service

 

 

NaR

Net interest income-at-risk

 

 

NCOS

National Carbon Offset Standard

 

 

NII

Net interest income

 

 

NOK

Norwegian krone

 

 

NPS

Net Promoter Score

 

 

NSFR

Net Stable Funding Ratio

 

 

NYSE

New York Stock Exchange

 

 

NZ

New Zealand

 

 

NZD

New Zealand dollar

 

 

NZSX

New Zealand Stock Exchange

 

 

NZX

New Zealand Exchange

 

 

OBR

Open Bank Resolution

 

 

OCC

Office of the Comptroller of the Currency

 

 

OFAC

Office of Foreign Assets Control

 

 

OTC

Over the counter

 

 

PD

Probability of default

 

 

PFIC

Passive foreign investment company

 

 

PNG

Papua New Guinea

 

 

PwC

PricewaterhouseCoopers

 

 

RAMS

RAMS Home Loans

 

 

RBA

Reserve Bank of Australia

 

 

RBNZ

Reserve Bank of New Zealand

 

RECs

Renewable Energy Certificates

 

 

RISKCO

Westpac Group Executive Risk Committee

 

 

RMBS

Residential Mortgage Backed Securities

 

 

ROC

Westpac Group Remuneration Oversight Committee

 

 

RSP

Restricted Share Plan

 

 

S&P

Standard & Poor’s

 

 

SCF

Structured Commodities Finance

 

 

SEC

US Securities and Exchange Commission

 

 

SFR

Stable Funding Ratio

 

 

SGD

Singapore dollar

 

 

SIFIs

Systemically Important Financial Institutions

 

 

SME

Small to medium enterprises

 

 

SMSF

Self Managed Super Fund

 

 

SOSPS

Senior Officers’ Share Purchase Scheme

 

 

SOX

Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

SPS

Stapled Preferred Securities

 

 

SRAs

Settlement Residue Auctions

 

 

SSCM

Sustainable Supply Chain Management

 

 

St.George

St.George Banking Group

 

 

STI

Short-term incentive

 

 

The Group

Westpac Banking Corporation Group

 

 

TOFA

Taxation of financial arrangements rules contained in the Tax Laws Amendment (Taxation of Financial Arrangements) Act 2009

 

 

2003 TPS

Trust Preferred Securities 2003

 

 

2004 TPS

Trust Preferred Securities 2004

 

 

2006 TPS

Trust Preferred Securities 2006

 

 

TSR

Total Shareholder Return

 

 

UKSS

UK Staff Superannuation Scheme

 

 

UNSC

United Nations Security Council

 

 

US

United States

 

 

USD

American dollar

 

 

US Federal Reserve

US Federal Reserve System

 

 

VaR

Value at Risk

 

 

WBC

Westpac Banking Corporation

 

 

Westpac CN

Westpac Capital Notes

 

 

Westpac CPS

Westpac Convertible Preference Shares

 

 

Westpac ranking

Refers to Westpac RBB's position relative to the other three major Australian banks (CBA, NAB, and ANZ). SBG ranking: refers to St.George Banking Group's position relative to the four major Australian banks (Westpac, CBA, NAB and ANZ)

 

 

WGP

Westpac Group Plan

 

 

Westpac RBB

Westpac Retail & Business Banking

 

 

Westpac SN II

Westpac Subordinated Notes II

 

 

WHS

Workplace Health and Safety

 

 

WIB

Westpac Institutional Bank

 

 

WNZL

Westpac New Zealand Limited

 

 

WNZS

Westpac New Zealand Superannuation Scheme

 

 

WPP

Westpac Performance Plan

 

 

WRP

Westpac Reward Plan

 

 

WSNZL

Westpac Securities NZ Limited

 

 

WNZSHL

Westpac NZ Securitisation Holdings Limited

 

 

ZAR

South African rand


 


 

 

 

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

319

 

 



 

 

Notes

 

 

 

 

320

 

2014 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Item 19. Exhibits Index

 

1.

Constitution (as amended) incorporated by reference to our Form 6-K filed on 14 December 2012.

 

 

4(c).1

Access and Indemnity Deed between Westpac Banking Corporation and Elizabeth Bryan dated 30 November 2006, incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 September 2007.

 

 

4(c).2

Form of Access and Indemnity Deed between Westpac Banking Corporation and Director, incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 September 2008.

 

 

4(c).3

Indemnity Deed Poll dated 10 September 2009, of Westpac Banking Corporation, incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 September 2009.

 

 

7.

Computation of ratios of earnings to fixed charges.

 

 

8.

List of controlled entities – refer note 39 to the financial statements in this Annual Report.

 

 

11.

Code of accounting practice and financial reporting, incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 September 2012.

 

 

12.

Certifications pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

 

13.

Certifications pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.

 

 

15.

Auditor consent dated 3 November 2014.

 

 

Copies of any instrument relating to the long-term debt of Westpac Banking Corporation that is not being attached as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 20-F and which does not exceed 10% of the total consolidated assets of Westpac Banking Corporation will be furnished to the SEC upon request.